Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 2, 2016

Registration No. 333-208680

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Acacia Communications, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   3674   27-0291921

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100

Maynard, Massachusetts 01754

(978) 938-4896

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Murugesan Shanmugaraj

President and Chief Executive Officer

Acacia Communications, Inc.

Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100

Maynard, Massachusetts 01754

(978) 938-4896

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mark G. Borden, Esq.

David A. Westenberg, Esq.

Jason L. Kropp, Esq.

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Telephone: (617) 526-6000

Telecopy: (617) 526-5000

 

Janene I. Ásgeirsson, Esq.

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Acacia Communications, Inc.

Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100

Maynard, Massachusetts 01754

Telephone: (978) 938-4896

Telecopy: (978) 938-4899

 

Mark T. Bettencourt, Esq.

Joseph C. Theis, Jr., Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

Exchange Place

53 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Telephone: (617) 570-1000

Telecopy: (617) 523-1231

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨             

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨             

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨             

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   þ    Smaller reporting company   ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)             

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Amount

to Be
Registered (1)

  Estimated
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share (2)
 

Estimated
Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (2)

 

Amount of

Registration

Fee (3)(4)

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  5,175,000   $23.00   $119,025,000   $11,985.82

 

 

(1) Includes 675,000 shares of common stock the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(a) based on a bona fide estimate of the maximum aggregate offering price.
(4) A registration fee of $12,587.50 was previously paid in connection with the Registration Statement. Accordingly, no additional registration fee is due.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated May 2, 2016

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

4,500,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Acacia Communications, Inc. All of the 4,500,000 shares of common stock are being sold by us.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $21.00 and $23.00. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACIA.”

As an “emerging growth company,” we are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

 

 

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount(1)

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to Acacia Communications

   $         $     

 

(1) See “Underwriting” beginning on page 135 of this prospectus for a description of the compensation paid to underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 4,500,000 shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 70,184 shares from Acacia Communications, Inc. and up to an additional 604,816 shares from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2016.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.    BofA Merrill Lynch    Deutsche Bank Securities
Needham & Company   

Cowen and Company

   Northland Capital Markets

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2016


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

The Offering

     7   

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

     9   

Risk Factors

     11   

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     41   

Use of Proceeds

     42   

Dividend Policy

     43   

Capitalization

     44   

Dilution

     46   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     49   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     54   

Business

     79   

Management

     97   

Executive Compensation

     105   

Related Person Transactions

     116   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     120   

Description of Capital Stock

     123   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     128   

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

     131   

Underwriting

     135   

Industry and Other Data

     142   

Legal Matters

     142   

Experts

     142   

Where You Can Find More Information

     142   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Through and including                     , 2016 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

For investors outside the United States: None of us, the selling stockholders, or the underwriters have done anything that would permit our initial public offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the risk factors beginning on page 11, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Acacia Communications,” “Acacia,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Acacia Communications, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Overview

Our mission is to deliver high-speed coherent optical interconnect products that transform communications networks, relied upon by cloud infrastructure operators and content and communication service providers, through improvements in performance and capacity and a reduction in associated costs. By converting optical interconnect technology to a silicon-based technology, a process we refer to as the siliconization of optical interconnect, we believe we are leading a disruption that is analogous to the computing industry’s integration of multiple functions into a microprocessor. Our products include a series of low-power coherent digital signal processor application-specific integrated circuits, or DSP ASICs, and silicon photonic integrated circuits, or silicon PICs, which we have integrated into families of optical interconnect modules with transmission speeds ranging from 40 to 400 gigabits per second, or Gbps, for use in long-haul, metro and inter-data center markets. We are also developing optical interconnect modules that will enable transmission speeds of one terabit (1,000 gigabits) per second and more. Our modules perform a majority of the digital signal processing and optical functions in optical interconnects and offer low power consumption, high density and high speeds at attractive price points. Through the use of standard interfaces, our modules can be easily integrated with customers’ network equipment. The advanced software in our modules enables increased configurability and automation, provides insight into network and connection point characteristics and helps identify network performance problems, all of which increase flexibility and reduce operating costs.

Our modules are rooted in our low-power coherent DSP ASICs and/or silicon PICs, which we have specifically developed for our target markets. Our coherent DSP ASICs are manufactured using complementary metal oxide semiconductor, or CMOS, and our silicon PICs are manufactured using a CMOS-compatible process. CMOS is a widely-used and cost-effective semiconductor process technology. Using CMOS to siliconize optical interconnect technology enables us to continue to integrate increasing functionality into our products, benefit from higher yields and reliability associated with CMOS and capitalize on regular improvements in CMOS performance, density and cost. Our use of CMOS also enables us to use outsourced foundry services rather than requiring custom fabrication to manufacture our products. In addition, our use of CMOS and CMOS compatible processes enables us to take advantage of the major investments in manufacturing and the technology and integration improvements driven by other computer and communications markets that rely on CMOS.

Our engineering and management teams have extensive experience in optical systems and networking, digital signal processing, large-scale ASIC design and verification, silicon photonic integration, system software development, hardware design and high-speed electronics design. This broad expertise in a range of advanced technologies, methodologies and processes enhances our innovation, design and development capabilities and has enabled us to develop and introduce ten optical interconnect modules, five coherent DSP ASICs and three silicon PICs since 2009. In the course of our product development cycles, we continuously engage with our customers as they design their current and next-generation network equipment, which provides us with insights into current and future market needs.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

We sell our products through a direct sales force to leading network equipment manufacturers. The number of customers who have purchased and deployed our products has increased from eight in 2011 to more than 25 during the twelve months ended March 31, 2016. We have experienced rapid revenue growth over the last several years. Our revenue for 2015 was $239.1 million, a 63.5% increase from $146.2 million of revenue in 2014. Our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $84.5 million, a 78.8% increase from $47.2 million of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2015. In 2015, we generated net income of $40.5 million and our adjusted EBITDA was $47.5 million, compared to net income of $13.5 million and adjusted EBITDA of $20.4 million in 2014. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, we generated net income of $14.6 million and our adjusted EBITDA was $17.9 million, compared to net income of $4.3 million and adjusted EBITDA of $7.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and other non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income.

Industry Background

According to Cisco’s Visual Networking Index Report dated May 2015, or the VNI Report, global internet protocol, or IP, traffic is projected to nearly triple from 2.0 exabytes per day in 2014 to 5.5 exabytes per day in 2019, representing a 23% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR. This growth is expected to be driven by a variety of factors, including increased data and video consumption, growth in mobile and 4G/LTE communications, proliferation of cloud services, changing traffic patterns in metro and inter-data center networks, and adoption of the “Internet of Things.” To satisfy this growth in demand for bandwidth, cloud infrastructure operators and content and communications service providers, which we refer to collectively as cloud and service providers, are investing in the capacity and performance of their network equipment.

The table below outlines the principal types of networks and estimated annual spend on high-speed optical network hardware related to the long-haul, metro and inter-data center markets, as described in the ACG Research Market Release DCI Optical Networking Market 2Q 2014 Worldwide report:

 

          Estimated Spend  

Network Type

  

Description

   2014      Forecast for
2019
     CAGR  

Long-haul

  

Distances greater than

1,500 km, and subsea connections

   $ 4.7 billion       $ 7.0 billion         8.6

Metro

   Distances less than 1,500 km connecting regions and cities    $ 6.4 billion       $ 11.8 billion         13.0

Inter-data center

   Various lengths connecting large data centers    $ 0.4 billion       $ 4.0 billion         58.4

Importance of Optical Interconnect Technologies

Optical equipment that interfaces directly with fiber relies on optical interconnect technologies that take digital signals from network equipment, perform signal processing to convert these digital signals to optical signals for transmission over a fiber network, and then perform the reverse functions on the receive side. These technologies also incorporate advanced signal processing that can monitor, manage and reduce errors and signal impairment in the fiber connection between the transmit and receive sides. Advanced optical interconnect technologies can enhance network performance by

 



 

2


Table of Contents

improving the capabilities and increasing the capacities of optical equipment and routers and switches, while also reducing operating costs. The key characteristics of advanced optical interconnect technologies that dictate performance and capacity include speed, density, robustness, power consumption, automation and manageability.

Our Solution—The Siliconization of Optical Interconnect

We have developed families of high-speed coherent optical interconnect products that reduce the complexity and cost of optical interconnect technology, while simultaneously improving network performance and the pace of innovation in the optical networking industry. Our optical interconnect solution includes sophisticated modules that perform a majority of the digital signal processing and optical functions required to process network traffic at transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and above in long-haul, metro and inter-data center networks. These modules meet the needs of cloud and service providers for optical interconnect products in a simple, open, high-performance form factor that can be easily integrated in a cost-effective manner with existing network equipment.

Our interconnect products are powered by our internally developed and purpose-built coherent DSP ASICs and/or silicon PICs. Our coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs are engineered to work together and each integrates numerous signal processing and optical transmission functions that together deliver a complete, cost-effective high-speed coherent optical interconnect solution in a small footprint that requires low power and provides significant automation and management capabilities. We believe that our highly integrated optical interconnect modules, which are based on our coherent DSP ASIC and silicon PIC, were, at the time market introduction, the industry’s first interconnect modules to deliver transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and higher. Prior to the introduction of our highly integrated optical interconnect modules, we believe that these transmission speeds were not possible in modules in an industry standard form factor without sacrificing signal quality or other performance characteristics.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths will enable us to maintain and extend our position in the high-speed optical interconnect market:

 

    Leading provider of high-speed integrated optical interconnect modules.    We believe we are the first independent vendor to introduce at commercial scale both a coherent DSP ASIC and a silicon PIC integrated into an optical interconnect module capable of transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and above.

 

    Track record of rapid innovation driven by advanced design methodologies.    Our development capabilities and advanced design methodologies have enabled us to introduce ten optical interconnect modules, five coherent DSP ASICs and three silicon PICs since 2009.

 

    Leveraging the strength of CMOS for photonics.    By using CMOS as the basis for both our coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs, our products achieve significant improvements in density and cost and benefit from ongoing advances in CMOS.

 

    Proprietary software framework enables simplified configuration and deployment.    Our software framework is key to increasing the performance of and reducing the capital expenditures and operating expenses associated with high-speed networks, and enables our customers to integrate our products easily into their existing networks.

 

    Customer collaboration provides deep understanding of market needs.    We collaborate closely with our customers, as well as directly with many cloud and service providers, which allows us to better understand their needs and anticipate next generation product and service requirements.

 



 

3


Table of Contents
    Strong management and engineering teams with significant industry expertise.    Our management and engineering teams, of which our founders remain a key part, include personnel with extensive experience in optical systems and networking, digital signal processing, large-scale ASIC design and verification, silicon photonic integration, system software development, hardware design and high-speed electronics design.

Our Growth Strategy

Our goal is to become the leading provider of high-speed optical interconnect technology that underpins the world’s data and communication networks. To grow our business and achieve our vision, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

    Continue to innovate and extend our technology leadership.    We intend to continue to invest in our technology to deliver innovative and high-performance DSP ASICs, silicon PICs and optical interconnect modules and to identify and solve challenging optical interconnect needs.

 

    Increase penetration within our existing customer base.    As we continue to enhance and expand our product families, and as our existing customers seek to expand and improve their network equipment technology, we expect to generate additional revenue through sales to these customers.

 

    Continue to expand customer base.    We believe that the benefits of our solution, supported by the success of existing customers as references, will drive more network equipment manufacturers to purchase their optical interconnect products from us.

 

    Grow into adjacent markets.    We believe that growth in fiber optics-based communications is likely to accelerate and that this growth, together with expansion in other markets that depend on high-speed networking capabilities, such as intra-data center and network access markets, will result in demand for additional applications for our products.

 

    Selectively pursue strategic investments or acquisitions.    Although we expect to focus our growth strategy on expanding our market share organically, we may pursue future investments or acquisitions that complement our existing business.

Risks Associated with Our Business

You should consider carefully the risks described under the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 11 and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks, which include the following, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flow and prospects, which could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline and could result in a partial or total loss of your investment:

 

    We have a history of operating losses, and we may not maintain or increase our profitability.

 

    Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects.

 

    We depend on a limited number of customers for a significant percentage of our revenue and the loss or temporary loss of a major customer could harm our financial condition. One such customer, ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd., is currently subject to U.S. Department of Commerce restrictions that could prevent any sales to this customer after June 30, 2016.

 

    Our revenue growth is substantially dependent on our successful development and release of new products.

 



 

4


Table of Contents
    We depend on third parties for a significant portion of the fabrication, assembly and testing of our products.

 

    We depend on a limited number of suppliers, some of which are sole sources, and our business could be disrupted if they are unable to meet our needs.

 

    Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future growth or performance.

 

    We may not be able to maintain or improve our gross margins.

 

    We generate a significant portion of our revenue from international sales and therefore are subject to additional risks associated with our sales to foreign customers and other international operations.

 

    Quality control problems in manufacturing could result in delays in product shipments to customers or in quality problems with our products.

 

    Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable effort and expense, so our sales and revenue are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from period to period, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate significantly.

 

    If our products are found to infringe the intellectual property rights of others, we could be required to obtain a license to use the infringed technology from third parties, or we may be prohibited from selling certain products in the future.

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in June 2009. Our principal executive offices are located at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100, Maynard, MA 01754, and our telephone number at that address is (978) 938-4896. Our website address is www.acacia-inc.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

“Acacia Communications®,” “Acacia®,” our logo, and other trademarks or tradenames of Acacia Communications, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are our property. This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies, including:

 

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

    exemption from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or stockholder approval with respect to golden parachute arrangements; and

 

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

We may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1 billion in annual revenue, we have more than $700 million in market value of our stock held by non-affiliates (and we have been a public company for at least 12 months and have filed one annual report on Form 10-K) or we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting obligations in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

4,500,000 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

35,656,350 shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

70,184 shares from us and 604,816 shares from the selling stockholders

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in this offering. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

 

Dividend policy

We intend to retain all future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock. See “Dividend Policy” for more information.

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“ACIA”

 

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 31,156,350 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 15, 2016 and excludes:

 

    2,772,013 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan as of April 15, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.56 per share;

 

    1,314,378 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan as of April 15, 2016;

 

    450,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan contingent upon the closing of this offering;

 

    245,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of preferred stock warrants outstanding as of April 15, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share; and

 



 

7


Table of Contents
    3,417,302 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, including 497,302 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan, 2,220,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (560,000 of which are issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted subsequent to April 15, 2016) and 700,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under the 2009 Stock Plan. Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans.”

Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws in connection with the closing of this offering;

 

    the automatic conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,177,495 shares of our common stock, the conversion of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

    the warrants outstanding as of April 15, 2016 to purchase 245,000 shares of our preferred stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share, will become exercisable for 245,000 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share, upon the closing of this offering;

 

    no exercise of outstanding options or warrants; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 70,184 shares from us and up to an additional 604,816 shares from the selling stockholders.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents summary consolidated financial and other data for our business for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 have been derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the year ended December 31, 2013 have been derived from our audited financial statements not appearing in this prospectus. The summary statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for those periods included elsewhere in this prospectus, and except as described in the notes thereto, have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of that information for such periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the full year. You should read this summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

   $ 77,652      $   146,234      $ 239,056      $ 47,244      $ 84,489   

Cost of revenue (1)

     47,983        93,558        145,350        30,640        49,083   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     29,669        52,676        93,706        16,604        35,406   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development (1)

     24,248        28,471        38,645        7,903        15,414   

Sales, general and administrative (1)

     5,099        6,615        13,124        2,123        4,054   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     745        108                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30,092        35,194        51,769        10,026        19,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (423     17,482        41,937        6,578        15,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income, net

     (770     (1,029     (2,132     (178     237   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (1,193     16,453        39,805        6,400        16,175   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

            2,933        (715     2,063        1,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (1,193     13,520        40,520        4,337        14,598   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders—basic (2)

   $ (4,971   $ 1,728      $ 7,597      $ 665      $ 2,946   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders—diluted (2)

   $ (4,971   $ 1,728      $ 7,597      $ 665      $ 2,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders (2):

          

Basic

   $ (1.12   $ 0.31      $ 1.18      $ 0.11      $ 0.44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (1.12   $ 0.23      $ 0.91      $ 0.08      $ 0.30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

     4,429        5,629        6,429        6,184        6,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     4,429        7,447        8,311        7,876        8,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2):

          

Basic

       $ 1.39        $ 0.46   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ 1.30        $ 0.43   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 



 

9


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2013      2014      2015      2015      2016  
    

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

              

Basic

           30,606            30,920   
        

 

 

       

 

 

 

Diluted

           32,733            33,044   
        

 

 

       

 

 

 

Other Operational and Financial Data:

              

Non-GAAP gross profit (3)

   $ 29,694       $   52,693       $   93,781       $ 16,610       $ 35,438   

Non-GAAP income from operations (3)

   $ 1,081       $ 17,889       $ 42,762       $ 6,706       $ 16,228   

Non-GAAP net income (3)

   $ 405       $ 14,410       $ 32,310       $ 4,898       $ 14,571   

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

   $ 3,550       $ 20,395       $ 47,495       $ 7,870       $ 17,874   

 

     As of March 31, 2016  
     Actual      Pro Forma(4)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(5)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 32,890       $ 32,890       $ 121,470   

Working capital

     65,084         65,084         153,664   

Total assets

     161,274         161,274         249,854   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     3,006                   

Total liabilities

     67,472         64,466         64,466   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     71,866                   

Total stockholders’ equity

     21,936         96,808         185,388   

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2013      2014      2015      2015      2016  
    
(in thousands)
  

Cost of revenue

   $ 25       $ 17       $ 75       $ 6       $ 32   

Research and development

     960         258         561         87         189   

Sales, general and administrative

     519         132         189         35         69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,504       $ 407       $ 825       $ 128       $ 290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Notes 2, 3 and 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.
(3) See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of such measures to their nearest GAAP equivalents.
(4) The pro forma column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,177,495 shares of common stock, as well as the conversion of our outstanding warrants exercisable for 245,000 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into warrants exercisable for 245,000 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of $3.0 million of other long-term liabilities into stockholders’ equity, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
(5) The pro forma as adjusted column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above also reflects our sale of 4,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total stockholders’ equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $4.2 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. Our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flow and prospects could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks or uncertainties. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of operating losses, and we may not maintain or increase our profitability.

Although we were profitable in 2014, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016, we incurred operating losses in 2009 through 2013. We may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. If we are unable to maintain profitability, the market value of our stock may decline, and you could lose all or a part of your investment.

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk associated with your investment.

We were founded in 2009 and shipped our first products in 2011. Our limited operating history, combined with the rapidly evolving and competitive nature and consolidation of our industry, suppliers, manufacturers and customers, makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects. We have encountered and may continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by rapidly growing companies in constantly evolving industries, including unpredictable and volatile revenues and increased expenses as we continue to grow our business. If we do not manage these risks and overcome these difficulties successfully, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected, and the market price of our common stock could decline. Further, we have limited historic financial data, and we operate in a rapidly evolving market. As such, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market.

Since we began commercial shipments of our products, our revenue, gross profit and results of operations have varied and are likely to continue to vary from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are not within our control. It is difficult for us to accurately forecast our future revenue and gross profit and plan expenses accordingly and, therefore, it is difficult for us to predict our future results of operations.

We depend on a limited number of customers for a significant percentage of our revenue and the loss or temporary loss of a major customer for any reason, including as a result of U.S. Department of Commerce restrictions currently applied to our largest customer, could harm on our financial condition.

We have historically generated most of our revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2013, 2014, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, our five largest customers in each period (which differed by period) collectively accounted for 79.5%, 77.7%, 72.6%, 82.9% and 82.2% of our revenue, respectively. In 2013, 2014, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, ADVA Optical Networking North America, Inc. accounted for 13.6%, 23.4%, 22.2%, 32.5% and 18.2% of our revenue, respectively, and ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd., or ZTE, accounted for 32.1%, 35.4%, 27.6%, 25.8% and 46.3% of our revenue, respectively. In addition, during 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, Coriant, Inc. accounted for 13.1%, 13.2% and 11.5% of our revenue, respectively, and during 2013, Alcatel-Lucent accounted for 19.2% of our revenue. As a

 

11


Table of Contents

consequence of the concentrated nature of our customer base, our quarterly revenue and results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and are difficult to estimate, and any cancellation of orders or any acceleration or delay in anticipated product purchases or the acceptance of shipped products by our larger customers or any government-mandated inability to sell to any of our larger customers could materially affect our revenue and results of operations in any quarterly period.

For example, on March 8, 2016, the U.S. Department of Commerce published a final rule in the Federal Register that amended the Export Administration Regulations by adding ZTE, its parent company and two other affiliated entities to the “Entity List,” for actions contrary to the national security and foreign policy interests of the United States. This rule imposed new export licensing requirements on exports, reexports, and in-country transfers of all U.S.-regulated products, software and technology to the designated ZTE entities, which had the practical effect of preventing us from making any sales to ZTE. On March 24, 2016, the U.S. Department of Commerce issued a temporary general license suspending the enhanced export licensing requirements for ZTE and one of its designated affiliates through June 30, 2016, thereby enabling us to resume sales to ZTE. There can be no guarantee that the U.S. Department of Commerce will extend this temporary general license beyond the June 30, 2016 expiration date or permit any sales to the designated ZTE entities after this temporary general license expires. This or future regulatory activity may materially interfere with our ability to make sales to ZTE or other customers. The loss or temporary loss of ZTE as a result of this or future regulatory activity could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be unable to sustain or increase our revenue from our larger customers or offset the discontinuation of concentrated purchases by our larger customers with purchases by new or existing customers. We expect that such concentrated purchases will continue to contribute materially to our revenue for the foreseeable future and that our results of operations may fluctuate materially as a result of such larger customers’ buying patterns. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2014, our revenue was adversely affected by a delay in anticipated purchases by two customers. In addition, we have seen and may in the future see consolidation of our customer base which could result in loss of customers or reduced purchases. The loss or temporary loss of such customers, or a significant delay or reduction in their purchases, could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our revenue growth is substantially dependent on our successful development and release of new products.

The markets for our products are characterized by changes and improvements in existing technologies and the introduction of new technology approaches. The future of our business will depend in large part upon the continuing relevance of our technological capabilities, our ability to interpret customer and market requirements in advance of product deliveries and our ability to introduce in a timely manner new products that address our customers’ requirements for more cost-effective bandwidth solutions. The development of new products is a complex process, and we may experience delays and failures in completing the development and introduction of new products. Our successful product development depends on a number of factors, including the following:

 

    the accurate prediction of market requirements, changes in technology and evolving standards;

 

    the availability of qualified product designers and technologies needed to solve difficult design challenges in a cost-effective, reliable manner;

 

    our ability to design products that meet customers’ cost, size, acceptance and specification criteria and performance requirements;

 

    our ability to manufacture new products with acceptable quality and manufacturing yields in a sufficient quantity to meet customer demand and according to customer needs;

 

    our ability to offer new products at competitive prices;

 

12


Table of Contents
    our dependence on suppliers to deliver in a timely manner materials that are critical components of our products;

 

    our dependence on third-party manufacturers to successfully manufacture our products;

 

    the identification of and entry into new markets for our products;

 

    the acceptance of our customers’ products by the market and the lifecycle of such products; and

 

    our ability to deliver products in a timely manner within our customers’ product planning and deployment cycle.

A new product development effort may last two years or longer, and requires significant investments in engineering hours, third-party development costs, prototypes and sample materials, as well as sales and marketing expenses, which will not be recouped if the product launch is unsuccessful. We may not be able to design and introduce new products in a timely or cost-efficient manner, and our new products may fail to meet the requirements of the market or our customers, or may be adopted by customers slower than we expect. In that case, we may not reach our expected level of production orders and may lose market share, which could adversely affect our ability to sustain our revenue growth or maintain our current revenue levels.

We depend on third parties for a significant portion of the fabrication, assembly and testing of our products.

A significant portion of the fabrication, assembly and testing of our products is done by third party contract manufacturers and foundries. As a result, we face competition for manufacturing capacity in the open market. We rely on foundries to manufacture wafers and on third-party manufacturers to assemble, test and manufacture substantially all of our coherent DSP ASICs, silicon PICs and modules. Accordingly, we cannot directly control our product delivery schedules and quality assurance. This lack of control could result in product shortages or quality assurance problems. These issues could delay shipments of our products, increase our assembly or testing costs or lead to costly epidemic failure claims. In addition, the consolidation of contract manufacturers and foundries, as well as the increasing capital intensity and complexity associated with fabrication in smaller process geometries, has limited the number of available contract manufacturers and foundries and increased our dependence on a smaller number of contract manufacturers and foundries. The small number of contract manufacturers or foundries could also increase the costs of components or manufacturing and adversely affect our results of operations, including our gross margins. In addition, to the extent we engage additional contract manufacturers or foundries, introduce new products with new manufacturers or foundries and/or move existing internal or external production lines to new manufacturers or foundries, we could experience supply disruptions during the transition process.

Because we rely on contract manufacturers and foundries, we face several significant risks in addition to those discussed above, including:

 

    a lack of guaranteed supply of manufactured wafers and other raw and finished components and potential higher wafer and component prices due to supply constraints;

 

    the limited availability of, or potential delays in obtaining access to, key process technologies;

 

    the location of contract manufacturers and foundries in regions that are subject to earthquakes, typhoons, tsunamis and other natural disasters; and

 

    competition with our contract manufacturers’ or foundries’ other customers when contract manufacturers or foundries allocate capacity or supply during periods of capacity constraint or supply shortages.

The manufacture of our products is a complex and technologically demanding process that utilizes many state of the art manufacturing processes and specialized components. Our foundries

 

13


Table of Contents

have from time to time experienced lower than anticipated manufacturing yields for our wafers. This often occurs during the production of new products or the installation and start-up of new process technologies and can occur even in mature processes due to break downs in mechanical systems, clean room controls, equipment failures, calibration errors and the handling of the material from station to station as well as damage resulting from the shipment and handling of the products to various points of processing.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers, some of which are sole sources, and our business could be disrupted if they are unable to meet our needs.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers of the key materials, including silicon wafers and components, equipment used to manufacture our products, and key design tools used in the design, testing and manufacturing of our products. Some of these suppliers are sole sources. With some of these suppliers, we do not have long-term agreements and instead purchase materials and equipment through a purchase order process. As a result, these suppliers may stop supplying us materials and equipment or significantly increase their prices at any time with little or no advance notice. Our reliance on sole source suppliers or a limited number of suppliers could result in delivery problems, reduced control over product pricing and quality, and our inability to identify and qualify another supplier in a timely manner. Some of our suppliers may experience financial difficulties that could prevent them from supplying us materials, or equipment used in the design and manufacture of our products. In addition, our suppliers, including our sole source suppliers, may experience manufacturing delays or shut downs due to circumstances beyond their control such as labor issues, political unrest or natural disasters. Our suppliers, including our sole source suppliers, could also determine to discontinue the manufacture of materials, equipment and tools that may be difficult for us to obtain from alternative sources. In addition, the suppliers of design tools that we rely on may not maintain or advance the capabilities of their tools in a manner sufficient to meet the technological requirements for us to design advanced products or provide such tools to us at reasonable prices. Further, the industry in which our suppliers operate is subject to a trend of consolidation. To the extent these trends continue, we may become dependent on even fewer suppliers to meet our material and equipment needs.

Any supply deficiencies relating to the quantities of materials, equipment or tools we use to design and manufacture our products could materially and adversely affect our ability to fulfill customer orders and our results of operations. Lead times for the purchase of certain materials, equipment and tools from suppliers have increased and in some instances have exceeded the lead times provided to us by our customers. In some cases these lead time increases have limited our ability to respond to or meet customer demand. We have in the past and may in the future, experience delays or reductions in supply shipments, which could reduce our revenue and profitability. If key components or materials are unavailable, our costs would increase and our revenue would decline.

Although we are developing relationships with additional suppliers, doing so is a time-consuming process, and we may not be able to enter into necessary arrangements with these additional suppliers in time to avoid supply constraints in sole sourced components.

Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future growth or performance.

Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future growth or performance. We experienced revenue growth rates of 88.3%, 63.5% and 78.8% in 2014, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016, respectively, in each case compared to the corresponding periods in the immediately preceding year. We may not achieve similar revenue growth rates in future periods. You should not rely on our revenue for any prior quarterly or annual period as any indication of

 

14


Table of Contents

our future revenue or revenue growth. If we are unable to maintain consistent revenue or revenue growth, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We may not be able to maintain or improve our gross margins.

We may not be able to maintain or improve our gross margins. Factors such as slow introductions of new products, our failure to effectively reduce the cost of existing products, our failure to maintain or improve our product mix or pricing, changes in customer demand, annual or semi-annual price reductions and pricing discounts required under the terms of our customer contracts, pricing pressure resulting from increased competition, the availability of superior or lower-cost technologies, market consolidation or the potential for future macroeconomic or market volatility to reduce sales volumes. Our gross margins could also be adversely affected by unfavorable production yields or variances, increases in costs of components and materials, the timing changes in our inventory, warranty costs and related returns, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, our inability to reduce manufacturing costs in response to any decrease in revenue, possible exposure to inventory valuation reserves and failure to obtain the benefits of future tax planning strategies. Our competitors have a history of reducing their prices to increase or avoid losing market share, and if and as we continue to gain market share we may have to reduce our prices to continue to effectively compete. If we are unable to maintain or improve our gross margins, our financial results will be adversely affected.

Product quality problems, defects, errors or vulnerabilities in our products could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We produce complex products that incorporate advanced technologies. Despite our testing prior to their release, our products may contain undetected defects or errors, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. Product defects or errors could affect the performance of our products and could delay the development or release of new products or new versions of products. Allegations of unsatisfactory performance could cause us to lose revenue or market share, increase our service costs, cause us to incur substantial costs in redesigning the products, cause us to lose significant customers, subject us to liability for damages or divert our resources from other tasks, any one of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

From time to time, we have had to replace certain components of products that we had shipped and provide remediation in response to the discovery of defects or bugs, including failures in software protocols or defective component batches resulting in reliability issues, in such products, and we may be required to do so in the future. We may also be required to provide full replacements or refunds for such defective products. Such remediation could have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We generate a significant portion of our revenue from international sales and therefore are subject to additional risks associated with our international operations.

Since January 1, 2013, we have shipped our products to customers located in 17 foreign countries. In 2013, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, we derived 85.1%, 79.2%, 82.3%, 84.2% and 84.7%, respectively, of our revenue from sales to customers with delivery locations outside the United States. A significant portion of our international sales are made to customers with delivery locations in China. In 2013, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, we derived 32.1%, 36.5%, 36.0%, 29.6% and 49.0%, respectively, of our revenue from sales to customers with delivery locations in China. We also work with manufacturing facilities outside of the United States. In the future, we intend to expand our international operations to locate

 

15


Table of Contents

additional functions related to the development, manufacturing and sale of our products outside of the United States. Our current and anticipated future international operations are subject to inherent risks, and our future results could be adversely affected by a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

    U.S. or foreign governmental action, such as export control or import restrictions, that could prevent or significantly hinder our sales to the ZTE entities or other customers in certain foreign markets;

 

    greater difficulty in enforcing contracts and accounts receivable obligations and longer collection periods;

 

    difficulties in managing and staffing international offices, and the increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;

 

    the impact of general economic and political conditions in economies outside the United States;

 

    tariff and trade barriers, changes in custom and duties requirements or compliance interpretations and other regulatory requirements or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in certain foreign markets;

 

    heightened risk of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of, or irregularities in, financial statements;

 

    certification requirements;

 

    greater difficulty documenting and testing our internal controls;

 

    reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences;

 

    the effects of changes in currency exchange rates;

 

    changes in service provider and government spending patterns;

 

    social, political and economic instability;

 

    higher incidence of corruption or unethical business practices that could expose us to liability or damage our reputation; and

 

    natural disasters, health epidemics and acts of war or terrorism.

International customers may also require that we comply with additional testing or customization of our products to conform to local standards, which could materially increase the costs to sell our products in those markets.

As we continue to operate on an international basis, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. Our failure to manage any of these risks could harm our international operations and reduce our international sales.

We are subject to government regulation, including import, export, economic sanctions, and anti-corruption laws and regulations that may limit our sales opportunities, expose us to liability and increase our costs.

Our products are subject to export controls, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations and economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, and similar laws and regulations that apply in other

 

16


Table of Contents

jurisdictions in which we distribute or sell our products. Export control and economic sanctions laws and regulations include restrictions and prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products and on our transfer of parts, components, and related technical information and know-how to certain countries, regions, governments, persons and entities. For example, on March 8, 2016, the U.S. Department of Commerce published a final rule in the Federal Register that amended the Export Administration Regulations by adding ZTE and three of its affiliates to the “Entity List,” for actions contrary to the national security and foreign policy interests of the United States. This rule imposed new export licensing requirements on exports, reexports, and in-country transfers of all U.S.-regulated products, software and technology to the designated ZTE entities, which had the practical effect of preventing us from making any sales to ZTE. On March 24, 2016, the U.S. Department of Commerce issued a temporary general license suspending the enhanced export licensing requirements for ZTE and one of its designated affiliates through June 30, 2016, thereby enabling us to resume sales to ZTE. There can be no guarantee that the U.S. Department of Commerce will extend this temporary general license beyond the June 30, 2016 expiration date or permit any sales to the designated ZTE entities after this temporary general license expires. This or future regulatory activity may materially interfere with our ability to make sales to ZTE or other customers. The loss or temporary loss of ZTE as a result of this or future regulatory activity could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, various countries regulate the importation of certain products, through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products. The exportation, re-exportation, transfers within foreign countries and importation of our products, including by our partners, must comply with these laws and regulations, with any violations subject to reputational harm, government investigations, penalties, and/or a denial or curtailment of our ability to export our products. Complying with export control and sanctions laws for a particular sale may be time consuming, may increase our costs and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Although we take precautions to prevent our products from being provided in violation of such laws and regulations, if we are found to be in violation of U.S. sanctions or export control laws, we and the individuals working for us could incur substantial fines and penalties. Changes in export, sanctions or import laws or regulations may delay the introduction and sale of our products in international markets, require us to spend resources to seek necessary government authorizations or to develop different versions of our products, or, in some cases, such as with ZTE, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries, regions, governments, persons or entities altogether, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are also subject to various domestic and international anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, as well as other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from offering or making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining, retaining or directing business. Our exposure for violating these laws and regulations increases as our international presence expands and as we increase sales and operations in foreign jurisdictions.

If we fail to attract, retain and motivate key personnel, or if we fail to retain and motivate our founders, our business could suffer.

Our business depends on the services of highly qualified employees in a variety of disciplines, including optical systems and networking, digital signal processing, large-scale ASIC design and verification, silicon photonic integration, system software development, hardware design and high-speed electronics design. Our success depends on the skills, experience and performance of these employees, our founders and other members of our senior management team, as well as our ability to attract and retain other highly qualified management and technical personnel. There is intense competition for qualified personnel in our industry and a limited number of qualified personnel with expertise in the areas that are relevant to our business, and as a result we may not be able to attract

 

17


Table of Contents

and retain the personnel necessary for the expansion and success of our business. All of our co-founders are currently employees of our company. The loss of services of any of our founders or of any other officers or key personnel, or our inability to continue to attract qualified personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The failure to increase sales to our existing customers as anticipated could adversely affect our future revenue growth and adversely affect our business.

We believe that our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to expand sales to our existing customers for use in a customer’s existing or new product offerings. Our efforts to increase product sales to existing customers may generate less revenue than anticipated or take longer than anticipated. If we are unable to increase sales to our existing customers as anticipated, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

If we do not effectively expand and train our direct sales force, we may be unable to add new customers or increase sales to our existing customers, and our business will be adversely affected.

We depend on our direct sales force to increase sales with existing customers and to obtain new customers. As such, we have invested and will continue to invest in our sales organization. In recent periods, we have been adding personnel and other resources to our sales function as we focus on growing our business, entering new markets and increasing our market share, and we expect to incur additional expenses in expanding our sales personnel in order to achieve revenue growth. There is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, retaining and integrating sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth, particularly in international markets. New hires require significant training and may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our planned hires may not become productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire, retain or integrate into our corporate culture sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. If we are unable to hire, integrate and train a sufficient number of effective sales personnel, or the sales personnel we hire are not successful in increasing sales to our existing customer base or obtaining new customers, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected.

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork, passion for customers and focus on execution, as well as facilitating critical knowledge transfer and knowledge sharing. As we grow and change, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our corporate culture, which could limit our ability to innovate and operate effectively. Any failure to preserve our culture could also negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, continue to perform at current levels or execute on our business strategy.

Quality control problems in manufacturing could result in delays in product shipments to customers or in quality problems with our products which could adversely affect our business.

We may experience quality control problems in our manufacturing operations or the manufacturing operations of our contract manufacturers. If we are unable to identify and correct certain quality issues in our products prior to the products’ being shipped to customers, failure of our deployed products could cause failures in our customers’ products, which could require us to issue a product recall or trigger epidemic failure claims pursuant to our customer contracts, which may require us to

 

18


Table of Contents

indemnify or pay liquidated damages to affected customers, repair or replace damaged products, or discontinue or significantly delay shipments. As a result, we could incur additional costs that would adversely affect our gross margins. In addition, even if a problem is identified and corrected at the manufacturing stage, product shipments to our customers could be delayed, which would negatively affect our revenue, competitive position and reputation.

We may not be able to manufacture our products in volumes or at times sufficient to meet customer demands, which could result in delayed or lost revenue and harm to our reputation.

Given the high level of sophisticated functionality embedded in our products, our manufacturing processes are complex and often involve more than one manufacturer. This complexity may result in lower manufacturing yields and may make it more difficult for our current and future contract manufacturers to scale to higher production volumes. If we are unable to manufacture our products in volumes or at times sufficient to meet demand, our customers could postpone or cancel orders or seek alternative suppliers for these products, which would harm our reputation and adversely affect our results of operations.

Customer requirements for new products are increasingly challenging, which could lead to significant executional risk in designing such products. We may incur significant expenses long before we can recognize revenue from new products, if at all, due to the costs and length of research, development and manufacturing process cycles.

Network equipment manufacturers seek increased performance optical interconnect products, at lower prices and in smaller and lower-power designs. These requirements can be technically challenging, and are sometimes customer-specific, which can require numerous design iterations. Because of the complexity of design requirements, including stringent customer-imposed acceptance criteria, executing on our product development goals is difficult and sometimes unpredictable. These difficulties could result in product sampling delays and/or missing targets on key specifications and customer requirements and acceptance criteria. Our failure to meet our customers’ requirements could result in our customers seeking alternative suppliers, which would adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

Additionally, we and our competitors often incur significant research and development and sales and marketing costs for products that, at the earliest, will be purchased by our customers long after much of the cost is incurred and, in some cases, may never be purchased due to changes in industry or customer requirements in the interim.

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable effort and expense. As a result, our sales and revenue are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from period to period, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate significantly.

The timing of our sales and revenue recognition is difficult to predict because of the length and unpredictability of our products’ sales cycles. A sales cycle is the period between initial contact with a prospective network equipment manufacturer customer and any sale of our products. Customer orders are complex and difficult to complete because prospective customers generally consider a number of factors over an extended period of time before committing to purchase the products we sell. Customers often view the purchase of our products as a significant and strategic decision and require considerable time to evaluate, test and qualify our products prior to making a purchase decision and placing an order. The length of time that customers devote to their evaluation, contract negotiation and budgeting processes varies significantly. Our products’ sales cycles can be lengthy in certain cases. During the sales cycle, we expend significant time and money on sales and marketing activities and

 

19


Table of Contents

make investments in evaluation equipment, all of which lower our operating margins, particularly if no sale occurs or if the sale is delayed as a result of extended qualification processes or delays from our customers’ customers. Even if a customer decides to purchase our products, there are many factors affecting the timing of our recognition of revenue, which makes our revenue difficult to forecast. For example, there may be unexpected delays in a customer’s internal procurement processes.

Even after a customer makes a purchase, there may be circumstances or terms relating to the purchase that delay our ability to recognize revenue from that purchase. For example, the sale of our products may be subject to acceptance testing or may be placed into a remote stocking location. In addition, the significance and timing of our product enhancements, and the introduction of new products by our competitors, may also affect customers’ purchases. For all of these reasons, it is difficult to predict whether a sale will be completed, the particular period in which a sale will be completed or the period in which revenue from a sale will be recognized. If our sales cycles lengthen, our revenue could be lower than expected, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we fail to accurately predict market requirements or market demand for our products, our business, competitive position and operating results will suffer.

We operate in a dynamic industry and use significant resources to develop new products for existing and new markets. After we have developed a product, there is no guarantee that our customers will integrate our product into their equipment or devices and, ultimately, bring the equipment and devices incorporating our product to market. In addition, there is no guarantee that cloud, network and communications service providers will ultimately choose to purchase network equipment that incorporates our products. In these situations, we may never produce or deliver significant quantities of our products, even after incurring substantial development expenses. From the time a customer elects to integrate our interconnect technology into their product, it typically takes up to 24 months for high-volume production of that product to commence. After volume production begins, we cannot be assured that the equipment or devices incorporating our product will gain market acceptance by network operators.

If we fail to accurately predict and interpret market requirements or market demand for our new products, our business and growth prospects will be harmed. If high-speed networks are deployed to a lesser extent or more slowly than we currently anticipate, we may not realize anticipated benefits from our investments in research and development. As a result, our business, competitive position, market share and operating results will be harmed.

As demand for our products in one market grows, demand in another market may decrease. For example, if we sell our products directly to content providers in addition to network equipment manufacturers, our sales to network equipment manufacturers may decrease due to reduced demand from their customers or due to dissatisfaction by network equipment manufacturers with this change in our business model. Any reduction in demand in one market that is not offset by an increase in demand in another market could adversely affect our market share or results of operations.

Most of our long-term customer contracts do not commit customers to specified purchase commitments, and our customers may decrease, cancel or delay their purchases at any time with little or no advance notice to us.

Most of our customers purchase our products pursuant to individual purchase orders or contracts that do not contain purchase commitments. Although some of our customers have committed to purchase a specified share of their required volume for a particular product from us, monitoring and enforcing these commitments can be difficult. Some customers provide us with their expected

 

20


Table of Contents

forecasts for our products several months in advance, but customers may decrease, cancel or delay purchase orders already in place, and the impact of any such actions may be intensified given our dependence on a small number of large customers. If any of our major customers decrease, stop or delay purchasing our products for any reason, our business and results of operations would be harmed. For example, several of our customers have historically elected to defer purchases scheduled for the fourth quarter into the first quarter of the following year, resulting in a decrease in our anticipated revenue during the fourth quarter. Cancellation or delays of such orders may cause us to fail to achieve our short-term and long-term financial and operating goals and result in excess and obsolete inventory.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive.

The market for high-speed interconnect is highly competitive. We are aware of a number of companies that have developed or are developing coherent DSP ASICs, non-coherent PICs and 100 Gbps and 400 Gbps modules, among other technologies, that compete directly with some or all of our current and proposed product offerings.

Competitors may be able to more quickly and effectively:

 

    develop or respond to new technologies or technical standards;

 

    react to changing customer requirements and expectations;

 

    devote needed resources to the development, production, promotion and sale of products;

 

    attain high manufacturing yields on new product designs;

 

    establish and take advantage of operations in lower-cost regions; and

 

    deliver competitive products at lower prices, with lower gross margins or at lower costs than our products.

In order to expand market acceptance of our products, we must differentiate our products from those of our competition. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in making this differentiation or increasing acceptance of our products as we have limited resources dedicated to marketing of our products. In addition, established companies in related industries or newly funded companies targeting markets we serve, such as semiconductor manufacturers and data communications providers, may also have significantly more resources than we do and may in the future develop and offer competing products. All of these risks may be increased if the market were to further consolidate through mergers or other business combinations between our competitors or if more capital is invested in the market to create additional competitors.

We may not be able to compete successfully with our competitors and aggressive competition in the market may result in lower prices for our products and/or decreased gross margins. New technology and investments from existing competitors and competitive threats from newly funded companies may erode our technology and product advantages and slow our overall growth and profitability. Any such development could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our results of operations may suffer if we do not effectively manage our inventory, and we may continue to incur inventory-related charges.

We need to manage our inventory of component parts and finished goods effectively to meet changing customer requirements. Accurately forecasting customers’ product needs is difficult. Our product demand forecasts are based on multiple assumptions, each of which may introduce error into

 

21


Table of Contents

our estimates. In the event we overestimate customer demand, we may allocate resources to manufacturing products that we may not be able to sell. As a result, we could hold excess or obsolete inventory, which would reduce our profit margins and adversely affect our financial results. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand or if insufficient manufacturing capacity is available, we could forego revenue opportunities, lose market share and damage our customer relationships. Also, due to our industry’s use of management techniques to reduce inventory levels and the period of time inventory is held, any disruption in the supply chain could lead to more immediate shortages in product or component supply. Additionally, any enterprise system failures, including in connection with implementing new systems or upgrading existing systems that help us manage our financial, purchasing, inventory, sales, invoicing and product return functions, could harm our ability to fulfill orders and interrupt other billing and logistical processes.

Some of our products and supplies have in the past, and may in the future, become obsolete or be deemed excess while in inventory due to rapidly changing customer specifications, changes to product structure, components or bills of material as a result of engineering changes, or a decrease in customer demand. We also have exposure to contractual liabilities to our contract manufacturers for inventories purchased by them on our behalf, based on our forecasted requirements, which may become excess or obsolete. Our inventory balances also represent an investment of cash. To the extent our inventory turns are slower than we anticipate based on historical practice, our cash conversion cycle extends and more of our cash remains invested in working capital. If we are not able to manage our inventory effectively, we may need to write down the value of some of our existing inventory or write off non-saleable or obsolete inventory. We have from time to time incurred significant inventory-related charges. Any such charges we incur in future periods could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Increasingly, our customers require that we ship our finished products to a central location, which is not controlled by us. If that facility is damaged, or if our relationship with that facility deteriorates, we may suffer losses or be forced to find an alternate facility. In addition, revenue is only recognized once our customers take delivery of the products from this location, rather than when we ship them, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. We often lack insight into when customers will take delivery of our products, making it difficult to forecast our revenue.

The industry in which we operate is subject to significant cyclicality.

Industries focused on semiconductor and optical network technologies can be highly cyclical and characterized by constant and rapid technological change and price erosion, evolving technical standards, increasing effects of competition, frequent new product introductions and technology displacement, short product life cycles both for semiconductors and optical technologies and for many of the end products in which they are used, and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. From time to time, these factors, together with changes in general economic conditions, have caused significant industry upturns and downturns that have had a direct impact on the financial stability of our customers, their customers and our suppliers. Periods of industry downturns have been characterized by diminished demand for products, unanticipated declines in telecommunications and communications system capital expenditures, industry consolidation, excess capacity compared to demand, high inventory levels and periods of inventory adjustment, under-utilization of manufacturing capacity, changes in revenue mix and erosion of average selling prices, any of which could result in an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We expect our business to continue to be subject to cyclical downturns even when overall economic conditions are relatively stable. To the extent we cannot offset recessionary periods or periods of reduced growth that may occur in the industry or in our target markets in particular through increased market share or otherwise, our business can be adversely affected, revenue may decline and our financial condition and results of operations may be harmed. In addition, in any future economic downturn or periods of inflationary increase we may be unable to reduce our costs quickly enough to maintain profitability levels.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to currency fluctuations that have adversely affected our results of operations in recent quarters and may continue to do so in the future.

Our financial results have and in the future could continue to be adversely affected by foreign currency fluctuations. Historically, a significant portion of our expenses, predominately related to outsourced development services, were denominated in Euros while substantially all of our revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. Fluctuations in the exchange rates between these currencies and other currencies in which we collect revenue and/or pay expenses have and could have a material effect on our future operating results. For example, in 2014, we agreed with one of our suppliers to pay for supplies in U.S. dollars instead of Euros, based on a predetermined exchange rate, which resulted in a significant increase in the cost of those supplies when the Euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate fell substantially below the predetermined rate. Currency rate fluctuations may also affect the ability of our customers to purchase our products in the event that such fluctuations result in a significant increase to the purchase price of our products under the customers’ local currency.

Although we do not currently engage in currency hedging transactions, we may choose to do so in the future in an effort to reduce our exposure to U.S. dollar to Euro or other currency fluctuations. In connection with any currency hedging transaction in the future, we may be required to convert currencies to meet our obligations. These transactions may not operate to fully hedge our exposure to currency fluctuations, and under certain circumstances, these transactions could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

If our customers do not qualify our manufacturing lines or the manufacturing lines of our subcontractors for volume shipments, our operating results could suffer.

Our manufacturing lines have passed our qualification standards, as well as our technical standards. However, our customers may also require that our manufacturing lines pass their specific qualification standards and that we, and any subcontractors that we may use, be registered under international quality standards. In addition, many of our customers require that we maintain our ISO certification. In the event we are unable to maintain process controls required to maintain ISO certification, or in the event we fail to pass the ISO certification audit for any reason, we could lose our ISO certification. In addition, we may encounter quality control issues in the future as a result of relocating our manufacturing lines or ramping new products to full volume production. We may be unable to obtain customer qualification of our or our subcontractors’ manufacturing lines or we may experience delays in obtaining customer qualification of our or our subcontractors’ manufacturing lines. Such delays or failure to obtain qualifications would harm our operating results and customer relationships. If we introduce new contract manufacturers and move any production lines from existing internal or external facilities, the new production lines will likely need to be re-qualified with our customers. Any delay in the qualification of our or our subcontractors’ manufacturing lines may adversely affect our operations and financial results. Any delay in the qualification or requalification of our or our subcontractors’ manufacturing lines may delay the manufacturing of our products or require us to divert resources away from other areas of our business, which could adversely affect our operations and financial results.

Acquisitions that we may pursue in the future, whether or not consummated, could result in operating and financial difficulties.

We may in the future acquire businesses or assets in an effort to increase our growth, enhance our ability to compete, complement our product offerings, enter new and adjacent markets, obtain access to additional technical resources, enhance our intellectual property rights or pursue other competitive opportunities. If we seek acquisitions, we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates at prices we consider appropriate. We are in an industry that is actively consolidating and, as a result, there is no guarantee that we will successfully and satisfactorily bid against third parties, including competitors, when we identify a target we seek to acquire.

 

23


Table of Contents

We cannot readily predict the timing or size of our future acquisitions, or the success of any future acquisitions. Failure to successfully execute on any future acquisition plans could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

To the extent that we consummate acquisitions, we may face financial risks as a result, including increased costs associated with merged or acquired operations, increased indebtedness, economic dilution to gross and operating profit and earnings per share, or unanticipated costs and liabilities, including the impairment of assets and expenses associated with restructuring costs and reserves, and unforeseen accounting charges. We would also face operational risks, such as difficulties in integrating the operations, retention of key personnel and our ability to maintain and support products of the acquired businesses, disrupting their or our ongoing business, increasing the complexity of our business, failing to successfully further develop the combined, acquired or remaining technology, and impairing management resources and management’s relationships with employees and customers as a result of changes in their ownership and management. Further, the evaluation and negotiation of potential acquisitions, as well as the integration of an acquired business, may divert management time and other resources.

We may need additional equity, debt or other financing in the future, which we may not be able to obtain on acceptable terms, or at all, and any additional financing may result in restrictions on our operations or substantial dilution to our stockholders.

We may need to raise funds in the future, for example, to develop new technologies, expand our business or acquire complementary businesses. We may try to raise additional funds through public or private financings, strategic relationships or other arrangements. Our ability to obtain debt or equity funding will depend on a number of factors, including market conditions, interest rates, our operating performance and investor interest. Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If adequate funding is not available, we may be required to reduce expenditures, including curtailing our growth strategies and reducing our product development efforts, or forgo acquisition opportunities. If we succeed in raising additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible securities, then the issuance could result in substantial dilution to existing stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities or preferred stock, these new securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of the holders of our common stock. In addition, any preferred equity issuance or debt financing that we may obtain in the future could have restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could fall below expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our stock.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, contract manufacturing liabilities and income taxes. If our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, our results of operations may be adversely affected and may fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our stock.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our loan and security agreement contains operating covenants and restrictions that may restrict our business and financing activities.

We are party to a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank. This agreement restricts our ability to, among other things:

 

    sell assets;

 

    engage in any business other than our current business;

 

    merge or consolidate with other entities;

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    create liens on our assets;

 

    make investments;

 

    pay or declare dividends, or, in certain cases, repurchase our stock;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates; or

 

    make any payment on subordinated indebtedness.

The operating covenants and restrictions in the loan and security agreement, as well as covenants and restrictions in any future financing agreements that we may enter into, may restrict our ability to finance our operations, engage in business activities or expand or fully pursue our business strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those covenants. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the loan and security agreement or any future financing agreement, which could cause all of the outstanding indebtedness under the facility to become immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit.

We cannot assure you that we will continue to maintain sufficient cash reserves or that our business will ever generate cash flow from operations at levels sufficient to permit us to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or that our cash needs will not increase. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or otherwise obtain funds necessary to make required payments, or if we fail to comply with the various requirements of our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or any indebtedness which we may incur in the future, we would be in default under our agreement with Silicon Valley Bank or other indebtedness we may incur in the future. Any default under our agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or any indebtedness that we may incur in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may face product liability claims, which could be expensive and time consuming and result in substantial damages to us and increases in our insurance rates.

Despite quality assurance measures, defects may occur in our products. The occurrence of any defects in our products could give rise to product liability or epidemic failure claims, which could divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend, result in the loss of key customer contracts and result in sizable damage awards against us and, depending on the nature or scope of any network outage caused by a defect in or epidemic failure related to our products, could also harm our reputation. Our current insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover these claims. Moreover, in the future, we may not be able to obtain insurance in amount or scope sufficient to provide us with adequate coverage against potential liabilities. Any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing continuing coverage, could harm our reputation in the industry and reduce product sales. We would need to pay any product losses in excess of our insurance coverage out of cash reserves, harming our financial condition and adversely affecting our operating results.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our business and operating results may be adversely affected by natural disasters, health epidemics or other catastrophic events beyond our control.

Our internal manufacturing headquarters and new product introduction labs, design facilities, assembly and test facilities, and supply chain, and those of our contract manufacturers, are subject to risks associated with natural disasters, such as earthquakes, fires, tsunami, typhoons, volcanic activity, floods and health epidemics as well as other events beyond our control such as power loss, telecommunications failures and uncertainties arising out of terrorist attacks in the United States and armed conflicts overseas. The majority of our semiconductor products are currently fabricated and assembled in Canada, Japan, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand. The majority of the internal and outsourced assembly and test facilities we utilize or plan to utilize are located in California, New Hampshire, Canada, Germany, Japan, Thailand and other non-U.S. jurisdictions, and some of our internal design, assembly and test facilities are located in Massachusetts and New Jersey, regions with severe weather activity and, in the case of California, above average seismic activity. In addition, our research and development personnel are concentrated primarily in our headquarters in Maynard, Massachusetts and in our research center in Hazlet, New Jersey. Any catastrophic loss or significant damage to any of these facilities or facilities we use in the future would likely disrupt our operations, delay production, and adversely affect our product development schedules, shipments and revenue. In addition, any such catastrophic loss or significant damage could result in significant expense to repair or replace the facility and could significantly curtail our research and development efforts in a particular product area or primary market, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and operating results.

Breaches of our cybersecurity systems could degrade our ability to conduct our business operations and deliver products to our customers, compromise the integrity of the software embedded in our products, result in significant data losses and the theft of our intellectual property, damage our reputation, expose us to liability to third parties and require us to incur significant additional costs to maintain the security of our networks and data.

We increasingly depend upon our information technology, or IT, systems to conduct virtually all of our business operations, ranging from our internal operations and product development activities to our marketing and sales efforts and communications with our customers and business partners. Computer programmers may attempt to penetrate our network security, or that of our website, and misappropriate our proprietary information, embed malicious code in our products or cause interruptions of our service. Because the techniques used by such computer programmers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture, including “bugs” and other problems that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the system. We have also outsourced a number of our business functions to third-party contractors, including our manufacturers and logistics providers, and our business operations also depend, in part, on the success of our contractors’ own cybersecurity measures. Additionally, we depend upon our employees to appropriately handle confidential data and deploy our IT resources in safe and secure fashion that does not expose our network systems to security breaches and the loss of data. Accordingly, if our cybersecurity systems and those of our contractors fail to protect against unauthorized access, sophisticated cyberattacks and the mishandling of data by our employees and contractors, our ability to conduct our business effectively could be damaged in a number of ways, including:

 

    sensitive data regarding our business, including intellectual property and other proprietary data, could be stolen;

 

    our electronic communications systems, including email and other methods, could be disrupted, and our ability to conduct our business operations could be seriously damaged until such systems can be restored;

 

26


Table of Contents
    our ability to process customer orders and deliver products could be degraded or disrupted, resulting in delays in revenue recognition; and

 

    defects and security vulnerabilities could be introduced into the software embedded in or used in the development of our products, thereby damaging the reputation and perceived reliability and security of our products.

Should any of the above events occur, we could be subject to significant claims for liability from our customers and regulatory actions from governmental agencies. In addition, our ability to protect our intellectual property rights could be compromised and our reputation and competitive position could be significantly harmed. Additionally, we could incur significant costs in order to upgrade our cybersecurity systems and remediate damages. Consequently, our financial performance and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may not be able to successfully manage the growth of our business if we are unable to improve our internal systems, processes and controls.

Our business is growing rapidly and we anticipate that it will continue to do so in the future. In order to effectively manage our operations and growth, we need to continue to improve our internal systems, processes and controls. We may not be able to successfully implement improvements to these systems, processes and controls in an efficient or timely manner. In addition, our systems and processes may not prevent or detect all errors, omissions or fraud. We may experience difficulties in managing improvements to our systems or processes and controls, which could impair our ability to provide products to our customers in a timely manner, causing us to lose customers, limit us to smaller deployments of our products or increase our technical support costs.

We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which could subject us to liabilities, increase our costs or restrict our business or operations in the future.

Our manufacturing operations and our products are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate or sell our products. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, employee health and safety and the use of hazardous materials in, and the recycling of, our products. Failure to comply with present and future environmental, health or safety requirements, or the identification of contamination, could cause us to incur substantial costs, monetary fines, civil or criminal penalties and curtailment of operations. In addition, these laws and regulations have increasingly become more stringent over time. The identification of presently unidentified environmental conditions, more vigorous enforcement of current environmental, health and safety requirements by regulatory agencies, the enactment of more stringent laws and regulations or other unanticipated events could restrict our ability to use or expand our facilities, require us to incur additional expenses or require us to modify our manufacturing processes or the contents of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in industry standards and regulations could make our products obsolete, which would cause our net revenues and results of operations to suffer.

We design our products to conform to regulations established by governments and to standards set by industry standards bodies worldwide. Various industry organizations are currently considering whether and to what extent to create standards applicable to our current products or those under development. Because certain of our products are designed to conform to current specific industry standards, if competing or new standards emerge that are preferred by our customers, we may have to make significant expenditures to develop new products. If our customers adopt new or competing industry standards with which our products are not compatible, or industry groups adopt standards or governments issue regulations with which our products are not compatible, our existing products would become less desirable to our customers and our net revenues and results of operations would suffer.

 

27


Table of Contents

We recently implemented a corporate restructuring that is more closely aligned with the international nature of our business activities, and if we do not achieve the anticipated financial, operational and effective tax rate efficiencies as a result of our new corporate structure, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We recently implemented a reorganization of our corporate structure and intercompany relationships to more closely align our corporate structure with the international nature of our business activities. This corporate restructuring may allow us to reduce our overall effective tax rate through changes in our use of intellectual property, international procurement and manufacturing and sales operations. This corporate restructuring may also allow us to achieve financial operational and effective tax rate efficiencies. Our efforts in connection with this corporate restructuring have required and will continue to require us to incur expenses for which we may not realize related benefits. If the structure is not accepted by the applicable taxing authorities upon audit or if there are adverse changes in domestic or international tax laws, including changes in any proposed legislation to reform U.S. taxation of international business activities, the structure may be negatively affected. In addition, if we do not operate our business in a manner that is consistent with this corporate restructuring or any applicable tax provisions, we may fail to achieve the financial, operational and effective tax rate efficiencies that we anticipate and our results of operations may be negatively affected.

The implementation of our corporate restructuring increases the likelihood that unfavorable tax law changes, unfavorable government review of our tax returns, changes in our geographic earnings mix or imposition of withholding taxes on repatriated earnings could have an adverse effect on our effective tax rate and our operating results.

We have expanded and will likely continue to expand our operations into multiple non-U.S. jurisdictions in connection with our recent corporate restructuring, including those having lower tax rates than those we are subject to in the United States. As a result, our effective tax rate will be influenced by the amounts of income and expense attributed to each such jurisdiction. If such amounts were to change so as to increase the amounts of our net income subject to taxation in higher tax jurisdictions, or if we were to commence operations in jurisdictions assessing relatively higher tax rates, our effective tax rate could be adversely affected. The continued availability of lower tax rates in non-U.S. jurisdictions, if any, will be dependent on how we conduct our business operation on a going forward basis across all tax jurisdictions. As a result of our corporate restructuring, we will be subject to periodic audits or other reviews by tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which we conduct our activities in the future and there is a risk that tax authorities could challenge our assertion that we have conducted or will conduct our business operations appropriately in order to benefit from these lower tax rate jurisdictions. In addition, tax proposals being considered by the U.S. Congress and the legislative bodies in some of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate in connection with our corporate restructuring could affect our tax rate, the carrying value of deferred tax assets or our other tax liabilities. We cannot predict the form or timing of potential legislative changes, but any newly enacted tax law could have a material adverse impact on our tax provision, net income and cash flows. This could result in additional tax liabilities or other adjustments to our historical results. In addition, we may determine in the future that it is advisable to repatriate earnings from non-U.S. subsidiaries under circumstances that could result in a significant amount of U.S. tax at the higher U.S. corporate tax rate. In addition, the repatriation of foreign earnings could give rise to the imposition of potentially significant withholding taxes by the jurisdictions in which such amounts were earned and substantial tax liabilities in the United States. In addition, we may not receive the benefit of any offsetting foreign tax credits, which also could adversely affect our effective tax rate.

Although we believe our tax estimates, which in the future will include the impact of anticipated tax rate benefits with the implementation of our corporate restructuring, are and will be reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may materially differ from the tax amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements and may materially affect our income tax provision, net income or cash flows in the period or periods for which such determination is made.

 

28


Table of Contents

The final determination of our income tax liability may be materially different from our income tax provision.

The final determination of our income tax liability, which includes the impact of our corporate restructuring, may be materially different from our income tax provision. We are subject to income taxes in the United States and, as a result of our corporate restructuring, have become subject to income taxes in international jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of our business, there are some transactions where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Additionally, our calculations of income taxes are based on our interpretations of applicable tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we file or will file as a result of the proposed corporate restructuring. Although we believe our tax estimates, which include the impact of anticipated tax rate benefits in connection with our corporate restructuring, are and will be appropriate, there is no assurance that the final determination of our income tax liability will not be materially different than what is reflected in our income tax provisions and accruals.

We are also subject to periodic examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service in the United States and will be subject to periodic examination of our income tax returns by taxing authorities in other tax jurisdictions. We assess and will continue to assess on a regular basis the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. The outcomes from these examinations may have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Furthermore, our provision for income tax could increase as we further expand our international operations, adopt new products or undertake intercompany transactions in light of acquisitions, changing tax laws, expiring rulings and our current and anticipated business and operational requirements.

Our ability to utilize certain net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards may be limited under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code.

As of December 31, 2015, we had net operating loss carryforward amounts, or NOLs, of approximately $12.2 million and $12.8 million for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, respectively, and tax credit carryforward amounts of approximately $2.5 million and $4.5 million for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The federal and state tax credit carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2016 through 2033 and $0.2 million of such carryforwards will expire between 2016 and 2018 if not used. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2029 through 2033. Utilization of these net operating loss and tax credit carryforward amounts is subject to a substantial annual limitation if the ownership change limitations under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions are triggered by changes in the ownership of our capital stock. Such an annual limitation would result in the expiration of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforward amounts before utilization. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, including in connection with our proposed initial public offering or any future follow-on public offerings. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Additionally, state NOLs generated in one state cannot be used to offset income generated in another state. For these reasons, we may be limited in our ability to fully utilize the tax benefit from the use of our NOLs, even if our profitably would otherwise allow for it.

 

29


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Our products may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which could result in expensive litigation or require us to obtain a license to use the technology from third parties, or we may be prohibited from selling certain products in the future.

Companies in the industry in which we operate frequently are sued or receive informal claims of patent infringement or infringement of other intellectual property rights. We have, from time to time, received such claims from companies, including from competitors and customers, some of whom have substantially more resources and have been developing relevant technologies for much longer than us.

Third parties may in the future assert claims against us concerning our existing products or with respect to future products under development, or with respect to products that we may acquire through acquisitions. We have entered into and may in the future enter into indemnification obligations in favor of our customers that could be triggered upon an allegation or finding that we are infringing other parties’ proprietary rights. If we do infringe a third party’s rights and are unable to provide a sufficient work around, we may need to negotiate with holders of those rights in order to obtain a license to those rights or otherwise settle any infringement claim. A party that makes a claim of infringement against us may obtain an injunction preventing us from shipping products containing the allegedly infringing technology. We have from time to time received notices from third parties alleging infringement of their intellectual property and in one case have entered into a license agreement with a third party with respect to such intellectual property. Any license agreements that we wish to enter into the future with respect to intellectual property rights may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Generally, a license, if granted, would include payments of up-front fees, ongoing royalties or both. These payments or other terms, including any that restrict our ability to utilize the licensed technology in specified markets or geographic locations, could have a significant adverse effect on our operating results. In addition, in the event we are granted such a license, it is possible the license would be non-exclusive and other parties, including competitors, may be able to utilize such technology. Our larger competitors may be able to obtain licenses or cross-license their technology on better terms than we can, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, our larger competitors may be able to buy such technology and preclude us from licensing or using such technology.

We may not in all cases be able to resolve allegations of infringement through licensing arrangements, settlement, alternative designs or otherwise. We may take legal action to determine the validity and scope of the third-party rights or to defend against any allegations of infringement. Holders of intellectual property rights could become more aggressive in alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights and we may be the subject of such claims asserted by a third party. For example, as described further under “Business—Legal Proceedings”, on January 22, 2016, ViaSat, Inc. filed a suit against us alleging, among other things, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and misappropriation of trade secrets. In the course of pursuing any of these means or defending against any lawsuits filed against us, we could incur significant costs and diversion of our resources and our management’s attention. Due to the competitive nature of our industry, it is unlikely that we could increase our prices to cover such costs. In addition, such claims could result in significant penalties or injunctions that could prevent us from selling some of our products in certain markets or result in settlements or judgments that require payment of significant royalties or damages.

Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products, services and brand.

Our future success will depend, in large part, upon our intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, design rights, trade secrets, trademarks and know-how. We maintain a program of identifying technology appropriate for patent and trade secret protection. Our practice is to require

 

30


Table of Contents

employees and consultants to execute non-disclosure and proprietary rights agreements upon commencement of employment or consulting arrangements. These agreements acknowledge our exclusive ownership of all intellectual property developed by the individuals during their work for us and require that all proprietary information disclosed will remain confidential. Such agreements may not be enforceable in full or in part in all jurisdictions and any breach could have a negative effect on our business and our remedy for such breach may be limited.

Despite our efforts, these measures can only provide limited protection. Unauthorized third parties may try to copy or reverse engineer portions of our products, may breach our cybersecurity defenses or may otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property. Patents owned by us may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. Any of our pending or future patent applications, whether or not being currently challenged, may not be issued with the scope of the claims we seek, if at all. Legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in other countries are uncertain and may afford little or no effective protection for our proprietary rights. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our intellectual property rights from being exploited abroad. Policing the unauthorized use of our proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could harm our business. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. If we cannot protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, we may not remain competitive.

Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to developing and protecting their technology or intellectual property rights than we do. In addition, our attempts to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights may be further limited as our employees may be recruited by our current or future competitors and may take with them significant knowledge of our proprietary information. Consequently, others may develop services and methodologies that are similar or superior to our services and methodologies or may design around our intellectual property.

We may be subject to intellectual property litigation that could divert our resources.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in our industry. To the extent we gain greater market visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims. The risk of patent litigation has been amplified by the increase in the number of a type of patent holder, which we refer to as a non-practicing entity, whose sole business is to assert such claims. We could incur substantial costs in prosecuting or defending any intellectual property litigation. If we sue to enforce our rights or are sued by a third party that claims that our products infringe its rights, the litigation could be expensive and could divert our management resources.

Confidentiality arrangements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our technology, business operations and business plans. In order to protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, we rely in significant part on confidentiality arrangements with our employees, licensees, independent contractors, advisers, channel partners, resellers and customers. These arrangements may not be effective to prevent disclosure of confidential information, including trade secrets, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, if others independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information, we would not be able to assert trade secret rights

 

31


Table of Contents

against such parties. Effective trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our services are available or where we have employees or independent contractors. The loss of trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our products by copying functionality. In addition, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret and employment laws in any country in which we operate may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that our employees or contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employees or other parties.

We could in the future be subject to claims that employees or contractors, or we, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of our competitors or other parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending against such claims, a court could order us to pay substantial damages and prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of these parties. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to develop, market and support potential products or enhancements, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, such litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

We license technology from third parties, and our inability to maintain those licenses could harm our business.

We incorporate technology, including software, that we license from third parties into our products. We cannot be certain that our licensors are not infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties or that our licensors have sufficient rights to the licensed intellectual property in all jurisdictions in which we may sell our products. Some of our agreements with our licensors may be terminated for convenience by them. If we are unable to continue to license any of this technology because of intellectual property infringement claims brought by third parties against our licensors or against us, or if we are unable to continue our license agreements or enter into new licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our ability to develop and sell products containing that technology would be severely limited, and our business could be harmed. Additionally if we are unable to license necessary technology from third parties, we may be forced to acquire or develop alternative technology of lower quality or performance standards. This would limit and delay our ability to offer new or competitive products and increase our costs of production. As a result, our margins, market share and operating results could be significantly harmed.

The use of open source software in our offerings may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property.

Open source software is typically freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source software licenses require a user who intends to distribute the open source software as a component of the user’s software to disclose publicly part or all of the source code to the user’s software. In addition, certain open source software licenses require the user of such software to make any derivative works of the open source code available to others on unfavorable terms or at no cost. This can subject previously proprietary software to open source license terms.

We monitor and control our use of open source software in an effort to avoid unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to successfully commercialize our products and believe that our compliance with the obligations under the various applicable licenses has mitigated the risks that we

 

32


Table of Contents

have triggered any such conditions or restrictions. However, such use may have inadvertently occurred in the development and offering of our products. Additionally, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open source software into software that we have licensed from such third party, we could be subject to the obligations and requirements of the applicable open source software licenses. This could harm our intellectual property position and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The terms of many open source software licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to successfully commercialize our products. For example, certain open source software licenses may be interpreted to require that we offer our products that use the open source software for no cost; that we make available the source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software (or that we grant third parties the right to decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, or otherwise derive such source code); that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license; or that otherwise impose limitations, restrictions or conditions on our ability to use, license, host, or distribute our products in a manner that limits our ability to successfully commercialize our products.

We could, therefore, be subject to claims alleging that we have not complied with the restrictions or limitations of the applicable open source software license terms or that our use of open source software infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party. In that event, we could incur significant legal expenses, be subject to significant damages, be enjoined from further sale and distribution of our products that use the open source software, be required to pay a license fee, be forced to reengineer our products, or be required to comply with the foregoing conditions of the open source software licenses (including the release of the source code to our proprietary software), any of which could adversely affect our business. Even if these claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, the time and resources necessary to resolve them could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

Additionally, the use of open source software can lead to greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as open source software does not come with warranties or other contractual protections regarding indemnification, infringement claims or the quality of the code.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial offering price.

Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock. If a market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price, at the time that you would like to sell them, or at all. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after the offering. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. It is possible that in one or more future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may fall.

 

33


Table of Contents

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering, and it may decline below the initial public offering price. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    volatility in the market price and trading volume of comparable companies;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our earnings or fluctuations in our operating results or in the expectations of securities analysts;

 

    announcements of technological innovations, new products, strategic alliances, or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

    announcements by our customers regarding significant increases or decreases in capital expenditures;

 

    departure of key personnel;

 

    litigation involving us or that may be perceived as having an impact on our business;

 

    changes in general economic, industry and market conditions and trends, including the economic slowdown in China that began in 2015;

 

    investors’ general perception of us;

 

    sales of large blocks of our stock; and

 

    announcements regarding further industry consolidation.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

Our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics may fluctuate significantly, which could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

Our quarterly operating results and other operating metrics have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. We expect that this trend will continue as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

 

    the level of demand for our products and our ability to maintain and increase our customer base;

 

    the timing and success of new product introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape of our market;

 

    the mix of products sold in a quarter;

 

    export control laws or regulations that could impede our ability to sell our products in certain foreign jurisdictions, including U.S. Department of Commerce restrictions on sales to ZTE;

 

    pricing pressure as a result of competition or otherwise or price discounts negotiated by our customers;

 

    delays or disruptions in our supply or manufacturing chain;

 

    our ability to reduce manufacturing costs;

 

34


Table of Contents
    errors in our forecasting of the demand for our products, which could lead to lower revenue or increased costs;

 

    seasonal buying patterns of some of our customers;

 

    introduction of new products, with initial sales at relatively small volumes with resulting higher product costs;

 

    increases in and timing of sales and marketing, research and development and other operating expenses that we may incur to grow and expand our operations and to remain competitive;

 

    insolvency, credit, or other difficulties faced by our customers, affecting their ability to purchase or pay for our products;

 

    insolvency, credit, or other difficulties confronting our suppliers and contract manufacturers leading to disruptions in our supply or distribution chain;

 

    levels of product returns and contractual price protection rights;

 

    adverse litigation judgments, settlements or other litigation-related costs;

 

    product recalls, regulatory proceedings or other adverse publicity about our products;

 

    fluctuations in foreign exchange rates;

 

    costs related to the acquisition of businesses, talent, technologies or intellectual property, including potentially significant amortization costs and possible write-downs; and

 

    general economic conditions in either domestic or international markets.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors above may result in significant fluctuations in our operating results.

The variability and unpredictability of our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics could result in our failure to meet our expectations or those of any analysts that cover us or investors with respect to revenue or other operating results for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our common stock could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the proceeds of this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use the proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Because we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, our management may fail to apply these funds effectively, which could adversely affect our ability to operate and grow our business. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock or the stock of other companies in our industry, the price of our stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no

 

35


Table of Contents

or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock or the stock of other companies in our industry, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Purchasers in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment as a result of this offering.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $16.80 per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share and our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon completion of this offering. Moreover, we issued warrants and options in the past to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the assumed initial public offering price. As of April 15, 2016, there were 245,000 shares subject to outstanding warrants with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share and 2,772,013 shares subject to outstanding options with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.56 per share. To the extent that these outstanding warrants or options are ultimately exercised, you will incur further dilution.

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may never receive a return on their investment.

You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we plan to retain any earnings to maintain and expand our existing operations. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment. As a result, investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

After this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 64.3% of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. As a result, these stockholders could have significant influence over the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and over the management and affairs of our company. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors or may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this

 

36


Table of Contents

prospectus. These sales, or the market perception that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After the closing of this offering, we will have 35,656,350 shares of common stock outstanding based on the number of shares outstanding as of April 15, 2016. This includes the 4,500,000 shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining 31,156,350 shares, or 87.4% of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently, and will be following the closing of this offering, restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold, subject to any applicable volume limitations under federal securities laws with respect to affiliate sales, in the near future as set forth below.

 

Number of Shares and Percentage of Total Outstanding

  

Date Available for Sale Into Public Market

4,500,000 shares, or 12.6%

   On the date of this prospectus

0 shares, or 0%

   90 days after the date of this prospectus

31,156,350 shares, or 87.4%

   180 days after the date of this prospectus due to lock-up agreements between the holders of these shares and the underwriters or between the holders of these shares and us. However, the underwriters can waive the provisions of these lock-up agreements and allow these stockholders to sell their shares at any time

In addition, as of April 15, 2016, there were 245,000 shares subject to outstanding warrants, 2,772,013 shares subject to outstanding options, 1,314,378 shares subject to outstanding restricted stock unit awards, or RSUs, 450,000 RSUs granted contingent upon the closing of this offering and an additional 497,302 shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans that will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of 24,340,664 shares of our common stock as of April 15, 2016, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee benefit plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions imposed on our affiliates under Rule 144.

Anti-takeover provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions may also prevent or delay attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

 

    establishing a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

 

    providing that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause and only with a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the issued and outstanding shares of voting stock;

 

    limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting;

 

37


Table of Contents
    requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

    authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock; and

 

    limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding voting stock from engaging in certain business combinations with us. Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated by-laws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

Our restated certificate provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our restated certificate provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering subject to specified conditions. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted, and intend, to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial

 

38


Table of Contents

statements. In this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Accordingly, we will incur additional costs in connection with complying with the accounting standards applicable to public companies and may incur further costs when the accounting standards are revised and updated.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our management team and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the securities exchange on which our common stock will be traded and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire even more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

We are currently evaluating our internal controls, identifying and remediating deficiencies in those internal controls and documenting the results of our evaluation, testing and remediation. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we are unable to remediate before the end of the same fiscal year in which the material weakness is identified, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors

 

39


Table of Contents

are unable to attest to management’s report on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our Audit Committee and Compensation Committee, and qualified executive officers.

 

40


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include:

 

    our expectations regarding our expenses and revenue, our ability to maintain and expand gross profit, the sufficiency of our cash resources and needs for additional financing;

 

    our anticipated growth strategies;

 

    our expectations regarding competition;

 

    the anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the market in which we operate;

 

    our expectations regarding, and the stability of our, supply chain and manufacturing;

 

    the scope, progress, expansion, and costs of developing and commercializing our products;

 

    the size and growth of the potential markets for our products and the ability to serve those markets;

 

    the rate and degree of market acceptance of any of our products;

 

    our ability to establish and maintain development partnerships;

 

    our ability to attract or retain key personnel;

 

    our expectations regarding federal, state and foreign regulatory requirements, including export controls, tax law changes and interpretations, economic sanctions and anti-corruption regulations;

 

    regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries, including under export control laws or regulations that could impede our ability to sell our products to the ZTE entities or other customers in certain foreign jurisdictions;

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products; and

 

    our use of proceeds from this offering.

Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein until after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.

 

41


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $88.6 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock, if any, by the selling stockholders. If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $90.0 million.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by approximately $4.2 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. In addition, we believe that opportunities may exist from time to time to expand our current business through acquisitions of or investments in complementary products, technologies or businesses. While we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any specific acquisitions at this time, we may use a portion of our net proceeds for these purposes.

Pending use of the proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. The goal with respect to the investment of these net proceeds will be capital preservation and liquidity so that these funds are readily available to fund our operations.

 

42


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and applicable law, subject to compliance with certain covenants under our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank which restrict our ability to pay dividends, and will depend on various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, prospects and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

 

43


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2016, as follows:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2016, into an aggregate of 24,177,495 shares of common stock, as well as the conversion of our outstanding warrants exercisable for 245,000 shares of preferred stock into warrants exercisable for 245,000 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of $3.0 million of other long-term liabilities into stockholders’ equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to our sale of 4,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2016  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 32,890       $ 32,890       $ 121,470   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     3,006                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 24,507,681 shares authorized, 24,177,495 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     71,866                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 36,330,000 shares authorized, 6,804,926 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 36,330,000 shares authorized, 30,982,421 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 150,000,000 shares authorized, 35,482,421 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

     1         3         4   

Additional paid-in capital

             74,870         163,449   

Retained earnings

     21,935         21,935         21,935   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     21,936         96,808         185,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 93,802       $ 96,808       $ 185,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $4.2 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

44


Table of Contents

The table above is illustrative only and does not include:

 

    2,782,014 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.56 per share;

 

    1,314,378 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2016;

 

    450,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan contingent on the closing of this offering;

 

    245,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of preferred stock warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share, which will convert into common stock warrants immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

    3,410,968 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, including 490,968 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan, 2,220,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (560,000 of which are issuable upon vesting of RSUs granted subsequent to March 31, 2016), and 700,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under the 2009 Stock Plan. Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans.”

 

45


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of March 31, 2016 was $21.9 million, or $3.14 per share of our common stock. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and our preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, which includes 170,262 shares of unvested restricted stock.

The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of March 31, 2016 was $96.8 million, or approximately $3.11 per share of our pro forma outstanding common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, which includes 170,262 shares of unvested restricted stock, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2016 into an aggregate of 24,177,495 shares of common stock, as well as the conversion of our outstanding warrants exercisable for 245,000 shares of preferred stock into warrants exercisable for 245,000 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of $3.0 million of other long-term liabilities into stockholders’ equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

After giving effect to (1) the sale of 4,500,000 shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (2) the pro forma transactions and other adjustments described in the preceding paragraph, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2016 would have been approximately $185.4 million, or approximately $5.20 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.09 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of approximately $16.80 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 22.00      

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2016

   $ 3.14        

Pro forma decrease in net tangible book value per share attributable to the conversion of outstanding preferred stock, including the conversion of outstanding warrants exercisable for preferred stock

     (0.03     
  

 

 

      

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering

     3.11        

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

     2.09        
       

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

       5.20      
    

 

 

    

 

Pro forma as adjusted dilution per share to purchasers of common stock in this offering

     $ 16.80      
    

 

 

    

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.12, and dilution in

 

46


Table of Contents

net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $0.88, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering, the pro forma net tangible book value after the offering would be $5.23 per share, the increase in net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $0.03 and the dilution per share to new investors would be $16.77 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2016, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, after giving effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price

Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     31,152,683         87   $ 52,849,524         35   $ 1.70   

New investors

     4,500,000         13        99,000,000         65        22.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     35,652,683         100   $ 151,849,524         100   $ 4.26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

After giving effect to the sale of shares in this offering, if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering, our existing stockholders would own 30,547,867, or approximately 86% of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and our new investors would own 5,175,000, or approximately 14% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing tables and calculations are based on 31,152,683 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, including 170,262 shares of unvested restricted stock, and exclude:

 

    2,782,014 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.56 per share;

 

    1,314,378 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2016;

 

    450,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan contingent on the closing of this offering;

 

    245,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of preferred stock warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2016, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share; and

 

   

3,410,968 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, including 490,968 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan, 2,220,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (560,000 of which are issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted subsequent to March 31, 2016), and 700,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any remaining

 

47


Table of Contents
 

shares available for issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under the 2009 Stock Plan. Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans.”

To the extent any of these outstanding options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. To the extent all of such outstanding options and warrants had been exercised as of March 31, 2016, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $4.79, and the total dilution per share to new investors would be $17.21.

We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or securities convertible into equity, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

48


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the year ended December 31, 2013 have been derived from our audited financial statements not appearing in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the full year. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
   

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenue

  $ 77,652      $ 146,234      $ 239,056      $ 47,244      $ 84,489   

Cost of revenue(1)

    47,983        93,558        145,350        30,640        49,083   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    29,669        52,676        93,706        16,604        35,406   

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development(1)

    24,248        28,471        38,645        7,903        15,414   

Sales, general and administrative(1)

    5,099        6,615        13,124        2,123        4,054   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    745        108                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    30,092        35,194        51,769        10,026        19,468   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (423     17,482        41,937        6,578        15,938   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income, net

    (770     (1,029     (2,132     (178     237   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (1,193     16,453        39,805        6,400        16,175   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

           2,933        (715     2,063        1,577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (1,193     13,520        40,520        4,337        14,598   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders—basic(2)

  $ (4,971   $ 1,728      $ 7,597      $ 665      $ 2,946   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders—diluted(2)

  $ (4,971   $ 1,728      $ 7,597      $ 665      $ 2,698   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

         

Basic

  $ (1.12   $ 0.31      $ 1.18      $ 0.11      $ 0.44   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (1.12   $ 0.23      $ 0.91      $ 0.08      $ 0.30   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

         

Basic

    4,429        5,629        6,429        6,184        6,743   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    4,429        7,447        8,311        7,876        8,867   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(2):

         

Basic

      $ 1.39        $ 0.46   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

      $ 1.30        $ 0.43   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
   

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

         

Basic

        30,606          30,920   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

        32,733          33,044   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 
         

Other Operational and Financial Data:

         

Non-GAAP gross profit(3)

  $ 29,694      $ 52,693      $ 93,781      $ 16,610      $ 35,438   

Non-GAAP income from operations(3)

  $ 1,081      $ 17,889      $ 42,762      $ 6,706      $ 16,228   

Non-GAAP net income(3)

  $ 405      $ 14,410      $ 32,310      $ 4,898      $ 14,571   

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ 3,550      $ 20,395      $ 47,495      $ 7,870      $ 17,874   

 

     December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2015
     March 31,
2016
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 21,128      $ 27,610       $ 32,890   

Working capital

     31,710        55,147         65,084   

Total assets

     65,660        130,744         161,274   

Long-term debt, including current portion

     2,115                  

Total liabilities

     28,409        51,948         67,472   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     66,427        70,780         71,866   

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (29,176     8,016         21,936   

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense related to options granted to employees and others as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2013             2014             2015             2015             2016      
   

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

  $ 25      $ 17      $ 75      $ 6      $ 32   

Research and development

    960        258        561        87        189   

Sales, general and administrative

    519        132        189        35        69   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 1,504      $ 407      $ 825      $ 128      $ 290   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2) See Notes 2, 3, and 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.
(3) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of these non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of such measures to their nearest GAAP equivalents.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP, we monitor and consider non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP income from operations, non-GAAP net income and adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures are not based on any standardized methodology prescribed by GAAP and are not necessarily comparable to similarly-titled measures presented by other companies.

Non-GAAP gross profit.    We define non-GAAP gross profit as gross profit as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, which is a

 

50


Table of Contents

non-cash charge. We have presented non-GAAP gross profit because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry.

Non-GAAP income from operations.    We define non-GAAP income from operations as income from operations as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation. We have presented non-GAAP income from operations because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry.

Non-GAAP net income.    We define non-GAAP net income as net income as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation and preferred stock warrant liability, both of which are non-cash charges, and the effect of an income tax benefit related to the release and reversal of a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets and the tax impact on those excluded items. We have presented non-GAAP net income because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation, preferred stock warrant liability and the reversal of the valuation allowance allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA.    We define adjusted EBITDA as our net income excluding stock-based compensation and preferred stock warrant liability; interest expense; depreciation; and our provision for income taxes. We have presented adjusted EBITDA because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, to establish budgets and to develop operational goals for managing our business. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance.

We use these non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our operating performance and trends and make planning decisions. We believe that each of these non-GAAP financial measures help identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the expenses that we exclude. Accordingly, we believe that these financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhancing the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, and allowing for greater transparency with respect to key financial metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.

Our non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of these non-GAAP financial measures rather than gross profit, (loss) income from operations or net (loss) income, which are the nearest GAAP equivalents. Some of these limitations are:

 

    we exclude stock-based compensation expense from each of our non-GAAP financial measures, as it has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;

 

    we exclude the revaluation of our preferred stock warrant liability from our non-GAAP net income and adjusted EBITDA measures, as it has historically been a recurring non-cash charge but it will not recur in the periods following the completion of this offering;

 

    adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation expense and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future;

 

    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest, which reduces cash available to us;

 

51


Table of Contents
    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that reduce cash available to us; and

 

    the expenses and other items that we exclude in our calculation of adjusted EBITDA may differ from the expenses and other items, if any, that other companies may exclude from adjusted EBITDA when they report their operating results.

We believe that providing these non-GAAP measures to our investors, in addition to providing the corresponding income statement measures, provides investors the benefit of viewing our performance using the same financial metrics that our management team uses in making many key decisions and evaluating how our results of operations may look in the future. Our management does not believe that items not involving cash expenditures, such as non-cash compensation related to stock options and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability costs derived from mark-to-market adjustments, are part of our critical decision making process. Therefore, we exclude those items from non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP income from operations, non-GAAP net income and adjusted EBITDA.

Because of these limitations, adjusted EBITDA should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.

Our non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for an analysis of our results under GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of these non-GAAP financial measures versus their nearest GAAP equivalents. Non-GAAP gross profit, income from operations and net income are not substitutes for gross profit, (loss) income from operations or net (loss) income. In addition, other companies may calculate non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures as tools for comparison. Adjusted EBITDA excludes some costs, namely, non-cash stock-based compensation, interest expense and provision for income taxes, which are recurring, and therefore does not reflect the non-cash impact of stock-based compensation or working capital needs that will continue for the foreseeable future.

The following tables reconcile the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to each of these non-GAAP financial measures.

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
          2013                 2014                 2015                 2015                 2016        
    (in thousands)  

Non-GAAP Gross Profit

         

Gross profit

  $ 29,669      $ 52,676      $ 93,706      $ 16,604      $ 35,406   

Stock-based compensation—cost of revenue

    25        17        75        6        32   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross profit

  $ 29,694      $ 52,693      $ 93,781      $ 16,610      $ 35,438   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross profit margin

    38.2     36.0     39.2     35.2     41.9

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
           2013                 2014                  2015                  2015                  2016        
     (in thousands)  

Non-GAAP Income from Operations

             

(Loss) income from operations

   $ (423   $ 17,482       $ 41,937       $ 6,578       $ 15,938   

Stock-based compensation

     1,504        407         825         128         290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP income from operations

   $ 1,081      $ 17,889       $ 42,762       $ 6,706       $ 16,228   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
           2013                 2014                  2015                 2015                  2016        
     (in thousands)  

Non-GAAP Net Income

            

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,193   $ 13,520       $ 40,520      $ 4,337       $ 14,598   

Stock-based compensation

     1,504        407         825        128         290   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     94        483         2,154        382         (248

Reversal of valuation allowance

                    (11,142               

Tax effect of excluded items

                    (47     51         (69
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP net income

   $ 405      $ 14,410       $ 32,310      $ 4,898       $ 14,571   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
           2013                 2014                  2015                 2015                  2016        
     (in thousands)  

Adjusted EBITDA

            

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,193   $ 13,520       $ 40,520      $ 4,337       $ 14,598   

Stock-based compensation

     1,504        407         825        128         290   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     94        483         2,154        382         (248

Depreciation

     2,629        2,662         4,576        912         1,666   

Interest income (expense), net

     516        390         135        48         (9

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

            2,933         (715     2,063         1,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 3,550      $ 20,395       $ 47,495      $ 7,870       $ 17,874   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the section titled “Risk Factors.” In this discussion, we use financial measures that are considered non-GAAP financial measures under Securities and Exchange Commission rules. These rules require supplemental explanation and reconciliation, which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. Investors should not consider non-GAAP financial measures in isolation from or in substitution for, financial information presented in compliance with GAAP.

Company Overview

Our mission is to deliver high-speed coherent optical interconnect products that transform communications networks, relied upon by cloud infrastructure operators and content and communication service providers, through improvements in performance and capacity and a reduction in associated costs. By converting optical interconnect technology to a silicon-based technology, a process we refer to as the siliconization of optical interconnect, we believe we are leading a disruption that is analogous to the computing industry’s integration of multiple functions into a microprocessor. Our products include a series of low-power coherent digital signal processor application-specific integrated circuits, or DSP ASICs, and silicon photonic integrated circuits, or silicon PICs, which we have integrated into families of optical interconnect modules with transmission speeds ranging from 40 to 400 gigabits per second, or Gbps, for use in long-haul, metro and inter-data center markets. We are also developing optical interconnect modules that will enable transmission speeds of one terabit (1,000 gigabits) per second and more. Our modules perform a majority of the digital signal processing and optical functions in optical interconnects and offer low power consumption, high density and high speeds at attractive price points.

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, we generated 77.7% and 72.6% of our revenue, respectively, from our five largest customers over these periods. For the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, we generated 82.9% and 82.2% of our revenue, respectively, from our five largest customers.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2014    2015      2015      2016  
    (in thousands)  

Non-GAAP Gross Profit

  $52,693    $ 93,781       $ 16,610       $ 35,438   

Non-GAAP Income from Operations

  $17,889    $ 42,762       $ 6,706       $ 16,228   

Non-GAAP Net Income

  $14,410    $ 32,310       $ 4,898       $ 14,571   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $20,395    $ 47,495       $ 7,870       $ 17,874   

These key business metrics are non-GAAP financial measures. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using these financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP gross profit to gross profit, of non-GAAP income from operations to income from operations, of non-GAAP net income to net income and of adjusted EBITDA to net income, in each case the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

54


Table of Contents

Key Factors Affecting our Performance

We believe that our future success will depend on many factors, including our ability to expand sales to our existing customers and add new customers over time. While these areas present significant opportunity, they also present risks that we must manage to ensure successful results. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of these risks. If we are unable to address these challenges, our business could be adversely affected.

Network Service Provider Investment in High-Speed Optical Equipment.    Cloud and service providers are continuing to invest in higher capacity networks to support the continued growth in demand for data traffic. We believe that 100 Gbps and 400 Gbps coherent optical technologies will continue to replace older technologies in long-haul, metro and inter-data center networks. Our business and results depend on the continued investment by network service providers in these advanced networks.

Expanding Sales to Existing Customer Base.    We expect that a substantial portion of our future sales will be follow-on sales to existing customers. One of our sales strategies is to maintain a high level of customer satisfaction by delivering our products with compelling value propositions. We believe that our current customers present us with significant opportunities for additional product sales given the existing and expected market share of these customers and our prior sales experience with them. We also believe that our customers will continue to design our products into their network equipment products in an effort to maintain and potentially grow their market share over time as growth in the overall market for optical interconnect continues to grow. Our customers have historically shown a high propensity to purchase new products from us over multiple quarters and in many cases over multiple years at increasing volumes. In addition, several of our customers have elected to integrate an increasing number of our products into their network equipment product lines. For example, the eight customers who first purchased products from us in 2011 generated $12.7 million of revenue in 2011 compared to $124.6 million of revenue in 2014 and $174.9 million of revenue in 2015, representing a compound annual growth rate through 2015 of 93%. For the period of 2011 through 2015, these eight customers generated cumulative revenue of $400.7 million.

Adding New Customers.    We believe that the metro and inter-data center markets are still in the early stages of adoption. We intend to add new customers over time by continuing to invest in our technology and business development team to capitalize on these new opportunities. Our products and technology have accelerated the rate at which optical interconnect technology can be easily deployed and designed into newer generation network equipment, thus making it easier to integrate our products across many system applications. Generally, we educate prospective customers in these markets about the technical merits and capabilities of our products, the potential cost savings of our products and the costs of designing and utilizing internally developed solutions. We build relationships with prospective customers at all levels in a customer’s organizational hierarchy. We believe that customer references and our existing customers’ ability to gain market share combined with our product and technology strengths and capabilities have been, and will continue to be, an important factor in winning new business.

Selling More Highly Integrated and Higher-Performance Products.    Our results of operations have been, and we believe will continue to be, affected by our ability to design and sell more highly integrated products with improved performance and increased functionality. We aim to grow our revenue and expand our margins by enabling customers to transition from previously deployed 10 Gbps and 40 Gbps solutions to our 100 Gbps and 400 Gbps modules and demonstrate the value proposition to the growing number of metro and inter-data center network equipment designers and manufacturers. Our ability to sustain our revenue growth and gross margin improvement will depend, in part, upon our continued sales of our newer, more integrated and higher performance products, and our quarterly results of operations can be significantly impacted by the mix of products sold during the period.

Investing in Research and Development for Growth.    We believe that the market for our optical interconnect technology products is still in the early stages of adoption and we intend to continue investing for long-term growth. We expect to continue to invest heavily in coherent digital signal

 

55


Table of Contents

processing, optics integration, silicon photonics, hardware engineering and software, all of which afford ongoing vertical integration of components into our core technologies. By investing in research and development, we believe we will be well positioned to continue to design new products and grow our business and take advantage of our large market opportunity. We expect that our results of operations will be impacted by the timing and size of these investments.

Customer Concentration.    During 2014, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, our five largest customers in each period (which differed by period) accounted for 77.7%, 72.6%, 82.9% and 82.2% of our revenue, respectively. During 2014, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, our largest customer in each period except for the three months ended March 31, 2015, ZTE Kangxon Telecom Co. Ltd., or ZTE, accounted for 35.4%, 27.6%, 25.8% and 46.3% of our revenue, respectively. On March 8, 2016, the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security imposed restrictions on exports, reexports, and in-country transfers of U.S.-regulated products, software and technology to ZTE, its parent company and two other affiliated entities, which had the effect of preventing us from making any sales to ZTE. On March 24, 2016, the U.S. Department of Commerce issued a temporary general license suspending the enhanced export licensing requirements for ZTE and one of the designated affiliates through June 30, 2016, thereby enabling us to resume sales to ZTE. Under this temporary general license, we were able to resume sales to ZTE for so long as it remains in place. There can be no guarantee that the U.S. Department of Commerce will extend this temporary general license beyond the June 30, 2016 expiration date or permit any sales to the designated ZTE entities after this temporary general license expires. This or future regulatory activity may interfere with our ability to make sales to ZTE or other customers. We expect continued variability in our customer concentration and timing of sales on a quarterly and annual basis. In addition, we have provided, and may in the future provide, annual and semi-annual pricing reductions and pricing discounts to large volume customers, which may result in lower margins for the period in which such sales occur. Our gross margins may also fluctuate as a result of the timing of such sales and the mix of products sold to large volume customers.

Key Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our products within our 100, 400 and 40 Gbps product families, which we sell through our direct sales force. We sell a substantial majority of our products to network equipment manufacturers for ultimate sale to communications and content service providers and data center and cloud infrastructure operators, which we refer to together as cloud and service providers, and we expect network equipment manufacturer customers to be the primary market for our products for the foreseeable future. Our negotiated terms and conditions of sale do not allow for product returns.

Our revenue is affected by changes in the number, product mix and average selling prices of our products. We also have experienced declines in revenue in the fourth quarter compared to the third quarter due to our customers’ ability to delay or reschedule shipments under the terms of their contracts with us. Our product revenue is typically characterized by a life cycle that begins with sales of pre-production samples and prototypes followed by the sale of early production models with higher average selling prices and lower volumes, followed by broader market adoption, higher volumes, and average selling prices that are lower than initial levels. In addition, our product revenue may be affected by contractual commitments to significant customers that obligate us to reduce the selling price of our products on an annual or semi-annual basis.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue is comprised primarily of the costs of procuring goods from our contract manufacturers and other suppliers. In addition, cost of revenue includes assembly, test, quality assurance, warranty and logistics-related fees, impacts of manufacturing yield, and costs associated with excess and obsolete inventory.

 

56


Table of Contents

Personnel-related expenses include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, as well as consulting fees for those personnel engaged in the management of our contract manufacturers, new product manufacturing activities, logistical support and manufacturing and test engineering and supply chain management.

Gross Profit

Our gross profit has been, and may in the future be, influenced by several factors including changes in product mix, sales of more highly integrated products, target end markets for our products, pricing due to competitive pressure, and favorable and unfavorable changes in production costs, including global demand for electronic components used in our products. As some products mature and unit volumes increase, the average selling prices of those products may decline. These declines often coincide with improvements in manufacturing yields and lower wafer, component, assembly and test costs, which lower production costs and may offset some of the margin reduction that results from lower selling prices. We anticipate that our newer modules, which integrate our silicon PIC, will contribute higher gross profit over time than some of our older products, because the integration of our silicon PIC into these products eliminates the need for us to purchase several high-cost discrete components for the same level of functionality, thus improving margins on these products. In addition, we plan to shift the manufacturing of some of our high volume products to contract manufacturers located in lower-cost regions, which would decrease the cost of the manufacturing of these products and correspondingly improve margins. Although we primarily procure and sell our products in U.S. dollars, our contract manufacturers incur many costs, including labor and component costs, in other currencies. To the extent that the exchange rates move unfavorably for our contract manufacturers, they may try to pass resulting costs on to us, which could have a material effect on our future average unit costs. Our gross profit may fluctuate from period to period as a result of changes in average selling prices related to new product introductions, existing product transitions into larger scale commercial volumes, maturity of a product within its life cycle, the effect of prototype and sample sales and resulting mix of products within a family of products. In future periods, we may hedge certain significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

Operating Expenses

We classify our operating expenses as research and development and sales, general and administrative expenses.

 

    Research and development expenses consist primarily of salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for employees and costs for contractors engaged in research, design and development activities incurred directly and with support from external vendors, such as outsourced research and development costs, as well as costs for prototypes, depreciation, purchased intellectual property, facilities and travel. In future periods, we may hedge certain significant outsourced research and development transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Over time, we expect our research and development costs to increase in absolute dollars as we continue making significant investments in developing new products and new technologies, including with respect to increased performance and smaller industry-standard form factors.

 

    Sales, general and administrative expenses include salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for employees and costs for contractors engaged in sales, marketing, customer service, technical support, and general and administrative activities, as well as the costs of legal expenses, trade shows, marketing programs, promotional materials, bad debt expense, legal and other professional services, facilities, general liability insurance and travel. Over time, we expect our sales, general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars primarily due to our continued growth and the costs of compliance associated with being a public company.

 

57


Table of Contents

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other (expense) income, net consists of interest expense associated with our working capital line of credit and term loan, amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discount, interest income earned on our cash balances, gain or loss on the revaluation of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, and foreign currency transactions gains and losses. To date, we have not utilized derivatives to hedge our foreign exchange risk as we believe the risk to be immaterial to our results of operations. In future periods, we may hedge certain significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar as we expand our international operations.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and foreign jurisdictions in which we do business. These foreign jurisdictions have statutory tax rates different from those in the United States. Our effective tax rates will vary depending on the relative proportion of foreign to U.S. income, the utilization of foreign tax credits, changes in corporate structure, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in tax laws and interpretations. We plan to regularly assess the likelihood of outcomes that could result from the examination of our tax returns by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and other tax authorities to determine the adequacy of our income tax reserves and expense. Should actual events or results differ from our then-current expectations, charges or credits to our provision for income taxes may become necessary. Any such adjustments could have a significant effect on our results of operations.

In the fourth quarter of 2015, we began the process of restructuring our international operations and, as a result, we expect that our future effective tax rates may be lower than our historical rate; however, the extent to which we realized the benefits of such reduction in the fourth quarter of 2015 was immaterial.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods shown:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $ 146,234      $ 239,056      $ 47,244      $ 84,489   

Cost of revenue(1)

     93,558        145,350        30,640        49,083   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     52,676        93,706        16,604        35,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development(1)

     28,471        38,645        7,903        15,414   

Sales, general and administrative(1)

     6,615        13,124        2,123        4,054   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     108                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     35,194        51,769        10,026        19,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     17,482        41,937        6,578        15,938   

Other (expense) income:

        

Interest (expense) income, net

     (390     (135     (48     9   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     (483     (2,154     (382     248   

Other (expense) income

     (156     157        252        (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income, net

     (1,029     (2,132     (178     237   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     16,453        39,805        6,400        16,175   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     2,933        (715     2,063        1,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 13,520      $ 40,520      $ 4,337      $ 14,598   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations data was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
         2014              2015              2015              2016      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 17       $ 75       $ 6       $ 32   

Research and development

     258         561         87         189   

Sales, general and administrative

     132         189         35         69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 407       $ 825       $ 128       $ 290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
         2014             2015             2015             2016      

Revenue

     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     64        61        65        58   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     36        39        35        42   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     19        16        17        18   

Selling, general and administrative

     5        5        4        5   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24        21        21        23   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     12        18        14        19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income, net

     (1     (1              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     11        17        14        19   

Income tax (benefit) provision

     2               5        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     9     17     9     17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

Revenue

Revenue and the related changes during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change in  
     2015      2016      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 47,244       $ 84,489       $ 37,245         79

Revenue increased by $37.3 million, or 79%, from $47.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $84.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to a $27.5 million net increase in revenue from sales of products within our 100 Gbps product family and $9.8 million in revenue attributable to the introduction of new products in our 400 Gbps product family.

 

59


Table of Contents

Our product sales based on the geographic region of our customers’ delivery location are as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015
     As a %
of Total
Revenue
     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2016
     As a %
of Total
Revenue
     Change in  
                $      %  
           (dollars in thousands)                       

Americas

    $  7,887         17%         $16,399         19%         $  8,512         108%   

EMEA

    25,358         54%         24,421         29%         (937)         (4)%   

APAC

    13,999         29%         43,669         52%         29,670         212%   
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total revenue

    $47,244         100%         $84,489         100%         $37,245         79%   
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

    

Americas

Revenue from product sales to customers with delivery locations in the Americas increased by $8.5 million, or 108%, from $7.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $16.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $5.3 million in revenue attributable to new products within our 400 Gbps product family and $3.2 million in revenue attributable to our 100 Gbps product family.

Europe, the Middle East and Africa

Revenue from product sales to customers with delivery locations in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, or EMEA, decreased by $0.9 million, or 4%, from $25.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $24.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily due to a $1.2 million net decrease in revenue from sales of products within our 100 Gbps product family. This decrease was partially offset by an increase of $0.3 million in revenue attributable to new products within our 400 Gbps product family.

Asia Pacific

Revenue from product sales to customers with delivery locations in the Asia Pacific region, or APAC, increased by $29.7 million, or 212%, from $14.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $43.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to a $25.5 million net increase in sales of products within our 100 Gbps product family and a $4.2 million increase in sales due to the introduction of new products in our 400 Gbps product family.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change in  
     2015     2016     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 30,640      $ 49,083      $ 18,443         60

Gross profit percentage

     35.1     41.9     

Cost of revenue increased $18.4 million, or 60%, from $30.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $49.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016. The increase was due to the increased volume of products sold from within our 100 Gbps and 400 Gbps product families.

 

60


Table of Contents

Our gross profit percentage increased to 41.9% in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 35.1% in the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was due to the favorable effects of product mix within our 100 Gbps product family and the introduction of products in our 400 Gbps product family.

Research and Development

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change in  
     2015      2016      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 7,903       $ 15,414       $ 7,511         95

Research and development expense increased $7.5 million, or 95%, from $7.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $15.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016, due to a $2.9 million increase in prototype development costs, $2.4 million increase in outsourced development costs, and a $2.2 million increase in personnel-related and other costs.

Sales, General and Administrative

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change in  
     2015      2016      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales, general and administrative

   $ 2,123       $ 4,054       $ 1,931         91

Sales, general and administrative expenses increased $1.9 million, or 91%, from $2.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $4.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016, due to a $1.6 million increase in personnel-related and other costs and a $0.3 million increase in professional services expense, all of which are associated with preparing to be a public company.

Other Expense (Income), Net

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change in  
     2015      2016      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Total other (expense) income, net

   $ (178    $ 237       $ 415         (233 )% 

Total other (expense) income, net, increased by $0.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015. During the three months ended March 31, 2016, the gain associated with the revaluation of our preferred stock warrant liability was $0.2 million, as compared to an expense of $0.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015. In addition, interest expense decreased by $0.1 million as a result of our full repayment of our term loan in May 2015. These decreases in expense were partially offset by an increase of $0.3 million of loss on foreign exchange transactions.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change in  
     2015     2016     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 2,063      $ 1,577      $ (486      (24 )% 

Effective tax rate

     32     10     

 

61


Table of Contents

Provision for income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $1.6 million compared to $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The decrease in the effective tax rate of 22% primarily resulted from a 26% decrease in the foreign rate differential due to the jurisdictional mix of profits under our corporate structure. In addition, the effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2015 did not include the benefit of a 2015 federal research and development credit as this tax benefit was not extended by Congress and expired effective December 31, 2014. The federal research credit was retroactively reinstated on December 18, 2015 as part of the tax extender bill legislation, making the benefit permanent. The tax benefit has been included in the effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2016, which resulted in a decrease of the effective tax rate of 5%. These decreases to the effective tax rate were partially offset by increases of 6% and 3% due to changes in the valuation allowance and uncertain tax position, respectively.

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Revenue

Revenue and the related changes during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change in  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 146,234       $ 239,056       $ 92,822         63

Revenue increased by $92.8 million, or 63%, from $146.2 million in 2014 to $239.1 million in 2015. The increase was primarily due to $92.4 million and $11.0 million of revenue attributable to new product introductions within our 100 Gbps and 400 Gbps product families, respectively. This increase was partially offset by a $6.4 million decrease in sales of existing products in our 100 Gbps product family, as customers migrated to new product family offerings, and a $4.2 million decrease in revenue from sales of products in our 40 Gbps product family, which is approaching the end of its volume life cycle.

Our product sales based on the geographic region of our customers’ delivery location are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
     As a %
of Total
Revenue
    Year Ended
December 31,
2015
     As a %
of Total
Revenue
    Change in  
               $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Americas

   $ 32,109         22   $ 46,624         20   $ 14,515         45

EMEA

     60,101         41     103,150         43     43,049         72

APAC

     54,024         37     89,282         37     35,258         65
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 146,234         100   $ 239,056         100   $ 92,822         63
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Americas

Revenue from product sales to customers with delivery locations in the Americas increased by $14.5 million, or 45%, from $32.1 million in 2014 to $46.6 million in 2015. The increase was primarily due to $22.5 million and $2.9 million of revenue attributable to new product introductions within our 100 Gbps and 400 Gbps product families, respectively. This increase was partially offset by a $10.9 million decrease in sales of existing products in our 100 Gbps product family, as customers migrated to new product family offerings.

Europe, the Middle East and Africa

Revenue from product sales to customers with delivery locations in EMEA increased by $43.0 million, or 72%, from $60.1 million in 2014 to $103.2 million in 2015. The increase was primarily due to a $24.7 million increase in sales for existing products within our 100 Gbps product family and $21.7 million and $0.8 million of revenue attributable to new product introductions within our 100 Gbps and 400 Gbps product families, respectively. This increase was partially offset by a $4.2 million decrease in sales of products in our 40 Gbps product family, which is approaching the end of its volume life cycle.

 

62


Table of Contents

Asia Pacific

Revenue from product sales to customers with delivery locations in APAC increased by $35.3 million, or 65%, from $54.0 million in 2014 to $89.3 million in 2015. The increase was primarily due to $48.2 million and $7.3 million of revenue attributable to new product introductions within our 100 Gbps and 400 Gbps product families, respectively. This increase was partially offset by a $20.2 million decrease in sales of existing products in our 100 Gbps product family, as customers migrated to new product family offerings.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change in  
           2014                 2015           $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Cost of revenue

   $ 93,558      $ 145,350      $ 51,792         55

Gross profit percentage

     36.0     39.2     

Cost of revenue increased $51.8 million, or 55%, from $93.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 to $145.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was due to the increased volume of products sold from our 100 Gbps product family and the introduction of our 400 Gbps family, partially offset by a volume decline in our 40 Gbps product family, which is approaching the end of its volume life cycle.

Our gross profit percentage increased to 39.2% in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 36.0% in the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was due to the favorable effects of product mix within our 100 Gbps product family and the introduction of products in our 400 Gbps product family.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change in  
           2014                  2015            $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Research and development

   $ 28,471       $ 38,645       $ 10,174         36

Research and development expense increased $10.2 million, or 36%, from $28.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 to $38.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, due to a $3.7 million increase in personnel-related and other costs as well as a $3.0 million increase in outsourced development costs, a $1.9 million increase in depreciation expense and a $1.6 million increase in prototype development costs, each to support our new product development initiatives.

Sales, General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change in  
           2014                  2015            $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Sales, general and administrative

   $ 6,615       $ 13,124       $ 6,509         98

Sales, general and administrative expenses increased $6.5 million, or 98%, from $6.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 to $13.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, due to a $3.8 million increase in personnel-related and other costs, and a $2.7 million increase in professional services expense, primarily driven by the activities associated with preparing to be a public company.

 

63


Table of Contents

Other Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change in  
         2014              2015          $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Total other expense, net

   $ (1,029    $ (2,132    $ (1,103      107

Total other expense, net, increased by $1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the expense associated with the revaluation of our preferred stock warrant liability increased $1.7 million. This increase in expense was partially offset by a $0.3 million gain on foreign exchange transactions and a $0.3 million decrease in interest expense as a result of our full repayment of our working capital line of credit in October 2014 and our term loan in May 2015.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change in  
         2014             2015         $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ 2,933      $ (715   $ (3,648      (124 )% 

Effective tax rate

     18     (2 )%      

Benefit for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $(0.7) million compared to a provision of $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in the provision for income taxes primarily results from the release of $9.9 million of the valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets, primarily related to net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

Refer to our discussion in “—Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates” for additional information regarding the release of the valuation allowance.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for each three-month period in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016. In management’s opinion, the data has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and reflect all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

 

64


Table of Contents
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    September
30, 2014
    December
31, 2014
    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    September
30, 2015
    December
31, 2015
    March 31,
2016
 

Revenue

  $ 27,291      $ 31,151      $ 46,780      $ 41,012      $ 47,244      $ 57,846      $ 65,419      $ 68,547      $ 84,489   

Cost of revenue

    18,538        20,307        28,029        26,684        30,640        37,441        40,209        37,060        49,083   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    8,753        10,844        18,751        14,328        16,604        20,405        25,210        31,487        35,406   

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

    6,675        5,668        7,275        8,853        7,903        8,820        9,604        12,318      $ 15,414   

Selling, general and administrative

    1,397        1,501        1,642        2,075        2,123        2,932        3,005        5,064        4,054   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

                         108                                      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    8,072        7,169        8,917        11,036        10,026        11,752        12,609        17,382        19,468   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    681        3,675        9,834        3,292        6,578        8,653        12,601        14,105        15,938   

Other (expense) income:

                 

Interest (expense) income

    (87     (109     (117     (77     (48     (84     (6     3        9   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (158     (88     (79     (158     (382     (1,061     (370     (341     248   

Other (expense) income

    (19     (3     (191     57        252        (85     (32     22        (20
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income, net

    (264     (200     (387     (178     (178     (1,230     (408     (316     237   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    417        3,475        9,447        3,114        6,400        7,423        12,193        13,789        16,175   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    75        623        1,676        559        2,063        2,716        3,354        (8,848     1,577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 342      $ 2,852      $ 7,771      $ 2,555      $ 4,337      $ 4,707      $ 8,839      $ 22,637      $ 14,598   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                 
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    September
30, 2014
    December
31, 2014
    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    September
30, 2015
    December
31, 2015
    March 31,
2016
 

Revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

    68     65     60     65     65     65     61     54     58
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    32     35     40     35     35     35     39     46     42

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

    25     18     16     22     17     15     15     18     18

Selling, general and administrative

    5     5     3     5     4     5     4     7     5

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

                                                              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    30     23     19     27     21     20     19     25     23
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    2     12     21     8     14     15     20     21     19

Total other (expense) income, net

    (1 %)      (1 %)      (1 %)      (1 %)             (2 %)      (1 %)      (1 %)        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    1     11     20     7     14     13     19     20     19

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    0     2     3     1     5     5     5     (13 )%      2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    1     9     17     6     9     8     14     33     17
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our revenue has generally increased over the periods presented due to increased demand for products in our 100 Gbps product family, as well as the introduction of new products in our 400 Gbps product family. In 2014, we experienced a decline in revenue in the fourth quarter compared to the third quarter due to our customers’ ability to delay or reschedule shipments under the terms of their contracts with us, resulting in $4.0 million of anticipated purchases by two customers being delayed to the first quarter of 2015. Our gross profit percentage is primarily driven by product mix within our families of products and trends in the average per unit selling price and cost of our products over their respective product life cycles, including quarterly fluctuations due to contract pricing arrangements. Our gross profit percentage increased to 46% during the fourth quarter of 2015, compared to 35% during the fourth quarter of 2014. The increase was due to the favorable effects of product mix within our 100 Gbps product family and the introduction of products in our 400 Gbps product family.

Our operating expenses have generally increased over the periods presented, primarily related to the development of new products, as well as increases in salary and personnel costs resulting from increases in functional headcount to support the growth of our business. The increase in research and development costs was primarily attributable to increased personnel added throughout each of the quarters presented, as well as the timing of outsourced development costs in the fourth quarter of each of 2014 and 2015. Sales, general and administrative expenses have increased over the periods presented primarily due to increases in headcount to support the growth of our business and infrastructure costs in preparation for becoming a public company.

 

65


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  

(in thousands)

         2014                 2015                 2015                 2016        

Cash

   $ 21,128      $ 27,610      $ 15,372      $ 32,890   

Working capital

     31,710        55,147        34,557        65,084   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     13,397        22,450        (2,436     11,899   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (6,478     (12,116     (2,854     (6,232

Net cash used in financing activities

     (6,020     (3,847     (462     (393

Since our inception, we have funded our operations through issuances of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, which has provided us with aggregate net proceeds of $51.9 million, cash collections from customers and short- and long-term borrowings.

As of March 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $32.9 million and accounts receivable of $64.1 million. We maintain a $15.0 million working capital line of credit under which no amounts were outstanding as of March 31, 2016.

We believe our existing cash balances, anticipated cash flow from future operations and liquidity available from our line of credit will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months and the foreseeable future. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending on research and development efforts and other business initiatives, purchases of capital equipment to support our growth, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, any expansion of our business through acquisitions of or investments in complementary products, technologies or businesses, the use of working capital to purchase additional inventory, the timing of new product introductions, market acceptance of our products and overall economic conditions. To the extent that current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to fund our future business activities and requirements, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all.

Working Capital Facility

We maintain a working capital line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, which provides us with access to up to $15.0 million of financing in the form of revolving loans. The working capital line of credit expires in June 2016. In connection with the working capital line of credit, we have issued to SVB warrants to purchase up to 135,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock and 35,000 shares of our Series C preferred stock at exercise prices of $1.43 and $2.67, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, and March 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all the covenants in the working capital line of credit.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation expense, stock-based compensation expense, loss on the change in fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability, and other non-cash charges, net, as well as the effect of changes in working capital.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $11.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $2.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to a $10.3 million increase in net income and a

 

66


Table of Contents

$4.6 million increase in cash related to changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in non-cash expense items primarily consisting of depreciation expense and the change in fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability. Changes in cash flows related to operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $6.9 million increase in cash due to the timing of payments associated with our accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a $2.8 million increase in cash due to a decreased inventory balance as compared to December 31, 2015, a $2.3 million increase related to deferred product costs, and a $0.4 million increase in other long-term liabilities, partially offset by a $5.3 million decrease in cash due to timing of accounts receivable collections in the first quarter of 2016, a $2.2 million decrease in prepaid expense and other assets and a $0.3 million decrease in deferred revenue.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $22.5 million in 2015 as compared to $13.4 million in 2014. The increase was primarily due to a $27.0 million increase in net income, partially offset by a $7.3 million decrease in non-cash adjustments primarily consisting of depreciation expense, the change in fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability and the partial release of the valuation allowance, and a $10.7 million decrease in cash related to changes in operating assets and liabilities. Changes in cash flows related to operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $17.2 million decrease in cash due to timing of accounts receivable collections in 2015 and a $14.1 million decrease in cash due to an increase in inventory to fulfill sales orders during the fourth quarter of 2015 and the first quarter of 2016, partially offset by a $16.7 million increase in cash due to the timing of payments associated with our accounts payable and accrued liabilities, an increase of $2.7 million in deferred revenue, a $0.8 million increase in prepaid expense and other assets and a $0.4 million increase in other long-term liabilities.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases of lab and computer equipment and software to support the development of new products and increase our manufacturing capacity to meet customer demand for existing products. In addition, our investing activities include expansion of, and improvements to, our leased facilities. As our business expands, we expect that we will continue to invest in these areas.

Net cash used in investing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $6.2 million, as compared to $2.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to increased purchases of lab equipment to support the development and manufacturing phases of our product life cycles.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2015 was $12.1 million, as compared to $6.5 million in 2014. The increase was primarily due to increased purchases of lab equipment to support the development and manufacturing phases of our product life cycles.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities have consisted primarily of issuances of redeemable convertible preferred stock and short- and long-term borrowings to fund our operations.

Net cash used in financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $0.4 million, as compared to $0.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The net cash used in financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2016 primarily consisted of $0.5 million for the payment of IPO costs, partially offset by $0.1 million in proceeds received from the exercise of stock options. The cash used in financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily for the repayment of principal on our long-term debt obligation.

Net cash used in financing activities during 2015 was $3.8 million, as compared to $6.0 million during 2014. The cash used in 2015 primarily consisted of $2.2 million for the advanced repayment of

 

67


Table of Contents

principal on our long-term debt obligation and $1.8 million for the payment of IPO costs, partially offset by $0.2 million in proceeds received from the exercise of stock options. During 2014, cash flows used in financing activities consisted of $5.3 million of repayments on our working capital line of credit and $0.8 million of repayment of principal on our long-term debt obligation.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of operating lease payments for our facilities and purchase obligations. The following table summarizes these contractual obligations at December 31, 2015. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

     Payments due by period  
     Total      Less
than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More
than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating leases(1)

   $ 2,261       $ 1,050       $ 1,192       $ 19       $   

Purchase obligations(2)

     151,705         151,705                           

Unrecognized tax benefits(3)

     396                                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(4)

   $ 154,362       $ 152,755       $ 1,192       $ 19       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) We lease our office facilities in Maynard, Massachusetts and Hazlet, New Jersey under non-cancelable operating leases that expire in January 2019, with respect to the Massachusetts facility, and June 2018 and July 2018, with respect to various floors of the New Jersey facility. Rent expense for non-cancelable operating leases with free rental periods or schedule rent increases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases.

In July 2015, we entered into an operating lease for office space in Mountain View, California, which expires in July 2018, renewable for an additional one-year term. Annual rent due is approximately $69,000.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, rent expense amounted to $709,000, $889,000, $207,000 and $261,000, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments due under these noncancelable lease agreements as of December 31, 2015, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amounts  

2016

   $ 1,050   

2017

     751   

2018

     441   

2019

     19   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,261   
  

 

 

 

In March 2016, we entered into a five-year operating lease agreement to occupy 26,000 square feet of lab and office space in Holmdel, New Jersey. Base rent payments will begin upon lease commencement and the total estimated base rent payments over the life of the lease are approximately $3.2 million. In addition to the base rent payments, we will be obligated to pay certain customary amounts for our share of operating expenses and tax obligations. We have the option to extend the term of the lease for two successive five-year periods with respect to the entire premises.

 

(2)

Our purchase obligations primarily consist of outstanding purchase orders with our contract manufacturers for inventory and other third parties for the manufacturing of our wafers. Our

 

68


Table of Contents
  relationships with these vendors typically allow for the cancellation of outstanding purchase orders, but require payments of all expenses incurred through the date of cancellation. Other obligations include future non-inventory purchases and commitments related to future fixed asset purchases.

 

(3) As of December 31, 2015, we had $396,000 of liabilities for uncertain tax benefits. We are not able to provide reasonably reliable estimates of future payments relating to these obligations.

 

(4) We incorporate technology into our products that is licensed from third parties. We have not committed to any future minimum obligations under the terms of the technology licensing agreements, and therefore no amounts have been included in the contractual commitments table. We are required to pay royalties to the licensors of $15 to $17 per unit sold within our new 400 Gbps product family and for our newest product within the 100 Gbps product family. In addition, we pay royalties of $150 per unit sold for our older products within the 100 Gbps and 40 Gbps product families. Our 40 Gbps product family is approaching the end of its volume life cycle. As the composition of product sales continues to become increasingly weighted toward newer products, we anticipate that our royalty expense will decrease in absolute dollars as compared to the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 as the per unit cost of royalties is less for our newer products. We do not anticipate royalty expense will have a material impact on our results of operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2015, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we make estimates, assumptions and judgments that can have a significant effect on our reported revenue, results of operations and net income or loss, as well as on the value of certain assets and liabilities on our balance sheet during and as of the reporting periods. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary because future events and their effects on our results and the value of our assets cannot be determined with certainty, and are made based on our historical experience and on other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates may change as new events occur or additional information is obtained, and we may periodically be faced with uncertainties, the outcomes of which are not within our control and may not be known for a prolonged period of time. As the use of estimates is inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Our products are fully functional at the time of shipment and do not require production, modification or customization. We recognize revenue from product sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. Our fee is considered fixed or determinable at the execution of an agreement, based on specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified prices, which is evidenced by a customer purchase order or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement. Our agreements with our customers do not include rights of return. Product revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to customers except for instances where title and risk of loss pass to the customer upon delivery or acceptance, where revenue is recognized upon the occurrence of delivery or acceptance, as applicable.

 

69


Table of Contents

A limited number of revenue arrangements with our customers include more than one element and require the application of ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements. Arrangement consideration is allocated to each element with standalone value based on the relative selling prices of all of the elements in the arrangement using the fair value hierarchy. We determine the relative selling price of elements based on prices charged for standalone products, when sufficiently concentrated, and third-party evidence of similar elements, or, in the absence of these sources of evidence, based on management’s best estimate of selling price. Revenue recognized from multiple-element arrangements accounted for less than 2% of our total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016.

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods and component parts, which are purchased from contract manufacturers and other suppliers. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis. Our assessment of market value requires the use of estimates regarding the net realizable value of our inventory balances, including an assessment of excess or obsolete inventories. We determine excess and obsolete inventories based on an estimate of the future demand for our products within a specified time horizon, generally 12 months. The estimates used for future demand are also used for near-term capacity planning and inventory purchases, and are consistent with revenue forecast assumptions. If our demand forecast is greater than actual demand, we may be required to record an excess inventory charge reflected in cost of goods sold, which would decrease gross profit. Any write-downs taken establish a new cost basis for the underlying inventory and cannot be reversed if there are subsequent increases in our demand forecast.

Income Taxes

We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the cumulative difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for years in which temporary differences are expected to reverse. We provide a valuation allowance when it is not more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be realized. We recognize the benefit of an uncertain tax position that has been taken or that we expect to take on income tax returns if such tax position is more likely than not to be sustained.

We follow the authoritative guidance regarding accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. These unrecognized tax benefits relate primarily to research tax credits calculated and claimed on federal and state income tax returns. We apply a variety of methodologies in making these estimates, including advice and studies performed by independent subject matter experts, evaluation of public actions taken by the IRS and other taxing authorities, as well as our own industry experience. We provide estimates for unrecognized tax benefits which may be subject to material adjustments until matters are resolved with taxing authorities or statutes expire. If our estimates are not representative of actual outcomes, our results of operations can be materially affected.

A valuation allowance is provided if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Our assessment included a review of all available evidence, both positive and negative, as well as objective and subjective. Based on the weight of that evidence, we determined that a valuation allowance is only required against a portion of our deferred tax assets which consist of tax attributes we expect to expire prior to full utilization. Our assessment recognizes that future realization of the tax benefit of an existing deductible temporary difference or carryforward ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income

 

70


Table of Contents

of the appropriate character within the carryforward period available under applicable tax laws. Four possible sources of taxable income may be available under applicable tax laws to realize a tax benefit for deductible temporary differences and carryforwards:

 

    future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences;

 

    future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;

 

    taxable income in carryback years if permitted under tax law; and

 

    tax planning strategies that would be implemented.

The more objective the evidence, the more robust the basis is likely to be for a decision as to the need for and the amount of any valuation allowance. Two sources of income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and taxable income in prior carryback years, involve objective assessments on which to base a valuation allowance decision. However, the other income sources (e.g., tax planning strategies and especially future taxable income) involve subjective assessments. Assessing subjective income sources involves a review of our capability and willingness to implement certain tax planning strategies that will generate future taxable income and an assessment of our experience in forecasting future taxable income. In addition to assessing positive and negative evidence for the need for a valuation allowance related to these four potential sources of income, we also weighed the objectively verifiable positive and negative sources.

Under ASC 740-10, Income Taxes, examples of positive evidence that might support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed, despite negative evidence, include:

 

    strong earnings history;

 

    unrealized appreciation in assets over their tax basis; and

 

    existing contracts or a firm sales backlog of profitable orders that management expects will produce more than enough future taxable income to utilize the deferred tax asset.

At December 31, 2015, we are in a significant cumulative three year book income position in the U.S. in excess of $50 million, and we believe we will have strong future profitability based on our recent financial performance and current projections. We have generated taxable profits in all years beginning in 2013. Our prior losses for tax purposes occurred as we were in our early stages of development. We expect to continue to generate taxable profits in subsequent years.

ASC 740-10 requires positive evidence of sufficient quality and quantity to offset such negative evidence in order to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed. Negative evidence includes, among other factors:

 

    cumulative losses incurred in recent years;

 

    history of potential tax attributes expiring unused;

 

    losses expected in the next few years even if the company is currently profitable;

 

    carryback or carryforward periods that are so brief that they would limit the realization of tax benefits; and

 

    uncertainties that, if resolved unfavorably, would adversely affect future operations and profits.

We have not had any history of expiring tax attributes other than Massachusetts net operating losses, which had a five-year carryforward period for losses generated prior to January 1, 2010. We have had cumulative losses in the United States for all years prior to 2014. 2014 was the first year in which we had cumulative profits, totaling $8.5 million, over a three-year period. In assessing this

 

71


Table of Contents

negative evidence, we also considered our expected future results, including the impact of the reorganization of our corporate structure.

After weighing the factors and performing the analysis outlined above, we determined at December 31, 2015 that we would release the valuation allowance against $9.9 million of our U.S. net deferred tax assets. We have a small portion of federal net operating losses and federal research credits that we expect to expire unutilized based on limitations imposed on their utilization. We have also accumulated state research tax credits in a jurisdiction in which we do not anticipate generating tax expense to utilize these credits in future years. We have retained a valuation allowance against these portions of our tax attributes. At December 31, 2015, we have net deferred tax assets, prior to valuation allowance, of $11.8 million. We have recorded a valuation allowance of $0.6 million against the aforementioned tax attributes, reducing the net deferred tax assets reported to $11.2 million.

As of each reporting date, our management considers new evidence, both positive and negative, that could impact its view with regard to future realization of deferred tax assets. If we determine that our assessments on all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will change in a future period, we will record material adjustments to the provision for income taxes in that period.

We recorded a valuation allowance against all of our deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 of approximately $12.9 million and $10.5 million, respectively. For the year ending December 31, 2015, management determined that sufficient positive evidence exists to conclude that it is more likely than not that deferred taxes of $11.2 million are realizable, and therefore, reduced the valuation allowance accordingly. Our valuation allowance as of December 31, 2015 was reduced to $0.6 million.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation expense for equity awards based on the fair value of the award and on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award based on the estimated portion of the award that is expected to vest.

Inherent in the valuation and recording of stock-based compensation, there are several estimates that we make, including in regard to valuation and expense that will be incurred. We apply estimated forfeiture rates to the awards based on analyses of historical data, including termination patterns, employee position and other factors. This is done to record the expense we expect to actually incur for employees that provide the required service time.

We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure the fair value of our option awards when they are granted. We estimate the value of common stock at the grant date with the help of an independent third-party service provider. See “Valuation of Common Stock” below for further discussion of the valuation process. We use the daily historical volatility of companies we consider to be our peers. To determine our peer companies, we used the following criteria: optical telecommunications companies; similar histories and relatively comparable financial leverage; sufficient public company trading history; and in similar businesses and geographical markets. We used the peers’ stock price volatility over the expected term of our granted options to calculate the expected volatility. The expected term of employee option awards is determined using the average midpoint between vesting and the contractual term for outstanding awards, or “the simplified method,” because we do not yet have a sufficient history of option exercises. We determine the risk-free interest rate on the grant date of the award based on the rate of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities approximately equal to the estimated expected term of the awards. We have not paid dividends and do not anticipate paying a cash dividend in the foreseeable future and, accordingly, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

72


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the assumptions, other than fair value of our common stock, relating to our stock options granted in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and in the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016:

 

    Year ended December 31,   Three months ended March 31,
    2014   2015   2015   2016
            (unaudited)

Risk-free interest rate

  1.8% - 2.2%   1.6% - 1.9%   1.7% - 1.8%   1.6%

Expected dividend yield

  None   None   None   None

Expected volatility

  71.1% to 71.3%   59.4% to 70.8%   70.4% to 70.8%   59.8%

Expected term (in years)

  6.5   6.3 - 6.5   6.5   6.3

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant effect on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the share based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected term and forfeiture rate utilized in our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimates of expected volatility, expected term and forfeiture rates, which could materially affect our future stock-based compensation expense.

Our stock-based compensation expense for RSUs is estimated at the grant date based on the fair value of our common stock. The RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a service condition and a performance condition. The service condition for a majority of the RSUs is satisfied over a period of four years. The performance condition will be satisfied on the earlier of a sale of our company and the date of our initial public offering, in either case, prior to the seventh anniversary of the grant date.

As of March 31, 2016, we had recognized no stock-based compensation expense for RSUs because a qualifying event for the awards’ vesting was not probable. In the quarter in which this offering is completed, we will begin recording stock-based compensation expense based on the grant-date fair value of the RSUs using the accelerated attribution method, net of estimated forfeiture. The following table summarizes, on an unaudited pro forma basis, the stock-based compensation expense related to the RSUs that we would incur during the quarter in which this offering is completed, assuming this offering was completed on March 31, 2016:

 

As of March 31, 2016

  

        From Award Issue Date to March 31, 2016        

Vested RSUs
Outstanding(1)

  

Unvested RSUs
Outstanding(2)

  

Pro Forma Stock-Based Compensation Expense

     (in thousands)

5,574

   1,308,804    $3,727

 

(1) For purposes of this table, “vested” RSUs represent the shares underlying RSUs for which the service condition had been satisfied as of March 31, 2016.
(2) For purposes of this table, “unvested” RSUs represent the shares underlying RSUs for which the service condition had not been satisfied as of March 31, 2016.

 

73


Table of Contents

We estimate that the remaining unrecognized stock-based compensation expense relating to the RSUs would be approximately $12.6 million, after giving effect to estimated forfeitures and would be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.44 years if this offering was completed on March 31, 2016.

The following table estimates future stock-based compensation expense related to all outstanding equity awards, inclusive of the pro forma impact of RSUs discussed above, net of estimated forfeitures. The table does not take into account any stock-based compensation expense related to future awards that may be granted to employees, directors, or other service providers.

 

     2016      2017      2018      2019      2020      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Performance Awards

   $ 10,364       $ 3,854       $ 1,687       $ 394       $ 5       $ 16,304   

Stock-based awards with only service conditions

     1,420         1,848         1,713         1,219         179         6,379   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,784       $ 5,702       $ 3,400       $ 1,613       $ 184       $ 22,683   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation of Common Stock

Given the absence of an active market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering, our board of directors was required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each option grant based upon several factors, including its consideration of input from management and third-party valuations.

The exercise price for all stock options granted was at the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock, as estimated on the date of grant by our board of directors in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Each fair value estimate was based on a variety of factors, which included the following:

 

    our historical operating and financial performance;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies within our industry;

 

    the identification and analysis of mergers and acquisitions of comparable companies;

 

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event such as an initial public offering or sale given prevailing market conditions and the nature and history of our business;

 

    any adjustments necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock; and

 

    U.S. and global economic market conditions.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the timing of a potential IPO or other liquidity event and the determination of the appropriate valuation method at each valuation date. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net income and net income per share attributable to common stockholders could have been significantly different.

Once a public trading market for our common stock has been established in connection with the closing of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for stock-based awards, as the fair value of our common stock will be its trading price in the public market.

 

74


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of common stock subject to stock options granted from January 1, 2014 through the date of this prospectus, as well as the associated per share exercise price and the estimated fair value per share of our common stock on the grant date:

 

Grant Date

  Options
or RSUs
   Number of
Awards

Granted
    Exercise
Price
     Grant Date
Fair Value
    Aggregate
Award
Fair Value
 

March 21, 2014

  Options      285,500      $ 2.09       $ 1.38      $ 393,990   

May 21, 2014

  Options      16,000      $ 2.09       $ 1.38      $ 22,080   

November 27, 2014

  Options      164,500      $ 3.13       $ 2.05      $ 337,225   

December 18, 2014

  Options      84,500      $ 3.49       $ 2.30      $ 194,350   

February 26, 2015

  Options      23,000      $ 4.18       $ 2.74      $ 63,020   

March 28, 2015

  Options      319,900      $ 4.18       $ 2.72      $ 870,128   

April 29, 2015

  Options      57,500      $ 5.37       $ 3.21      $ 184,575   

April 29, 2015

  RSUs      73,000        n/a       $ 5.37      $ 392,010   

July 23, 2015

  Options      153,000      $ 10.14       $ 5.91      $ 904,230   

July 23, 2015

  RSUs      146,000        n/a       $ 10.14      $ 1,480,440   

October 21, 2015

  Options      81,500      $ 12.97       $ 7.33      $ 597,395   

October 21, 2015

  RSUs      689,596        n/a       $ 12.97      $ 8,944,060   

December 16, 2015

  Options      50,000      $ 13.65       $ 7.78      $ 389,000   

December 16, 2015

  RSUs      605,250 1      n/a       $ 13.65      $ 8,261,663   

March 29, 2016

  Options      433,000      $ 13.38       $ 7.59      $ 3,286,470   

March 29, 2016

  RSUs      250,532        n/a       $ 13.38      $ 3,352,118   

April 28, 2016

  RSUs      560,000 2      n/a       $ 22.00 3    $ 12,320,000   

 

1. Includes 450,000 RSUs awarded under our 2016 Stock Incentive Plan on December 16, 2015, which RSUs are contingent upon the closing of this offering.
2. All 560,000 RSUs were awarded under our 2016 Stock Incentive Plan on April 28, 2016 and are contingent upon the closing of this offering.
3. Represents the midpoint of the initial public offering price reflected on the cover page of this prospectus.

The fair value of our common stock was estimated or reconciled using the market approach. Under the market approach, the enterprise value is estimated by performing a guideline public company, or GPC analysis, and a guideline transaction, or GT analysis.

The GPC analysis is based upon the premise that indications of value for a given entity can be estimated based upon the observed valuation multiples of comparable public companies, the equity of which is freely-traded by investors in the public securities markets. The first step in this analysis involves the selection of a peer group of companies from which it is believed relevant data can be obtained. The second step involves the calculation of the relevant valuation multiple or multiples for each company in the peer group. The final step involves the selection and application of the appropriate multiples to the relevant financial metrics of our company. Depending upon the nature of the multiple, the resulting value indication may then be adjusted for non-operational assets, liabilities and interest bearing debt to conclude the equity value of our company.

The GT analysis is based upon the premise that indications of value for a given entity can be estimated based upon the valuation multiples implied by transactions involving companies that are comparable to the subject company. The first step in this analysis involves the identification of transactions from which it is believed relevant data can be obtained. The second step involves the calculation of the relevant valuation multiple or multiples for each transaction in the comparable group. The final step involves the selection and application of the appropriate multiples to the relevant

 

75


Table of Contents

financial metrics of our company. Depending upon the nature of the multiple, the resulting value indication may then be adjusted for non-operational assets, liabilities and interest bearing debt to conclude the equity value.

Once the equity value is estimated it is then allocated among the various classes of securities to arrive at the fair value of the common stock. These allocations were prepared using a hybrid of the option-pricing method, or OPM, and the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM.

OPM.    The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preferences at the time of a liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or merger. The common stock is modeled as a call option on the underlying equity value at a predetermined exercise price. In the model, the exercise price is based on a comparison with the total equity value rather than, as in the case of a regular call option, a comparison with a per share stock price. Thus, common stock is considered to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock liquidation preference is paid.

The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. This model defines the fair values of securities as functions of the current fair value of a company and uses assumptions such as the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event and the estimated volatility of the equity securities.

PWERM.    Under the PWERM methodology, the fair value of common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values for a company, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of the value for the common stock. A discount for lack of marketability is then applied to the common stock to account for the lack of access to an active public market.

Hybrid Method.    The hybrid method is a PWERM where the equity value in one of the scenarios is calculated using an OPM. In the hybrid method used in our third-party valuations, two types of future-event scenarios were considered: an IPO and a remaining private scenario. The enterprise value for the IPO scenario was determined using a market approach. The enterprise value for the remaining private scenario was determined using the GPC and the GT analysis. In this remaining private scenario, the OPM approach was utilized to determine the fair value of the common stock. The relative probability of each type of future-event scenario was determined by our board of directors based on an analysis of market conditions at the time, including then-current IPO valuations of similar situation companies, and expectations as to the timing and likely prospects of the future-event scenarios.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to the “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” footnote within our consolidated financial statements for analysis of recent accounting pronouncements that are applicable to our business.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

 

76


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our operations outside of the United States incur a portion of their operating expenses in foreign currencies, principally the Danish Krone, but these expenses are de minimis compared to our overall expenses. To date, the majority of our product sales and inventory purchases have been denominated in U.S. dollars. However, we have contracts for our outsourced development that are not denominated in U.S. dollars and that represent significant spending within the research and development area of our business. The functional currency of all of our entities is the U.S. dollar. However, we believe that exposure to foreign currency fluctuation from operating expenses is material as the related costs do constitute a significant portion of our total expenses. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, the total amount of our outsourced development contracts denominated in U.S. dollars was $6.5 million, $9.6 million, and $3.7 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, the total amount of our outsourced development contracts denominated in Euros was 4.8 million, 8.5 million and, 3.2 million, respectively. There were no payments denominated in Euros made under our outsourced development contracts during the three months ended March 31, 2016. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2016, we incurred foreign currency transaction losses of $156,000 and $20,000, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, we recorded foreign currency transaction gains of $157,000 and $252,000, respectively. These foreign currency transaction gains and losses have been recorded as a component of “other expense” in our consolidated statements of operations. We believe that a 5% change in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and Euro would not materially impact our operating results or financial position. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency exchange contracts. In future periods, we may hedge certain significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar as we expand our international operations.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2016 consisted of cash maintained in money market funds and FDIC-insured operating accounts. Our primary exposure to market risk for our cash and cash equivalents is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. However, we do not believe a sudden change in the interest rates would have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

We have a working capital line of credit, under which no amount was outstanding as of March 31, 2016. The interest rate associated with the working capital line of credit is the prime lending rate plus 0.5%. A 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not result in a material change in our obligations under the line of credit, even at the borrowing limit.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business. However, if global demand for the base materials utilized in our suppliers’ components were to significantly increase for the components we purchase from our suppliers to manufacture our products, our costs could become subject to significant inflationary pressures, and we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Emerging Growth Company Status

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and

 

77


Table of Contents

as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

78


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Our mission is to deliver high-speed coherent optical interconnect products that transform communications networks, relied upon by cloud infrastructure operators and content and communication service providers, through improvements in performance and capacity and a reduction in associated costs. By converting optical interconnect technology to a silicon-based technology, a process we refer to as the siliconization of optical interconnect, we believe we are leading a disruption that is analogous to the computing industry’s integration of multiple functions into a microprocessor. Our products include a series of low-power coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs, which we have integrated into families of optical interconnect modules with transmission speeds ranging from 40 to 400 Gbps for use in long-haul, metro and inter-data center markets. We are also developing optical interconnect modules that will enable transmission speeds of one terabit (1,000 gigabits) per second and more. Our modules perform a majority of the digital signal processing and optical functions in optical interconnects and offer low power consumption, high density and high speeds at attractive price points. Through the use of standard interfaces, our modules can be easily integrated with customers’ network equipment. The advanced software in our modules enables increased configurability and automation, provides insight into network and connection point characteristics and helps identify network performance problems, all of which increase flexibility and reduce operating costs.

Our modules are rooted in our low-power coherent DSP ASICs and/or silicon PICs, which we have specifically developed for our target markets. Our coherent DSP ASICs are manufactured using complementary metal oxide semiconductor, or CMOS, and our silicon PICs are manufactured using a CMOS-compatible process. CMOS is a widely-used and cost-effective semiconductor process technology. Using CMOS to siliconize optical interconnect technology enables us to continue to integrate increasing functionality into our products, benefit from higher yields and reliability associated with CMOS and capitalize on regular improvements in CMOS performance, density and cost. Our use of CMOS also enables us to use outsourced foundry services rather than requiring custom fabrication to manufacture our products. In addition, our use of CMOS and CMOS-compatible processes enables us to take advantage of the technology, manufacturing and integration improvements driven by other computer and communications markets that rely on CMOS.

Our engineering and management teams have extensive experience in optical systems and networking, digital signal processing, large-scale ASIC design and verification, silicon photonic integration, system software development, hardware design and high-speed electronics design. This broad expertise in a range of advanced technologies, methodologies and processes enhances our innovation, design and development capabilities and has enabled us to develop and introduce ten optical interconnect modules, five coherent DSP ASICs and three silicon PICs since 2009. In the course of our product development cycles, we continuously engage with our customers as they design their current and next-generation network equipment, which provides us with deep insights into the current and future market needs.

We sell our products through a direct sales force to leading network equipment manufacturers. The number of customers who have purchased and deployed our products has increased from eight in 2011 to more than 25 during the twelve months ended March 31, 2016. We have experienced rapid revenue growth over the last several years. Our revenue for 2015 was $239.1 million, a 63.5% increase from $146.2 million of revenue in 2014. Our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $84.5 million, a 78.8% increase from $47.2 million of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2015. In 2015, we generated net income of $40.5 million and our adjusted EBITDA was $47.5 million, compared to net income of $13.5 million and adjusted EBITDA of $20.4 million in 2014. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, we generated net income of $14.6 million and our

 

79


Table of Contents

adjusted EBITDA was $17.9 million, compared to net income of $4.3 million and adjusted EBITDA of $7.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and other non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income.

Industry Background

Growing Demand for Bandwidth and Network Capacity

Global internet protocol, or IP, traffic is projected to nearly triple from 2.0 exabytes per day in 2014 to 5.5 exabytes per day in 2019, representing a 23% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, according to Cisco’s Visual Networking Index Report dated May 2015, or the VNI Report. This rapid growth in IP traffic is the result of several factors, including:

 

    Increased data and video consumption.    Over the last decade, the proliferation of new technologies, applications, Web 2.0-based services and Internet-connected devices has led to increasing levels of Internet traffic and congestion and the need for greater bandwidth. Video traffic, in particular, is growing rapidly, and placing significant strains on network capacity. The VNI Report estimates that video traffic will represent 80% of all global IP traffic in 2019, reaching 134.8 exabytes per month, up from 40.2 exabytes per month in 2014.

 

    Growth in mobile and 4G/LTE communications.    The increasing demand for data- and video-intensive content and applications on mobile devices is driving significant growth in mobile data and video traffic and has led to the proliferation of advanced wireless communication technologies, such as 4G/LTE, which depend on wired networks to function. According to the VNI Report, global mobile data traffic grew 69% in 2014 from the prior year and is expected to increase nearly ten-fold from 2014 to 2019, a 57% compound annual growth rate.

 

    Proliferation of cloud services.    Enterprises are increasingly adopting cloud services to reduce IT costs and enable more flexible operating models. Consumers are increasingly relying on cloud services to satisfy video, audio and photo storage and sharing needs. Together, these factors are driving increased Internet traffic as cloud services are accessed and used. Daily global cloud traffic is expected to quadruple from 5.8 exabytes in 2014 to 23.6 exabytes in 2019, according to the Cisco Global Cloud Index, dated October 2015. Forrester Research, in its report titled The Public Cloud Market is Now in Hypergrowth, released in April 2014, forecasts that the public cloud market will exceed $191 billion by 2020, compared to less than $58 billion in 2013.

 

    Changing traffic patterns.    Content service providers and data center operators are increasingly building their own networks of connected data centers to handle increasing amounts of data. The architectures of these connected data centers dramatically increase the amount of data being transmitted within these data center networks. For example, Facebook found that a single 1 kB data inquiry generated 930 kB of traffic within its private data center network as reported in Facebook’s Data Center Network Architecture, abstract from the proceedings of the IEEE Optical Interconnects Conference, published in May 2013.

 

    Adoption of the “Internet of Things.”    Significant consumer, enterprise and governmental adoption of the “Internet of Things,” which refers to the global network of Internet-connected devices embedded with electronics, software and sensors, is anticipated to strain network capacity further and increase demand for bandwidth. The VNI Report estimates that 24.4 billion devices and objects will be connected to the Internet by 2019, compared to 14.2 billion in 2014.

 

80


Table of Contents

Increasing Investment in Network Equipment

To satisfy the growth in demand for bandwidth, communications and content service providers and data center and cloud infrastructure operators, which we refer to collectively as cloud and service providers, are investing in the capacity and performance of their network equipment. Network equipment can be broadly categorized as routing and switching networking equipment, which, among other things, manages data routing functions, and optical equipment, which transports data over the fiber optic network.

Historically, data routing and switching capacities have increased at a faster pace than optical transmission speeds supported by optical transport equipment. We believe this imbalance is causing investments in optical transport equipment to grow at a faster rate than overall investments in network equipment and is driving the need for faster and more cost-effective optical equipment.

The table below outlines the principal types of networks and estimated annual spend on high-speed optical network hardware related to the long-haul, metro and inter-data center markets:

 

          Estimated Spend

Network Type

  

Description

   2014    Forecast for 2019    CAGR

Long-haul

   Distances greater than 1,500 km, and subsea connections    $4.7 billion    $7.0 billion    8.6%

Metro

   Distances less than 1,500 km connecting regions and cities    $6.4 billion    $11.8 billion    13.0%

Inter-data center

   Various lengths connecting large data centers    $0.4 billion    $4.0 billion    58.4%

Long-haul networks, which require sophisticated and high-capacity transmission capabilities, were traditionally the earliest adopters of high-speed optical technologies. Recently, changing traffic patterns have also driven metro network operators and cloud and service providers to demand new technologies that can increase the capacity of their networks more rapidly. Even more recently, cloud infrastructure operators and content service providers have been building private networks of data centers, which are increasingly dependent on higher speed optical solutions to connect their data centers to each other.

Importance of Optical Interconnect Technologies

Optical equipment that interfaces directly with fiber relies on optical interconnect technologies that take digital signals from network equipment, perform signal processing to convert the digital signals to optical signals for transmission over the fiber network, and then perform the reverse functions on the receive side. These technologies also incorporate advanced signal processing that can monitor, manage and reduce errors and signal impairment in the fiber connection between the transmit and receive sides. Advanced optical interconnect technologies can enhance network performance by improving the capabilities and increasing the capacities of optical equipment and routers and switches, while also reducing operating costs.

The key characteristics of advanced optical interconnect technologies that dictate performance and capacity include:

 

    Speed.    Speed refers to the rate at which information can be transmitted over an optical channel and is measured in Gbps.

 

81


Table of Contents
    Density.    Density refers to the physical footprint of the optical interconnect technology. Density is primarily a function of the size and power consumption of the technology.

 

    Robustness.    Robustness refers to the ability of an optical interconnect technology to compensate for the signal impairment that accumulates through the fiber network and prevent and correct errors introduced by the network.

 

    Power Consumption.    Power consumption refers to the amount of electricity an optical interconnect technology consumes. Lower power consumption permits improved density and product reliability, and results in lower operating expense for electricity and cooling.

 

    Automation.    Automation refers to the ability of an optical interconnect technology to handle network tasks that historically were required to be performed manually, such as activation and channel provisioning.

 

    Manageability.    Manageability refers to the ability of an optical interconnect technology to monitor network performance, detect and address network issues easily and efficiently, which helps increase reliability and reduce ongoing maintenance and operational needs.

As they build their network service offerings, cloud and service providers and the network equipment manufacturers weigh these characteristics differently based on the particular demands and challenges they face. For example, cloud or service providers operating long-haul networks that transmit large amounts of data between Boston and San Francisco have relatively few connection points in their networks and may be more sensitive to speed and manageability of the optical interconnect and less focused on power consumption. In contrast, metro network operators or cloud or service providers operating inter-city or intra-city networks may face space and power constraints, as well as constantly changing workload needs, and be most focused on density, power consumption and automation.

Improvements in these characteristics can lead to reductions in development costs for network equipment manufacturers, who might otherwise need to develop their own optical interconnect technologies. In addition, improvements in these characteristics can lead to reductions in acquisition and development costs for network equipment manufacturers who incorporate third-party optical interconnect technologies into their equipment, which in turn can reduce capital costs for cloud and service providers. Further, improvements in power consumption, automation and manageability can result in reduced operating costs for cloud and service providers.

Advent of Coherent Interconnect Technologies

Traditional techniques for transmitting information via light signals over a fiber optic network used simple “on/off” manipulation, or modulation, of the light signal. These traditional techniques are adequate for transmission speeds up to 10 Gbps, as separate optical equipment can be used to monitor the fiber connection and to compensate for the degradation of the light signals when they travel through the fiber. At transmission speeds in excess of 10 Gbps, however, it becomes increasingly difficult to compensate for the degradation of light signals using traditional techniques. In addition, these traditional techniques require cumbersome and expensive equipment and do not meet network operators’ demands for high-quality signals. In the mid-2000s, advanced modulation techniques enabled by coherent communications techniques and digital signal processing were introduced to increase transmission speeds above 10 Gbps. However, these advanced modulation techniques required significant changes in the underlying optical interconnect technologies and architecture.

Coherent communications is a more complex method of transmitting and receiving information via optical signals. Coherent technologies enable greater utilization of complex formats that manipulate both a signal’s amplitude and its phase to yield a higher data transmission rate with better resilience to

 

82


Table of Contents

signal degradation. Coherent communications enables powerful digital signal processing to counter digitally the effects of signal degradation that were previously managed through an array of discrete components and costly techniques, such as optical dispersion compensation. By taking advantage of coherent communications technologies, some cloud and service providers are able to operate networks at transmission speeds of up to 400 Gbps today and are increasingly planning to adopt technologies that enable up to 1,000 Gbps transmission speeds. These providers require advanced coherent interconnect solutions.

The Shortcomings of Existing Coherent Interconnect Solutions

Digital signal processing in coherent interconnect technologies takes place in an application-specific integrated circuit known as a coherent DSP ASIC. Building a coherent DSP ASIC is a multi-disciplinary undertaking requiring advanced knowledge of several complex technologies, such as optical systems, transmission, communications theory, digital signal processing algorithms and mixed signal design, and the development and verification of complex communications ASICs. Given the breadth of expertise and the significant costs required to develop coherent DSP ASICs, few independent vendors provide commercially available coherent DSP ASICs and a limited number of network equipment manufacturers are capable of producing next generation coherent DSP ASICs. Although these DSP ASICs provide basic transmit, receive, monitoring and compensation functionality required for an advanced coherent interconnect, they generally are not able to simultaneously achieve the low power, density, speed and transmission distance requirements of cloud and service providers.

To complete an interconnect solution, the coherent DSP ASIC must be used in conjunction with a number of photonic functions, such as modulation and transmission/reception. These functions have traditionally been performed by several discrete, bulky, expensive components that must be purchased by a network equipment manufacturer and designed into custom interface circuit boards before deployment. This approach requires significant time and engineering resources of network equipment manufacturers and often inhibits overall improvements in density, reliability and cost-efficiency. Some vendors have attempted to simplify this process by integrating a number of these photonic functions into optical modules. This approach, however, often results in performance limitations with respect to key characteristics, such as speed and density.

The development of a photonic integrated circuit, or PIC, enables dramatic improvements in size and cost by tightly integrating multiple photonic functions into a small integrated circuit. However, PICs are not widely available in the market today and the few that have been developed for commercial sale typically rely on expensive non-silicon approaches, such as indium phosphide, that generally require special packaging and temperature stabilization, often require custom foundries to manufacture and are less able to benefit from the cost and yield improvements that are possible from the use of silicon. In addition, the use of these PICs to date has generally been limited to custom systems that typically require a different transport architecture than is widely deployed today.

None of these traditional approaches permits the complete integration of the coherent DSP ASIC and photonic components in a cost-effective manner that meets the needs of network equipment manufacturers. As a result, network equipment manufacturers are increasingly seeking to replace traditional products with simple, open and complete coherent interconnect solutions that perform both digital signal processing and photonic functions.

Our Solution—The Siliconization of Optical Interconnect Technology

We have developed families of high-speed coherent interconnect products that reduce the complexity and cost of optical interconnect technology, while simultaneously improving network performance and accelerating the pace of innovation in the optical networking industry. We build these

 

83


Table of Contents

advanced optical interconnect products using silicon, a process we refer to as the siliconization of optical interconnect. The siliconization of optical interconnect allows us to integrate previously disparate optical functions into a single solution, leading to significant improvements in density and cost and allowing us to benefit from ongoing advances in CMOS. Our optical interconnect solution includes sophisticated modules that perform a majority of the digital signal processing and optical functions required to process network traffic at transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and above in long-haul, metro and inter-data center networks. These modules meet the needs of cloud and service providers for optical interconnect products in a simple, open, high-performance form factor that can be easily integrated in a cost-effective manner with existing network equipment.

Our optical interconnect products are powered by our internally developed and purpose-built coherent DSP ASICs and/or silicon PICs. Our coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs are engineered to work together, and each integrates numerous signal processing and optical functions that together deliver a complete, cost-effective high-speed coherent optical interconnect solution in a small footprint that requires low power and provides significant automation and management capabilities. We believe that our highly integrated optical interconnect modules, which are based on our coherent DSP ASIC and silicon PIC, were, at the time of market introduction, the industry’s first interconnect modules to deliver transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and higher. Prior to the introduction of our highly integrated optical interconnect modules, we believe that these transmission speeds were not possible in modules in an industry standard form factor without sacrificing signal quality or other performance characteristics. For example, our 100 Gbps CFP modules, which are based on the industry-standard CFP form factor, enable cloud and service providers to easily upgrade their existing metro and inter-data center networks to 100 Gbps using their existing, deployed equipment chassis or newly designed network equipment with CFP slot capabilities. Furthermore, by providing an integrated solution that incorporates digital signal processing and optical functionality required to process and transmit data through a high-speed optical channel, our optical interconnect products reduce the resource requirements of the network equipment manufacturers necessary to build and service equipment with high-speed optical interconnect functionality.

We believe we are the first independent vendor to introduce at commercial scale both a coherent DSP ASIC and a silicon PIC integrated into an optical interconnect module. By designing our silicon PIC in a CMOS-compatible process, which is widely used in the semiconductor industry and generally does not require special packaging, we are able to reduce cost, increase reliability and take advantage of the ongoing improvement of CMOS technology, as well as contract with foundries for the manufacture of many of our products. Our silicon PIC incorporates several key optics functions, including modulation and transmission/reception functions, and supports transmission distances for long-haul, metro and inter-data center applications. We believe that our silicon PIC was the first commercially available PIC to include all of these functions over a broad range of transmission distances and we are not aware of any other commercially available silicon PICs with similar functionality. By building both our coherent DSP ASIC and our silicon PIC in CMOS-compatible processes, we can improve the performance and efficiency of the optical interconnect and benefit from engineering synergies. We refer to this integration of advanced optical interconnect technologies onto CMOS as the siliconization of optical interconnect technology.

The advantages of our solution include:

 

    Industry-leading speed, density and power consumption.    We believe that our coherent DSP ASICs, silicon PICs and 100 and 400 Gbps optical interconnect modules consume less power and have higher density than comparable optical interconnect products. Our modules perform functions that have traditionally been provided by several discrete pieces of network equipment.

 

   

Breadth of integration.    By integrating many photonic functions into our silicon PIC and further integrating our silicon PIC in our modules, we enable simplified network equipment

 

84


Table of Contents
 

designs and reduce the amount of development and optical engineering our customers would otherwise do internally, thereby freeing up their engineering resources to focus on other networking functions.

 

    Software intelligence.    Our products incorporate software intelligence that automates tasks, such as channel provisioning, and increases manageability through a high level of software features, including increased monitoring and optimization.

 

    Cost-efficiency.    We are able to offer our products at attractive price points as a result of the scale and process benefits of our CMOS platforms. In addition, the performance capabilities of our products permit greater flexibility and can reduce both design cost for the network equipment manufacturer and network design and ongoing operational cost for the cloud or service provider.

 

    Ease of deployment.    By leveraging industry-standard interfaces, our modules enable cloud and service providers to immediately increase the speed and capacity of their networks by replacing their legacy 10 Gbps or 40 Gbps components with our 100 Gbps or 400 Gbps modules in their existing equipment. Our modules can also easily be deployed in next generation network equipment.

Our Competitive Strengths

We plan to maintain and extend our competitive advantages through rapid innovation delivering industry-leading high-speed interconnect products to our customers by focusing on the following key areas:

 

    Leading provider of high-speed integrated optical interconnect modules.    We believe we are the first independent vendor to introduce at commercial scale both a coherent DSP ASIC and a silicon PIC integrated into an optical interconnect module capable of transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and above. Our modules solve many of the shortcomings of existing interconnect solutions and meet the majority of a cloud or service provider’s interconnect needs in a standard and compact form factor that can be easily integrated with other network equipment. Our coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs enable us to offer advanced optical interconnect products with desirable features such as high density, low power and high performance.

 

    Track record of rapid innovation driven by advanced design methodologies.    We maximize the pace of innovation through a number of measures, including the creation of a continuously expanding tool box of digital signal processing algorithms, ASIC implementations, CMOS-compatible optics subsystems and related intellectual property, which enable us to develop complex products at an increasing pace by reusing and expanding existing solutions. Our development, verification and test infrastructure and methodologies involve extensive automation, which increase the speed and quality of our development. Our ability to innovate at a rapid pace enables us to offer products purpose-built for different applications and based on the newest CMOS technology. These design and development capabilities have enabled us to introduce ten optical interconnect modules since 2009 for multiple markets, including long-haul, metro and inter-data center. Using our innovation and development model, since 2009 we have introduced five coherent DSP ASICs, each of which was built using the newest CMOS technology available at the time of their market introduction, and three silicon PICs, which we believe are the industry’s only commercially-available silicon PICs for coherent interconnect products.

 

    Leveraging the strength of CMOS for photonics.    The density and cost of high-speed optical interconnect products have traditionally been determined by the photonic components. Implementing the photonic components in CMOS, and using CMOS as the platform for the integration of multiple discrete photonics functions, enables us to significantly reduce the density and cost of our optical interconnect products compared to traditional approaches, which typically rely on complex materials such as lithium niobate and indium phosphide that do not permit the same level of integration and do not benefit from the ongoing advances in CMOS technology driven by the entire electronics industry.

 

85


Table of Contents
    Proprietary software framework enables simplified configuration and deployment.    We have made substantial investments in the software components of our products, which we believe is key to increasing the performance and reducing the capital expenditures and operating expenses associated with high-speed networks. Our software framework also facilitates the integration of the many complex digital signal processing, ASIC, hardware and optical functions required in high-speed interconnect technologies and enables our customers to integrate our products easily into their existing networks. Through the use of software, we are able to configure the same product to be deployed in various network types with different needs and requirements, without the need to modify or reconfigure the network’s architecture, providing us with significant development and manufacturing efficiencies.

 

    Customer collaboration provides deep understanding of market needs.    We collaborate closely with our customers, as well as directly with many cloud and service providers, and solicit their input as they design their network equipment and as we design our next-generation products. This provides us with deep insights into the current and future needs of our customers and the market, which in turn enables us to develop and deliver products that meet customer demands and anticipate market developments.

 

    Strong management and engineering teams with significant industry expertise.    We have deliberately built our management and engineering teams, of which our founders remain a key part, to include personnel with extensive experience in optical systems and networking, digital signal processing, large-scale ASIC design and verification, silicon photonic integration, system software development, hardware design and high-speed electronics design. As of April 15, 2016, approximately 72% of our employees are engineers or have other technical backgrounds, and approximately 47% of our employees hold a Ph.D. or other advanced degree. Each element of our solution is developed by experts in the relevant field. Our collaborative development culture encourages employees with diverse experiences and expertise to work together to create innovative solutions.

Our Growth Strategy

Our goal is to become the leading provider of high-speed interconnect technology that underpins the world’s data and communication networks. To grow our business and achieve our mission, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

    Continue to innovate and extend our technology leadership.    Our coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs are at the heart of our products’ abilities to deliver cost-efficient high performance. We intend to continue to invest in our technology to deliver innovative and high-performance products and to identify and solve challenging interconnect needs. We expect that our continued investments in research and development will enable us to expand and enhance the capabilities of our CMOS-based products in order to continue to develop higher-capacity and higher-density software-enabled products. For example, we are currently developing optical interconnect modules that will enable transmission speeds of one terabit per second and more. We also plan to continue to invest in silicon PIC innovation and its optimization with our coherent DSP ASICs in order to serve the growing demand for bandwidth.

 

    Increase penetration within our existing customer base.    We focus heavily on the needs of our customers and frequently innovate in partnership with them to deliver cost-effective products that meet their specific needs. As we continue to enhance and expand our product family, and as our existing customers seek to expand and improve their network equipment technology, we expect to generate additional revenue through sales of existing and new products to these customers. At the same time, we design our latest-generation products to interoperate with prior-generation products so that our customers can continue to derive long-term value from their investments.

 

86


Table of Contents
    Continue to expand customer base.    We have increased the number of customers who purchase and use our products in each of the last five years, and we believe there continues to be unmet need for high-speed, cost-efficient interconnect products among cloud and service providers. During the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, we sold our optical interconnect products to more than 25 customers. Historically, our sales have been primarily to network equipment manufacturers that do not have internally developed coherent DSP ASICs. More recently, we have had success in marketing and selling our products to network equipment manufacturers that have internally developed their own coherent DSP ASICs. We believe that the benefits of our solution, supported by the success of existing customers as references, will drive more network equipment manufacturers to purchase their interconnect products from us. We plan to continue to acquire new customers through expanded sales and marketing and brand recognition efforts.

 

    Grow into adjacent markets.    We believe that growth in fiber optics-based communications is likely to accelerate, partly driven by the cost and density advantages of our CMOS solution, and that this growth, together with expansion in other markets that depend on high-speed networking capabilities, such as intra-data center and network access markets, will result in demand for additional applications for our products. By continuing to reduce the size, design complexity and power of the interconnect and the ease of integration into the equipment, we believe we can create opportunities to serve new types of customers that may seek to incorporate high-speed optical interconnect technologies into their products, including companies that do not have sufficient optical engineering expertise to develop systems using current interconnect technologies.

 

    Selectively pursue strategic investments or acquisitions.    Although we expect to focus our growth strategy on expanding our market share organically, we may pursue future investments or acquisitions that complement our existing business, represent a strategic fit and are consistent with our overall growth strategy.

Our Products

Our families of optical interconnect technology products consist of high-capability, scalable, cost-efficient optical interconnect modules that are rooted in our five coherent DSP ASIC and three silicon PIC components. Our products are built to meet the specific needs of various networks and support transmission capacities between 40 Gbps and 400 Gbps per module. Our products incorporate our proprietary advanced system-in-a-module software, which, through a standardized interface, enables seamless installation, configuration and operation and a high level of performance monitoring. We also selectively offer our coherent DSP ASIC and silicon PIC elements as standalone components.

We have developed and manufacture, sell and support the following high-speed coherent interconnect modules:

AC100-MSA Product Family

Our AC100-MSA product family contains three modules that all support 100 Gbps transmission speeds in an industry-standard 5” x 7” form factor.

 

LOGO

 

87


Table of Contents
    AC100-G: Released in 2011, this module supports transmission distances of up to 4,000 km. This module is mainly used in the long-haul and metro markets. It is based on our Everest DSP ASIC. We believe it was the industry’s first commercially available coherent 100 Gbps module and the first commercially available coherent interconnect to rely on advanced soft decision forward error correction for improved transmission reach.

 

    AC100-S: Released in 2012, this module supports transmission distances of up to 12,000 km through extended digital compensation of signal impairment and advanced modulation. This module is mainly used in subsea applications. It is based on our Mauna Kea DSP ASIC. We believe it was the industry’s first commercially available coherent 100 Gbps module for subsea applications.

 

    AC100-C: Released in 2014, this module supports transmission distances of up to 4,000 km. This module provides similar functionality to the AC100-G and is based on our Everest DSP ASIC and our Acadia silicon PIC. It is mainly used in the long-haul and metro markets. We believe it is the industry’s first commercially available coherent 100 Gbps module that uses a silicon PIC.

AC100-CFP Product Family

Our AC100-CFP product family contains two modules that support 100 Gbps transmission speeds in an industry-standard, pluggable CFP form factor.

 

LOGO

 

    AC100-CFP-M: Released in 2014, this module supports transmission distances of up to 2,500 km. This module is mainly used in the metro and inter-data center markets. It is based on our Sky DSP ASIC and our Acadia silicon PIC. We believe it was the industry’s first commercially available coherent 100 Gbps CFP module.

 

    AC100-CFP-ZR: Released in 2014, this module supports coherent transmission over distances of up to 80 km at an ultra-low power consumption. It is based on our Sky DSP ASIC and our Acadia silicon PIC. This module is mainly used in the metro and inter-data center markets.

CFP2-ACO Product Family

Our CFP2-ACO product family contains a single module that has an analog electrical interface and supports up to 200 Gbps transmission speeds. Its form factor was designed in accordance with the Implementation Agreement defined by the Optical Internetworking Forum, an industry-standard, pluggable CFP2 form factor. Based on the Orion silicon PIC, the CFP2-ACO is our fourth product family to leverage our coherent silicon PIC technology.

 

LOGO

 

88


Table of Contents
    CFP2-ACO: Released in sample form in the first quarter of 2016, this module has a linear optical transmitter and receiver supporting multiple modulation formats and transmission capabilities of 100 Gbps and 200 Gbps based on the selected format. With an analog electrical interface to a coherent DSP on the host board, our CFP2-ACO will offer an optics-only solution for customers who currently rely on in-house DSP capabilities. Based on the Orion silicon PIC, the CFP2-ACO leverages our coherent silicon PIC technology. We believe that this module will primarily be used in inter-data center and metro markets.

AC400 Flex Product Family

Our AC400 Flex product family contains three modules that support transmission capacities ranging from 100 Gbps to 400 Gbps per module. By changing the configuration of these modules through software configuration, customers can use these modules to support the transmission speed and distance that is best suited to their needs.

 

LOGO

 

    AC400-U: Released in 2015, this dual-core, flex-rate and flex-modulation module supports transmission capacities of 100, 200, 300 and 400 Gbps in an industry-standard 5” x 7” form factor. This module is software configurable to optimize transmission speeds, fiber capacity, compensation for signal impairment and power consumption for multiple applications, including inter-data center, metro, long-haul and subsea applications spanning transmission distances up to 12,000 km and greater. It is based on our Denali DSP ASIC and our silicon PIC. We believe it is the industry’s first commercially available dual-core coherent module, the first commercially available module to support multiple transmission speeds in a single product and the first commercially available module to support transmission capacities of up to 400 Gbps.

 

    AC400-S: Released in 2015, this dual-core module provides similar functionality to our AC400-U module and incorporates enhanced-performance 100 Gbps configuration that allows for upgrades of subsea systems originally equipped with 40 Gbps optical interconnect technology. It is based on our Denali DSP ASIC.

 

    AC400-UL: Released in 2015, this module supports a transmission speed of 100 Gbps for subsea applications in an industry-standard 5” x 7” form factor with a digital electrical interface compatible with our AC100-MSA product family. It is based on our Denali DSP ASIC and our silicon PIC.

AC040-MSA Product Family

Our AC040-MSA product family contains a single module that supports a 40 Gbps transmission speed in an industry standard 5” x 7” form factor.

 

LOGO

 

89


Table of Contents
    AC040-S: Released in 2013, this module supports transmission distances of 12,000 km or greater. It is mainly used in subsea applications. This product is approaching the end of its volume life cycle. It is based on our K2 DSP ASIC.

DSP ASICs

We have developed and manufacture, sell and support the following five coherent DSP ASICs:

LOGO

 

    Everest: Released in 2011, this DSP ASIC targets the metro and long-haul markets at transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and includes advanced soft decision forward error correction.

 

    Mauna Kea: Released in 2012, this DSP ASIC targets subsea applications at transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and includes advanced soft decision forward error correction and digital compensation of fiber dispersion to support transmission distances of up to 12,000 km.

 

    K2: Released in 2013, this DSP ASIC targets subsea applications at transmission speeds of 40 Gbps and includes advanced soft decision forward error correction and digital compensation of fiber dispersion to support transmission distances of 12,000 km or greater.

 

    Sky: Released in 2014, this DSP ASIC targets the inter-data center and metro markets, which are power-sensitive, at transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and includes ultra-low power soft decision forward error correction.

 

    Denali: Released in 2015, this dual core, flex-rate and flex-modulation coherent DSP ASIC is software configurable and supports inter-data center, metro, long-haul and subsea applications at transmission speeds of 100, 200, 300 and 400 Gbps. This DSP ASIC also includes high-performing soft decision forward error correction and digital compensation of fiber dispersion to support transmission distances of 12,000 km or greater.

Silicon PICs

We have developed the following three coherent silicon PICs:

 

 

LOGO

 

90


Table of Contents
    Acadia: Released in 2014 and currently being manufactured, sold and supported by us, this silicon PIC performs, in a single package, multiple coherent optical functions such as transmission and reception.

 

    Glacier: Released in sample form during the first quarter of 2016, this silicon PIC performs, in a single package, the same functions as our Acadia silicon PIC at a higher level of optical performance.

 

    Orion: Scheduled for sample release in the second quarter of 2016, this silicon PIC performs the same functions at the same performance level as our Glacier silicon PIC in a smaller package. The smallest footprint silicon PIC that we have developed to date, the Orion PIC is utilized in our CFP2-ACO module.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products through our direct sales force consisting of sales personnel and centralized technical customer support. Our sales force also works closely with our product line management personnel to support strategic sales activities.

Our products typically have a long sales cycle, requiring discussions with prospective customers in order to better understand their network and system level requirements and technology roadmaps. Our customers are predominantly network equipment manufacturers, and we have discussions with them regarding the requirements of their end customers, which provides our sales force with insight into how our products will be deployed in the networks of these end customers. This sales process requires us to develop strong customer relationships. The period of time from our initial contact with a prospective or current customer to the receipt of an actual purchase order is frequently a year or more. Prospective customers perform system and network level testing before equipment is deployed in a network carrying live traffic. Customers require us to perform extensive verification testing and qualification based on industry standards. This phase of our sales cycle can take several months and purchase arrangements may not be entered into until after this phase is completed.

We invest time and resources to meet with leading carriers and cloud service providers to understand network system performance issues. These efforts provide us with a deep understanding of the challenges faced by carriers and cloud service providers which, in turn, enables us to focus our future product and technology development efforts to address those challenges. For example, understanding that several of our customers are planning to adopt technologies that enable up to one terabit per second transmission speeds, we are currently developing products to satisfy these requirements.

Our in-house sales personnel also assist customers with forecasts, orders, delivery requirements, warranty returns and other administrative functions. Our technical support engineers respond to technical and product-related questions and provide application support to customers who have incorporated our products into their systems. We have centralized our technical support operations at our corporate headquarters in Maynard, Massachusetts. Our centralized customer support operations allow our technical customer support personnel to work directly with our research and development and operations personnel on a regular basis, which reduces the time it takes to identify and address our customers’ technical issues and helps our technical support personnel maintain and improve upon their technical skills.

 

91


Table of Contents

Customers

The number of customers who have purchased and deployed our products has increased from eight in 2011 to more than 25 during the twelve months ended March 31, 2016. The following table sets forth our revenue by geographic region for the periods indicated, based on the country or region to which the products were shipped:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2013                  2014                  2015        
     (in thousands)  

Americas

   $ 13,945       $ 32,109       $ 46,624   

EMEA

     37,866         60,101         103,150   

APAC

     25,841         54,024         89,282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 77,652       $ 146,234       $ 239,056   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We have historically generated most of our revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2014, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, our five largest customers in each period (which differed by period) collectively accounted for 77.7%, 72.6%, 82.9% and 82.2% of our revenue, respectively. In 2014, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, ADVA Optical Networking North America, Inc. accounted for 23.4%, 22.2%, 32.5% and 18.2% of our revenue, respectively, and ZTE, accounted for 35.4%, 27.6%, 25.8% and 46.3% of our revenue, respectively. In addition, during 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, Coriant, Inc. accounted for 13.1%, 13.2% and 11.5% of our revenue, respectively. The loss of any a large customer, which could be due to reasons beyond our or their control, could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

For example, on March 8, 2016, the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security imposed restrictions on exports, reexports, and in-country transfers of U.S.-regulated products, software and technology to ZTE, its parent company and two other affiliated entities, which had the effect of preventing us from making any sales to ZTE. On March 24, 2016, the U.S. Department of Commerce issued a temporary general license suspending the enhanced export licensing requirements for ZTE and one of the designated affiliates through June 30, 2016, thereby enabling us to resume sales to ZTE. Under this temporary general license, we were able to resume sales to ZTE for so long as it remains in place. There can be no guarantee that the U.S. Department of Commerce will extend this temporary general license beyond the June 30, 2016 expiration date or permit any sales to the designated ZTE entities after this temporary general license expires. This or future regulatory activity may interfere with our ability to make sales to ZTE or other customers.

Manufacturing

We contract with third parties to manufacture, assemble and test our products. We utilize a range of CMOS and CMOS-compatible processes to develop and manufacture the coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs that are designed into our modules. We select the semiconductor process and foundry that provides the best combination of performance, cost and feature attributes necessary for our products. For several of our products, a single foundry fab is selected for semiconductor wafer production. We inspect and further test our products before customer shipments.

We contract with three third-party contract manufacturers to test and build modules incorporating our coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs for high-volume production of our modules. We build the test systems used by our contract manufacturers. We also directly manufacture prototype products and limited production quantities during initial new product introduction. We undertake final inspection and implement any customer-specific configurations and packaging before customer shipments.

 

92


Table of Contents

We believe our outsourced manufacturing model enables us to focus our resources and expertise on the design, sale, support and marketing of our products to best meet customer requirements. We also believe that this manufacturing model provides us with the flexibility required to respond to new market opportunities and changes in customer demand, simplifies the scope of our operations and administrative processes and significantly reduces our working capital requirements, while providing the ability to scale production rapidly.

We subject our third-party manufacturing contractors and foundries to qualification requirements in order to meet the high quality and reliability standards required of our products. Our engineers and supply chain personnel work closely with third-party contract manufacturers and fab foundries to increase yield, reduce manufacturing costs, improve product quality and ensure that component sourcing strategies are in place to support our manufacturing needs.

Research and Development

Our engineering group has extensive experience in optical systems and networking, digital signal processing, ASIC development and design, silicon photonic integration, system software development and high-speed electronics design. As of April 15, 2016, approximately 72% of our employees are engineers or have other technical backgrounds, and approximately 47% of our employees hold a Ph.D. or other advanced degree. We utilize our hardware and software expertise to integrate coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs into high-speed interconnect products that are compatible with industry-standard form factor, interfaces and power consumption requirements. We participate in industry groups such as Optical Internetworking Forum to help drive the industry towards standardization that allows our customers to more easily integrate our products into their systems. In addition, we offer our integration expertise to our customers to help expedite their adoption of new products.

We use simulation tools at many levels of product development, reducing the number of design errors and the need for costly and time consuming development cycles. Our simulation environment makes use of industry standard computer aided design tools as well as models and tools that are developed internally. Our simulation tools also allow us to make efficient tradeoffs between power consumption, size and performance early in the development cycle. We believe this contributes to the ability of our products to deliver superior performance with low power consumption.

Our research and development facilities are located in Maynard, Massachusetts and Hazlet, New Jersey. We have devoted 20,026 square feet of space to our research and development facilities, which we expect to increase in the future. Our research and development facilities are equipped with industry standard test equipment, including optical spectrum analyzers, high-speed sampling oscilloscopes, logic analyzers, wafer probes, wafer saws, optical network and Ethernet test sets, thousands of kilometers of optical fiber and associated optical amplifiers and other optical test equipment. We use these facilities to conduct comprehensive testing and validation procedures on internally produced chips, components and products before transferring production to our contract manufacturers for commercial, higher-volume manufacturing.

As research and development is critical to our continuing success, we are committed to maintaining high levels of research and development over the long term. We incurred research and development expenses of $24.2 million, $28.5 million and $38.7 million in 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. In the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, we incurred research and development expenses of $7.9 million and $15.4 million, respectively.

 

93


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

Our success and ability to compete depend substantially upon our core technology and intellectual property rights. We rely on patent, trademark and copyright laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. In addition, we generally require employees and consultants to execute appropriate non-disclosure and proprietary rights agreements. These agreements acknowledge our exclusive ownership of intellectual property developed for us and require that all proprietary information remain confidential.

We maintain a program designed to identify technology that is appropriate for patent and trade secret protection, and we file patent applications in the United States and certain other countries for inventions that we consider significant. As of April 15, 2016, we had 47 patent applications pending in the United States, six patent applications pending under Patent Cooperation Treaty filings and nine patents granted in the United States, which expire between 2027 and 2033. Although our business is not materially dependent upon any one patent, our patent rights and the products made and sold under our patents, taken as a whole, are a significant element of our business. In addition to patents, we also possess other intellectual property, including trademarks, know-how, trade secrets, design rights and copyrights. We control access to and use of our software, technology and other proprietary information through internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners. Our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright, patent and trade secret laws. Despite our efforts to protect our software, technology and other proprietary information, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software, technology and other proprietary information. In addition, we intend to expand our international operations, and effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available or may be limited in foreign countries.

Companies in the industry in which we operate frequently are sued or receive informal claims of patent infringement or infringement of other intellectual property rights. We have, from time to time, received such claims from companies, including from competitors and customers, some of which have substantially more resources and have been developing relevant technology for much longer than us. If we become more successful, we believe that competitors will be more likely to try to develop products that are similar to ours and that may infringe our proprietary rights. It may also be more likely that competitors or other third parties will claim that our products infringe their proprietary rights. Successful claims of infringement by a third party, if any, could result in significant penalties or injunctions that could prevent us from selling some of our products in certain markets, result in settlements or judgements that require payment of significant royalties or damages or require us to expend time and money to develop non-infringing products. We cannot assure you that we do not currently infringe, or that we will not in the future infringe, upon any third-party patents or other proprietary rights.

Competition

The optical communications markets are highly competitive and rapidly evolving. We compete with domestic and international companies, many of which have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do. We encounter substantial competition in most of our markets, although we believe no one competitor competes with us across all our product lines and markets. Our principal competitors include Oclaro, Finisar, Lumentum Holdings, Neophotonics and Avago Technologies, as well as equipment manufacturers such as Fujitsu and Sumitomo Electric Industries. Competitors for coherent DSP ASICs also include semiconductor companies such as NEL and ClariPhy. We also compete with internally developed coherent interconnect solutions of certain network equipment manufacturers, including Ciena, Infinera, Huawei, Cisco and Alcatel-Lucent (which was acquired by Nokia in January 2016). Consolidation in the optical systems and components industry has increased in recent years, and future consolidation could further intensify the competitive pressures that we face.

 

94


Table of Contents

The principal competitive factors upon which we compete include performance, low power consumption, rapid innovation, breadth of product line, availability, product reliability, multi-sourcing and selling price. We believe that we compete effectively by offering high levels of customer value through high speed, high density, low power consumption, broad integration of photonic functions, software intelligence for configuration, control and monitoring, cost-efficiency, ease of deployment and collaborative product design. We cannot be certain we will continue to compete effectively.

We also may face competition from companies that may expand into our industry and introduce additional competitive products. Existing and potential customers are also potential competitors. These customers may internally develop or acquire additional competitive products or technologies, which may cause them to reduce or cease their purchases from us.

Government Regulation

Our products and services are subject to export controls, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations and economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, and similar laws and regulations that apply in other jurisdictions in which we distribute or sell our products and services. Export control and economic sanctions laws and regulations include restrictions and prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products and services and on our transfer of parts, components, and related technical information and know-how to certain countries, regions, governments, persons and entities. For example, on March 8, 2016, the U.S. Department of Commerce published a final rule in the Federal Register that amended the Export Administration Regulations by adding ZTE and three of its affiliates to the “Entity List,” for actions contrary to the national security and foreign policy interests of the United States. This rule imposed new export licensing requirements on exports, reexports, and in-country transfers of all U.S.-regulated products, software and technology to the designated ZTE entities, which had the practical effect of preventing us from making any sales to ZTE. On March 24, 2016, the U.S. Department of Commerce issued a temporary general license suspending the enhanced export licensing requirements for ZTE and one of its designated affiliates through June 30, 2016. It is unclear whether the U.S. Department of Commerce will extend this temporary general license beyond the June 30, 2016 expiration date or permit sales to the designated ZTE entities after this temporary general license expires. There can be no guarantee that this or future regulatory activity would not materially interfere with our ability to make sales to ZTE or other customers. In addition, various countries regulate the importation of certain products, through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products. The exportation, re-exportation, transfers within foreign countries, and importation of our products, including by our partners, must comply with these laws and regulations.

We are also subject to various domestic and international anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, as well as other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from offering or making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining, retaining or directing business. Our exposure for violating these laws and regulations increases as our international presence expands and as we increase sales and operations in foreign jurisdictions.

In addition, we are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate or sell our products. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, employee health and safety and the use of hazardous materials in, and the recycling of, our products.

 

95


Table of Contents

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Maynard, Massachusetts, which we occupy under a lease expiring in January 2019, renewable for one additional two-year term. We have additional facilities located in Hazlet, New Jersey, which we occupy under leases expiring in June and July 2018 with respect to various floors, in Mountain View, California, which we occupy under a lease expiring on July 21, 2018, renewable for an additional one-year term, in Limerick, Ireland, which we occupy under a lease expiring on January 31, 2017, renewable for an additional term of four years and nine months, and in Nanshan, Shenzhen, which we occupy under a lease expiring on July 12, 2016.

Employees

As of April 15, 2016, we employed 228 full-time employees, consisting of 105 in research and development, 60 in operations, which includes manufacturing, supply chain, quality control and assurance, and 63 in executive, sales, general and administrative, and three part-time employees. We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our employees are represented by a labor organization or under any collective bargaining arrangements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Legal Proceedings

On January 22, 2016, ViaSat, Inc. filed a suit against us alleging, among other things, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and misappropriation of trade secrets. On February 19, 2016, we responded to ViaSat’s suit and alleged counterclaims against ViaSat including, among other things, patent misappropriation, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, misappropriation of trade secrets and unfair competition, which ViaSat denied in its response filed March 16, 2016. The lawsuit is still pending. We are continuing to evaluate ViaSat’s claims, but based on the information available to us today, we currently believe that this suit will not have a material adverse effect on our business or our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, from time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

96


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors and Significant Employees

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers, directors and significant employees.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Murugesan “Raj” Shanmugaraj

     57       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

John F. Gavin

     56       Chief Financial Officer

Benny P. Mikkelsen

     56       Founder, Chief Technology Officer and Director

Christian J. Rasmussen

     47       Founder, Vice President of Digital Signal Processing and Optics

Mehrdad Givehchi

     50       Founder, Vice President of Hardware and Software

Bhupendra C. Shah

     57       Vice President of Engineering

John J. LoMedico

     58       Vice President of Sales and Business Development

Janene I. Ásgeirsson

     46       Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

John P. Kavanagh

     53       Senior Vice President of Operations/Supply Chain

Renee M. Pianka

     47       Chief Human Resources Officer

Eric A. Swanson(1)

     55       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Peter Y. Chung(1)(2)(3)

     48       Director

Elliot M. Katzman(4)

     59       Director

Stan J. Reiss(2)(3)

     44       Director

John Ritchie(2)

     50       Director

 

(1) Member of nominating and corporate governance committee
(2) Member of audit committee
(3) Member of compensation committee
(4) Mr. Katzman has resigned from our board of directors, effective as of immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. He has informed us that his resignation is not due to any disagreement with us or any matter relating to our operations, policies or practices.

Murugesan “Raj” Shanmugaraj has served as our president and chief executive officer and a director of our company since April 2010. Prior to joining Acacia, from February 2002 to February 2010, Mr. Shanmugaraj was the vice president of business development in the optical networking division of Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc., a network equipment manufacturer. Prior to that, Mr. Shanmugaraj founded and served as the chief executive officer of Astral Point Communications Inc., an optical equipment company, and held various senior executive level positions at PictureTel Corp., a commercial videoconferencing product company, Multilink, Inc., an engineering and product development-based manufacturer of telecommunications network components, and Motorola Inc., a multinational telecommunications company. Mr. Shanmugaraj holds an M.S. in electrical and computer engineering from the University of Iowa and a B.E. in electronics and communications from the National Institute of Technology, Trichy in India. We believe that Mr. Shanmugaraj is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive leadership experience in the optics and network industries, his extensive knowledge of our company and his service as our president and chief executive officer.

John F. Gavin has served as our chief financial officer since February 2012. Prior to joining Acacia, from January 2011 to February 2012, Mr. Gavin was the chief financial officer of Hiperos LLC, a software-as-a-service company. From June 2005 to January 2011, he served as the chief operating officer of Akorri Networks, Inc., a data center virtualization management company, where he also served as the interim acting chief executive officer in 2010. Previously, Mr. Gavin served as the chief

 

97


Table of Contents

financial officer and chief operating officer of SMaL Camera Technologies, Inc., a designer of CMOS digital imaging solutions for a variety of business and consumer applications, the chief financial officer of Pirus Networks, Inc., a provider of multi-protocol storage networking switching products, and the chief financial officer of C-Port Corporation, a developer of CMOS microprocessor-based technologies for communications routers and switches. Mr. Gavin also served in various roles, most recently as the vice president of finance, sales and marketing North America, at Digital Equipment Corporation, a vendor of computer systems, for over 17 years. Mr. Gavin holds a B.S. in accounting from Stonehill College and a M.B.A. from Anna Maria College.

Benny P. Mikkelsen, one of the founders of our company, has served as our chief technology officer and a director since June 2009. Prior to joining Acacia, Mr. Mikkelsen co-founded and served as the vice president of technology of Mintera Corporation, a high-speed transceiver company. Prior to that, he held various engineering positions with Bell Laboratories, a research and scientific development company owned by Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc. Mr. Mikkelsen holds an M.S. and Ph.D. in electrical engineering from the Technical University of Denmark. We believe that as a founder, and based on Mr. Mikkelsen’s deep experience in the optics and network industries, his extensive knowledge of our company and his position as our chief technology officer, Mr. Mikkelsen provides a valuable contribution to our board of directors.

Christian J. Rasmussen, one of the founders of our company, has served as our vice president of digital signal processing and optics since June 2015 and as our director of digital signal processing and optics from June 2009 to June 2015. Prior to joining Acacia, Mr. Rasmussen was a principal optical engineer of Mintera Corporation, a high-speed transceiver company. Mr. Rasmussen holds an M.S. in electrical engineering and a Ph.D. in optical communications from the Technical University of Denmark.

Mehrdad Givehchi, one of the founders of our company, has served as our vice president of hardware and software since June 2015 and previously served as our director of hardware and software from June 2009 to June 2015. Prior to joining Acacia, Mr. Givehchi was the consulting optical engineer of Mintera Corporation, a high-speed transceiver company. Prior to that, he served as the principal hardware engineer of Sycamore Networks, Inc., a developer and marketer of intelligent networking products for fixed line and mobile network operators, and as the principal hardware engineer of Tektronix, Inc., a designer of test and measurement equipment. Mr. Givehchi holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Worcester Polytechnic Institute.

Bhupendra C. Shah has served as our vice president of engineering since June 2009. Prior to joining Acacia, Mr. Shah was the director of engineering at Juniper Networks, Inc., a provider of networking products. Prior to that, he was the director of hardware and software development at Broadcom Corporation, a fabless semiconductor company. Previously, Mr. Shah co-founded and served as the vice president of engineering of Atlantic Cores Incorporated, a developer of standard products and on-chip intellectual property. Mr. Shah holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Lowell.

John J. LoMedico has served as our vice president of sales and business development since August 2009. Prior to joining Acacia, Mr. LoMedico was the vice president of sales and marketing of CHiL Semiconductor Corp., a producer of digital power management integrated circuits. Prior to CHiL Semiconductor, Mr. LoMedico served as the vice president of marketing of Applied Micro Circuits Corporation, a fabless semiconductor company, and as the vice president of sales and marketing of Cimaron Communications Corp., a framer integrated circuit company. Prior to that, Mr. LoMedico served in various management positions in the sales and marketing function at National Semiconductor, a semiconductor manufacturer that was acquired by Texas Instruments. Mr. LoMedico holds a B.A. from the University of New Hampshire and an M.B.A. from Northeastern University.

 

98


Table of Contents

Janene I. Ásgeirsson has served as our vice president, general counsel and secretary since April 2015. Prior to joining Acacia, from January 2012 to April 2015, Ms. Ásgeirsson was a counsel in the corporate practice group of the law firm Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP. Prior to that, Ms. Ásgeirsson served as the senior corporate counsel of Entropic Communications, Inc., a semiconductor company, from June 2010 to January 2012. From August 2006 to June 2010, Ms. Ásgeirsson was a senior associate in the corporate practice group of the law firm Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP. Previously, Ms. Ásgeirsson was an associate in the corporate practice group of the law firm Foley Hoag LLP. Ms. Ásgeirsson holds a B.A. from the University of San Diego and a J.D. from Northeastern University School of Law.

John P. Kavanagh has served as our senior vice president of operations/supply chain since May 2015. Prior to joining Acacia, from October 2010 to May 2015, Mr. Kavanagh served as the vice president, supply chain of JDS Uniphase Corporation, an optical communications network company. From June 2000 to October 2010, he held several roles, including vice president, general manager and vice president of supply chain, at Finisar Corporation, a manufacturer of optical communication components. Mr. Kavanagh holds a B.S. in computer engineering from the University of Limerick in Ireland.

Renee M. Pianka has served as our chief human resources officer since December 2015. Prior to joining Acacia, Ms. Pianka was a vice president, human resources for the global services division of EMC Corporation, an information storage and infrastructure company, from January 2015 to December 2015, where she also served in increasingly senior roles in the human resources department from July 2002 to January 2015, most recently as a senior director of human resources from July 2011 to January 2015, and as a director of human resources from March 2007 to July 2011. Ms. Pianka holds a B.S. and an M.B.A. from Northeastern University.

Eric A. Swanson has served as the chairman of our board of directors since August 2009. Since 2006, Mr. Swanson has served as a research associate at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and, since January 2004, he has provided consulting services to The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Previously, Mr. Swanson co-founded Sycamore Networks, Inc., a developer and marketer of intelligent networking products for fixed line and mobile network operators, and served as its general manager and chief scientist. Mr. Swanson holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst and an M.S. in electrical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. We believe that Mr. Swanson is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the telecommunication and photonics industries, his deep knowledge of our company, and his experience on other boards of directors.

Peter Y. Chung has served as a director of our company since April 2013. Mr. Chung is a managing director and the chief executive officer of Summit Partners, L.P., a growth equity firm, where he has been employed since 1994. He is currently a director of A10 Networks, Inc., a provider of application networking solutions, and M/A-COM Technology Solutions Holdings, Inc., a provider of analog semiconductor solutions for use in radio frequency, microwave and millimeter wave applications. Previously, Mr. Chung served as a director of various other entities, including NightHawk Radiology Holdings, Inc., a private company that provides teleradiology services, SeaBright Holdings, Inc., a private specialty workers’ compensation insurer, and Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a developer of networking technology for service providers and enterprises. Mr. Chung holds an A.B. in economics from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. We believe that Mr. Chung is qualified to serve as a director of our company due to his wide-ranging experience in investment banking, private equity and venture capital investing in the communications technology sector and his participation on private and public company boards.

Elliot M. Katzman has served as a director of our company since June 2010. Since January 2007, Mr. Katzman has served as a general partner with Commonwealth Capital Ventures, a venture capital

 

99


Table of Contents

investment firm specializing in technology companies. Prior to that, Mr. Katzman was a general partner at venture capital firm Kodiak Ventures. Previously, Mr. Katzman founded and served as the chief executive officer of myteam.com. He also served as the chief financial officer of SolidWorks Corporation, a developer of 3D software tools that enable the creation, simulation, publishing and managing of data, Atria Software Inc., a software company, and Epoch Systems Inc., a hardware and software company. Mr. Katzman holds a B.S. in business administration from Salem State University and was a certified public accountant. We believe that Mr. Katzman is qualified to serve as a director of our company due to his experience as an executive officer of several public and private technology companies and his service as a director on several private company boards.

Stan J. Reiss has served as a director of our company since August 2009. Mr. Reiss is a general partner of Matrix Partners, a venture capital investment firm specializing in technology companies, where he has worked since July 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Reiss was an engagement manager at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Reiss holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Cornell University, M.S. degrees in electrical engineering and operations research from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Reiss is qualified to serve as a director of our company due to his extensive experience as a venture capitalist in the technology sector and his involvement with several private company boards.

John Ritchie has been a director of our company since April 2015. Since August 2015, Mr. Ritchie has been the senior vice president, chief financial officer of Aerohive Networks, Inc., a computer networking equipment company. From April 2013 to January 2015, Mr. Ritchie served as the chief financial officer of Telerik AD, a software development tools company. Prior to that, from May 2010 to March 2013, Mr. Ritchie was the chief financial officer of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a developer of networking technology for service providers and enterprises. Previously, Mr. Ritchie held several executive positions, in each case most recently the position of chief financial officer, at Electronics For Imaging, Inc., a provider of products, technology and services enabling analog to digital imaging transformation, and Splash Technology Holdings, Inc., which develops, produces, and markets color servers. Mr. Ritchie holds a B.S. in business administration from San Jose State University. We believe that Mr. Ritchie is qualified to serve as a director of our company due to his service as the chief financial officer of several publicly traded companies.

Our executive officers are Murugesan “Raj” Shanmugaraj, John F. Gavin, Benny P. Mikkelsen, Christian J. Rasmussen, Mehrdad Givehchi and Bhupendra C. Shah.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Composition of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. The current members of our board of directors were elected pursuant to an amended and restated voting agreement among certain of our preferred and common stockholders. The agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, at which time there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

In accordance with the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of whose members will serve for staggered three year terms. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows:

 

    the class I directors will be Benny Mikkelsen and Murugesan Shanmugaraj, and their term will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering;

 

 

100


Table of Contents
    the class II directors will be Stan Reiss and Eric Swanson, and their term will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering; and

 

    the class III directors will be Peter Chung and John Ritchie, and their term will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering.

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. An election of our directors by our stockholders will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election.

Director Independence

Rule 5605 of the Nasdaq Listing Rules requires a majority of a listed company’s board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, the NASDAQ Listing Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under Rule 5605(a)(2), a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of our board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

The phase-in periods with respect to director independence under the NASDAQ Listing Rules allow us to have only one independent member on each of the audit committee, nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee upon the listing date of our common stock, a majority of independent members on each committee within 90 days of the listing date (or the effective date of the registration statement, in the case of the audit committee) and fully independent committees and a majority of independent directors on our board of directors within one year of the listing date (or the effective date of the registration statement, in the case of the audit committee). The phase-in periods also allow us to have only one member comprise our audit committee by the listing date, two members comprise our audit committee within 90 days of the listing date and at least three members within one year of the listing date.

In October 2015, our board of directors undertook a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Chung, Katzman, Ritchie, Reiss and Swanson is an “independent director” as defined under
Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq

 

101


Table of Contents

Listing Rules. With respect to our audit committee, our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Chung and Ritchie, but not Mr. Reiss, satisfies the independence standards for audit committee membership established by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Listing Rules. We intend to rely on the phase-in rules discussed above with respect to our audit committee and expect that each member of our audit committee will satisfy the applicable independence requirements within one year of our listing on the Nasdaq Global Market. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Reiss and Chung who comprise our compensation committee, and Messrs. Chung and Swanson, who comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Listing Rules, as applicable. In making such determinations, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and any institutional stockholder with which he is affiliated.

Board Leadership Structure

Our corporate governance guidelines provide that the roles of chairman of the board and chief executive officer may be separated or combined. Our board of directors has considered its leadership structure and determined that at this time the roles of chairman of the board and chief executive officer should be separate. Separating the chairman and the chief executive officer positions allows our chief executive officer to focus on running the business, while allowing the chairman of our board of directors to lead the board in its fundamental role of providing advice to and oversight of management. Mr. Swanson has been an integral part of the leadership of our company and our board of directors since August 2009, and his strategic vision has guided our growth and performance. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Swanson is best situated to ensure that the board of director’s attention and efforts are focused on critical matters. Mr. Shanmugaraj has served as our president and chief executive officer since April 2010. As our board of directors has determined that each of our directors other than Messrs. Mikkelsen and Shanmugaraj is independent, our board of directors believes that the independent directors provide effective oversight of management. Our board of directors believes that its leadership structure is appropriate because it strikes an effective balance between strategy development and independent leadership and management oversight in the board process.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees, each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Following this offering, a copy of each committee’s charter will be posted on the corporate governance section of our website, www.acacia-inc.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

Audit Committee

The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

 

    overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

102


Table of Contents
    monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

 

    discussing our risk management policies;

 

    establishing policies regarding hiring employees from the registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

 

    meeting independently with our registered public accounting firm and management;

 

    reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

 

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules.

All audit services and all non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Chung, Reiss and Ritchie. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Ritchie is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules.

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to CEO compensation;

 

    determining our CEO’s compensation;

 

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

    overseeing an evaluation of our senior executives;

 

    overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

 

    reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”; and

 

    preparing the annual compensation committee report required by SEC rules.

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Chung and Reiss.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

 

    recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the Board’s committees;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to management succession planning;

 

    developing and recommending to the board corporate governance principles; and

 

    overseeing an annual evaluation of the board.

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Chung and Swanson.

 

103


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company, nor have they ever been an officer or employee of our company.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, we will post a current copy of the code on our website, www.acacia-inc.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the Nasdaq Listing Rules concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

 

104


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the total compensation paid to our chief executive officer and each of our two other most highly compensated executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. We refer to these individuals as our “named executive officers.”

 

Name and Principal
Position

   Year      Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     Stock
Awards ($)(1)
     Option
Awards
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
     Total ($)  

Murugesan Shanmugaraj

     2015       $ 326,172 (3)    $ 219,903(4   $ 1,265,392               $ 19,227       $ 1,830,694   

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

     2014       $ 246,750      $ 122,045(5                   $ 13,363       $ 382,158   

Mehrdad Givehchi

     2015       $ 277,086 (6)      125,824(4   $ 1,265,392               $ 5,141       $ 1,673,443   

Vice President of Hardware and Software

                  

Benny P. Mikkelsen

     2015       $ 216,745        125,824(4   $ 1,265,392               $ 19,724       $ 1,627,685   

Chief Technology Officer and Director

     2014       $ 201,204      $ 99,441(5                   $ 16,830       $ 317,475   

 

(1) The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the restricted stock units granted to the named executive officers during 2015 as computed in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the restricted stock units reported in this column are set forth in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates—Stock-Based Compensation—Valuation of Common Stock.
(2) Includes perquisites and other personal benefits, or property, unless the aggregate amount of such compensation is less than $10,000; all “gross-up” or other amounts reimbursed during the fiscal year for the payment of taxes; amounts paid pursuant to any plan or arrangement in connection with termination or change of control; company contributions or other allocations to vested and unvested defined contribution plans; dollar value of insurance premiums; 401(k) matching; and dollar value of dividends or other earnings on stock or option awards (when not factored into grant date value).
(3) Includes a payment in 2015 in the amount of $61,045 for taxes attributable to compensation income earned in 2013 in connection with the issuance in 2013 of restricted stock. A corrected W-2 was filed in 2015 to report this additional 2013 compensation income.
(4) Represents amounts earned for 2015 performance that were paid in 2016.
(5) Represents amounts earned for 2014 performance that were paid in 2015.
(6) Includes a payment in 2015 in the amount of $60,341 for taxes attributable to compensation income earned in 2013 in connection with the issuance in 2013 of restricted stock. A corrected W-2 was filed in 2015 to report this additional 2013 compensation income.

 

105


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock awards held as of December 31, 2015 by our named executive officers. It assumes an initial public offering price of $22.00 (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable (#)
    Number of
Securities

Underlying
Unexercised
Options

Unexercisable (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of

Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested (#)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested ($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested (#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested ($)
 

Murugesan Shanmugaraj

                                              97,563        2,146,386   
                56,250        1,237,500   

Mehrdad Givehchi

                                              97,563        2,146,386   
                59,191        1,302,202   

Benny P. Mikkelsen

                                              97,563        2,146,386   
                59,191        1,302,202   

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

The Acacia Communications, Inc. Severance and Change in Control Benefits Plan, which we refer to as the Severance Plan, provides severance benefits to certain of our executives, including our named executive officers, if their employment is terminated by us “without cause” or, only in connection with a “change in control” of our company, they terminate employment with us for “good reason” (as each of those terms is defined in the Severance Plan).

Under the Severance Plan, if we terminate an eligible executive’s employment without cause prior to or more than 12 months following the closing of a change in control of our company, the executive is entitled to (i) continue receiving his or her base salary for a specified period (in the case of our chief executive officer, for 12 months, and, in the case of all other participants, for nine months) following the date of termination, (ii) company contributions to the cost of health care continuation under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, or COBRA, for up to 12 months following the date of termination, and (iii) the amount of any unpaid annual bonus determined by our board of directors to be payable to the executive for any completed bonus period which ended prior to the date of such executive’s termination.

The Severance Plan also provides that, if, within 12 months following the closing of a change in control of our company, we terminate an eligible executive’s employment without cause or such executive terminates his or her employment with us for good reason, the executive is entitled to (i) a single lump-sum payment equal to a percentage of his or her annual base salary (in the case of our chief executive officer, 100% and, in the case of all other participants, 75%), (ii) a single lump sum payment in an amount equal to a percentage of his or her target annual bonus for the year in which the termination of employment occurs (in the case of our chief executive officer, 100% and, in the case of all other participants, 75%), (iii) company contributions to the cost of health care continuation under

 

106


Table of Contents

COBRA for up to 12 months following the date of termination of employment, and (iv) the amount of any unpaid annual bonus determined by our board of directors to be payable to the executive for any completed bonus period which ended prior to the date of such executive’s termination. In addition, all of the executive’s outstanding unvested equity awards will immediately vest in full on the date of such termination.

All payments and benefits provided under the Severance Plan are contingent upon the execution and effectiveness of a release of claims by the executive in our favor and continued compliance by the executive with any proprietary information and inventions, nondisclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation (or similar) agreement to which we and the executive are party.

Retirement Benefits

We maintain a retirement plan for the benefit of our employees, including our named executive officers. The plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified 401(k) plan so that contributions to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on such contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan (except in the case of contributions under the 401(k) plan designated as Roth contributions). The 401(k) plan provides that each participant may contribute up to 90% of his or her pre-tax compensation, up to an annual statutory limit. Participants who are at least 50 years old can also contribute additional amounts based on statutory limits for “catch-up” contributions. Under the 401(k) plan, each employee is fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions. Employee contributions are held and invested by the plan’s trustee as directed by participants. Our 401(k) plan provides for discretionary matching of employee contributions.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans to the same extent as all full-time employees. In addition, equity awards granted to our executive officers become fully vested and (if applicable) exercisable if we are subject to a change in control and following such change in control such executive officer is terminated by us without cause or such individual resigns for good reason.

Director Compensation

During the year ended December 31, 2015, our non-employee directors did not receive any cash compensation for their service on our board of directors or committees of our board of directors. During this period, we granted 16,000 RSUs to each of Mr. Ritchie and Mr. Swanson in connection with their service on our board of directors. None of our executive officers who also served as a member of our board of directors during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, received any additional compensation for such service as a director.

We also have a policy of reimbursing our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

In October 2015, we approved a non-employee director compensation program to become effective upon the closing of this offering. Under this program, non-employee directors will receive the cash compensation set forth below, and an annual RSU grant having an aggregate fair market value of $100,000 on the date of grant to be granted at our annual meeting of stockholders beginning in 2017. Each such RSU will vest in full on the date of our next annual stockholder meeting following the date of grant. In addition, new non-employee directors will also be eligible for an initial RSU grant having an aggregate fair market value of $200,000 on the date of grant, to be granted at our first board of directors meeting occurring on or following such director’s initial election to our board of directors. Such

 

107


Table of Contents

RSU will vest in equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date or immediately in the event of a change of control event.

Following the closing of this offering, each non-employee director will be eligible to receive compensation for his or her service on our board of directors or committees thereof consisting of annual cash retainers paid quarterly in arrears, as follows:

 

Position    Retainer  

Board Member

   $ 30,000   

Audit Committee Chair

     20,000   

Compensation Committee Chair

     10,000   

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chair

     8,000   

Audit Committee Member

     7,500   

Compensation Committee Member

     6,000   

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Member

     4,500   

Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans

Our equity compensation plans consist of our 2009 Stock Plan, as amended to date, our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, and our Amended and Restated 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we refer to as the 2016 ESPP. Prior to this offering, we granted awards under the 2009 Stock Plan. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering, we expect to grant awards under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

In October 2015, our board of directors adopted, and in January 2016 our stockholders approved, the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering. The 2016 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, RSUs and other stock-based awards. Upon effectiveness of the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, the number of shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan will be the sum of: (1) 2,670,000 plus; (2) the number of shares (up to 4,299,166 shares) equal to the sum of the number of shares of our common stock then available for issuance under the 2009 Stock Plan and the number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2009 Stock Plan that expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, cancelled, forfeited or repurchased by us at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right; plus (3) an annual increase, to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025, equal to the lowest of 3,600,000 shares of our common stock, 4.0% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year and an amount determined by our board of directors.

Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors will be eligible to receive awards under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan. Incentive stock options, however, may only be granted to our employees.

Pursuant to the terms of the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, our board of directors (or a committee delegated by our board of directors) will administer the plan and, subject to any limitations in the plan, will select the recipients of awards and determine:

 

    the number of shares of our common stock covered by options and the dates upon which the options become exercisable;

 

108


Table of Contents
    the type of options to be granted;

 

    the duration of options, which may not be in excess of ten years;

 

    the exercise price of options, which must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant; and

 

    the number of shares of our common stock subject to and the terms of any stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, RSUs or other stock-based awards and the terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for repurchase, issue price and repurchase price (though the measurement price of stock appreciation rights must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the duration of such awards may not be in excess of ten years).

If our board of directors delegates authority to an executive officer to grant awards under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, the executive officer will have the power to make awards to all of our employees, except executive officers. Our board of directors will fix the terms of the awards to be granted by such executive officer, including the exercise price of such awards (which may include a formula by which the exercise price will be determined), and the maximum number of shares subject to awards that such executive officer may make.

Effect of Certain Changes in Capitalization.    Upon the occurrence of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of our common stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, our board of directors shall equitably adjust:

 

    the number and class of securities available under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

    the share counting rules under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

    the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding option;

 

    the share and per-share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding stock appreciation right;

 

    the number of shares subject to, and the repurchase price per share subject to, each outstanding restricted stock award; and

 

    the share and per-share related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each other stock-based award.

Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions.    Upon a merger or other reorganization event (as defined in our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan), our board of directors may, on such terms as our board of directors determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable award agreement or other agreement between the participant and us), take any one or more of the following actions pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan as to some or all outstanding awards, other than restricted stock awards:

 

    provide that all outstanding awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or successor corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

 

    upon written notice to a participant, provide that all of the participant’s unvested and/or vested but unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event unless exercised by the participant (to the extent then exercisable);

 

    provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an award shall lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon such reorganization event;

 

109


Table of Contents
    in the event of a reorganization event pursuant to which holders of shares of our common stock will receive a cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event, make or provide for a cash payment to the participants with respect to each award held by a participant equal to (1) the number of shares of our common stock subject to the vested portion of the award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such reorganization event) multiplied by (2) the excess, if any, of the cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event over the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such award; and/or

 

    provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution, awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings).

Our board of directors does not need to take the same action with respect to all awards, all awards held by a participant or all awards of the same type.

In the case of certain RSUs, no assumption or substitution is permitted, and the RSUs will instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable RSU agreement.

Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than a liquidation or dissolution, the repurchase and other rights with respect to outstanding restricted stock awards will continue for the benefit of the successor company and will, unless the board of directors may otherwise determine, apply to the cash, securities or other property into which shares of our common stock are converted or exchanged pursuant to the reorganization event. Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event involving a liquidation or dissolution, all restrictions and conditions on each outstanding restricted stock award will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing the restricted stock award or any other agreement between the participant and us.

At any time, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, provide that any award under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan will become immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part as the case may be.

No award may be granted under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan on or after the date that is ten years following the effectiveness of the registration statement related to this offering. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval may be required to comply with applicable law or stock market requirements.

On December 16, 2015, our board of directors granted 450,000 RSUs under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which awards are contingent upon the closing of this offering. On April 28, 2016, our board of directors granted 560,000 RSUs under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which awards are contingent on the closing of this offering, and include awards of 60,000 RSUs with time-based vesting and 25,000 RSUs with performance-based vesting to Mr. Shanmugaraj and awards of 50,000 RSUs with time-based vesting and 20,000 RSUs with performance-based vesting to each of Messrs. Mikkelsen and Givehchi.

2009 Stock Plan

Our 2009 Stock Plan was adopted by our board of directors in November 2009, approved by our stockholders in November 2009 and subsequently amended on June 29, 2010, December 20, 2011, March 5, 2012, April 17, 2013, April 23, 2015, July 23, 2015, October 21, 2015 and March 25, 2016. The 2009 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock units and shares, restricted or otherwise, of our common stock. Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to receive awards under our 2009 Stock Plan; however incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. A maximum of 8,793,084 shares of our common stock are authorized for issuance under the 2009 Stock Plan.

The type of award granted under our 2009 Stock Plan and the terms of such award are set forth in the applicable award agreement.

 

110


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the terms of the 2009 Stock Plan, our board of directors (or a committee assigned by our board of directors) administers the 2009 Stock Plan. The board of directors has complete discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2009 Stock Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of our board of directors are final and binding on all participants and all persons deriving their rights from a participant. In addition, subject to any limitations in the 2009 Stock Plan, our board of directors selects the recipients of awards and determines:

 

    the number of shares of our common stock covered by options and the dates upon which the options become exercisable;

 

    the type of options to be granted;

 

    the duration of options, which may not be in excess of ten years;

 

    the exercise price of options, which must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant; and

 

    the number of shares of our common stock subject to, and the terms of any restricted stock awards or restricted stock units, and the terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for repurchase, issue price and repurchase price.

Effect of Certain Changes in Capitalization.    Pursuant to the 2009 Stock Plan, in the event of stock split, stock dividend, a combination of shares, reverse stock-split, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issues shares of our common stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of

 

    the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2009 Stock Plan;

 

    the number of shares of our common stock covered by each outstanding option or RSU granted under the 2009 Stock Plan; and

 

    the exercise price under each outstanding option granted under the 2009 Stock Plan.

Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may also make appropriate adjustments to one or more of the same items described above in the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than shares of our common stock that has a material effect on the fair market value of shares of our common stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off or any similar occurrence.

Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions.    In the event that we are a party to a merger or consolidation, all shares of our common stock acquired under the 2009 Stock Plan and all awards outstanding under the 2009 Stock Plan on the effective date of the transaction shall be treated in the manner described in the agreement of merger or consolidation, which agreement need not treat all awards in an identical manner but which must preserve an award’s status as exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (which we refer to as the Code) and must provide for one or more of the following:

 

    continuation of the outstanding award by us if we are the surviving corporation;

 

    assumption, or substitution of substantially equivalent awards, of the outstanding award by the surviving corporation or its parent, provided that the assumption or substitution is accomplished in a manner that complies with the rules regarding assumptions or substitutions that apply to incentive stock options under the Code (whether the outstanding award is an incentive stock option or a nonstatutory stock option);

 

    acceleration of the date of exercise or vesting of an option (which may be contingent on the closing of the merger or consolidation) followed by the termination of the option if it is not timely exercised prior to the closing of the merger or consolidation (which exercise may also be contingent on the closing of the merger or consolidation); or

 

111


Table of Contents
    cancellation of the outstanding award in exchange for a payment (if any) equal the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the closing date of the merger or consolidation minus the per-share exercise price of the award (if any).

Subject to the limitations of the 2009 Stock Plan, our board of directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding options and RSUs and may accept the cancellation of outstanding options in return for the grant of new options for the same or a different number of shares of our common stock or a different exercise price.

As of April 15, 2016, options to purchase 2,772,013 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2009 Stock Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.56 per share, and 1,323,215 options to purchase shares of our common stock had been exercised.

No further awards will be made under our 2009 Stock Plan on or after the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering; however, awards outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2009 Stock Plan at any time and for any reason, except that any amendment of the 2009 Stock Plan that increases the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2009 Stock Plan or that materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of incentive stock options is subject to the approval of our stockholders.

Amended and Restated 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, our 2016 ESPP, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The 2016 ESPP will be administered by our board of directors or by a committee appointed by our board of directors. The 2016 ESPP initially will provide participating employees with the opportunity to purchase an aggregate of 700,000 shares of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 ESPP automatically will increase on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026, in an amount equal to the lowest of: (1) 900,000 shares of our common stock; (2) 1.0% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the first day of the applicable fiscal year; and (3) an amount determined by our board of directors.

All of our employees and employees of any of our designated subsidiaries, as defined in the 2016 ESPP, are eligible to participate in the 2016 ESPP, provided that:

 

    such person is customarily employed by us or a designated subsidiary for more than 20 hours a week and for more than five months in a calendar year;

 

    such person has been employed by us or by a designated subsidiary for at least three months prior to enrolling in the 2016 ESPP; and

 

    such person was our employee or an employee of a designated subsidiary on the first day of the applicable offering period under the 2016 ESPP.

The first offering to our eligible employees to purchase stock under the 2016 ESPP, which we refer to as the first offering period, will begin on the effective date of the registration statement for this offering and shall end on October 31, 2016. Thereafter, we expect to begin offerings to our eligible employees to purchase stock under the 2016 ESPP on each May 1 and November 1 (or the next following business day). Each offering, other than the first offering period, will consist of a six-month offering period during which payroll deductions will be made and held for the purchase of our common stock at the end of the offering period. Our board of directors may, at its discretion, choose a different period of not more than 12 months for offerings.

 

112


Table of Contents

On each offering commencement date, each participant will be granted the right to purchase a number of shares of our common stock determined by multiplying $2,083 by the number of full months in the offering period and dividing that product by the initial public offering price, in the case of the first offering period, and by the closing price of the common stock on the first day of the offering period for each subsequent offering period. No employee may be granted an option under the 2016 ESPP that permits the employee’s rights to purchase shares under the plan to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of the common stock (determined as of the first day of each offering period) for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding. In addition, no employee may purchase shares of our common stock under the 2016 ESPP that would result in the employee owning 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our stock.

Except with respect to the first offering period, on the commencement date of each offering period, each eligible employee may authorize up to a maximum of 15% of his or her compensation to be deducted by us during the offering period. Each employee who continues to be a participant in the 2016 ESPP on the last business day of the offering period will be deemed to have exercised an option to purchase from us the number of whole shares of our common stock that his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will buy, not in excess of the maximum numbers set forth above. Under the terms of the 2016 ESPP, the purchase price shall be determined by our board of directors for each offering period and will be at least 85% of the applicable closing price of our common stock. If our board of directors does not make a determination of the purchase price, the purchase price will be 85% of the lesser of the closing price of our common stock on the first business day of the offering period or on the last business day of the offering period.

Each of our eligible employees will be automatically enrolled in the 2016 ESPP for the first offering period and will be deemed to participate in the 2016 ESPP at a rate of 15% of his or her compensation. Payroll deductions are not required for the first offering period, however, a participant may, at any time after the effectiveness of the 2016 ESPP’s registration statement on Form S-8, elect to have payroll deductions up to the aggregate amount that would have been credited to his or her account if a deduction of 15% of the compensation that he or she received on each pay day during the first offering period had been made or decline to participate by filing an appropriate subscription agreement. Upon the automatic exercise of a participant’s option on the last day of the first offering period, a participant shall be permitted to purchase shares with (i) the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her account, if any, (ii) a direct payment from the participant, or (iii) a combination thereof; provided, however that the total amount applied to the purchase may not exceed the maximum amount described in the preceding sentence.

An employee may for any reason withdraw from participation in an offering prior to the end of an offering period and permanently withdraw the balance accumulated in the employee’s account. If an employee elects to discontinue his or her payroll deductions during an offering period but does not elect to withdraw his or her funds, funds previously deducted will be applied to the purchase of common stock at the end of the offering period. If a participating employee’s employment ends before the last business day of an offering period, no additional payroll deductions will be made and the balance in the employee’s account will be paid to the employee.

We will be required to make equitable adjustments to the number and class of securities available under the 2016 ESPP, the share limitations under the 2016 ESPP and the purchase price for an offering period under the 2016 ESPP to reflect stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations of shares, reclassifications of shares, spin-offs and other similar changes in capitalization or events or any dividends or distributions to holders of our common stock other than ordinary cash dividends.

In connection with a merger or other reorganization event (as defined in the 2016 ESPP), our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors may take any one or more of the following

 

113


Table of Contents

actions as to outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock under the 2016 ESPP on such terms as our board of directors or committee determines:

 

    provide that options shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

 

    upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding options will be terminated immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event and that all such outstanding options will become exercisable to the extent of accumulated payroll deductions as of a date specified by our board of directors or committee in such notice, which date shall not be less than ten days preceding the effective date of the reorganization event;

 

    upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding options will be cancelled as of a date prior to the effective date of the reorganization event and that all accumulated payroll deductions will be returned to participating employees on such date;

 

    in the event of a reorganization event under the terms of which holders of our common stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event, change the last day of the offering period to be the date of the consummation of the reorganization event and make or provide for a cash payment to each employee equal to (1) the cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event times the number of shares of our common stock that the employee’s accumulated payroll deductions as of immediately prior to the reorganization event could purchase at the applicable purchase price, where the acquisition price is treated as the fair market value of our common stock on the last day of the applicable offering period for purposes of determining the purchase price and where the number of shares that could be purchased is subject to the applicable limitations under the 2016 ESPP minus (2) the result of multiplying such number of shares by the purchase price; and/or

 

    provide that, in connection with our liquidation or dissolution, options shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (net of the purchase price thereof).

The 2016 ESPP may be terminated at any time by our board of directors. Upon termination, we will refund all amounts in the accounts of participating employees.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty or other duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors:

 

    for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    for voting or assenting to unlawful payments of dividends, stock repurchases or other distributions; or

 

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to such amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the

 

114


Table of Contents

personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director and executive officer for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him in any action or proceeding arising out of his service as one of our directors.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors. We have agreed that we will be the indemnitor of “first resort,” however, with respect to any claims against these directors for indemnification claims that are indemnifiable by both us and their employers. Accordingly, to the extent that indemnification is permissible under applicable law, we will have full liability for such claims (including for the advancement of any expenses) and we have waived all related rights of contribution, subrogation or other recovery that we might otherwise have against these directors’ employers.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

 

115


Table of Contents

RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2013 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Series D Financing and Common Stock Repurchase

On April 17, 2013, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with investors, including Summit Partners, L.P. and existing stockholders Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P. and entities affiliated with Matrix Partners, who were affiliated with members of our board of directors, to raise approximately $20.0 million through the sale of 3,407,445 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock, which we refer to as our Series D preferred stock, at a purchase price of $5.8695 per share. On June 18, 2013, we amended this stock purchase agreement to extend a subsequent closing date and raised approximately an additional $2.0 million from the sale of 340,745 shares of Series D preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.8695 per share to entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. We refer to these sales collectively as the Series D financing.

In connection with the Series D financing, we entered into a stock repurchase agreement pursuant to which we repurchased 387,379 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $4.98 per share, representing an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.9 million, from eight of our stockholders, including Messrs. Shanmugaraj, Mikkelsen, Rasmussen, Givehchi and Shah and persons affiliated with Mr. Swanson, each of whom is an executive officer, director or affiliate thereof.

M/A-COM Agreement

We periodically purchase products from M/A-COM Technology Solutions Holdings, Inc., or M/A-COM, under general terms and conditions. One of the members of our board of directors, Peter Y. Chung, is also a member of the board of directors of M/A-COM. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, and the three months ended March 31, 2016, we made purchases of $333,000, $170,000, $1.2 million, and $3,000, respectively, from M/A-COM.

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

In connection with the initial closing of the Series D financing, we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with our significant stockholders, including entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., Commonwealth Capital Ventures and Matrix Partners, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to this agreement, we granted such stockholders certain registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, the right to receive financial and other information about us and a right of first offer with respect to future issuances of our securities. The information rights and rights of first offer granted pursuant to this agreement will terminate pursuant to its terms upon the consummation of this offering; the registration rights will remain in effect. For more information regarding these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification

 

116


Table of Contents

agreements with each of our current and former directors, and prior to the closing of this offering we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers. See “Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Arrangements with Executive Officers and Directors

For a description of the compensation arrangements that we have with our executive officers and directors, see “Executive Compensation.”

Issuance of Securities to Executive Officers

On October 21, 2015, we issued 97,563 RSUs to each of Messrs. Shanmugaraj, Mikkelsen and Givehchi, in each case pursuant to our 2009 Stock Plan. The value of the RSUs granted to each such individual was $1,265,392 at the time of issuance. These RSUs vest based on satisfaction of both a time-based requirement and a liquidity event requirement. The time-based requirement of the RSUs will be satisfied with respect to 25% of the RSUs on August 13, 2016, and with respect to an additional 6.25% of the RSUs each three-month period thereafter. The liquidity event requirement will be satisfied upon the closing of this offering. In the event that we are subject to a change in control (as such term is defined in the RSU agreement governing the award), the recipient will get credit for an additional six months of service. In the event of an involuntary termination (as such term is defined in the RSU agreement) after a change in control, all RSUs subject to the award will become fully vested.

In April 2013, we issued 125,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Shanmugaraj pursuant to a restricted stock purchase agreement. The aggregate value of these shares at the time of issuance was $187,500. Pursuant to the terms of this restricted stock purchase agreement, we have a right to repurchase some or all of these shares at the original purchase price thereof, which right of repurchase shall lapse with respect to 1/60th of the shares each month beginning on March 1, 2013. In the event that we are subject to a change in control (as such term is defined in the restricted stock purchase agreement), the repurchase right will immediately lapse as to an additional number of shares that would otherwise vest in a six-month period. In the event of an involuntary termination (as such term is defined in Mr. Shanmugaraj’s restricted stock purchase agreement) after a change in control, the right of repurchase will lapse in full and all shares will become vested.

In April 2013, we issued 131,535 shares of our common stock to Mr. Mikkelsen pursuant to a restricted stock purchase agreement. The aggregate value of these shares at the time of issuance was $197,303. Pursuant to the terms of this restricted stock purchase agreement, we have a right to repurchase some or all of these shares at the original purchase price thereof, which right of repurchase shall lapse with respect to 1/60th of the shares each month beginning on March 1, 2013. In the event that we are subject to a change in control (as such term is defined in the restricted stock purchase agreement), the repurchase right will immediately lapse as to an additional number of shares that would otherwise vest in a six-month period. In the event of an involuntary termination (as such term is defined in Mr. Mikkelsen’s restricted stock purchase agreement) after a change in control, the right of repurchase will lapse in full and all shares will become vested.

In April 2013, we issued 131,535 shares of our common stock to Mr. Givehchi pursuant to a restricted stock purchase agreement. The aggregate value of these shares at the time of issuance was $197,303. Pursuant to the terms of this restricted stock purchase agreement, we have a right to repurchase some or all of these shares at the original purchase price thereof, which right of repurchase shall lapse with respect to 1/60th of the shares each month beginning on March 1, 2013. In the event that we are subject to a change in control (as such term is defined in the restricted stock purchase agreement), the repurchase right will immediately lapse as to an additional number of shares that would otherwise vest in a six-month period. In the event of an involuntary termination (as such term is defined in Mr. Givehchi’s restricted stock purchase agreement) after a change in control, the right of repurchase will lapse in full and all shares will become vested.

 

117


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted written policies and procedures, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, for the review of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which our company is a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders (or their immediate family members), each of whom we refer to as a “related person,” has a direct or indirect material interest.

If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a “related person transaction,” the related person must report the proposed related person transaction to our general counsel. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by the Board’s Audit Committee. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entry into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the committee will review, and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction. The policy also permits the chairman of the committee to review and, if deemed appropriate, approve proposed related person transactions that arise between committee meetings, subject to ratification by the committee at its next meeting. Any related person transactions that are ongoing in nature will be reviewed annually.

A related person transaction reviewed under the policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the committee after full disclosure of the related person’s interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the committee will review and consider:

 

    the related person’s interest in the related person transaction;

 

    the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related person transaction;

 

    the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person’s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

 

    whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of our business;

 

    whether the terms of the transaction are no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

 

    the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the transaction; and

 

    any other information regarding the related person transaction or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

The committee may approve or ratify the transaction only if it determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in or is not inconsistent with our company’s best interests. The audit committee may impose any conditions on the related person transaction that it deems appropriate.

In addition to the transactions that are excluded by the instructions to the SEC’s related person transaction disclosure rule, the Board has determined that the following transactions do not create a material direct or indirect interest on behalf of related persons and, therefore, are not related person transactions for purposes of this policy:

 

   

interests arising solely from the related person’s position as a director of another entity, that is a participant in the transaction, where (a) the related person and all other related persons own in the aggregate less than a 10% equity interest in such entity, (b) interests arising solely from the ownership of a class of the Company’s equity securities if all holders of that class of equity securities receive the same benefit on a pro rata basis, (c) compensation arrangements with executive officers if the compensation has been approved, or recommended to the board of directors for approval, by our compensation committee, (d) compensation for services as a

 

118


Table of Contents
 

director of the company if such compensation will be publically reported pursuant to SEC rules, (e) interests arising solely from indebtedness of a 5% stockholder (or their immediate family member), (f) a transaction where the rates or charges involved in the transaction are determined by competitive bids, (g) a transaction that involves the rendering of services as a common or contract carrier or public utility at rates or charges fixed in conformity with law or governmental authority, and (h) a transaction that involves services as a bank depositary of funds, transfer agent, registrar, trustee under a trust indenture, or similar services; and

 

    a transaction that is specifically contemplated by provisions of our charter or bylaws.

The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers shall be reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee in the manner specified in its charter.

 

119


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of April 15, 2016, by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

    each selling stockholder.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after April 15, 2016 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all listed stockholders is c/o Acacia Communications, Inc., Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754. Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).

 

Name

  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
    Number of
Shares
Offered
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After

Offering
    Shares to be
Sold if
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After

Offering if
Underwriters’

Option is Exercised
in Full
 
  Number     Percentage       Number     Percentage       Number     Percentage  

5% Stockholders

               

Entities affiliated with Matrix Partners(1)

    12,098,220        38.8            12,098,220        33.9            12,098,220        33.9

Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P.(2)

    6,077,341        19.5            6,077,341        17.0            6,077,341        17.0

Entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P.(3)

    2,896,329        9.3            2,896,329        8.1            2,896,329        8.1

Named Executive Officers and Directors

               

Murugesan Shanmugaraj(4)

    1,140,000        3.7            1,140,000        3.2     50,000        1,090,000        3.1

Benny Mikkelson

    1,099,107        3.5            1,099,107        3.1     103,772        995,335        2.8

Mehrdad Givehchi(5)

    1,099,107        3.5            1,099,107        3.1     103,772        995,335        2.8

Eric Swanson(6)

    412,118        1.3            412,118        1.2     65,000        347,118        *   

Elliot Katzman(7)

    6,077,341        19.5            6,077,341        17.0            6,077,341        17.0

Peter Chung

                                                       

Stan Reiss(8)

    12,098,220        38.8            12,098,220        33.9            12,098,220        33.9

John Ritchie

                                                       

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)(9)

    23,628,575        75.2            23,628,575        65.8     463,816        23,164,759        64.3

Other Selling Stockholders

                    

OFS Fitel LLC(10)

    951,212        3.1            951,212        2.7     95,100        856,112        2.4

Bhupendra C. Shah(11)

    462,613        1.5            462,613        1.3     30,000        432,613        1.2

Christian Rasmussen(12)

    1,053,069        3.4            1,053,069        2.9     103,772        949,297        2.7

John LoMedico(13)

    465,290        1.5            465,290        1.3     45,900        419,390        1.2

John Gavin(14)

    187,000        *               187,000        *        7,500        179,500        *   

 

120


Table of Contents

 

(1) Consists of 12,091,554 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Matrix Partners VIII, L.P., or Matrix VIII, and 6,666 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Weston & Co. VIII LLC as nominee for Matrix VIII US Management Co., LLC, or Matrix VIII US MC, which is the beneficial owner of such shares, which we refer to as the “Matrix VIII US MC Shares”. Matrix VIII US MC is the sole general partner of Matrix VIII, and Mr. Reiss is a managing member of Matrix VIII US MC. Mr. Reiss, by virtue of his management position in Matrix VIII US MC, has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the Matrix VIII shares and the Matrix VIII US Shares. Mr. Reiss disclaims beneficial ownership of the Matrix VIII shares and the Matrix VIII US MC Shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Weston & Co, VIII, LLC. also directly owns other shares in our company as a nominee for other beneficial owners. The address for each of Mr. Reiss, Matrix Partners VIII, L.P. and Matrix VIII US Management Co., LLC. is 101 Main Street, 17th Floor, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142.
(2) Consists of 6,077,341 shares held by Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P. The general partner of Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P. is Commonwealth Venture Partners IV L.P. Elliot M. Katzman, Jeffrey M. Hurst, R. Stephen McCormack, Michael T. Fitzgerald and Justin J. Perreault are the general partners of Commonwealth Venture Partners IV L.P. Accordingly, they may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P., although each of them disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Commonwealth Venture Partners IV L.P. is 400 West Cummings Park, Ste. 1725-134, Woburn, Massachusetts 01801.
(3) Consists of 2,198,853 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Summit Partners Venture Capital Fund III-A, L.P., 666,442 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Summit Partners Venture Capital Fund III-B, L.P., 28,648 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Summit Investors I, LLC and 2,386 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Summit Investors I (UK), L.P. Summit Partners, L.P. is the managing member of Summit Partners VC III, LLC, which is the general partner of each of Summit Partners Venture Capital Fund III-A, L.P. and Summit Partners Venture Capital Fund III-B, L.P. Summit Master Company, LLC is the managing member of Summit Investors Management, LLC, which is the manager of Summit Investors I, LLC, and the general partner of Summit Investors I (UK), L.P. Summit Master Company, LLC, as the managing member of Summit Investors Management, LLC, has delegated investment decisions, including voting and dispositive power, to Summit Partners, L.P. and its investment committee responsible for voting and investment decisions with respect to Acacia. Summit Partners, L.P., through a three-person investment committee responsible for voting and investment decisions with respect to Acacia, currently comprised of Martin J. Mannion, Bruce R. Evans and Peter Y. Chung, has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by each of these entities and therefore may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. In addition, Mr. Chung is a member of Summit Master Company, LLC. Each of the Summit entities mentioned in this footnote disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares described in this footnote, except for those shares held of record by such entity and except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. Each of Summit Partners, L.P., Summit Master Company, LLC, the other entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. named herein, Mr. Mannion, Mr. Evans and Mr. Chung also disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of such investors is 222 Berkeley Street, 18th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.
(4) Consists of (i) 675,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Shanmugaraj; (ii) 65,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Mr. Shanmugaraj, (iii) 200,000 shares of common stock held by The Shanmugaraj Irrevocable Children’s Trust and (iv) 200,000 shares of common stock held by The Malini Shanmugaraj 2016 QTIP Trust. The trustees of The Shanmugaraj Irrevocable Children’s Trust are Murugesan Shanmugaraj, Perumal Mohan and Malini Shanmugaraj and they share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the trust. The trustees of The Malini Shanmugaraj 2016 QTIP Trust are Malini Shanmugaraj and Steve Stelljes and they share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the trust.
(5) Consists of (i) 549,554 shares of common stock held by Givehchi LLC (the “LLC Shares”) and (ii) 549,553 shares of common stock held by Mr. Givehchi. Kurt Steinkrauss, the sole manager of Givehchi LLC, has sole voting and dispositive power over the LLC Shares.
(6) Consists of (i) 100,433 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and 155,842 shares of common stock held by Zachary Swanson and (ii) 155,843 shares of common stock held by Katherine Swanson, who are immediate family members of Eric Swanson.
(7) Consists of the shares held by Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P. See footnote 2. Mr. Katzman disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(8) Consists of the shares held by the entities affiliated with Matrix Partners. See footnote 1. Mr. Reiss disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(9) Includes 18,340,994 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and options to purchase 275,315 shares of common stock that may be exercised within 60 days of April 15, 2016.
(10) Consists of 951,212 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by OFS Fitel, LLC (the “OFS Shares”). Each of Timothy F. Murray, the Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of OFS Fitel, LLC, and Ashish Ghandi, the Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of OFS Fitel, LLC, has voting and dispositive power over the OFS Shares. The address for OFS Fitel, LLC is 2000 Northeast Expressway, Norcross, GA 30071.
(11)

Consists of (i) options to purchase 2,818 shares of common stock that may be exercised within 60 days of April 15, 2016, (ii) 212,988 shares of common stock held by Shah LLC and (iii) 242,951 shares of common stock held by Bhupendra Shah 1999 Trust U/A DTD 10/06/1999 (the “Shah Trust”), (iv) 1,928 shares of common stock held by Ravi Shah and (v) 1,928 shares of common stock held by Roshan Shah. The manager of Shah LLC is Ramika Shah, Mr. Shah’s spouse,

 

121


Table of Contents
  and she holds voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Shah LLC. The trustee of the Shah Trust is Steven M. Burke, and he holds voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Shah Trust. Ravi Shah and Roshan Shah are immediate family members of Mr. Shah.
(12) Consists of (i) 967,572 shares of common stock held by Mr. Rasmussen and (ii) options to purchase 85,497 shares of common stock that may be exercised within 60 days of April 15, 2016.
(13) Consists of (i) 381,702 shares of common stock held by Mr. LoMedico (ii) 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock held by Mr. LoMedico and (iii) options to purchase 33,588 shares of common stock that may be exercised within 60 days of April 15, 2016.
(14) Consists of options to purchase 187,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Gavin that may be exercised within 60 days of April 15, 2016.

 

122


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The description of our common stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

As of April 15, 2016, we had issued and outstanding:

 

    6,978,855 shares of our common stock held by 112 stockholders of record;

 

    6,009,207 shares of our Series A preferred stock held by 10 stockholders of record;

 

    10,554,274 shares of our Series B preferred stock held by five stockholders of record;

 

    3,865,824 shares of our Series C preferred stock held by seven stockholders of record; and

 

    3,748,190 shares of our Series D preferred stock held by 10 stockholders of record.

Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 24,177,495 shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately our net assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. Our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

 

123


Table of Contents

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of April 15, 2016, options to purchase 2,772,013 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.56 per share, of which 1,023,295 were vested and exercisable as of that date.

RSUs

As of April 15, 2016, 1,314,378 shares of our common stock were issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan. In addition, 450,000 shares of our common stock are issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan contingent upon the closing of this offering.

Warrants

We issued a warrant to Massachusetts Development Communications, Inc. in connection with entering into a promissory note and security agreement in 2011. This warrant is exercisable for an aggregate of 75,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock, subject to certain adjustments, at an exercise price of $1.43 per share. The warrant is immediately exercisable and terminates ten years after the date issued.

We issued a warrant to Silicon Valley Bank in connection with entering into a loan and security agreement in 2011. This warrant is exercisable for an aggregate of 135,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock, subject to certain adjustments, at an exercise price of $1.43 per share. The warrant is immediately exercisable and terminates ten years after the date issued. Further, we issued an additional warrant to Silicon Valley Bank in connection with entering into a modification of the loan and security agreement in 2012. This warrant is exercisable for an aggregate of 35,000 shares of our Series C preferred stock, subject to certain adjustments, at an exercise price of $2.67 per share. The warrant is immediately exercisable and terminates ten years after the date issued.

As of April 15, 2016, warrants to purchase 210,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 35,000 shares of our Series C preferred stock were outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share.

Registration Rights

Demand Registration Rights

Pursuant to our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, until the earlier of April 17, 2017 and six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of at least 30% of the shares having rights under this agreement, which we refer to as registrable securities, can demand that we file up to two registration statements on Form S-1 registering all or a portion of their registrable securities, provided that the aggregate offering price is expected to be at least $7.5 million. As of April 15, 2016, the holders of 24,177,495 shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock, have demand registration rights. Under specified circumstances, we also have the right to defer filing of a requested

 

124


Table of Contents

registration statement for a period of not more than 60 days, which right may not be exercised more than once during any 12-month period. These registration rights are subject to additional conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

Pursuant to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 10% of our registrable securities have the right to demand that we file additional registration statements, including a shelf registration statement, for such holders on Form S-3, if the aggregate anticipated offering price is at least $5.0 million. These holders can demand up to two such registrations in any 12-month period.

Piggyback Registration Rights

Pursuant to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, if we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit or similar plans, a registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in this registration statement, or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, the holders of registrable securities are entitled to receive notice of the registration and to include their registrable securities in such registration. As of April 15, 2016, the holders of 24,177,495 shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock, will be entitled to notice of this registration and will be entitled to include their registrable securities in this registration statement, but we anticipate that such right will be waived prior to consummation of this offering. In addition, under the terms of the warrants that we issued to Massachusetts Development Communications, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, these warrant holders have the right to request that any shares issued upon exercise of their warrants be covered by any registration statement that we are otherwise filing to the extent that we are also registering shares held by any parties to the investors’ rights agreement. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of the number of registrable securities that may be included in the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration

We are required to pay all expenses relating to any demand, Form S-3 or piggyback registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to certain limited exceptions. We will not pay for any expenses of any demand registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by the holders of a majority of the shares requested to be included in such a registration statement, subject to limited exceptions.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the “interested stockholder” and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an “interested stockholder” is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

 

125


Table of Contents

Staggered Board; Removal of Directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws divide our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms. In addition, a director may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

Supermajority Voting

The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors is required to amend, repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, any of the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation described in the prior two paragraphs.

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or our board of directors.

Authorized But Unissued Shares

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the Nasdaq Listing Rules. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Choice of Forum

Upon the closing of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

126


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

NASDAQ Global Market

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACIA.”

 

127


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 35,656,350 shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of 4,500,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining 31,156,350 shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date

   Number of Shares  

On the date of this prospectus

     0   

90 days after the date of this prospectus

     0   

180 days after the date of this prospectus

     31,156,350   

In addition, of the 2,772,013 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of April 15, 2016, options to purchase 1,023,295 shares of common stock were vested as of April 15, 2016 and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and each of our directors and executive officers and holders of 31,132,051 shares, or approximately 99.9%, of our outstanding capital stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

    offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock; or

 

    engage in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of shares of our common stock.

These agreements are subject to certain exceptions, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”

 

128


Table of Contents

Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods and any additional contractual lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

 

129


Table of Contents

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock issued or issuable under our 2009 Stock Plan, 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and 2016 ESPP. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our 2009 Stock Plan, 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and 2016 ESPP shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 24,177,495 shares of common stock, including shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of our outstanding preferred stock warrants, or their respective transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

130


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

The following is a general discussion of material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner (other than a partnership or other pass-through entity) of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their common stock through partnerships or such other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, or the Medicare tax on net investment income. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

    financial institutions;

 

    brokers or dealers in securities;

 

    tax-exempt organizations;

 

    pension plans;

 

    owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment or who have elected to mark securities to market;

 

131


Table of Contents
    insurance companies;

 

    controlled foreign corporations;

 

    passive foreign investment companies;

 

    non-U.S. governments; and

 

    certain U.S. expatriates.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, ESTATE AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Distributions

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not expect to make cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we make distributions in respect of our common stock, those distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, subject to the tax treatment described in this section. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to the holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussion below under the heading “FATCA.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements (generally including provision of a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States). However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed in the hands of the non-U.S. holder at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates as would apply if such holder were a U.S. person (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the specific methods available to them to satisfy these requirements.

 

132


Table of Contents

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below under the heading “FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon such non-U.S. holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence) may also apply;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is a non-resident alien present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder recognized in the taxable year of the disposition, if any; or

 

    we are or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation” unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” (as defined in the Code and applicable regulations) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are a U.S. real property holding corporation and either our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market or a non-U.S. holder holds more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the applicable testing period, such non-U.S. holder’s gain on the disposition of shares of our common stock generally will be taxed in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

 

133


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders generally will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable Form W-8), or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above under “Distributions,” will generally be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

FATCA

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of, our common stock if paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” the foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” the foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA.

Withholding under FATCA generally (1) applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and (2) will apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock made after December 31, 2018. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this section. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of the tax. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not legal or tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

 

134


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters    Number of Shares  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                   Incorporated

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Northland Securities, Inc.(1)

  
  

 

 

 

        Total

     4,500,000   
  

 

 

 
(1) Northland Capital Markets is the trade name for certain capital markets and investment banking services of Northland Securities, Inc., member FINRA/SIPC.

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 70,184 shares from the company and up to an additional 604,816 shares from the selling stockholders to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 675,000 additional shares.

Paid by Acacia Communications

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $       $                

Total

   $       $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

135


Table of Contents

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated by us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list the shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACIA.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $3.5 million, which includes no more than $20,000 that we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain of our out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with this offering.

 

136


Table of Contents

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), an offer of shares to the public may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer of shares to the public may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in a Relevant Member State and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom an offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

 

137


Table of Contents

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, such financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed as qualified investors who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order; or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or relay on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document, nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering nor the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Center

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

138


Table of Contents

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the exempt investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by exempt investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the Securities and Futures Ordinance, or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for

 

139


Table of Contents

subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore, or Regulation 32.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

140


Table of Contents

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus / offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

141


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, is based on information from independent industry analysts and third-party sources, and management estimates. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions, which we believe to be reasonable, made by us based on such data, as well as our knowledge of our industry, subscribers and products. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and we caution you not to give undue weight to such estimates. Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industries in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP. Goodwin Procter LLP has acted as counsel for the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement. Such consolidated financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon closing of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

 

142


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Acacia Communications, Inc.

Maynard, Massachusetts

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Acacia Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Acacia Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

February 19, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     December 31,     

March 31,

2016

     Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity

March 31,
2016
 
     2014     2015        
                  (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

ASSETS

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 21,128      $ 27,610       $ 32,890      

Accounts receivable

     18,055        41,260         64,133      

Inventory

     14,999        27,920         25,682      

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,535        3,179         4,048      

Deferred product costs

     896        3,476         1,995      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total current assets

     57,613        103,445         128,748      

Property and equipment, net

     7,946        15,925         20,275      

Deferred tax assets

            11,189         11,998      

Other assets

     101        185         253      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total assets

   $ 65,660      $ 130,744       $ 161,274      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

          

Current liabilities:

          

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 709      $       $      

Accounts payable

     12,705        25,015         38,234      

Accrued liabilities

     8,800        15,521         17,821      

Deferred revenue

     3,689        7,762         7,609      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total current liabilities

     25,903        48,298         63,664      

Long-term debt, net of current portion and discount

     1,406                     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     1,100        3,254         3,006       $   

Other long-term liabilities

            396         802      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total liabilities

     28,409        51,948         67,472      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

          

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (Note 9):

          

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value;
24,508 shares authorized; 24,177 shares issued and

outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding March 31, 2016, pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $53,426 at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     66,427        70,780         71,866           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

          

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 35,000, 36,330, 36,330 and 36,330 shares authorized; 6,138, 6,669, 6,805 and 30,982 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015, March 31, 2016 (unaudited) and March 31, 2016 pro forma (unaudited), respectively

     1        1         1         3   

Additional paid-in capital

                            74,870   

(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings

     (29,177     8,015         21,935         21,935   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (29,176     8,016         21,936       $ 96,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 65,660      $ 130,744       $ 161,274      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2014     2015     2015     2016  
                (unaudited)  

Revenue

  $ 146,234      $ 239,056      $ 47,244      $ 84,489   

Cost of revenue

    93,558        145,350        30,640        49,083   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    52,676        93,706        16,604        35,406   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    28,471        38,645        7,903        15,414   

Sales, general and administrative

    6,615        13,124        2,123        4,054   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    108                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    35,194        51,769        10,026        19,468   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    17,482        41,937        6,578        15,938   

Other (expense) income:

       

Interest (expense) income, net

    (390     (135     (48     9   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    (483     (2,154     (382     248   

Other (expense) income

    (156     157        252        (20
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income, net

    (1,029     (2,132     (178     237   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    16,453        39,805        6,400        16,175   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    2,933        (715     2,063        1,577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    13,520        40,520        4,337        14,598   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (4,373     (4,353     (1,074     (1,086

Undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities

    (7,419     (28,570     (2,598     (10,566
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders—basic

    1,728        7,597        665        2,946   

Less: change in fair value of preferred stock warrant
liability

                         (248
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common
stockholders—diluted

  $ 1,728      $ 7,597      $ 665      $ 2,698   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Basic

  $ 0.31      $ 1.18      $ 0.11      $ 0.44   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 0.23      $ 0.91      $ 0.08      $ 0.30   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Basic

    5,629        6,429        6,184        6,743   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    7,447        8,311        7,876        8,867   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

       

Basic

    $ 1.39        $ 0.46   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

    $ 1.30        $ 0.43   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

       

Basic

      30,606          30,920   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

      32,733          33,044   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

(in thousands)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible

Preferred Stock
         Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    (Accumulated Deficit)
Retained Earnings
       
    Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount         Total  

Balance at January 1, 2014

    24,177      $ 62,054            4,959      $ 1      $      $ (38,801   $ (38,800

Accretion of preferred stock issuance costs

      98                (98       (98

Accretion to redemption value

      4,275                (379     (3,896     (4,275

Vesting of restricted common stock

            910                

Exercise of common stock options

            269               70          70   

Stock-based compensation expense

                407          407   

Net income

                  13,520        13,520   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    24,177        66,427            6,138        1               (29,177     (29,176

Accretion of preferred stock issuance costs

      80                (80       (80

Accretion to redemption value

      4,273                (945     (3,328     (4,273

Vesting of restricted common stock

            130                

Exercise of common stock options

            401               200          200   

Stock-based compensation expense

                825          825   

Net income

                  40,520        40,520   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

    24,177        70,780            6,669        1               8,015        8,016   

Accretion of preferred stock issuance costs (unaudited)

      20                (20       (20

Accretion to redemption value (unaudited)

      1,066                (388     (678     (1,066

Vesting of restricted common stock (unaudited)

            21                

Exercise of common stock options (unaudited)

            115               118          118   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                290          290   

Net income (unaudited)

                  14,598        14,598   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

    24,177      $ 71,866            6,805      $ 1      $      $ 21,935      $ 21,936   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

        

Net income

   $ 13,520      $ 40,520      $ 4,337      $ 14,598   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

        

Depreciation

     2,662        4,576        912        1,666   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     108                        

Stock-based compensation

     407        825        128        290   

Deferred income taxes

            (11,189            (810

Non-cash interest

     47        80        15        8   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     483        2,154        382        (248

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     (5,956     (23,205     (17,583     (22,873

Inventory

     1,146        (12,921     (544     2,238   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,087     1,144        1,766        (389

Deferred product costs

     (222     (2,580     (808     1,481   

Other assets

     21        (78            (57

Accounts payable

     1,734        11,942        5,364        13,424   

Accrued liabilities

     188        6,713        3,401        2,318   

Deferred revenue

     1,346        4,073        194        (153

Other long-term liabilities

            396               406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     13,397        22,450        (2,436     11,899   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (6,466     (12,110     (2,854     (6,221

Deposits

     (12     (6            (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (6,478     (12,116     (2,854     (6,232
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

        

Repayment of long-term debt

     (786     (2,155     (473       

Repayment of working capital line of credit

     (5,269                     

Payment of capital lease obligation

            (63            (24

Deferred financing costs

     (35     (4            (8

Payment of IPO costs

            (1,825            (479

Proceeds from the exercise of common stock options

     70        200        11        118   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (6,020     (3,847     (462     (393
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash

     (6     (5     (4     6   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     893        6,482        (5,756     5,280   

Cash and cash equivalents—Beginning of period

     20,235        21,128        21,128        27,610   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—End of period

   $ 21,128      $ 27,610      $ 15,372      $ 32,890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

        

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 4,702      $ 7,311      $ 120      $ 2,240   

Cash paid for interest

   $ 375      $ 54      $ 34      $   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

        

Capital expenditures incurred but not yet paid

   $ 495      $ 844      $ 904      $ 639   

IPO costs incurred but not yet paid

   $      $ 215      $      $ 324   

Property and equipment acquired under capital lease

   $      $ 96      $      $   

Accretion of redemption value on redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 4,275      $ 4,273      $ 1,054      $ 1,066   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs

   $ 98      $ 80      $ 20      $ 20   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. NATURE OF THE BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS

Nature of the Business

Acacia Communications, Inc., was incorporated on June 2, 2009, as a Delaware corporation. Acacia Communications, Inc. and its wholly owned Subsidiaries (the “Subsidiaries”) are collectively referred to as the “Company.” The Company is a leading provider of high-speed coherent interconnect products that are designed to improve the capacity, performance, intelligence and cost of communications networks relied upon by cloud infrastructure operators and content and communications service providers. The Company’s products include a series of low-power coherent digital signal processors and silicon photonic integrated circuits integrated into families of optical interconnect modules with transmission speeds ranging from 40 to 400 gigabits per second for use in long-haul, metro and inter-data center markets.

Operations

The Company is subject to a number of risks common to emerging, technology-based companies, including a history of operating losses, dependence on a limited number of customers, the successful development and release of new products, dependence on a limited number of suppliers, dependence on key individuals, rapid technological changes, competition from substitute products and larger companies, and the need for additional financing to fund future operations. The Company has funded its operations to date primarily through the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock, short- and long-term borrowings, and the sale of its products. Management believes that existing cash as of December 31, 2015, along with cash generated from the sale of its products and cash available to the Company under its existing working capital line of credit, will be sufficient to fund operating and capital expenditure requirements through at least 2016.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting policies generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of Acacia Communications, Inc., and the Subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

Upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of the Company’s common stock. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information gives effect to the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2016, which converts to common stock on a one-to-one

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

basis. In addition, the unaudited pro forma balance sheet assumes the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon a qualifying IPO of the Company’s common stock, assuming the preferred stock warrants automatically become common stock warrants that are classified as equity and are not subject to remeasurement. The effect of these conversions on the unaudited pro forma balance sheet will increase stockholders’ equity by $74.9 million. Additionally, as discussed in “Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders” below, the Company has calculated unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share to give effect to the redeemable convertible preferred stock as though such shares had been converted to shares of common stock as of the beginning of the period. As described in Note 11 below, the Company has granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”) with a performance measure that will be met 185 days following an IPO or sale event. As such, no shares of common stock underlying such RSUs will be issued upon completion of the Company’s IPO, and therefore these RSUs do not impact the unaudited pro forma balance sheet.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the assumed automatic conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of the IPO using the if-converted method and the elimination of the revaluation adjustment on the preferred stock warrants due to the automatic conversion of those warrants into common stock warrants, in each case as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2016, interim consolidated statements of operations and interim consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, and interim consolidated statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and in management’s opinion, include all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2016 and its results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in the notes to these consolidated financial statements related to these three-month periods are also unaudited. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

Comprehensive Income

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), comprehensive income equaled net income.

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenue from the sale of its products. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

determinable, and collectability of the related receivable is reasonably assured. The Company considers delivery of its products to have occurred once title and risk of loss has been transferred. The Company’s products consist of hardware and software that function together to deliver the products’ essential functionality. The Company does not sell its software on a standalone basis.

At the time revenue is recognized, the Company establishes an accrual for estimated warranty expenses associated with sales, recorded as a component of cost of revenue. The Company’s customers generally do not have return rights.

A limited number of revenue arrangements with our customers include more than one element and require the application ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements. Arrangement consideration is allocated to each element with standalone value based on the relative selling prices of all of the elements in the arrangement using the fair value hierarchy. We determine the relative selling price of elements based on prices charged for standalone products, when sufficiently concentrated, and third-party evidence of similar elements, or, in the absence of these sources of evidence, based on management’s best estimate of selling price. Revenue recognized from multiple-element arrangements accounted for less than 2% of our total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited).

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents either advance payments or billings for which the aforementioned revenue recognition criteria have not been met.

Cost of Revenue

The Company records all costs associated with its product sales in cost of revenue. These costs include the cost of materials, contract manufacturing fees, shipping costs, and quality assurance. Cost of revenue also includes indirect costs such as warranty, excess and obsolete inventory charges, general overhead costs, depreciation, and royalty fees paid to third parties.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. Cash equivalents consist of bank deposit accounts and money market funds as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The majority of the Company’s cash deposits on hand are at two financial institutions and deposits often exceed federally insured limits. To minimize credit risk related to accounts receivable, ongoing credit evaluations of customers’ financial condition are performed and the Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses. The Company has determined that no allowance is needed as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), as all amounts are expected to be collected.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Inventory

Inventory, which consists of raw materials, work-in-process, and finished goods, is stated at the lower of cost or market, as determined on a specific cost basis and using the first-in, first-out convention. The Company reduces the carrying value of inventory for those items that are potentially excess, obsolete, or slow moving based on changes in customer demand, technology developments, or other economic factors.

Initial Public Offering Costs

The Company defers direct incremental costs attributable with the IPO of its common stock. These costs represent legal, accounting and other direct costs related to the Company’s efforts to raise capital through a public sale of its common stock. Future costs will be deferred until the completion of the IPO, at which time they will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital as a reduction of the IPO proceeds. As of March 31, 2016 (unaudited), the Company has recorded $2.6 million of IPO costs as a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Product Costs

Deferred product costs represent products that have been delivered, for which the revenue associated with the arrangement has been deferred as a result of not meeting the revenue recognition criteria. The Company defers the product costs of the delivered items until recognition of the related revenue occurs.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment are as follows:

 

Engineering lab equipment

   3 years

Computer software

   1-3 years

Computer equipment

   3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   3-7 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of lease term or life of asset

When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the assets and related accumulated depreciation are derecognized from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. When such events occur, the Company compares the carrying amounts of the assets to their undiscounted expected future cash flows. If this comparison indicates that there is an impairment, the amount of the impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value. No impairments have been recognized for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 or the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited).

Warranties

The Company’s standard warranty obligation to its customers provides for repair or replacement of a defective product at the Company’s discretion for a period of time following purchase, generally between 12 and 24 months. Factors that affect the warranty obligation include product failure rates, material usage, and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. The estimated cost associated with fulfilling the Company’s warranty obligation to customers is recorded in cost of revenue. Changes in the Company’s product warranty liability, which is included as a component of accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2016
 
     2014     2015    
                 (unaudited)  

Warranty reserve, beginning of period

   $ 161      $ 508      $ 763   

Provisions made to warranty liability during the period

     550        637        630   

Charges against warranty liability during the period

     (203     (382     (246
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warranty reserve, end of period

   $ 508      $ 763      $ 1,147   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), the Company did not incur any advertising expenses.

Research and Development Costs

The Company expenses all research and development costs as incurred. Research and development costs consist primarily of salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for employees and costs for contractors engaged in research, design, and development activities incurred directly and with support from external vendors, such as outsourced development costs, as well as support costs for prototypes, depreciation, purchased intellectual property, facilities, and travel.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based payment awards granted to employees at fair value, which is measured using an estimate of the fair value of the common stock for restricted stock awards and RSUs, as well as other input assumptions in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for stock option awards. The measurement date for employee awards is the date of grant. Stock-based compensation costs are recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period for all time-vested awards.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table summarizes the classification of stock-based compensation in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited).

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014              2015              2015              2016      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 17       $ 75       $ 6       $ 32   

Research and development

     258         561         87         189   

Sales, general and administrative

     132         189         35         69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 407       $ 825       $ 128       $ 290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants require liability classification and accounting as the underlying preferred stock is considered redeemable as discussed in Note 9. At initial recognition, the warrants are recorded at their estimated fair value. The warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date, with changes in fair value recognized as a component of total other (expense) income, net.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The functional currency of the Company’s Subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are remeasured into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the consolidated balance sheet date. When transactions are required to be paid in the local currency of any Subsidiary, any resulting foreign currency transaction gain or loss is recorded as a component of other (expense) income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. To date, foreign currency transaction gain or loss associated with the Company’s Subsidiaries has not been significant. The majority of the Company’s foreign exchange gain or loss is derived from certain outsourced development contracts that are denominated in Euros. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), the Company recorded foreign currency transaction gains (losses) of $(156,000), $157,000, $252,000 and $(20,000), respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities and for loss and credit carryforwards, using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that these assets may not be realized.

The Company accrues liabilities for potential payments of tax to various tax authorities related to uncertain tax positions. Liabilities are based on a determination of whether and how much of a tax benefit taken by the Company in its tax filings or positions is more likely than not to be realized following resolution of any potential uncertainties present related to the tax benefit. Potential interest and penalties associated with such uncertain tax positions are recorded as a component of the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2014, there were no uncertain tax positions for which liabilities would be required. As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited) the Company identified $940,000 and $1.3 million of uncertain tax benefits for which liabilities have been recorded, respectively.

Operating Segments

The Company operates as one operating segment. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), which is the Company’s chief executive officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s CODM evaluates the Company’s financial information and resources and assesses the performance of these resources on a consolidated basis. Since the Company operates in one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue by geographic region, based on ship-to destinations, was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2014      2015      2015      2016  
                   (unaudited)  

United States

   $ 30,444       $ 42,263       $ 7,475       $ 12,968   

China

     53,340         86,048         13,999         41,384   

Germany

     38,095         77,850         20,687         19,156   

Other

     24,355         32,895         5,083         10,981   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 146,234       $ 239,056       $ 47,244       $ 84,489   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets by geographic region (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2014      2015      2016  
                   (unaudited)  

United States

   $ 7,205       $ 10,896       $ 13,473   

Canada

     612         3,227         2,785   

Thailand

             1,715         3,943   

Other

     129         87         74   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $ 7,946       $ 15,925       $ 20,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company considers its redeemable convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. In the event a cash dividend is paid on common stock, the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are also entitled to a proportionate share of any such dividend as if they were holders of common stock (on an as-if converted basis). The holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses. In accordance with the two-class method, earnings allocated to these

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

participating securities and the related number of outstanding shares of the participating securities, which include contractual participation rights in undistributed earnings, have been excluded from the computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standard Update, or ASU, 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, or ASU 2016-09. ASU 2016-09 intends to simplify various aspects of how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements. The main provisions include: all tax effects related to stock awards will now be recorded through the statement of operations instead of through equity, all tax-related cash flows resulting from stock awards will be reported as operating activities on the cash flow statement, and entities can make an accounting policy election to either estimate forfeitures or account for forfeitures as they occur. The amendments in ASU 2016-09 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and may be applied prospectively with earlier adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), or ASU 2016-02. ASU 2016-02 will require lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for virtually all leases. For the statement of operations, ASU 2016-02 retains a dual model requiring leases to be classified as either operating or financing leases. Operating leases will result in straight-line expense, and financing leases will have a front-loaded expense pattern with an interest expense component. The amendments in ASU 2016-02 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and may be applied prospectively with earlier adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes—Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, or ASU 2015-17. ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent within the balance sheet in order to reduce complexity in accounting standards, as previous classification requirements did not generally align with when the deferred tax amounts were recovered. This update, required to be adopted for all annual periods and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, was early adopted by the Company for the year ending December 31, 2015. The Company’s deferred tax assets have been classified as noncurrent within the balance sheet. Prior periods have not been retrospectively adjusted as the Company had applied a full valuation allowance.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, or ASU 2015-11. ASU 2015-11 applies to all inventory, except for inventory measured using the last-in, first-out method or the retail inventory method. The guidance allows an entity to measure inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The amendments in ASU 2015-11 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and may be applied prospectively with earlier adoption permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Period, or ASU 2014-12. ASU 2014-12 provides amendments to ASC No. 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, which clarifies the guidance for whether to treat a performance target that could be achieved after the requisite service period as a performance condition that affects vesting or as a nonvesting condition that affects the grant-date fair value of an award. The amendments require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The amendments in ASU 2014-12 are effective either prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date or retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter, during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In May 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-09 (ASC 606), Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASU 2014-09, which affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods and services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets. ASU 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. The standard’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so, companies will need to use more judgment and make more estimates than under the currently effective guidance. These may include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price, and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. ASU 2014-09 was initially to be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that period. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which delays the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year and allows for early adoption as of the original effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations, or ASU 2016-08, which clarifies certain principal versus agent considerations. This clarification is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations due to the nature of the Company’s revenue arrangements.

4. INVENTORY

Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2016
 
     2014      2015     
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 7,334       $ 16,023       $ 15,505   

Work-in-process

     1,209         2,155         7,111   

Finished goods

     6,456         9,742         3,066   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventory

   $ 14,999       $ 27,920       $ 25,682   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2016
 
     2014     2015    
                 (unaudited)  

Engineering laboratory equipment

   $ 7,948      $ 17,757      $ 21,064   

Computer software

     1,924        2,398        2,553   

Computer equipment

     1,094        1,640        2,258   

Furniture and fixtures

     358        370        370   

Leasehold improvements

     819        1,017        1,017   

Equipment under capital lease

            96        96   

Construction in progress

     2,532        3,952        5,888   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     14,675        27,230        33,246   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (6,729 )     (11,305     (12,971
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 7,946      $ 15,925      $ 20,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $2.7 million, $4.6 million, $912,000 and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded a loss on the disposal of property and equipment of $108,000, as the underlying equipment was no longer in use. There were no losses on the disposal of property and equipment during the year ended December 31, 2015 or the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited).

6. ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2016
 
     2014      2015     
                   (unaudited)  

Employee-related liabilities

   $ 2,060       $ 3,822       $ 4,622   

Outsourced foundry services

     3,942         4,113         2,199   

Goods and services received not invoiced

     728         1,974         3,293   

Accrued income taxes

     129         1,019         819   

Other accrued liabilities

     1,941         4,593         6,888   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 8,800       $ 15,521       $ 17,821   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is determined based upon the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants, as determined by either the principal market or the most advantageous market. Inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values are classified based on a three-level hierarchy, as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets), or model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Level 3—Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of fair value of assets or liabilities.

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash equivalents consist of money market funds, which are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices of similar assets in active markets. In determining the fair value estimates, the Company maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. When available, the Company uses quoted market prices to measure fair value. The valuation technique used to measure fair value for the Company’s Level 2 assets is a market approach, using prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets.

The estimated fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (see Note 9).

The fair value of these assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis was determined using the following inputs as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (in thousands).

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total Fair
Value
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents—money market fund

   $       $ 16,914       $       $ 16,914   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ 1,100       $ 1,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total Fair
Value
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents—money market fund

   $       $ 21,524       $       $ 21,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ 3,254       $ 3,254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     March 31, 2016 (unaudited)  
     Quoted
Prices In
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total Fair
Value
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents—money market fund

   $       $ 9,163       $       $ 9,163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ 3,006       $ 3,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For certain other financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other current liabilities, the carrying amounts approximate their fair value due to the relatively short maturity of these balances.

8. DEBT

Working Capital Line of Credit

During July 2013, the Company amended a loan and security agreement that provides for a working capital line of credit (the “Working Capital Line of Credit”). The Working Capital Line of Credit is collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company, excluding property and equipment. Certain covenants under the Working Capital Line of Credit restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to the Company’s capital stock, other than dividends payable in shares of common stock. In January 2016, the Company amended the Working Capital Line of Credit to extend the term of the agreement to June 2016.

The Working Capital Line of Credit agreement initially provided for maximum borrowings of $8.0 million to be used to finance working capital, subject to a financial covenant of trailing three month Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) of $1.0 million. In July 2014, the Working Capital Line of Credit was amended to increase the maximum borrowing amount to $15.0 million. In addition, the July 2014 amendment added an adjusted quick ratio financial covenant. Beginning with the month ended June 30, 2014, and each month-end thereafter, the Company is required to maintain an adjusted quick ratio of 1.25 to 1.00. Payments are due in monthly interest-only installments at a rate of Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) Prime plus 0.5%, with the outstanding principal balance due at the maturity date.

The Company repaid the outstanding balance on the Working Capital Line of Credit in October 2014 and there was no amount due under the Working Capital Line of Credit as of December 31, 2014 or 2015 or March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

In connection with the Working Capital Line of Credit, the Company issued two warrants. The first warrant was issued to purchase 135,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.4307 per share, which expires in April 2021 (the “Working Capital Line of Credit Series B Warrant”). The second warrant was issued to purchase 35,000 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.66874 per share, which expires in August 2022 (the “Working Capital Line of Credit Series C Warrant”). At the date of issuance, the fair value of the Working Capital Line of Credit Series B Warrant and the Working Capital Line of Credit Series C Warrant was recorded as a debt discount and a preferred stock warrant liability. The debt discount was fully amortized as of December 31, 2013.

Development Loan

During February 2011, the Company entered into a term loan facility with a finance agency for specific equipment and fixtures (the “Development Loan”). The Development Loan provides for maximum aggregate borrowings of up to $3.0 million, collateralized by certain property and equipment. Borrowings under this agreement bear interest at a rate of 6.25% per annum and interest-only payments were due through October 2013, at which time equal monthly principal and interest payments on the outstanding balance commenced and will continue through the maturity date in February 2018. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding principal balance under this note, net of unamortized debt discounts, amounted to $2.1 million. As of December 31, 2014, the carrying value of

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

the Development Loan approximated its fair value, based on Level 2 inputs (observable market prices in less than active markets), as the interest rate associated with the Development Loan was similar to current rates at which the Company could borrow funds. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company repaid the remaining outstanding balance of the Development Loan.

In connection with the Development Loan, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 75,000 shares of the Company’s Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.4307 per share, which expires in February 2021 (the “Development Loan Warrant”). At the date of issuance, the fair value of this warrant was recorded as a debt discount and a preferred stock warrant liability. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 (unaudited), the Company recorded amortization of the discount of $13,000, $40,000 and $3,000, respectively, as a component of interest (expense) income, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. There was no amortization of the debt discount in the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited) as it had been fully amortized.

9. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company has authorized and issued Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”), which are classified in temporary equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The following table contains the carrying value of each class of Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), as well as their respective liquidation value (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2016
 
     2014      2015     
                   (unaudited)  

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 6,009 shares authorized; 6,009 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $6,009 at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

   $ 8,409       $ 8,900       $ 9,023   

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,764 shares authorized; 10,554 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $15,100 at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     20,524         21,741         22,044   

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 3,901 shares authorized; 3,866 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $10,317 at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     12,627         13,462         13,670   

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 3,834 shares authorized; 3,748 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $22,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     24,867         26,677         27,129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 66,427       $ 70,780       $ 71,866   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The changes in the carrying value of the Preferred Stock are a result of the accretion to redemption value.

The rights and privileges of the Preferred Stock are described below:

Conversion

Each share of Preferred Stock may be converted at any time, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock, subject to the applicable conversion rate as determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price. The current conversion price (as may be adjusted for certain dilutive events) is $1.00 for Series A Preferred Stock, $1.4307 for Series B Preferred Stock, $2.66874 for Series C Preferred Stock, and $5.8695 for Series D Preferred Stock. Conversion is mandatory at the earlier of the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock at a per share price of at least $14.67 and net proceeds to the Company of at least $20.0 million or at the election of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Requisite Preferred Holders”).

Voting Rights

The preferred stockholders are entitled to vote on all matters and shall have the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are then convertible as of the record date at each meeting of stockholders of the corporation (and written actions of stockholders in lieu of meetings) with respect to any and all matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for their action or consideration.

Dividends

Dividends are payable only when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”). The Company shall not declare, pay, or set aside any dividends on shares of any class of common stock, unless the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, dividends on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to that dividend per share of such series of Preferred Stock would equal as converted to common stock and of the accrued dividends unpaid as of such date. As of March 31, 2016 (unaudited), no dividends have been declared or paid.

Liquidation Preference

The holders of the Preferred Stock have preference in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the corporation, including a merger or consolidation. Upon such liquidation event, the preferred stockholders are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A, B, C, and D Preferred Stock an amount equal to the greater of $1.00, $1.4307, $2.66874, and $5.8695, respectively, per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends or such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of the Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to the liquidation event. Thereafter, any remaining assets available for distribution would be distributed, subject to limitations for each class of Preferred Stock, among the preferred and common stockholders, on a pro rata basis treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to common stock. In the event the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders are insufficient to meet the liquidation preferences of the Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets in proportion to the respective amounts due.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Redemption

The Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the option of the Requisite Preferred Holders in three annual installments on or after March 5, 2017, at a price per share equal to $1.00 for the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.4307 for the Series B Preferred Stock, $2.66874 for the Series C Preferred Stock, and $5.8695 for the Series D Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to 8% of the original offering price per share for each year between the issuance date and the redemption date, plus dividends accrued but unpaid. The redemption price is payable in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after March 5, 2017, of written notice from the Requisite Preferred Holders requesting redemption of all shares of Preferred Stock. The Company is accreting the Preferred Stock to redemption value over the period from the date of issuance to March 5, 2017, such that the carrying amounts of the securities will equal the redemption amounts at the earliest redemption date.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

Preferred stock warrants for redeemable convertible preferred stock are accounted for as liabilities and are marked to fair value at each consolidated balance sheet date. The valuation technique used to measure fair value for our Working Capital Line of Credit Series B Warrant, Development Loan Warrant and Working Capital Line of Credit Series C Warrant (collectively “Preferred Stock Warrants”), which are considered Level 3 fair value estimates within the fair value hierarchy, is the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of our Preferred Stock Warrants is the fair value of our Series B and Series C Preferred Stock. We also utilize risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, expected volatility and expected term as observable inputs with the fair value of the Series B and Series C Preferred Stock in determining the fair value of the Preferred Stock Warrants. There is not a direct interrelationship between the unobservable inputs and the observable inputs. A ten percent increase in the fair value of the Series B and Series C Preferred Stock would have changed the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants by $125,000 and $354,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), and by $168,000 and $331,000 as of March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited).

The assumptions used in determining the fair values of Preferred Stock Warrants as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited) were as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,    Three months ended March 31,
         2014            2015            2015            2016    
               (unaudited)

Risk-free interest rate

   2.0%  -  2.5%    1.8%  -  2.1%    1.5%  -  1.7%    1.4%  -  1.6%

Expected dividend yield

   None    None    None    None

Expected volatility

   69.0%  -  71.2%    58.7% - 60.4%    60.4% - 69.7%    58.2% - 59.3%

Expected term (in years)

   6.2  -  7.6    5.2  -  6.6    5.9  -  7.4    4.9  -  6.4

Fair value of Series B preferred stock

   $5.24    $14.59    $7.03    $13.62

Fair value of Series C preferred stock

   $6.10    $14.65    $7.64    $13.68

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

A summary of the changes in the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three months ended March 31,  
         2014              2015              2015              2016      
                  

(unaudited)

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability at beginning of period

   $ 617       $ 1,100       $ 1,100       $ 3,254   

Change in fair value

     483         2,154         382         (248
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability at end of period

   $ 1,100       $ 3,254       $ 1,482       $ 3,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. COMMON STOCK

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), the Company had authorized 35,000,000, 36,330,000 and 36,330,000 shares of common stock, respectively. The following number of shares of common stock has been reserved for the potential conversion of Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase Preferred Stock, vesting of restricted stock awards and RSUs, and exercise of stock options (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2016
 
     2014      2015    
                  (unaudited)  

Conversion of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

     6,009         6,009        6,009   

Conversion of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

     10,554         10,554        10,554   

Conversion of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

     210         210        210   

Conversion of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

     3,866         3,866        3,866   

Conversion of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

     35         35        35   

Conversion of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

     3,748         3,748        3,748   

Vesting of restricted stock

     322         192        170   

Vesting of restricted stock units

             1,064        1,314   

Options to purchase common stock

     2,299         2,472        2,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     27,043         28,150        28,688   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

11. STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN

In November 2009, the Company adopted the 2009 Stock Plan, as amended in October 2015 and March 2016 (the “Plan”), pursuant to which 8,793,084 shares of common stock are authorized for issuance to employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company at March 31, 2016 (unaudited). The 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, and RSUs and the right to purchase restricted common stock. Recipients of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options are eligible to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to the estimated fair value of such stock on the grant date. Stock options generally vest as follows (1) 20% on the first anniversary of the original vesting date, with the balance vesting monthly over the remaining four years or (2) 25% on the first anniversary of the original vesting date, with the balance vesting monthly over the remaining three years, unless they contain specific performance and/or market-based vesting provisions. The maximum term of stock options and RSUs granted under the Plan is ten and seven years, respectively. As of March 31, 2016 (unaudited), approximately 491,000 shares are available for future issuance under the Plan.

Stock Options

The estimated grant-date fair value of the Company’s stock option awards issued to employees was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, based on the following assumptions:

 

     Year ended December 31,    Three months ended March 31,
     2014    2015    2015    2016
               (unaudited)

Risk-free interest rate

   1.8% - 2.2%    1.6% - 1.9%    1.7% - 1.8%    1.6%

Expected dividend yield

   None    None    None    None

Expected volatility

   71.1% to 71.3%    59.4% to 70.8%    70.4% to 70.8%    59.8%

Expected term (in years)

   6.5    6.3 - 6.5    6.5    6.3

Risk-free Interest Rate.    The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

Expected Dividend Yield.    The expected dividend yield assumption is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and has no present intention to pay cash dividends.

Expected Volatility.    Since there is no trading history associated with the Company’s common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the average historical stock volatilities of several unrelated public companies within the Company’s industry over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants.

Expected Term.    The expected term represents the period that stock options awards are expected to be outstanding. For option grants that are considered to be “plain vanilla,” the Company determines the expected term using the simplified method. The simplified method deems the term to be the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. The Company uses the simplified method because it does not have sufficient historical option exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term.

The fair value of the common stock has been determined by the Board of Directors at each award grant date based upon a variety of different factors, including the results of valuations prepared by a third-

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

party valuation specialist, the Company’s financial position and historical financial performance, the status of technological developments within the Company’s platform, the composition and ability of the current engineering and management team, an evaluation or benchmark of the Company’s competition, the current business climate in the marketplace, the illiquid nature of the common stock, arm’s-length sales of the Company’s capital stock (including redeemable convertible preferred stock), the effect of the rights and preferences of the preferred stockholders, and the prospects of a liquidity event, among others.

A summary of stock option activity under the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited) is as follows:

 

    Number of
Options
(in thousands)
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    2,299      $ 1.07        7.9      $ 5,563   

Granted

    685      $ 7.35       

Exercised

    (401   $ 0.51        $ 2,777   

Cancelled

    (111   $ 2.16       
 

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

    2,472      $ 2.85        7.7      $ 28,844   
       

Granted

    433      $ 13.38       

Exercised

    (115   $ 1.01        $ 1,486   

Cancelled

    (8   $ 5.43       
 

 

 

       

Outstanding at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

    2,782      $ 4.56        7.9      $ 24,545   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at:

       

December 31, 2015

    2,394      $ 2.81        7.7      $ 28,031   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

    2,693      $ 4.49        7.9      $ 23,934   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Exercisable at:

       

December 31, 2015

    919      $ 0.82        6.6      $ 12,590   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

    1,006      $ 1.12        6.6      $ 12,338   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), the Company recorded $264,000, $703,000, $93,000 and $261,000 respectively, of stock-based compensation expense related to common stock options granted under the Plan. No tax benefits were realized from options in any period. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), there was $1.3 million, $3.3 million and $6.1 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested common stock options granted under the Plan, which is expected to be recognized over weighted-average periods of 4.02 years, 3.43 years and 3.59 years, respectively.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited) was $1.72, $4.39, $2.72 and $7.59 per share, respectively. The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited) was $632,000, $2.8 million, $134,000 and $1.5 million, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Restricted Stock

The Company has granted restricted stock awards pursuant to the Plan. All such issued shares are subject to repurchase rights that generally lapse over a period of five years. If a holder ceases to maintain a business relationship with the Company, the Company is entitled to repurchase any unvested shares at the original purchase price. The unvested shares of common stock subject to repurchase are not considered outstanding shares until the holders provide the requisite services and the repurchase right lapses. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), 322,000, 192,000 and 170,000 shares of common stock remained subject to restrictions, respectively. The Company records stock-based compensation expense over the vesting period for the amount that the fair value exceeded the purchase price as of the grant date. Stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock awards was $143,000, $122,000, $35,000 and $29,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), there was $374,000, $262,000 and $233,000 of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock awards granted under the Plan, which is expected to be recognized over weighted-average periods of 3.23 years, 2.17 years and 1.92 years, respectively. The Company did not issue any restricted stock awards during the years ended December 31, 2014 or 2015 or the three months ended March 31, 2015 or 2016 (unaudited).

A summary of the changes in the Company’s restricted common stock during the year ended December 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited) is as follows:

 

     Restricted Shares
(in thousands)
         Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2014

     322         $ 1.14   

Vested

     (130        0.83   
  

 

 

      

Unvested at December 31, 2015

     192           1.39   

Vested

     (22        1.39   
  

 

 

      

Unvested at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     170         $ 1.39   
  

 

 

      

The fair value of shares that vested during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited) was $2.2 million, $1.0 million, $321,000 and $301,000 respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

The RSUs granted to employees, directors and executives vest upon achievement of a service condition and a performance condition. As soon as practicable following each vesting date, the Company will issue to the holder of the RSUs the number of shares of common stock equal to the aggregate number of RSUs that have vested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, in lieu of issuing shares of common stock to the holder of the RSUs, pay the holder an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such shares of common stock. For RSUs granted to employees and executives, the service condition is satisfied over a period of four years, generally with 25% of the awards vesting after 12 months, and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over the succeeding three years. For RSUs granted to directors, the service condition is a time-based condition met over a period of three years in approximately equal annual installments. The performance condition for all RSUs is met upon a sale event or 185 days following the IPO, which was

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

not considered probable as of March 31, 2016 (unaudited), and therefore no stock-based compensation expense has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements. A sale event is defined as (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity; (ii) a merger, reorganization, or consolidation involving the Company in which shares of voting stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction represent or are converted into or exchanged for securities of the surviving or resulting entity immediately upon completion of such transaction which represent less than 50% of the outstanding voting power of such surviving or resulting entity; or (iii) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or series of related transaction by a person or group of persons. When it becomes probable that the performance condition will be met, such as upon an IPO, stock-based compensation expense will be recorded for those RSUs where the service condition has been met. The total stock-based compensation expense expected to be recorded over the life of the RSUs was approximately $16.3 million at March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

On an unaudited pro forma basis, if the performance condition had been met as of March 31, 2016, the Company would have recorded approximately $3.7 million of stock-based compensation expense related to its outstanding RSU awards through March 31, 2016.

A summary of the changes in the Company’s RSUs during the year ended December 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited) is as follows:

 

     Restricted Shares
(in thousands)
    

 

   Weighted-Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2014

              $   

Granted

         1,064            12.16   
  

 

 

    

 

  

Unvested at December 31, 2015

     1,064            12.16   

Granted

     250            13.38   
  

 

 

    

 

  

Unvested at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     1,314          $ 12.39   
  

 

 

    

 

  

In December 2015, the Company’s board of directors approved the grant of 450,000 RSUs under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, the effectiveness of which is contingent upon the closing of the Company’s IPO. These RSUs vest over a period of four years, with 25% of the awards vesting after 12 months, and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over the succeeding three years.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

12. NET INCOME PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2014             2015             2015             2016      
        (unaudited)   

Numerator:

       

Net income

  $ 13,520      $ 40,520      $ 4,337      $ 14,598   

Less: preferred stock accretion

    (4,373     (4,353     (1,074     (1,086

Less: Undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities

    (7,419     (28,570     (2,598     (10,566
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders—basic

    1,728        7,597        665        2,946   

Less: Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

                         (248
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders—diluted

  $ 1,728      $ 7,597      $ 665      $ 2,698   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

       

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders—basic

    5,629        6,429        6,184        6,743   

Dilutive effect of stock options

    1,299        1,669        1,460        1,747   

Dilutive effect of unvested restricted stock

    519        213        232        160   

Dilutive effect of preferred stock warrants

                         217   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted

    7,447        8,311        7,876        8,867   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders

       

Basic

  $ 0.31      $ 1.18      $ 0.11      $ 0.44   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 0.23      $ 0.91      $ 0.08      $ 0.30   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following common stock equivalents (in thousands) were excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2014             2015             2015              2016      
        (unaudited)   

Options to purchase common stock

    248        119        268         292   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

    245        245        245           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    24,177        24,177        24,177         24,177   

In addition to the potentially dilutive securities above, the Company has 1,314,378 RSUs outstanding. Since the performance criteria associated with the vesting of these awards have not been satisfied as of March 31, 2016 (unaudited), the Company has excluded these shares from the table above and the calculation of diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 (in thousands, except per share amounts), assuming the automatic conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and the automatic conversion of the preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants and the remeasurement and the assumed reclassification to equity upon consummation of a qualified IPO as if it had occurred as of January 1, 2015:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2015
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
2016
 
       
     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

     

Net income

   $ 40,520       $ 14,598   

Add (subtract): change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     2,154         (248
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ 42,674       $ 14,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders

     6,429         6,743   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     24,177         24,177   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders—basic

     30,606         30,920   

Effect of potentially dilutive:

     

Stock options

     1,669         1,747   

Unvested restricted stock

     213         160   

Common stock warrants

     245         217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted

     32,733         33,044   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

     

Basic

   $ 1.39       $ 0.46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 1.30       $ 0.43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

The Company leases its office facilities in Maynard, Massachusetts and Hazlet, New Jersey under non-cancelable operating leases that expire in January 2019, with respect to the Massachusetts facility, and June 2018 and July 2018, with respect to various floors of the New Jersey facility. Rent expense for non-cancelable operating leases with free rental periods or scheduled rent increases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases.

In July 2015, the Company entered into an operating lease for office space in Mountain View, California, which expires in July 2018, renewable for an additional one-year term. Annual rent due is approximately $69,000.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), rent expense amounted to $709,000, $889,000, $207,000 and $261,000, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments due under these non-cancelable lease agreements as of December 31, 2015, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amounts  

2016

   $ 1,050   

2017

     751   

2018

     441   

2019

     19   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,261   
  

 

 

 

In April 2015, the Company entered into a capital lease agreement for the purchase of lab equipment with a fair value of $96,000. The lease is payable in 12 equal monthly payments through April 2016.

In March 2016, the Company entered into a five-year operating lease agreement to occupy 26,000 square feet of lab and office space in Holmdel, New Jersey. Base rent payments will begin upon lease commencement and the total estimated base rent payments over the life of the lease are approximately $3.2 million. In addition to the base rent payments, the Company will be obligated to pay certain customary amounts for its share of operating expenses and tax obligations. The Company has the option to extend the term of the lease for two successive five-year periods with respect to the entire premises.

Legal Contingencies

On January 22, 2016, ViaSat, Inc. filed a suit against the Company alleging, among other things, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and misappropriation of trade secrets. On February 19, 2016, the Company responded to ViaSat’s suit and alleged counterclaims against ViaSat including, among other things, patent misappropriation, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, misappropriation of trade secrets and unfair competition, which ViaSat denied in its response filed March 16, 2016. The lawsuit is still pending. The Company is continuing to evaluate ViaSat’s claims, but based on the information available to the Company today, the Company currently believe that this suit will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, from time to time the Company may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company currently believes that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Indemnification

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various agreements containing standard indemnification provisions. The Company’s indemnification obligations under such provisions are typically in effect from the date of execution of the applicable agreement through the end of the applicable statute of limitations. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), the Company had not experienced any losses related to these indemnification obligations. The Company does not expect significant claims related to these indemnification obligations, and consequently, concluded the fair value of these obligations is not material. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), no amounts have been accrued related to such indemnification provisions.

Royalty Obligations

The Company incorporates technology into its products that is licensed from third parties. The Company has not committed to any future minimum obligations under the terms of the technology licensing agreements. The Company is required to pay royalties to the licensors of $15 to $17 per unit sold within the Company’s new 400 Gbps product family and for its newest product within the 100 Gbps product family. In addition, the Company pays royalties of $150 per unit sold for its older products within the 100 Gbps and 40 Gbps product families.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

In October 2015, the Company adopted the Acacia Communications, Inc. Severance and Change in Control Benefits Plan (the “Severance Plan”), which provides severance benefits to certain of its executives if their employment is terminated “without cause” or, only in connection with a “change in control” of the Company, they terminate employment for “good reason” (as each of those terms is defined in the Severance Plan).

Under the Severance Plan, if the Company terminates an eligible executive’s employment without cause prior to or more than 12 months following the closing of a change in control of the Company, the executive is entitled to (i) continue receiving his or her base salary for a specified period (in the case of the chief executive officer, for 12 months, and, in the case of all other participants, for nine months) following the date of termination, (ii) company contributions to the cost of health care continuation under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, or COBRA, for up to 12 months following the date of termination, and (iii) the amount of any unpaid annual bonus determined by the board of directors to be payable to the executive for any completed bonus period which ended prior to the date of such executive’s termination.

The Severance Plan also provides that, if, within 12 months following the closing of a change in control of the Company, an eligible executive’s employment is terminated without cause or such executive terminates his or her employment for good reason, the executive is entitled to (i) a single lump-sum payment equal to a percentage of his or her annual base salary (in the case of the chief executive officer, 100% and, in the case of all other participants, 75%), (ii) a single lump sum payment in an amount equal to a percentage of his or her target annual bonus for the year in which the termination of employment occurs (in the case of the chief executive officer, 100% and, in the case of all other participants, 75%), (iii) company contributions to the cost of health care continuation under COBRA for up to 12 months following the date of termination of employment, and (iv) the amount of any unpaid annual bonus determined by the board of directors to be payable to the executive for any

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

completed bonus period which ended prior to the date of such executive’s termination. In addition, all of the executive’s outstanding unvested equity awards will immediately vest in full on the date of such termination.

All payments and benefits provided under the Severance Plan are contingent upon the execution and effectiveness of a release of claims by the executive in favor of the Company and continued compliance by the executive with any proprietary information and inventions, nondisclosure, non-competition, nonsolicitation (or similar) agreement to which the Company and the executive are party.

Upon the effectiveness of the Severance Plan, the Company would be contingently obligated to make cash payments up to $3.8 million if such events occur.

14. Income Taxes

The components of income before provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2015  

United States

   $ 16,517      $ 38,719   

Foreign

     (64     1,086   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16,453      $ 39,805   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014      2015  

Current income tax provision

     

Federal

   $ 2,797       $ 10,074   

State

     129         265   

Foreign

             135   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current income tax provision

     2,926         10,474   

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

     

Federal

             (5,861

State

             (5,328

Foreign

     7           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax provision (benefit)

     7         (11,189
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax provision (benefit)

   $ 2,933       $ (715
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate to the provision for income taxes as reflected in the financial statements is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015  

Provision for income taxes at statutory rate

     35.0     35.0

(Decreases) increases resulting from:

    

Federal tax credits

     (3.3 %)      (9.5 %) 

Change in valuation allowance

     (14.9 %)      (24.9 %) 

State tax expense, net of federal benefit

     0.9     (5.3 %) 

Meals and entertainment

     0.1     0.2

Stock-based compensation expense

     3.5     0.6

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     1.0     1.9

Non-deductible interest

     0.1     0.1

Domestic production activity deduction

     (2.3 %)      (2.2 %) 

Change in uncertain tax positions

         2.4

Other

     (2.3 %)      (0.1 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     17.8     (1.8 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company recorded an expense for income taxes of $1.6 million for an effective tax rate of 10%. The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2016 reflected income tax expense on earnings during such period. The effective tax rate is lower than the statutory federal rate by 26% primarily due to the foreign rate differential due to the jurisdictional mix of profits under our corporate structure and by an additional 5% due to federal tax credits. These decreases were offset by a higher impact of uncertain tax positions of 3% and stock-based compensation of 3%.

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2014 and 2015, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2015  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accrued expenses

   $ 1,548      $ 2,433   

Operating loss carryforwards

     6,865        4,955   

Credit carryforwards

     2,112        5,032   

Other

     182        605   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 10,707      $ 13,025   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation

     (245     (990

Compensation

     (1     (97

Other

            (195
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (246     (1,282
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (10,461     (554
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $ 11,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The table below summarizes changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

   Beginning
Balance
     Additions      Reductions     Ending
Balance
 

2014

   $ 12,946                 (2,485   $ 10,461   

2015

   $ 10,461                 (9,907   $ 554   

The Company recorded a valuation allowance against all of its deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014. The valuation allowance decreased in 2014 by $2.5 million due to the corresponding reduction of the deferred tax assets by the same amount. The reduction of deferred tax assets was primarily due to the utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

The Company accounts for deferred taxes under ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”) which involves weighing positive and negative evidence concerning the realizability of the Company’s deferred tax assets in each jurisdiction. The Company evaluated its ability to realize the benefit of its net deferred tax assets and weighed all available positive and negative evidence both objective and subjective in nature. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the weight given to positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. Consideration was given to negative evidence such as the duration and severity of losses in prior years, as well as the expiration and limitation of tax attributes in various jurisdictions. Positive evidence included three-year cumulative profitability of $55.1 million at December 31, 2015. Additionally, after implementing a corporate restructuring of our international business during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 and determining that sufficient forecasted taxable income of appropriate character is expected to continue in future years, the Company believes the weight of the objectively verifiable positive evidence coupled with the subjective positive evidence from forecasted operating plans is sufficient to overcome the weight of any negative evidence. During the quarter ended December 31, 2015, the Company concluded it is more likely than not that it will realize the benefit of $11.2 million of the Company’s net deferred tax assets.

Accordingly, based on its assessment of the realizability of its deferred tax assets, the Company released substantially all of the valuation allowance maintained against its net U.S. deferred tax assets which resulted in a tax benefit of $9.9 million. As of December 31, 2015, the Company continues to maintain a partial valuation allowance of $554,000 against its U.S. deferred tax assets, which include federal net operating losses and credits limited under IRC Section 382 as well as state credits accumulated in jurisdictions in which management does not anticipate sufficient taxable income to utilize the credits. Management will continue to assess the applicability of a valuation allowance at each reporting period.

The benefit for income taxes shown on the consolidated statements of operations differs from amounts that would result from applying the statutory tax rates to income before taxes primarily because of state income taxes and certain permanent expenses that were not deductible, federal and state research and development credits, as well as the release of a valuation allowance against foreign, U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $12.2 million and $12.8 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, that expire at various dates through 2033. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $2.5 million and $4.5 million of federal and state research and development credit carryforwards, respectively, that expire at various dates through 2033.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s ability to generate taxable income within the net operating loss carryforward period. Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards is subject to an annual limitation due to the ownership percentage change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions. The annual limitations will result in the expiration of $754,000 of the federal net operating loss carryforwards before utilization. The Company performed an Internal Revenue Code Section 382 study and determined that utilization of its annual net operating losses are limited to approximately $4.8 million per year through 2017, $2.3 million in 2018 and $1.4 million in years thereafter in connection with changes in control in 2009 and 2013. Through December 31, 2014, the Company accumulated the unused amount of Section 382 limitations in excess of the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that were originally subject to limitation. Therefore, these unused net operating loss carryforwards were available for utilization to offset taxable income generated in 2014.

The Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries notwithstanding that some of these earnings may be taxed before repatriation under the U.S. income tax rules as “deemed distributions.” Other than the earnings taxed on deemed distributions, the Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are to be reinvested indefinitely. If these earnings were distributed to the United States in the form of dividends or otherwise or if the shares of the relevant foreign subsidiaries were sold or otherwise transferred, the Company would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes, subject to adjustment for foreign tax credits, and foreign withholding taxes. As of December 31, 2015, there was $642,000 of cumulative foreign earnings for which U.S. income taxes have not been provided.

The Company recognizes, in its consolidated financial statements, the effect of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. The aggregate changes in gross unrecognized tax benefits during the year ended December 31, 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2015
 

Balance at beginning of year

   $   

Increases for the tax positions taken during current period

     940   
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 940   
  

 

 

 

The Company had no uncertain tax positions during the year ended December 31, 2014. Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2015 is $396,000 of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. There are no amounts of interest or penalties recognized in the consolidated statement of operations or accrued on the consolidated balance sheet for any period presented. The Company does not expect any material changes in these uncertain tax benefits within the next 12 months.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is potentially subject to examination by tax authorities throughout the United States and other foreign jurisdictions in which the Company operates. All tax years since inception remain open to examination by major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject, as carryforward attributes generated in prior period tax years may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or state tax authorities if they have or will be used in a future period. The Company also files foreign tax returns in Denmark and plans on

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

filing in Ireland when required. The Company is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service authorities for the year ending December 31, 2013. There are no state or foreign examinations in process.

15. CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK

Customer Concentration

Customers with revenue equal to or greater than 10% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited) were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

A

     35     28     26     46

B

     23     22     33     18

C

     *        13     13     12

 

* Less than 10% of total revenue in the period indicated

Customer A is currently subject to U.S. Department of Commerce restrictions that could prevent sales to this customer after June 30, 2016.

Customers that accounted for equal to or greater than 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited) were as follows:

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2016
 
     2014     2015    
                 (unaudited)  

A

     21    
21

   
41

B

     *        *        21

C

    
14

   
24

   
*
  

D

              10     *   

 

* Less than 10% of accounts receivable at the date indicated

Supplier Concentration

The Company purchases a substantial portion of its inventory from contract manufacturers located in the United States and Canada. Costs incurred with the contract manufacturer located in the United States represented approximately 73%, 32%, 36% and 20% of total inventory purchases during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited). In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), the Company purchased 48%, 50% and 42% of its inventory from a contract manufacturer located in Canada.

The Company also outsources certain engineering projects to foundries located in Japan and the United States. Costs incurred with the vendor located in Japan represented approximately 26%, 14%, 25% and 7% of the Company’s total research and development costs during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited),

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

respectively. Additionally, during the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited), the Company incurred 13% of its total research and development costs with the vendor located in the United States.

16. RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company is the sponsor of a defined contribution savings plan for all qualified employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan allows participants to contribute a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis up to an amount not to exceed the annual statutory limit applicable to each individual participant. The Company is permitted to make discretionary matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company did not make any discretionary contributions. The Company began making matching contributions to the plan in April 2015. Total discretionary contributions amounted to $383,000 during the year ended December 31, 2015 and $164,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

17. RELATED PARTIES

The Company periodically purchases products from M/A-COM Technology Solutions, Inc. (“M/A-COM”). One of the members of the Board of Directors, Peter Y. Chung, is also a member of the board of directors of M/A-COM. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), the Company made purchases of $170,000, $1.2 million, $15,000 and $3,000 from M/A-COM, respectively. There were no material amounts due to or from M/A-COM as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 or March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events occurring through February 19, 2016, the date that these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that no subsequent events occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements, apart from the amendment to the Working Capital Line of Credit (see Note 8).

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

The Company has evaluated subsequent events occurring through May 2, 2016. Management has determined that no subsequent events occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements, apart from the items noted below.

In April 2016, the Company’s board of directors approved the grant of 560,000 RSUs under the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, the effectiveness of which is contingent upon the closing of the Company’s IPO. These RSUs include awards with time-based vesting and performance-based vesting.

In April 2016, the Company entered into an eight-year operating lease agreement to occupy 114,000 square feet of lab and office space in Maynard, Massachusetts. Base rent payments will begin upon lease commencement and the total estimated base rent payments over the life of the lease are approximately $17.6 million. In addition to the base rent payments, the Company will be obligated to pay certain customary amounts for its share of operating expenses and tax obligations.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

 

 

4,500,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

BofA Merrill Lynch

Deutsche Bank Securities

Needham & Company

Cowen and Company

Northland Capital Markets

 

 

Through and including                     , 2016 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the listing fee of the Nasdaq Global Market.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 15,105   

FINRA filing fee

     22,350   

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

     125,000   

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     1,250,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,500,000   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     5,000   

Transfer Agent’s and registrar fees and expenses

     16,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     150,000   

Miscellaneous

     406,545   
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 3,490,000   
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him in any action or proceeding arising out of his service as one of our directors.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us since March 31, 2013, that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

 

  (1)

Under our 2009 Stock Plan, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 2,046,900 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $1.67 to $13.65

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  per share, an aggregate of 1,314,378 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of our common stock, and an aggregate of 388,070 shares of restricted common stock to certain of our employees, officers, consultants and advisors. 979,293 shares of common stock have been issued pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

 

  (2) From April 2013 to June 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,748,190 shares of Series D preferred stock to 10 investors for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $22.0 million.

 

  (3) Under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, we granted an aggregate of 1,010,000 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of our common stock to certain of our employees, which restricted stock units are contingent upon the closing of this offering.

The stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options, the restricted stock units and the restricted common stock described in paragraph (1) of this Item 15 were issued under our 2009 Stock Plan in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. The restricted stock units described in paragraph (3) of this Item 15 were issued under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

The offer, sale, and issuance of the securities described in paragraph (2) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of the securities to the accredited investors did not involve a public offering. The recipients of the securities in these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. The recipients of the securities in these transactions were accredited investors as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits.

The exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

No financial statement schedules have been submitted because they are not required or are not applicable or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is,

 

II-3


Table of Contents

therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Maynard, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on this 2nd day of May, 2016.

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:   /s/ Murugesan Shanmugaraj
  Murugesan Shanmugaraj
  President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Murugesan Shanmugaraj      

Murugesan Shanmugaraj

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and

  May 2, 2016
   Director (Principal Executive Officer)  

/s/ John F. Gavin      

John F. Gavin

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial

  May 2, 2016
   Officer)  

*      

Francis J. Murphy

  

Corporate Controller

 

May 2, 2016

   (Principal Accounting Officer)  

*      

Eric A. Swanson

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   May 2, 2016

*      

Peter Y. Chung

   Director   May 2, 2016

*      

Elliot M. Katzman

   Director   May 2, 2016

*      

Benny P. Mikkelsen

   Director   May 2, 2016

*      

Stan J. Reiss

   Director   May 2, 2016

*      

John Ritchie

   Director   May 2, 2016

 

*By:  

/s/ Murugesan Shanmugaraj

 

Murugesan Shanmugaraj

  Attorney-in-Fact


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Some of the agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (1) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (2) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (3) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (4) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

The Registrant acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

 

Exhibit

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*    Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Registrant
  3.2*    Bylaws of the Registrant
  3.3    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)
  4.1*    Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of common stock
  4.2*    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated April 17, 2013, by and among the Registrant and the other parties thereto
  5.1    Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
10.1*    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers
10.2 +    2009 Stock Plan, as amended
10.3* +    Forms of Stock Option Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan
10.4* +    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan
10.5* +    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan
10.6* +    2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.7* +    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8* +    Form of Non-statutory Stock Option Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9* +    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.10+    Amended and Restated 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.11* +   

Severance and Change in Control Benefits Plan

10.12* +    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of Murugesan Shanmugaraj, Benny P. Mikkelsen and Bhupendra C. Shah


Table of Contents

Exhibit

  

Description

10.13*    Commercial Lease, dated October 27, 2009, by and between the Registrant and AS Clock Tower Owner, LLC, as amended
10.14*    Commercial Lease, dated January 21, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Hi-Tech Properties, I, LLC, as amended
10.15*    Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended
10.16*†    Strategic Partnering Agreement, dated March 8, 2011, by and between the Registrant and ADVA Optical Networking North America, Inc., as amended
10.17*†    General Conditions of Purchase, dated December 3, 2010, by and between the Registrant and ZTE Corporation, as amended
10.18*†    Master Supply Agreement, dated October 18, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Fujitsu Semiconductor America, Inc.
10.19*†    Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Sanmina Corporation
10.20    Lease, dated April 13, 2016, by and between the Registrant and AS Clock Tower Owner, LLC
10.21    Commercial Lease, dated March 18, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Somerset Holmdel Development I Urban Renewal, L.P.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
23.2    Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

* Previously filed.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

EX-1.1

Exhibit 1.1

Acacia Communications, Inc.

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

 

Underwriting Agreement

[                    ], 2016

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

As representatives of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto,

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street,

New York, New York 10282

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [            ] shares and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [            ] additional shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Stock”), of the Company, and the stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) propose, severally and not jointly, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Underwriters, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [            ] additional shares of Stock. The aggregate of [            ] shares to be sold by the Company is herein called the “Firm Shares” and the aggregate of [            ] additional shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders is herein called the “Optional Shares”. The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “Shares”.

1. a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement on Form S–1 (File No. 333-208680) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you and, excluding exhibits thereto, to you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed


pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; the final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”; any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act is hereinafter called a “Section 5(d) Communication”; and any Section 5(d) Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Section 5(d) Writing”);

(ii) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (each a “Representative” and collectively, the “Representatives”) expressly for use therein (the “Underwriter Information”) or information furnished in writing to the Company by a Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein, which information shall consist of only (A) the legal name and address and the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Selling Stockholder, and (B) the other information (excluding percentages) with respect to such Selling Stockholder which appears in the table and corresponding footnotes under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” in the Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (“Selling Stockholder Information”).

 

2


(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [            :            m] (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement. The Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule III(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule III(a) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and each Section 5(d) Writing listed on Schedule III(b) hereto, each as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing in reliance upon and in conformity with Underwriter Information or Selling Stockholder Information;

(iv) No documents were filed with the Commission since the Commission’s close of business on the business day immediately prior to the date of this Agreement and prior to the execution of this Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule III(b) hereto;

(v) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with Underwriter Information or Selling Stockholder Information;

(vi) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of the exercise of any outstanding stock options or the settlement of any outstanding restricted stock units or the award of stock options or restricted stock units in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s stock

 

3


plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus) or long term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus;

(vii) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases (to the knowledge of the Company with respect to any counterparty to such agreement) (subject to the effects of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) the application of general principles of equity) with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries;

(viii) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with corporate power and corporate authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified or in good standing in any such jurisdiction; and each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and each such subsidiary has been listed in the Registration Statement;

(ix) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder, have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;

(x) The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters hereunder have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;

 

4


(xi) The issuance and sale of the Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (A) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (B) the certificate of incorporation or by laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (C) any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except in the case of (A) and (C) for such violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a material adverse change, or involve a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the performance of the Company of its obligation under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”); and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issuance and sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration under the Act of the sale of the Shares, the registration of the Stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements, and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the rules and regulations of FINRA or the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (the “Exchange”) in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(xii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or by laws or (B) in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except in the case of (B) for such defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xiii) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, and under the captions “Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock” and “Underwriting”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate and complete in all material respects;

 

5


(xiv) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

(xv) The Company is not required and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, will not be required to register as an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (the “Investment Company Act”);

(xvi) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement the Company was not, is not, and as of each Time of Delivery will not be an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;

(xvii) Deloitte & Touche LLP, which has certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Act, the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and the Public Accounting Oversight Board;

(xviii) The financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the periods specified; the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement comply with the applicable requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved except as disclosed therein; the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, if any, present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein; the selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein, except as disclosed therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus under the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; to the extent included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the pro forma financial information and the related notes thereto included therein have been prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Act and comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act, and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable, and the assumptions underlying such pro forma financial information are reasonable and are set forth in the Registration

 

6


Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus in all material respects; all other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby;

(xix) The Company and its directors and officers, in their capacities as such, have taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Company will be in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith;

(xx) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;

(xxi) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

(xxii) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(xxiii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(xxiv) The Company and its subsidiaries own, or have the right to use pursuant to license, sublicense, agreement or permission, the patents, trademarks, service marks, patent applications, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, domain names, information, know-how, proprietary rights and processes (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary for their business as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and, to the Company’s knowledge, necessary in connection with the products and services under development, without any known conflict with or infringement of the intellectual property rights of others, and have taken all reasonable steps necessary to secure interests in such Intellectual Property and have taken all reasonable steps necessary to secure assignment of such Intellectual Property from its employees and contractors; except as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, there has not

 

7


been any infringement by any third party of any Intellectual Property or other similar rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; except as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no outstanding options, licenses or agreements of any kind relating to the Intellectual Property of the Company that are required to be set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; except as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; none of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company or its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its directors or executive officers or any of its employees or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons; except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written communications alleging that the Company or any of its subsidiaries has violated, infringed or conflicted with, or, by conducting its business as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, would violate, infringe or conflict with any of the Intellectual Property of any other person or entity other than any such violations, infringements or conflicts which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had, and are not reasonably likely to result in, a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company and its subsidiaries have taken and will maintain reasonable measures to prevent the unauthorized dissemination or publication of their confidential information and, to the extent contractually required to do so, the confidential information of third parties in their possession;

(xxv) The Company and its subsidiaries have (A) paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes required to be paid through the date hereof, except any such taxes being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, and (B) filed all tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof, in each case except for those returns for which a request for extension has been filed; and there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, except where such deficiencies, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxvi) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, except where the failure to so possess or to have made such declaration or filing would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received written notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except where such revocation or modification would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

8


(xxvii) No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, manufacturers, contractors or customers, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of cancellation or termination with respect to any collective bargaining agreement to which it is a party;

(xxviii) (A) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to, ERISA and the Code, except for noncompliance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (B) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption, has occurred with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (C) neither the Company nor any member of its Controlled Group have ever maintained or contributed to or participated in a Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) or a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA; and (D) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries;

(xxix) (A) The Company and its subsidiaries (1) are, and at all prior times were, in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, decrees, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to Hazardous Substances (as defined below), the environment, natural resources or the protection of human or worker health or safety (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (2) have obtained and are in compliance with all permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, (3) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability (including, without limitation, such liability of a third party that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Company or any of its subsidiaries) under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any Release (as defined below) or threat of Release of Hazardous Substances, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any

 

9


such notice, (4) are not conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, remediation or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location, and (5) are not a party to any order, decree or agreement that imposes any obligation or liability under any Environmental Law; (B) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (A) and (B) above, for any such failure to comply, or failure to receive required permits, licenses or approvals, or cost, obligation or liability, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (C) except as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (1) there are no proceedings that are pending, or that are known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which the Company reasonably believes no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (2) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning Hazardous Substances that would reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (3) none of the Company and its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws;

(xxx) There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Substances by, due to or caused by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other entity (including any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or would reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or at, on, under or from any other property, in violation of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that would reasonably be expected to result in any liability under any Environmental Law, except for any violation or liability which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. “Hazardous Substances” means any material, chemical, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos containing materials, and polychlorinated biphenyls, that is regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. “Release” means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing or migrating into or through the indoor or outdoor environment;

(xxxi) Except as would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has violated (A) any federal, state or local law or foreign law relating to discrimination in hiring, promotion or pay of employees, (B) any applicable wage or hour laws or (C) any provision of ERISA or the rules and regulations thereunder;

 

10


(xxxii) The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are reasonable and is ordinary and customary for comparable companies in the same or similar businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (A) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (B) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business;

(xxxiii) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; (iv) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom; or (v) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment;

(xxxiv) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

(xxxv) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or (ii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions;

 

11


(xxxvi) Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects, and the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources to the extent required by any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having any jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, or any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject;

(xxxvii) There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights as may be described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus. The holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the Shares that have not been complied with or otherwise effectively waived;

(xxxviii) The Company’s board of directors meets the independence requirements of, and has established an audit committee and a compensation committee, in each case, that meets the independence requirements of, the rules and regulations of the Commission and the Exchange (including applicable phase-in exceptions disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus);

(xxxix) The Company has operated its business in a manner compliant in all material respects with all privacy, data security and data protection laws and regulations, all contractual obligations and all Company policies applicable to the Company’s collection, handling, usage, disclosure and storage of all personally identifiable data (“personal Data”), along with all other data, including without limitation, IP addresses, mobile device identifiers and website usage activity data (“Device and Activity Data”). In addition, in collecting, handling, using, disclosing and/or storing Device and Activity Data, the Company complies in all material respects with all applicable industry guidelines and codes of conduct. The Company has implemented and maintains policies and procedures designed to ensure the integrity, security and confidentiality of all personal Data and all Device and Activity Data collected, handled used, disclosed and/or stored by the Company in connection with the Company’s operation of its business. The Company has policies and procedures in place designed to ensure privacy, data security and data protection laws are complied with and takes appropriate steps which are reasonably designed to assure compliance in all material respects with such policies and procedures. Such policies and procedures comply in all material respects with all laws and regulations applicable to the Company as well as all contractual obligations applicable to Company. The Company has required and does require all third parties to which it provides any personal Data or Device and Activity Data to maintain the privacy and security of such personal Data or Device and Activity Data, as applicable, including by contractually requiring such third parties to protect such personal Data or Device and Activity Data, as applicable from unauthorized access by and/or disclosure to any unauthorized third parties. The Company has not experienced any security incident that has compromised the privacy and/or security of any personal Data;

 

12


(xl) The Company has not and, to its knowledge, no one acting on its behalf has, (A) taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which would reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares, (B) sold, bid for, purchased, or paid anyone any compensation for soliciting purchases of, the Shares, or (C) paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Company other than as contemplated in this Agreement;

(xli) Since the date as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, the Company has not (A) issued or granted any securities, other than pursuant to employee benefit plans, stock option plans or other employee compensation plans disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants, (B) incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, other than liabilities and obligations that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, (C) entered into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of business or (D) declared or paid any dividends on its capital stock;

(xlii) Except as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering; and

(xliii) From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which a Section 5(d) Communication was made) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company, with respect to itself only, that:

(i) No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or governmental body or agency is necessary for the execution and delivery by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement hereinafter referred to for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, except for the registration under the Act of the Shares, the approval by FINRA of the underwriting terms and arrangements, such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, and except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as would not reasonably be expected to impair the consummation of such Selling Stockholder’s

 

13


obligations hereunder and under the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and, if applicable, subject to the exercise of stock options for which such Selling Stockholder has the right to exercise, to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(ii) The sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By laws of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a corporation, the Partnership Agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a partnership or similar governing documents if such Selling Stockholder is another type of entity, or (C) result in a violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries or any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder; except, in the case of (A) and (C), for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to adversely affect the ability of such Selling Stockholder to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement;

(iii) Such Selling Stockholder has (except in the case of Shares underlying stock options), and immediately prior to each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) such Selling Stockholder will have, good and valid title to the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder at such Time of Delivery, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except for any liens, encumbrances, equities or claims under the Custody Agreement; and, upon delivery of such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as applicable, to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;

(iv) On or prior to the date of the Pricing Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder has executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Annex IV hereto;

(v) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

 

14


(vi) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with Selling Stockholder Information, such Registration Statement and Preliminary Prospectus did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto in light of the circumstances under which they were made);

(vii) In order to document the Underwriters’ compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated, such Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at the First Time of Delivery a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W 9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof);

(viii) The Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, and to the extent applicable, the stock option agreements relating to options exercisable for the Shares (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Shares issued upon exercise) have been placed in custody under a Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the “Custody Agreement”), duly executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder to Computershare Inc., as custodian (the “Custodian”), and such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the “Power of Attorney”), appointing the persons indicated in Schedule II hereto, and each of them, as such Selling Stockholder’s attorneys in fact (the “Attorneys in Fact”) with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Selling Stockholders as provided in Section 2 hereof, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement;

(ix) The Shares, and to the extent applicable, the stock option agreements relating to options exercisable for the Shares (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Shares issued upon exercise) held in custody for such Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder; the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Selling Stockholder of the Attorneys in Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable, except in the case of the Custody Agreement, as set forth therein; the obligations of the Selling Stockholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling Stockholder or, in the case of an estate or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, by the dissolution of such partnership, limited liability company

 

15


or corporation, or by the occurrence of any other event; if any individual Selling Stockholder or any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated, or if any such estate or trust should be terminated, or if any such partnership, limited liability company or corporation should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, the Shares, and to the extent applicable, the stock option agreements relating to options exercisable for the Shares (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Shares issued upon exercise), to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Custody Agreements; and actions taken by the Attorneys in Fact pursuant to the Powers of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys in Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event; and

(x) Such Selling Stockholder is not prompted by any material non public information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is not disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price per share of $[            ], the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company and the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Company and the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, hereby grant, severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [            ] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares

 

16


but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares shall be made [in proportion to the maximum number of Optional Shares to be sold by the Company and all Selling Stockholders as set forth in Schedule II hereto] [initially with respect to the Optional Shares to be sold by the Company and then among the Selling Stockholders in proportion to the maximum number of Optional Shares to be sold by each Selling Stockholder as set forth in Schedule II hereto].] Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company and the Selling Stockholders or Attorneys in Fact, as applicable, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company and the Selling Stockholders or Attorneys in Fact, as applicable, otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the accounts specified by the Company and the Custodian to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will cause the certificates, if any, representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [            ], 2016 or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Attorneys in Fact may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(l) hereof will be delivered at the offices of Goodwin Procter LLP, Exchange Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at [            ]     .m., New York

 

17


City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Agreement, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery of which you disapprove promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all materials required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus relating to the Shares or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) To promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise subject to taxation on the date hereof;

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under

 

18


which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities (whose name and address the Underwriters shall furnish to the Company) as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158), which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”);

(e) i) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), not to (A) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (B) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than the Shares to be sold hereunder or pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement), without the prior written consent of the Representatives; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an option, the settlement of a restricted stock unit or the conversion or exchange of a security outstanding on the date hereof and disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, (c) the issuance by the Company of Stock or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Stock, in each case pursuant to the Company’s stock plans disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, (d) the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, business, property or other assets of another person or pursuant to an employee benefit plan

 

19


assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement, (e) the entry into any agreement providing for the issuance of shares of Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Stock in connection with a joint venture, commercial relationship or other strategic transaction, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement; provided that in the case of clauses (b) through (e) the Company shall cause each recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to you, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a Lock-Up Agreement for the remainder of the Company Lock-Up Period and enter stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar on such securities, which the Company agrees it will not waive or amend without the prior written consent of Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters; and further, provided, that the aggregate number of shares of Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to clauses (d) and (e) shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of shares of the Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(ii) If the Representatives, each acting in its sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions in any Lock-Up Agreement for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex III hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;

(f) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail, provided that no reports, documents or other information need to be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(f) to the extent they are available on EDGAR;

(g) During a period of five years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission); provided that no reports, statements, communications, or other information need to be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(g) to the extent they are available on EDGAR or the investor section of the Company’s website, and provided further that no additional information shall be required if the disclosure of such additional information would result in a violation of Regulation FD;

 

20


(h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the Exchange;

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), to file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 CFR 202.3a);

(l) Upon the reasonable request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “License”); provided, however, that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred; and

(m) To promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) completion of the Company Lock-Up Period.

6.

(a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule III(a) hereto;

(b) The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Section 5(d) Communications, other than Section 5(d) Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited

 

21


investors as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Section 5(d) Writings, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule III(b) hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Section 5(d) Communications;

(c) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(d) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that (i) any Section 5(d) Communications undertaken by it were with entities that are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Act and (ii) it will not distribute, or authorize any other person to distribute, any Section 5(d) Writing, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Company; and

(e) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing, any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Section 5(d) Writing or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this covenant shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing made in reliance upon and in conformity with Underwriter Information or Selling Stockholder Information.

7. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, covenant and agree with one another and the several Underwriters that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants, Mintz Levin Cohn Ferris Glovsky and Popeo PC, as a special counsel for certain Selling Stockholders (“Mintz Levin Fees”) in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters (not to exceed $5,000) in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; (v) the

 

22


filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters (not to exceed $20,000) in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates representing the Shares, if applicable, (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar, and (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; provided that, in connection with the “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Shares, (A) the Company and the Underwriters will each bear 50% of the costs associated with any chartered aircraft used, and (B) the Company and the Underwriters will each pay their own costs associated with hotel accommodations. Each Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Stockholder’s obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, including (i) any fees and expenses of separate counsel for such Selling Stockholder, except as contemplated above, and (ii) all taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. In connection with clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, Goldman, Sachs & Co. agrees to pay New York State stock transfer tax, and the Selling Stockholder agrees to reimburse Goldman, Sachs & Co. for carrying costs associated with such payment if such tax payment is not rebated on the day of payment and for any portion of such tax payment not rebated. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section 7, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Goodwin Procter LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion or opinions dated such Time of Delivery in substantially the form attached as Annex II(a) hereto, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

 

23


(c) Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion dated such Time of Delivery in substantially the form attached as Annex II(b) hereto;

(d) The respective counsel for each of the Selling Stockholders, as indicated in Schedule II hereto, each shall have furnished to you their written opinion with respect to each of the Selling Stockholders for whom they are acting as counsel dated such Time of Delivery in substantially the form attached as Annex II(c) hereto;

(e) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex I hereto (the executed copy of the letter delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement is attached as Annex I(a) hereto and a form of the letter to be delivered on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and as of each Time of Delivery is attached as Annex I(b) hereto);

(f) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of the exercise of stock options or the settlement of restricted stock units or the award of stock options or restricted stock units in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s stock plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus) or long term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, business, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus;

(g) There are no debt securities or preferred stock of, or guaranteed by, the Company that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act;

 

24


(h) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by Federal, New York or Massachusetts State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war; or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

(i) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

(j) FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Shares;

(k) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each stockholder of the Company listed on Schedule IV hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex IV hereto in form and substance satisfactory to you (each, a “Lock-Up Agreement”);

(l) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement;

(m) At each Time of Delivery, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in their capacities as such, shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, to the effect that each such officer has carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as well as each electronic road show used in connection with the offering of the Shares, and this Agreement and that:

(i) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct on and at such Time of Delivery with the same effect as if made on such Time of Delivery and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Time of Delivery;

(ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened; and

(iii) since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there has been no Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

25


(n) At each Time of Delivery, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in his capacity as such, shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate in a form agreed by the Representatives and the Company and dated the respective date of delivery thereof, certifying that certain factual statements in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, are true and correct on and at such Time of Delivery with the same effect as if made on such Time of Delivery;

(o) At each Time of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of an Attorney-in-Fact on behalf of each Selling Stockholder to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties of each Selling Stockholder in this Agreement are true and correct on and at such Time of Delivery with the same effect as if made on such Time of Delivery, and (ii) each Selling Stockholder has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Time of Delivery;

(p) At each Time of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Secretary of the Company, as to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request; and

(q) At each Time of Delivery, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished to the Representatives such additional information, certificates, opinions or documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

9.

(a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (i) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or any Section 5(d) Writing, or (ii) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Section 5(d) Writing, in reliance upon and in conformity with Underwriter Information.

(b) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an

 

26


untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Section 5(d) Writing, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case only with respect to such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information and to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information; and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Section 5(d) Writing, in reliance upon and in conformity with Underwriter Information. Such Selling Stockholder’s liability under this subsection (b) shall not exceed the proceeds (net of any underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by such Selling Stockholder from the sale of the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder (the “Selling Stockholder Proceeds”) less any amounts that such Selling Stockholder is obligated to pay under subsection (e) below.

(c) Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with Underwriter Information; and will reimburse the Company and each Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement

 

27


thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (d) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company ,each of the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in

 

28


respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) no Selling Stockholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Proceeds less any amounts that such Selling Stockholder is obligated to pay under subsection (b) above. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and the Selling Stockholders and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.

10.

(a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty six hours within which to procure another party or other parties reasonably satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company or a Selling Stockholder notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company or the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

 

29


(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to a Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

11. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any of the Selling Stockholders, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholders shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided herein, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out of pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

 

30


13. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you as the Representatives ;and in all dealings with any Selling Stockholder hereunder, you and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder made or given by any or all of the Attorneys in Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to (i) Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department, (ii) Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Capital Markets, and (iii) Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 2nd Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Equity Capital Markets – Syndicate Desk, with a copy to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 36th Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: General Counsel, fax: (212) 797-4561, and with a copy to Goodwin Procter LLP, Exchange Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, Attention: Mark T. Bettencourt, Esq. and Joseph C. Theis, Esq.; if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the Attorney-in-Fact at the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: General Counsel, with a copy to counsel for such Selling Stockholder at its address set forth in Schedule II hereto; if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary, with a copy to Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, 60 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, Attention: Mark G. Borden, Esq., David A. Westenberg, Esq. and Jason C. Kropp, Esq.; and if to any stockholder that has delivered a Lock-Up Agreement shall be delivered or sent by mail to his or her respective address provided in Schedule IV hereto or such other address as such stockholder provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(d) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholders by you on request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

 

31


15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

16. The Company and the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company and each Selling Stockholder has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company and each Selling Stockholder agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between or among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

19. The Company, each Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

20. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

21. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Selling Stockholders are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholders relating to tax treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to tax treatment.

 

32


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us six counterparts hereof (one for the Company, one for each of the Representatives and one for each counsel and the Custodian), and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

 

33


Any person executing and delivering this Agreement as Attorney in Fact for a Selling Stockholder represents by so doing that he has been duly appointed as Attorney in Fact by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to a validly existing and binding Power-of-Attorney that authorizes such Attorney in Fact to take such action.

 

Very truly yours,
Acacia Communications, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


[Names of Selling Stockholders]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  As Attorney in Fact acting on behalf of each of the Selling Stockholders named in Schedule II to this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


Accepted as of the date hereof:
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                        Incorporated

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total Number
of Firm
Shares to be
Purchased
   Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Purchased if
Maximum Option
Exercised

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

     

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

     

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

     

Needham & Company, LLC

     

Cowen and Company, LLC

     

Northland Securities, Inc.

     
  

 

  

 

Total

     
  

 

  

 

 

1


SCHEDULE II

 

     Total Number
of Firm Shares
to be Sold
   Number of
Optional Shares
to be Sold if
Maximum
Option
Exercised

The Company.

     

The Selling Stockholder(s):

     

[Name of Selling Stockholder](a)

     

[Name of Selling Stockholder](b)

     

[Name of Selling Stockholder](c)

     

[Name of Selling Stockholder](d)

     

[Name of Selling Stockholder](e)

     
  

 

  

 

Total

     
  

 

  

 

 

(a) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [Name and Address of Counsel] and has appointed [Names of Attorneys in Fact (not less than two)], and each of them, as the Attorneys in Fact for such Selling Stockholder.
(b) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [Name and Address of Counsel] and has appointed [Names of Attorneys in Fact (not less than two)], and each of them, as the Attorneys in Fact for such Selling Stockholder.
(c) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [Name and Address of Counsel] and has appointed [Names of Attorneys in Fact (not less than two)], and each of them, as the Attorneys in Fact for such Selling Stockholder.
(d) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [Name and Address of Counsel] and has appointed [Names of Attorneys in Fact (not less than two)], and each of them, as the Attorneys in Fact for such Selling Stockholder.
(e) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [Name and Address of Counsel] and has appointed [Names of Attorneys in Fact (not less than two)], and each of them, as the Attorneys in Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

 

2


SCHEDULE III

 

(a) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses

[None]

 

(b) Additional documents incorporated by reference (including any Section 5(d) Writings):

[None]

 

(c) Information that, together with the Pricing Prospectus, comprises the Pricing Disclosure Package

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $[                    ].

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [                    ].

[Add any other pricing disclosure.]

 

3


SCHEDULE IV

 

Name of Stockholder

  

Address

  

 

4


ANNEX I

Pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Underwriting Agreement, the accountants shall furnish letters to the Underwriters to the effect that:

(i) They are independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder;

(ii) In their opinion, the financial statements and any supplementary financial information and schedules (and, if applicable, financial forecasts and/or pro forma financial information) examined by them and included in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations thereunder; and, if applicable, they have made a review in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants of the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements, selected financial data, pro forma financial information, financial forecasts and/or condensed financial statements derived from audited financial statements of the Company for the periods specified in such letter, as indicated in their reports thereon, copies of which have been furnished to the Representatives;

(iii) They have made a review in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants of the unaudited consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus as indicated in their reports thereon, copies of which have been furnished to the Representatives, and on the basis of specified procedures including inquiries of officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters regarding whether the unaudited consolidated financial statements referred to in paragraph (vi)(A)(i) below comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations, nothing came to their attention that cause them to believe that the unaudited consolidated financial statements do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations;

(iv) The unaudited selected financial information with respect to the consolidated results of operations and financial position of the Company for the [three] most recent fiscal years included in the Prospectus agrees with the corresponding amounts (after restatements where applicable) in the audited consolidated financial statements for such [three] fiscal years which are included in the Registration Statement;

(v) They have compared the information in the Prospectus under selected captions with the disclosure requirements of Regulation S-K and on the basis of limited procedures specified in such letter nothing came to their attention as a result of the foregoing procedures that caused them to believe that this information does not conform in all material respects with the disclosure requirements of Items 301, 302, 402 and 503(d), respectively, of Regulation S-K;

 

5


(vi) On the basis of limited procedures, not constituting an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, consisting of a reading of the unaudited financial statements and other information referred to below, a reading of the latest available interim financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, inspection of the minute books of the Company and its subsidiaries since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus, inquiries of officials of the Company and its subsidiaries responsible for financial and accounting matters and such other inquiries and procedures as may be specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that:

(A) (i) the unaudited consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations, or (ii) any material modifications should be made to the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles;

(B) any other unaudited income statement data and balance sheet items included in the Prospectus do not agree with the corresponding items in the unaudited consolidated financial statements from which such data and items were derived, and any such unaudited data and items were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis for the corresponding amounts in the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Prospectus;

(C) the unaudited financial statements which were not included in the Prospectus but from which were derived any unaudited condensed financial statements referred to in clause (A) and any unaudited income statement data and balance sheet items included in the Prospectus and referred to in clause (B) were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis for the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Prospectus;

(D) any unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed financial statements included in the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the published rules and regulations thereunder or the pro forma adjustments have not been properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of those statements;

(E) as of a specified date not more than five days prior to the date of such letter, there have been any changes in the consolidated capital stock (other than issuances of capital stock upon exercise of options and stock appreciation rights, upon earn outs of performance shares and upon conversions of convertible securities, in each case which were outstanding on the date of the latest financial

 

6


statements included in the Prospectus) or any increase in the consolidated long term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, or any decreases in consolidated net current assets or stockholders’ equity or other items specified by the Representatives, or any increases in any items specified by the Representatives, in each case as compared with amounts shown in the latest balance sheet included in the Prospectus, except in each case for changes, increases or decreases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and

(F) for the period from the date of the latest financial statements included in the Prospectus to the specified date referred to in clause (E) there were any decreases in consolidated net revenues or operating profit or the total or per share amounts of consolidated net income or other items specified by the Representatives, or any increases in any items specified by the Representatives, in each case as compared with the comparable period of the preceding year and with any other period of corresponding length specified by the Representatives, except in each case for decreases or increases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and

(vii) In addition to the examination referred to in their report(s) included in the Prospectus and the limited procedures, inspection of minute books, inquiries and other procedures referred to in paragraphs (iii) and (vi) above, they have carried out certain specified procedures, not constituting an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, with respect to certain amounts, percentages and financial information specified by the Representatives, which are derived from the general accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries, which appear in the Prospectus, or in Part II of, or in exhibits and schedules to, the Registration Statement specified by the Representatives, and have compared certain of such amounts, percentages and financial information with the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries and have found them to be in agreement.

 

7


ANNEX I(a)

COPY OF COMFORT LETTER DELIVERED

PRIOR TO EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT

 

8


ANNEX I(b)

FORM OF COMFORT LETTER TO BE DELIVERED

AT EACH TIME OF DELIVERY

 

9


ANNEX II(a)

FORM OF OPINION OF

COUNSEL FOR THE UNDERWRITERS

 

10


ANNEX II(b)

FORM OF OPINION OF

COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY

 

11


ANNEX II(c)

FORM OF OPINION OF

COUNSEL FOR THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

12


ANNEX III

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

Acacia Communications, Inc.

[Date]

Acacia Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Goldman, Sachs & Co., the lead book-running manager in the recent public sale of [            ] shares of the Company’s common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [            ] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [            ], 201[    ], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

13


ANNEX IV

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

14


EX-3.3

EXHIBIT 3.3

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(originally incorporated on June 2, 2009)

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Acacia Communications, Inc.

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 155,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 150,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A COMMON STOCK.

1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.

2. Voting. The holders of the Common Stock shall have voting rights at all meetings of stockholders, each such holder being entitled to one vote for each share thereof held by such holder; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (which, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation. There shall be no cumulative voting.

The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


3. Dividends. Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

4. Liquidation. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

 

B PREFERRED STOCK.

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such terms as stated or expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as hereinafter provided. Any shares of Preferred Stock which may be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued except as otherwise provided by law.

Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by adopting a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of the shares thereof and by filing a certificate of designations relating thereto in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, to determine and fix the number of shares of such series and such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including without limitation thereof, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolutions providing for issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law.

The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH: Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

SIXTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and subject to the terms of any series of

 

-2-


Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present. The stockholders may not adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation, or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith, unless such action is approved, in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes that all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article SIXTH.

SEVENTH: Except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as so amended.

EIGHTH: The Corporation shall provide indemnification as follows:

1. Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974), and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

-3-


2. Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent, that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

3. Indemnification for Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article EIGHTH, to the extent that an Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article EIGHTH, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, or on appeal from any such action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.

4. Notification and Defense of Claim. As a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified under this Article EIGHTH, such Indemnitee must notify the Corporation in writing as soon as reasonably practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnitee for which indemnity will or could be sought. With respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation is so notified, the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election so to assume such defense, the Corporation shall not be liable to Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, other than as provided below in this Section 4. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation, (ii) counsel to Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be

 

-4-


a conflict of interest or position on any significant issue between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation or (iii) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel for Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Article EIGHTH. The Corporation shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Corporation or as to which counsel for Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above. The Corporation shall not be required to indemnify Indemnitee under this Article EIGHTH for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation effected without its written consent. The Corporation shall not settle any action, suit, proceeding or investigation in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Corporation nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed settlement.

5. Advance of Expenses. Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of this Article EIGHTH, in the event of any threatened or pending action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation receives notice under this Article EIGHTH, any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in defending an action, suit, proceeding or investigation or any appeal therefrom shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such matter; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article EIGHTH; and provided further that no such advancement of expenses shall be made under this Article EIGHTH if it is determined (in the manner described in Section 6) that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, or (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make such repayment.

6. Procedure for Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. In order to obtain indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to Section 1, 2, 3 or 5 of this Article EIGHTH, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request. Any such advancement of expenses shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request of Indemnitee, unless (i) the Corporation has assumed the defense pursuant to Section 4 of this Article EIGHTH (and none of the circumstances described in Section 4 of this Article EIGHTH that would nonetheless entitle the Indemnitee to indemnification for the fees and expenses of separate counsel have occurred) or (ii) the Corporation determines within such 60-day period that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1, 2 or 5 of this Article EIGHTH, as the case may be. Any such indemnification, unless ordered by a court, shall be made with respect to requests under Section 1 or 2 only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination by the Corporation that the indemnification of Indemnitee is proper because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made in each instance (a) by a majority vote of the directors of the

 

-5-


Corporation consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“disinterested directors”), whether or not a quorum, (b) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by majority vote of disinterested directors, whether or not a quorum, (c) if there are no disinterested directors, or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be regular legal counsel to the Corporation) in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

7. Remedies. Subject to Article TWELFTH, the right to indemnification or advancement of expenses as granted by this Article EIGHTH shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation pursuant to Section 6 of this Article EIGHTH that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any suit brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

8. Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article EIGHTH, except as set forth in Section 7 of this Article EIGHTH, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee pursuant to this Article EIGHTH in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article EIGHTH, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund indemnification payments to the Corporation to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

9. Subsequent Amendment. No amendment, termination or repeal of this Article EIGHTH or of the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable laws shall adversely affect or diminish in any way the rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification under the provisions hereof with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or relating to any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, termination or repeal.

10. Other Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article EIGHTH shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office for the Corporation, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of

 

-6-


Indemnitee. Nothing contained in this Article EIGHTH shall be deemed to prohibit, and the Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into, agreements with officers and directors providing indemnification and advancement of expenses rights and procedures different from, equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article EIGHTH, and this Article EIGHTH shall not be deemed to limit, modify or condition the rights contained in any such agreement or modify or supplement the procedures contained in any such agreement in any manner that may be adverse to such officers or directors. In addition, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article EIGHTH.

11. Partial Indemnification. If an Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Article EIGHTH to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation and any appeal therefrom but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

12. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) against any expense, liability or loss incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

13. Savings Clause. If this Article EIGHTH or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article EIGHTH that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

14. Definitions. Terms used herein and defined in Section 145(h) and Section 145(i) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in such Section 145(h) and Section 145(i).

NINTH: This Article NINTH is inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

-7-


1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

2. Number of Directors; Election of Directors. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be established by the Board of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, except as and to the extent provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

3. Classes of Directors. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to Class I, Class II or Class III at the time such classification becomes effective.

4. Terms of Office. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided that each director initially assigned to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; each director initially assigned to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and each director initially assigned to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided further, that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor and be subject to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

5. Quorum. The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors fixed pursuant to Section 2 of this Article NINTH shall constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

6. Action at Meeting. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors unless a greater number is required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation.

7. Removal. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, directors of the Corporation may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.

8. Vacancies. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy or newly created directorship in the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be

 

-8-


filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

9. Stockholder Nominations and Introduction of Business, Etc. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and other business to be brought by stockholders before a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided by the By-laws of the Corporation.

10. Allocation of Corporate Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, Matrix Partners VIII, L.P., Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P. and Summit Partners, L.P. and their respective affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries), and all of their respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers and employees (the “Exempted Persons”) shall not have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Exempted Persons, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, unless such opportunity is a Retained Opportunity (as defined below). Accordingly, except for Retained Opportunities, each such Exempted Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation and, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, shall not be liable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Exempted Person pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or its subsidiaries.

11. Amendments to Article. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article NINTH.

TENTH: Stockholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article TENTH.

ELEVENTH: Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by only the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article ELEVENTH.

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, other employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or as to which the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s By-Laws (in each case, as they may be amended from time

 

-9-


to time) or governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article TWELFTH.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates, integrates and amends the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, and which has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, has been executed by its duly authorized officer this [            ] day of [            ], 2016.

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:    
  Name: Raj Shanmugaraj
  Title: President

 

-10-


EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

 

May 2, 2016   
  

+1 617 526 6000 (t)

+1 617 526 5000 (f)

wilmerhale.com

Acacia Communications, Inc.

Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100

Maynard, MA 01754

Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-208680) (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for the registration of an aggregate of 5,175,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Shares”), of Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), of which (i) up to 4,570,184 Shares (including 70,184 Shares issuable upon exercise of an option granted by the Company) will be issued and sold by the Company and (ii) the remaining 604,816 Shares will be sold by certain stockholders of the Company upon the exercise of an option granted by such stockholders (the “Selling Stockholders”).

The Shares are to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders pursuant to an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) to be entered into by and among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters named in the Underwriting Agreement, the form of which has been filed as Exhibit 1 to the Registration Statement.

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of the Shares. We have examined signed copies of the Registration Statement as filed with the Commission. We have also examined and relied upon the Underwriting Agreement, minutes of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors of the Company as provided to us by the Company, stock record books of the Company as provided to us by the Company, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company, each as restated and/or amended to date, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary for purposes of rendering the opinions hereinafter set forth.

In our examination of the foregoing documents, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

 

LOGO


 

May 2, 2016

Page 2

   LOGO

 

Our opinion in clause (ii) below, insofar as it relates to the Selling Stockholders’ shares being fully paid, is based solely on a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company confirming the Company’s receipt of the consideration called for by the applicable resolutions authorizing the issuance of such shares.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal laws of the United States of America.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that (i) the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, such Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Please note that we are opining only as to the matters expressly set forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matters. This opinion is based upon currently existing statutes, rules, regulations and judicial decisions, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any of these sources of law or subsequent legal or factual developments which might affect any matters or opinions set forth herein.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and to the use of our name therein and in the related Prospectus under the caption “Validity of Common Stock.” In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Very truly yours,

 

WILMER CUTLER PICKERING

HALE AND DORR LLP

By:  

/s/ David A. Westenberg

  David A. Westenberg, a Partner

 


EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2009 STOCK PLAN

ADOPTED ON NOVEMBER 23, 2009

AMENDED ON JUNE 29, 2010, DECEMBER 20, 2011, MARCH 5, 2012,

APRIL 17, 2013, APRIL 23, 2015, JULY 23, 2015, OCTOBER 21, 2015 AND MARCH 25, 2016


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1.

 

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

     1   

SECTION 2.

 

ADMINISTRATION

     1   

(a)

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

     1   

(b)

 

Authority of the Board of Directors

     1   

SECTION 3.

 

ELIGIBILITY

     1   

(a)

 

General Rule

     1   

(b)

 

Ten-Percent Stockholders

     1   

SECTION 4.

 

STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

     2   

(a)

 

Basic Limitation

     2   

(b)

 

Additional Shares

     2   

SECTION 5.

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES OF SHARES

     2   

(a)

 

Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement

     2   

(b)

 

Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

     2   

(c)

 

Purchase Price

     2   

(d)

 

Withholding Taxes

     3   

(e)

 

Transfer Restrictions and Forfeiture Conditions

     3   

SECTION 6.

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

     3   

(a)

 

Stock Option Agreement

     3   

(b)

 

Number of Shares

     3   

(c)

 

Exercise Price

     3   

(d)

 

Exercisability

     3   

(e)

 

Basic Term

     3   

(f)

 

Termination of Service (Except by Death)

     4   

(g)

 

Leaves of Absence

     4   

(h)

 

Death of Optionee

     4   

(i)

 

Post-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Shares

     5   

(j)

 

Pre-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Options or Shares

     5   

(k)

 

Withholding Taxes

     5   

(l)

 

No Rights as a Stockholder

     5   

(m)

 

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options

     5   

(n)

 

Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options

     5   

SECTION 7.

 

PAYMENT FOR SHARES

     6   

(a)

 

General Rule

     6   

(b)

 

Services Rendered

     6   

(c)

 

Promissory Note

     6   

(d)

 

Surrender of Stock

     6   

(e)

 

Exercise/Sale

     6   

(f)

 

Other Forms of Payment

     6   

 

i


SECTION 8.

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

     6   

(a)

 

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

     6   

(b)

 

Payment for Restricted Stock Units

     7   

(c)

 

Vesting Conditions

     7   

(d)

 

Voting and Dividend Rights

     7   

(e)

 

Form and Time of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units

     7   

(f)

 

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Restricted Stock Units

     7   

(g)

 

Forfeiture

     7   

(h)

 

Death of Recipient

     8   

(i)

 

Creditors’ Rights

     8   

(j)

 

Transferability of Restricted Stock Units

     8   

SECTION 9.

 

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

     8   

(a)

 

General

     8   

(b)

 

Mergers and Consolidations

     8   

(c)

 

Reservation of Rights

     10   

SECTION 10.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     10   

(a)

 

Securities Law Requirements

     10   

(b)

 

No Retention Rights

     10   

(c)

 

Treatment as Compensation

     10   

(d)

 

Governing Law

     10   

(e)

 

Tax Matters

     10   

SECTION 11.

 

DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

     11   

(a)

 

Term of the Plan

     11   

(b)

 

Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

     11   

(c)

 

Effect of Amendment or Termination

     12   

SECTION 12.

 

DEFINITIONS

     12   

 

ii


ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. 2009 STOCK PLAN

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected persons an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by acquiring Shares of the Company’s Stock. The Plan provides for the direct award or sale of Shares, the grant of Options to purchase Shares and the grant of Restricted Stock Units. Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Committees of the Board of Directors. The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

(b) Authority of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Participants and all persons deriving their rights from a Participant.

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) General Rule. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Nonstatutory Options, Restricted Stock Units or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders. A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and (ii) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Date of Grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.


SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

(a) Basic Limitation. Not more than 6,835,895 Shares may be issued under the Plan, subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 9(a).1 All of these Shares may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs. Except as otherwise provided in Subsection (b) below, the number of Shares that were previously issued or are subject to Awards outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the sum of (i) the number of Shares previously issued under the Plan and (ii) the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

(b) Additional Shares. In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company without the payment of any consideration therefor in excess of the amount (if any) previously paid by the Participant to the Company in respect of such Shares, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is canceled without the payment of any consideration therefor in excess of the amount (if any) previously paid by the Participant to the Company in respect of such Shares, the Shares allocable to the unexercised or unvested portion of such Award, as applicable, shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES OF SHARES.

(a) Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement. Each direct award of Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Grant Agreement between the Grantee and the Company. Each sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option or settlement of Restricted Stock Units) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Grant Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Grant Agreements and Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights. Any right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

(c) Purchase Price. The Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

 

1  Please refer to Exhibit A for a schedule of the initial share reserve and any subsequent increases in the reserve.

 

2


(d) Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the award, purchase, vesting or transfer of Shares, the Grantee or Purchaser shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such event.

(e) Transfer Restrictions and Forfeiture Conditions. Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Grant Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

(a) Stock Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 9. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

(c) Exercise Price. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Exercise Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7. This Subsection (c) shall not apply to an Option granted pursuant to an assumption of, or substitution for, another option in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(d) Exercisability. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee (i) has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company or (ii) otherwise agrees to be bound by the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. The Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion. All of an Optionee’s Options shall become exercisable in full if Section 9(b)(iv) applies.

(e) Basic Term. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

 

3


(f) Termination of Service (Except by Death). If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than 30 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service); or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

(g) Leaves of Absence. For purposes of Subsection (f) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

(h) Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than six months after the Optionee’s death).

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate

 

4


or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

(i) Post-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

(j) Pre-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Options or Shares. An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. If the applicable Stock Option Agreement so provides, a Nonstatutory Option shall also be transferable by gift or domestic relations order to a Family Member of the Optionee. An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

(k) Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the grant or exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such grant or exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the vesting or transfer of Shares acquired by exercising an Option or any similar event.

(l) No Rights as a Stockholder. An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

(m) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

(n) Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options. Any other provision of the Plan or a Stock Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Company shall have the right at any time to cancel an Option that was not granted in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Prior to canceling such Option, the Company shall give the Optionee not less than 30 days’ notice in writing. If the Company elects to cancel such Option, it shall deliver to the Optionee consideration with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market

 

5


Value of the Shares subject to such Option as of the time of the cancellation over (ii) the Exercise Price of such Option. The consideration may be delivered in the form of cash or cash equivalents, in the form of Shares, or a combination of both. If the consideration would be a negative amount, such Option may be cancelled without the delivery of any consideration.

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

(a) General Rule. The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.

(b) Services Rendered. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the Award.

(c) Promissory Note. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or a portion of the Purchase Price or Exercise Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

(d) Surrender of Stock. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when the Option is exercised.

(e) Exercise/Sale. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

(f) Other Forms of Payment. To the extent that a Stock Purchase Agreement or Stock Option Agreement so provides, the Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid in any other form permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

SECTION 8. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

(a) Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Restricted Stock Units granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions

 

6


that are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Payment for Restricted Stock Units. No cash consideration shall be required of the recipient in connection with the grant of Restricted Stock Units.

(c) Vesting Conditions. Restricted Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting, as determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors. Vesting may occur, in full or in installments, upon the satisfaction of the vesting conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, which may include continued Service with the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary, achievement of performance goals and/or such other criteria as the Board of Directors may determine. A Restricted Stock Unit Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting upon specified events.

(d) Voting and Dividend Rights. The recipient of Restricted Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Restricted Stock Unit granted under the Plan may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, carry with it a right to dividend equivalents. Such right entitles the recipient to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Share for each Restricted Stock Unit held by the recipient at the time the cash dividend is paid. Dividend equivalents may be converted into additional Restricted Stock Units. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash, in the form of Shares, or in a combination of both. Prior to distribution, any dividend equivalents that are not paid shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Restricted Stock Units to which they attach.

(e) Form and Time of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Settlement of vested Restricted Stock Units may be made in the form of (i) cash, (ii) Shares or (iii) any combination of cash and Shares, as determined by the Board of Directors. The actual number of Restricted Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the original award, based on predetermined performance factors. Vested Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in such manner and at such time(s) as specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. Until Restricted Stock Units are settled, the number of such Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 9.

(f) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Restricted Stock Units. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Restricted Stock Units. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a Restricted Stock Unit shall, without the consent of the Participant, impair the Participant’s rights or increase the Participant’s obligations under such Restricted Stock Unit.

(g) Forfeiture. Unless a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement provides otherwise, upon termination of the Participant’s Service or upon such other time specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited to the Company. For this purpose, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Participant is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

 

7


(h) Death of Recipient. Any Restricted Stock Units that become distributable after the recipient’s death shall be distributed to the recipient’s beneficiary or beneficiaries. Each recipient may designate one or more beneficiaries for this purpose by filing the prescribed form with the Company, and may thereafter change such designation by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time. If no beneficiary is designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, then any Restricted Stock Units that become payable after the Participant’s death shall be distributed to his or her estate.

(i) Creditors’ Rights. A holder of Restricted Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Restricted Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

(j) Transferability of Restricted Stock Units. Restricted Stock Units shall be transferable by a Participant only by (a) beneficiary designation, (b) a will or (c) the laws of descent and distribution.

SECTION 9. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

(a) General. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or Restricted Stock Unit and (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option. In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off, or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion may make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or Restricted Stock Unit or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

(b) Mergers and Consolidations. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, all Shares acquired under the Plan and all Awards outstanding on the effective date of the transaction shall be treated in the manner described in the agreement of merger or consolidation, which need not treat all Awards in an identical manner. The agreement of merger or consolidation shall provide for one or more of the following with respect to each Award:

(i) The continuation of the outstanding Award by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation).

 

8


(ii) The assumption of the outstanding Award by the surviving corporation or its parent, provided that the assumption of an Option shall be in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(iii) The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of an equivalent award for the outstanding Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the holders of Shares in the transaction), provided that the substitution of an Option shall be in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(iv) Full exercisability of the Option and full vesting of the Shares subject to the Option, followed by the cancellation of the Option. The full exercisability of the Option and full vesting of the Shares subject to the Option may be contingent on the closing of such merger or consolidation. The Optionee shall be able to exercise the Option during a period of not less than five full business days preceding the closing date of such merger or consolidation, unless (A) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of such merger or consolidation and (B) such shorter period still offers the Optionee a reasonable opportunity to exercise the Option. Any exercise of the Option during such period may be contingent on the closing of such merger or consolidation.

(v) The cancellation of the outstanding Award and a payment to the Participant with respect to each Share subject to the Award (including both vested and unvested Shares) as of the merger or consolidation equal to the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the closing date of such merger or consolidation over (if applicable) (B) the per-Share Exercise Price of the Award (such excess, if any, the “Spread”). Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent with a Fair Market Value equal to the Spread. Subject to Section 409A of the Code, such payment may be made in installments and may be deferred until the date or dates when the Award would have become vested. Such payment may be subject to vesting based on the Participant’s continuing Service, provided that the vesting schedule shall not be less favorable to the Participant than the schedule under which the Award would have vested. If the Spread applicable to an Award is zero or a negative number, then the Award may be cancelled without making a payment to the Participant. For purposes of this Paragraph (v), the Fair Market Value of any security shall be determined without regard to any vesting conditions that may apply to such security. In the event that a Restricted Stock Unit is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the payment described in this Section 9(b)(v) shall be made on the settlement date specified in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, provided that settlement may be accelerated in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(j)(4).

Any action taken under this Section 9(b) must either preserve an Award’s status as exempt from Section 409A of the Code or comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

9


(c) Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 9, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes to its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Securities Law Requirements. Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded. The Company shall not be liable for a failure to issue Shares that is attributable to such requirements.

(b) No Retention Rights. Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Award granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Treatment as Compensation. Any compensation that an individual earns or is deemed to earn under this Plan shall not be considered a part of his or her compensation for purposes of calculating contributions, accruals or benefits under any other plan or program that is maintained or funded by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(d) Governing Law. The Plan and all awards, sales and grants under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(e) Tax Matters.

(i) As a condition to the award, grant, issuance, vesting, purchase, exercise or transfer of any Award, or Shares issued pursuant to any Award, granted under this Plan, the Participant shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require or permit for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such event.

(ii) Unless otherwise expressly set forth in an Award Agreement, it is intended that awards granted under the Plan shall be exempt from

 

10


Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguity in the terms of an Award Agreement and the Plan shall be interpreted consistently with this intent. To the extent an award is not exempt from Section 409A of the Code (any such award, a “409A Award”), any ambiguity in the terms of such award and the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that to the maximum extent permissible supports the award’s compliance with the requirements of that statute. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary permitted under the Plan, in no event shall a modification of an Award not already subject to Section 409A of the Code be given effect if such modification would cause the Award to become subject to Section 409A of the Code unless the parties explicitly acknowledge and consent to the modification as one having that effect. A 409A Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Board of Directors from time to time in order for it to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” to an individual who is considered a “specified employee” (as each term is defined under Section 409A of the Code), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the Participant’s separation from service or (ii) the Participant’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to Section 409A(a)(1). In addition, if a transaction subject to Section 9(b) constitutes a payment event with respect to any 409A Award, then the transaction with respect to such award must also constitute a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code.

(iii) Neither the Company nor any member of the Board of Directors shall have any liability to a Participant in the event an Award held by the Participant fails to achieve its intended characterization under applicable tax law.

SECTION 11. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

(a) Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) the date when the Board of Directors adopted the Plan or (ii) the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was also approved by the Company’s stockholders. The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 9) or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs.

 

11


Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan. If the stockholders fail to approve an increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred in reliance on such increase shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made in reliance on such increase.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option or settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit (or any other right to purchase Shares) granted under the Plan prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Award previously granted under the Plan.

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “Award” shall mean any award granted under the Plan, including an Option, Restricted Stock Unit or other right to acquire Shares under the Plan.

(b) “Award Agreement” shall mean a Stock Option Agreement, Stock Grant Agreement, Stock Purchase Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

(c) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(d) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

(f) “Company” shall mean Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(g) “Consultant” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(h) “Date of Grant” shall mean the date of grant specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant the Option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(i) “Disability” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(j) “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(k) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

12


(l) “Exercise Price” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(m) “Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(n) “Family Member” shall mean (i) any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, (ii) any person sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee), (iii) a trust in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, (iv) a foundation in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Participant control the management of assets and (v) any other entity in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Participant own more than 50% of the voting interests.

(o) “Grantee” shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has awarded Shares under the Plan.

(p) “ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(q) “Nonstatutory Option” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(r) “Option” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

(s) “Optionee” shall mean a person who holds an Option.

(t) “Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(u) “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(v) “Participant” shall mean an individual who holds an Award granted under the Plan.

(w) “Plan” shall mean this Acacia Communications, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

13


(x) “Purchase Price” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

(y) “Purchaser” shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option or settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit).

(z) “Restricted Stock Unit” shall mean a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of one Share, as awarded under the Plan.

(aa) “Restricted Stock Unit Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Restricted Stock Unit that includes the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Stock Unit.

(bb) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(cc) “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(dd) “Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 9 (if applicable).

(ee) “Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(ff) “Stock Grant Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Grantee who is awarded Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the award of such Shares.

(gg) “Stock Option Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

(hh) “Stock Purchase Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who purchases Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the purchase of such Shares.

(ii) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

14


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF SHARES RESERVED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER THE PLAN

 

Date of Board

Approval

   Date of Stockholder
Approval
   Number of
Shares Added
   Cumulative Number
of Shares
 

November 23, 2009

   November 23, 2009    Not Applicable      3,414,636   

June 29, 2010

   June 29, 2010    585,822      4,000,458   

December 20, 2011

   March 5, 2012    300,000      4,300,458   

March 5, 2012

   March 5, 2012    500,000      4,800,458   

April 17, 2013

   April 17, 2013    1,635,437      6,835,895   

October 21, 2015

   October 27, 2015    1,325,331      8,161,226   

March 25, 2016

   March 28, 2016    631,858      8,793,084   

 

E-1


EX-10.10

EXHIBIT 10.10

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2016 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The purpose of this Amended and Restated 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (this “Plan”) is to provide eligible employees of Acacia Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) and certain of its subsidiaries with opportunities to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), commencing at the time set forth in the Plan. Subject to adjustment under Section 15 hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock that have been approved for this purpose is the sum of:

(a) 700,000 shares of Common Stock; plus

(b) an annual increase to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, commencing on January 1, 2016 and ending on December 31, 2026, equal to the least of (i) 900,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) 1.0% of the outstanding shares on such date and (iii) an amount determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”).

This Plan is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” as defined in Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations issued thereunder, and shall be interpreted consistent therewith.

1. Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Board or by a Committee appointed by the Board (the “Committee”). The Board or the Committee has authority to make rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and its interpretation and decisions with regard thereto shall be final and conclusive.

2. Eligibility. All employees of the Company and all employees of any subsidiary of the Company (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) designated by the Board or the Committee from time to time (a “Designated Subsidiary”), are eligible to participate in any one or more of the offerings of Options (as defined in Section 9) to purchase Common Stock under the Plan provided that:

(a) they are customarily employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for more than twenty (20) hours a week and for more than five (5) months in a calendar year;

(b) they have been employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for at least three (3) months prior to enrolling in the Plan; and

(c) they are employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the first day of the applicable Plan Period (as defined below).

No employee may be granted an Option hereunder if such employee, immediately after the Option is granted, owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of the stock of the Company or any subsidiary. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an employee, and all stock that the employee has a contractual right to purchase shall be treated as stock owned by the employee.


The Company retains the discretion to determine which eligible employees may participate in an offering pursuant to and consistent with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.423-2(e) and (f).

3. Offerings. The Company will make one or more offerings (“Offerings”) to employees to purchase stock under this Plan. Offerings will begin each May 1 and November 1, or the first business day thereafter (such dates, the “Offering Commencement Dates”). Each Offering Commencement Date will begin a six (6) month period (a “Plan Period”) during which payroll deductions will be made and held for the purchase of Common Stock at the end of the Plan Period. The Board or the Committee may, at its discretion, choose a different Plan Period of not more than twelve (12) months for Offerings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the first Plan Period shall begin on the first date that the Common Stock is publicly traded following the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) and shall end on October 31, 2016.

4. Participation. An employee eligible on the Offering Commencement Date of any Offering may participate in such Offering by completing and forwarding either a written or electronic payroll deduction authorization form to the employee’s appropriate payroll office at least fifteen (15) days prior to the applicable Offering Commencement Date. The form will authorize a regular payroll deduction from the Compensation received by the employee during the Plan Period. Unless an employee files a new form or withdraws from the Plan, his or her deductions and purchases will continue at the same rate for future Offerings under the Plan as long as the Plan remains in effect. The term “Compensation” means the amount of money reportable on the employee’s Federal Income Tax Withholding Statement, excluding overtime, shift premium, incentive or bonus awards, allowances and reimbursements for expenses such as relocation allowances for travel expenses, income or gains associated with the grant or vesting of restricted stock, income or gains on the exercise of Company stock options or stock appreciation rights, and similar items, whether or not shown or separately identified on the employee’s Federal Income Tax Withholding Statement, but including, in the case of salespersons, sales commissions to the extent determined by the Board or the Committee.

5. Deductions. The Company will maintain payroll deduction accounts for all participating employees. With respect to any Offering made under this Plan, an employee may authorize a payroll deduction in any percentage amount (in whole percentages) up to a maximum of fifteen (15)% of the Compensation he or she receives during the Plan Period or such shorter period during which deductions from payroll are made. The Board or the Committee may, at its discretion, designate a lower maximum contribution rate. The minimum payroll deduction is such percentage of Compensation as may be established from time to time by the Board or the Committee.

6. Deduction Changes. An employee may decrease or discontinue his or her payroll deduction once during any Plan Period, by filing either a written or electronic new payroll deduction authorization form. However, an employee may not increase his or her payroll deduction during a Plan Period. If an employee elects to discontinue his or her payroll deductions during a Plan Period, but does not elect to withdraw his or her funds pursuant to Section 8 hereof, funds deducted prior to his or her election to discontinue will be applied to the purchase of Common Stock on the Exercise Date (as defined below).

 

- 2 -


7. Interest. Interest will not be paid on any employee accounts, except to the extent that the Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, elects to credit employee accounts with interest at such rate as it may from time to time determine.

8. Withdrawal of Funds. An employee may at any time prior to the close of business on the fifteenth business day prior to the end of a Plan Period and for any reason permanently draw out the balance accumulated in the employee’s account and thereby withdraw from participation in an Offering. Partial withdrawals are not permitted. The employee may not begin participation again during the remainder of the Plan Period during which the employee withdrew his or her balance. The employee may participate in any subsequent Offering in accordance with terms and conditions established by the Board or the Committee.

9. Purchase of Shares.

(a) Number of Shares. On the Offering Commencement Date, the Company will grant to each eligible employee who is then a participant in the Plan an option (an “Option”) to purchase on the last business day of such Plan Period (the “Exercise Date”) at the applicable purchase price (the “Option Price”) up to that number of shares of Common Stock determined by multiplying $2,083 by the number of full months in the Plan Period and dividing the result by the closing price (as determined below) on the Offering Commencement Date; provided, however, that no employee may be granted an Option which permits his or her rights to purchase Common Stock under this Plan and any other employee stock purchase plan (as defined in Section 423(b) of the Code) of the Company and its subsidiaries, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such Common Stock (determined at the date such Option is granted) for each calendar year in which the Option is outstanding at any time; and, provided, further, however, that the Committee may, in its discretion, set a fixed maximum number of shares of Common Stock that each eligible employee may purchase per Plan Period which number may not be greater than the number of shares of Common Stock determined by using the formula in the first clause of this Section 9(a) and which number shall be subject to the second clause of this Section 9(a).

(b) Option Price. The Board or the Committee shall determine the Option Price for each Plan Period, including whether such Option Price shall be determined based on the lesser of the closing price of the Common Stock on (i) the first business day of the Plan Period or (ii) the Exercise Date, or shall be based solely on the closing price of the Common Stock on the Exercise Date; provided, however, that such Option Price shall be at least 85% of the applicable closing price. In the absence of a determination by the Board or the Committee, the Option Price will be 85% of the lesser of the closing price of the Common Stock on (i) the first business day of the Plan Period or (ii) the Exercise Date. The closing price shall be (a) the closing price (for the primary trading session) on any national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or (b) the average of the closing bid and asked prices in the over-the-counter-market, whichever is applicable, as published in The Wall Street Journal or another source selected by the Board or the Committee; provided that, with respect to the first Plan Period, the closing price on the Offering Commencement Date shall be the initial public offering price, without regard to

 

- 3 -


any underwriters’ discount, provided for in the underwriting agreement entered into by the Company in connection with the IPO. If no sales of Common Stock were made on such a day, the price of the Common Stock shall be the reported price for the next preceding day on which sales were made.

(c) Exercise of Option. Each employee who continues to be a participant in the Plan on the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have exercised his or her Option at the Option Price on such date and shall be deemed to have purchased from the Company the number of whole shares of Common Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan that his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will pay for, but not in excess of the maximum numbers determined in the manner set forth above.

(d) Return of Unused Payroll Deductions. Any balance remaining in an employee’s payroll deduction account at the end of a Plan Period will be automatically refunded to the employee, except that any balance that is less than the purchase price of one share of Common Stock will be carried forward into the employee’s payroll deduction account for the following Offering, unless the employee elects not to participate in the following Offering under the Plan, in which case the balance in the employee’s account shall be refunded.

10. Issuance of Certificates. Certificates representing shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan may be issued only in the name of the employee, in the name of the employee and another person of legal age as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, or (in the Company’s sole discretion) in the name of a brokerage firm, bank, or other nominee holder designated by the employee. The Company may, in its sole discretion and in compliance with applicable laws, authorize the use of book entry registration of shares in lieu of issuing stock certificates.

11. Rights on Retirement, Death or Termination of Employment. If a participating employee’s employment ends before the last business day of a Plan Period, no payroll deduction shall be taken from any pay then due and owing to the employee and the balance in the employee’s account shall be paid to the employee. In the event of the employee’s death before the last business day of a Plan Period, the Company shall, upon notification of such death, pay the balance of the employee’s account (a) to the executor or administrator of the employee’s estate or (b) if no such executor or administrator has been appointed to the knowledge of the Company, to such other person(s) as the Company may, in its discretion, designate. If, before the last business day of the Plan Period, the Designated Subsidiary by which an employee is employed ceases to be a subsidiary of the Company, or if the employee is transferred to a subsidiary of the Company that is not a Designated Subsidiary, the employee shall be deemed to have terminated employment for the purposes of this Plan.

12. Optionees Not Stockholders. Neither the granting of an Option to an employee nor the deductions from his or her pay shall make such employee a stockholder of the shares of Common Stock covered by an Option under this Plan until he or she has purchased and received such shares.

 

- 4 -


13. Options Not Transferable. Options under this Plan are not transferable by a participating employee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable during the employee’s lifetime only by the employee.

14. Application of Funds. All funds received or held by the Company under this Plan may be combined with other corporate funds and may be used for any corporate purpose.

15. Adjustment for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events.

(a) Changes in Capitalization. In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, (i) the number and class of securities available under this Plan, (ii) the share limitations set forth in Section 9, and (iii) the Option Price shall be equitably adjusted to the extent determined by the Board or the Committee.

(b) Reorganization Events.

(1) Definition. A “Reorganization Event” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (b) any transfer or disposition of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(2) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Options. In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board or the Committee may take any one or more of the following actions as to outstanding Options on such terms as the Board or the Committee determines: (i) provide that Options shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent Options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding Options will be terminated immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event and that all such outstanding Options will become exercisable to the extent of accumulated payroll deductions as of a date specified by the Board or the Committee in such notice, which date shall not be less than ten (10) days preceding the effective date of the Reorganization Event, (iii) upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding Options will be cancelled as of a date prior to the effective date of the Reorganization Event and that all accumulated payroll deductions will be returned to participating employees on such date, (iv) in the event of a Reorganization Event under the terms of which holders of Common Stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Reorganization Event (the “Acquisition Price”), change the last day of the Plan Period to be the date of the consummation of the Reorganization Event and make or provide for a cash payment to each employee equal to (A) (1) the Acquisition Price times (2) the number of shares of Common Stock that the employee’s accumulated payroll deductions as of immediately prior to the Reorganization Event could purchase at the Option Price, where the Acquisition Price is treated as the fair market value of the Common Stock on the last day of the applicable Plan Period for purposes of determining the Option Price under Section 9(b) hereof, and where the number of shares that could be purchased is subject to the limitations set forth in

 

- 5 -


Section 9(a), minus (B) the result of multiplying such number of shares by such Option Price, (v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Options shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (net of the Option Price thereof) and (vi) any combination of the foregoing.

For purposes of clause (i) above, an Option shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, the Option confers the right to purchase, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that if the consideration received as a result of the Reorganization Event is not solely common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), the Company may, with the consent of the acquiring or succeeding corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of Options to consist solely of such number of shares of common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) that the Board determines to be equivalent in value (as of the date of such determination or another date specified by the Board) to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event.

16. Amendment of the Plan. The Board may at any time, and from time to time, amend or suspend this Plan or any portion thereof, except that (a) if the approval of any such amendment by the shareholders of the Company is required by Section 423 of the Code, such amendment shall not be effected without such approval, and (b) in no event may any amendment be made that would cause the Plan to fail to comply with Section 423 of the Code.

17. Insufficient Shares. If the total number of shares of Common Stock specified in elections to be purchased under any Offering plus the number of shares purchased under previous Offerings under this Plan exceeds the maximum number of shares issuable under this Plan, the Board or the Committee will allot the shares then available on a pro-rata basis.

18. Termination of the Plan. This Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board. Upon termination of this Plan all amounts in the accounts of participating employees shall be promptly refunded.

19. Governmental Regulations. The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver Common Stock under this Plan is subject to listing on a national stock exchange (to the extent the Common Stock is then so listed or quoted) and the approval of all governmental authorities required in connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of such stock.

20. Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by Delaware law except to the extent that such law is preempted by federal law.

 

- 6 -


21. Issuance of Shares. Shares may be issued upon exercise of an Option from authorized but unissued Common Stock, from shares held in the treasury of the Company, or from any other proper source.

22. Notification upon Sale of Shares. Each employee agrees, by entering the Plan, to promptly give the Company notice of any disposition of shares purchased under the Plan where such disposition occurs within two years after the date of grant of the Option pursuant to which such shares were purchased.

23. Special Provisions for First Plan Period. The following provisions of this Section 23 shall apply with respect to the first Plan Period notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary:

Every eligible employee shall automatically become a participant in the Plan for the first Plan Period at the highest percentage of Compensation permitted under Section 5. No payroll deductions shall be required for the first Plan Period; however, a participant may, at any time after the effectiveness of the Plan’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, elect to have payroll deductions up to the aggregate amount that would have been credited to his or her account if a deduction of fifteen percent (15%) of the Compensation that he or she received on each pay day during the first Plan Period had been made (the “Maximum Amount”) or decline to participate by filing an appropriate subscription agreement.

Upon the automatic exercise of a participant’s option on the Exercise Date for the first Plan Period, a participant shall be permitted to purchase shares with (i) the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her account, if any, (ii) a direct payment from the participant, or (iii) a combination thereof; provided, however that the total amount applied to the purchase may not exceed the Maximum Amount.

24. Grants to Employees in Foreign Jurisdictions. The Company may, to comply with the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, grant Options to employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who are citizens or residents of such foreign jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) with terms that are less favorable (but not more favorable) than the terms of Options granted under the Plan to employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who are resident in the United States. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Plan, employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who are citizens or residents of a foreign jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from eligibility under the Plan if (a) the grant of an Option under the Plan to a citizen or resident of the foreign jurisdiction is prohibited under the laws of such jurisdiction or (b) compliance with the laws of the foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. The Company may add one or more appendices to this Plan describing the operation of the Plan in those foreign jurisdictions in which employees are excluded from participation or granted less favorable Options.

 

- 7 -


25. Authorization of Sub-Plans. The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan with respect to one or more Designated Subsidiaries, provided that such sub-plan complies with Section 423 of the Code.

26. Withholding. If applicable tax laws impose a tax withholding obligation, each affected employee shall, no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability, make provision satisfactory to the Board for payment of any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with any transaction related to Options granted to or shares acquired by such employee pursuant to the Plan. The Company may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to an employee.

27. Effective Date and Approval of Shareholders. The Plan shall take effect as of the effectiveness of the registration statement relating to the Company’s initial public offering subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company as required by Section 423 of the Code, which approval must occur within twelve months of the adoption of the Plan by the Board.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on

October 23, 2015

Amended and Restated by the Board of Directors on

March 4, 2016

Approved by the stockholders on

January 29, 2016

 

- 8 -


EX-10.20

Exhibit 10.20

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the “Lease”) is made and entered into as of April 13, 2016, by and between AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). The following exhibits and attachments are incorporated into and made a part of the Lease: Exhibit A (Outline and Location of Premises); Exhibit B (Expenses and Taxes); Exhibit C (Intentionally Omitted); Exhibit D (Commencement Letter); Exhibit E (Building Rules and Regulations); Exhibit F (Additional Provisions); Exhibit G-1 (Form of Notice of Lease); Exhibit F-1 (Space Plan); Exhibit G-2 (Form of Termination of Notice of Lease); Exhibit H (ROFO Space) and Exhibit I (Form of Letter of Credit).

 

1. Basic Lease Information.

 

1.1 Building” shall mean the building known as Building Three of Mill & Main (a/k/a Clock Tower Place), Maynard, Massachusetts 01754. “Property” means the parcel(s) of land on which the Building and other buildings of the Mill & Main office park is located and, at Landlord’s discretion, the other improvements and amenities, if any, serving the Mill & Main office park and the parcel(s) of land on which it is located. “Rentable Square Footage of the Property” is deemed to be 1,047,129 square feet.

 

1.2 Premises” shall mean the area shown on Exhibit A to this Lease and consisting of 430 rentable square feet on the first (1st) floor of the Building near the loading dock, 23,805 rentable square feet on the third (3rd) floor of the Building and the entire fourth (4th) and fifth (5th) floors of the Building. If the Premises include one or more floors in their entirety, all corridors and restroom facilities located on such full floor(s) shall be considered part of the Premises. “Rentable Square Footage of the Premises” is deemed to be 114,229 square feet. Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Rentable Square Footage of the Property and the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises are correct.

 

1.3 Base Rent”:

 

Period or

Months of Term

   Base Rent
Per RSF
     Annual
Base Rent
     Monthly
Base Rent
 

Commencement Date -

Lease Month 12

   $ 17.25    $ 1,970,450.25    $ 164,204.19

Lease Months 13 - 24

   $ 17.75       $ 2,027,564.75       $ 168,963.73   

Lease Months 25 - 36

   $ 18.25       $ 2,084,679.25       $ 173,723.27   

Lease Months 37 - 48

   $ 18.75       $ 2,141,793.75       $ 178,482.81   

Lease Months 49 - 60

   $ 19.50       $ 2,227,465.50       $ 185,622.13   

Lease Months 61 - 72

   $ 20.00       $ 2,284,580.00       $ 190,381.67   

Lease Months 73 - 84

   $ 21.00       $ 2,398,809.00       $ 199,900.75   

Lease Months 85 - 96

   $ 21.50       $ 2,455,923.50       $ 204,660.29   

*Base Rent shall abate for the period beginning on the Commencement Date in the amount of $164,204.19 per month for three (3) months, for a total rent abatement of $492,612.56 (the “Free Rent Amount”).

 

1.4 Tenant’s Pro Rata Share”: 10.91%. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be adjusted for changes in the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises and/or the Rentable Square Footage of the Property.

 

1.5 Base Year” for Taxes: Fiscal Year (defined below) 2016 (i.e., July 1, 2015 to June 30, 2016); “Base Year” for Expenses (defined in Exhibit B): calendar year 2016. For purposes hereof, “Fiscal Year” shall mean the Base Year for Taxes and each period of July 1 to June 30 thereafter.

 

- 1 -


1.6 Term”: A period of ninety-six (96) Lease Months. Subject to Section 3, the Term shall commence on the earlier of (i) the date Landlord delivers the Premises with the Landlord Work (as defined in Exhibit F below) Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit F below), which date is estimated to be on or about November 1, 2016 and (ii) the date that Tenant commences business operations in the Premises (the “Commencement Date”) and, unless terminated early in accordance with this Lease, end on the last day of the ninety-sixth (96th) Lease Month following the Commencement Date (the “Termination Date”). As used herein, the term “Lease Month” shall mean a calendar month (or, if the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, the first Lease Month shall be such partial calendar month in which the Commencement Date occurs plus the first full calendar month thereafter).

 

1.7 Security Deposit”: $492,612.56, as more fully described in Section 6.

 

1.8 Brokers”: None.

 

1.9 Permitted Use”: General and executive office use, electronics research and development and light manufacturing, and for no other use.

 

1.10 Business Day(s)” are Monday through Friday of each week, exclusive of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, plus holidays observed by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the Town of Maynard, the labor unions servicing the Building and Property, and such other holidays as may be designated from time to time by landlord for the Building and Property by prior notice to Tenant (“Holidays”). Landlord may designate additional Holidays that are commonly recognized by other office buildings in the area where the Property is located. “Building Service Hours” are 7:30 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. on Business Days (excluding Holidays) and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. Saturdays (excluding Holidays).

 

1.11 Notice Address(es)”:

Landlord

AS Clock Tower Owner, LLC

c/o Saracen Management LLC

41 Seyon Street

Waltham, Massachusetts 02453

Attn: Lisa Arya

Tenant

Acacia Communications, Inc.

3 Clock Tower Place

Maynard, Massachusetts 01754

Attn: General Counsel

 

2.

Lease Grant. The Premises are hereby leased to Tenant from Landlord, together with the right to use any portions of the Property that are from time to time designated by Landlord for the common use of tenants and others (the “Common Areas”), including without limitation the parking areas, access driveways, sidewalks, plazas, landscaped areas, utility and fire protection installations and systems, Building entrances, exits, lobbies, elevators, stairwells, hallways, loading docks and related areas, chases, conduits, risers, utility closets and facilities and other

 

- 2 -


  improvements which now exist or hereafter are constructed in or about the Building for use in common by Landlord and tenants of the Building. Nothing contained herein shall affect Landlord’s right to add to, subtract from, or alter the Common Areas, or to make such changes in or to the Building and Property and the fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls, passages, elevators, stairways and other improvements thereof, as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, so long as the same does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises or Tenant’s freight truck access to the Building 3 loading dock used by Tenant as of the date hereof. Tenant shall have twenty-four (24) hour access to the Premises, three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year, subject to (i) access restrictions during times of emergency or occurrences outside of Landlord’s control and (ii) rules and regulations therefor from time to time established by Landlord of which Landlord has given Tenant prior notice and which are applied reasonably consistently to the tenants of the Building.

 

     Landlord represents to Tenant that (a) Landlord holds fee simple title to the Land and Building, subject to no mortgage or ground lease other than that certain Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing held by Mesa West Real Estate Income Fund III, LLC; (b) Landlord has full power and authority to enter into this Lease and has obtained all consents and taken all actions necessary in connection therewith; and (c) no other party has any possessory right to the Premises after the Commencement Date or has claimed the same.

 

     Landlord may adopt any name for the Building and/or Property and Landlord reserves the right to change the name or address of the Building and/or Property at any time.

 

3. Adjustment of Commencement Date; Possession.

 

3.1 If for any reason whatsoever, Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant free and clear of Tenants and occupants and with Landlord Work Substantially Complete on or prior to November 1, 2016 (the “Target Substantial Completion Date”), then (i) this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, (ii) the Commencement Date shall automatically be adjusted forward on a day-for-day basis until the date on which Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant, and (iii) Tenant shall be permitted to remain in its current premises under the Prior Lease (as defined in Exhibit F).

 

3.2 Subject to Landlord delivering the Premises to Tenant with the Landlord Work Substantially Complete, the Premises are accepted by Tenant in “as is” condition and configuration without any representations or warranties by Landlord, express or implied. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant agrees that the Premises are in good order and satisfactory condition. Provided Tenant has delivered to Landlord all evidence of insurance as required under this Lease and all amounts due to Landlord upon execution of the Lease, commencing on the date hereof Landlord shall grant to Tenant the right to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date during Building Service Hours (the “Early Access Period”) to allow Tenant to install furniture, fixtures, cabling and equipment, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and subject at all times to the condition that Tenant’s occupancy during the Early Access Period shall not interfere with the Landlord Work. During the Early Access Period, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Tax Excess and Expense Excess; provided that Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises during the Early Access Period shall be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Lease including without limitation the requirement that Tenant pay for electrical service consumed in the Premises.

 

- 3 -


4. Rent.

 

4.1 Tenant shall pay Landlord, without any setoff or deduction, unless expressly set forth in this Lease, all Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the Term (collectively referred to as “Rent”). “Additional Rent” means all sums (exclusive of Base Rent) that Tenant is required to pay Landlord under this Lease. Tenant shall pay and be liable for all rental, sales and use taxes (but excluding income taxes), if any, imposed upon or measured by Rent. During the Term, Base Rent and recurring monthly charges of Additional Rent shall be due and payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month without notice or demand, provided that the installment of Base Rent for the first full calendar month of the Term that Base Rent is due shall be payable upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant. Unless otherwise specifically set forth herein, all other items of Rent shall be due and payable by Tenant on or before thirty (30) days after billing by Landlord. Rent shall be made by good and sufficient check or by other means acceptable to Landlord, and until notice of some other designation is given by Landlord, shall be paid by remittance to or for the order of Landlord and sent to Landlord’s address set forth in Section 1.11 above. Rent that is more than five (5) days past due shall accrue interest at the lesser of 12% per annum or the maximum rate allowed by law from the due date until actually paid. Landlord’s acceptance of less than the correct amount of Rent shall be considered a payment on account of the earliest Rent due. Rent for any partial month during the Term shall be prorated. No endorsement or statement on a check or letter accompanying payment shall be considered an accord and satisfaction.

 

4.2 Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Tax Excess and Expense Excess in accordance with Exhibit B of this Lease. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Tax Excess and Expense Excess shall be prorated for any partial calendar year or Fiscal Year (as the case may be) occurring upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

4.3 Tenant waives all rights (i) to any abatement, suspension, deferment or reduction of or from Rent, and (ii) to quit, terminate or surrender this Lease or the Premises or any part thereof, except, in either case, as expressly provided herein. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall be separate and independent covenants and agreements, that Rent shall continue to be payable in all events and that the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall continue unaffected, unless the requirement to pay or perform the same shall have been terminated pursuant to an express provision of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant each acknowledges and agrees that the independent nature of the obligations of Tenant hereunder represents fair, reasonable and accepted commercial practice with respect to the type of property subject to this Lease.

 

5. Compliance with Laws; Use. The Premises shall be used for the Permitted Use and for no other use whatsoever. Tenant shall comply with all statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any municipal or governmental entity whether in effect now or later, including the Americans with Disabilities Act (“Law(s)”), regarding the operation of Tenant’s business and the use, condition, configuration and occupancy of the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with (i) any Laws to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant’s use of the Premises for purposes other than general office purposes and (ii) any Laws that relate to the base Building to the extent such obligations are triggered by Alterations or improvements in the Premises performed or requested by Tenant. Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with copies of any notices it receives regarding an alleged violation of Law with respect to the Premises or Building. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Building and Property attached as Exhibit E and such other reasonable rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time, including rules and regulations for the performance of Alterations (defined below), provided that Landlord has given Tenant prior notice of such rules and regulations, which Landlord shall apply reasonably consistently to the tenants of the Building.

 

- 4 -


6. Security Deposit.

 

6.1 Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, together with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease, the Security Deposit in the form of an irrevocable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs 6.2 and 6.3 below. The Security Deposit shall be held as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure of damages. Landlord may use all or a portion of the Security Deposit to cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. If Landlord uses any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after demand, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to a successor or transferee and, following the assignment, Landlord shall have no further liability for the return of the Security Deposit.

 

6.2 The Letter of Credit (and any renewals or replacements thereof) shall:

 

  (a) be in the amount of $492,612.56;

 

  (b) be issued on a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, Landlord hereby acknowledging that the form attached as Exhibit I is acceptable;

 

  (c) name Landlord as its beneficiary;

 

  (d) be transferable by Landlord to Landlord’s transferee, without Tenant’s approval, should Landlord transfer or convey its interest in the Premises, with any transfer fees being for the account of Landlord;

 

  (e) be drawn on an FDIC insured financial institution reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord and having a minimum corporate credit rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service of “A” or a comparable minimum credit rating from Moody’s Professional Rating Service, Landlord hereby agreeing that as of the date hereof Silicon Valley Bank is acceptable to Landlord;

 

  (f) be for an automatically renewing term of not less than one (1) year; with an outside expiration date of not earlier than the date which is at least ninety (90) days after the Termination Date (the “Outside LOC Expiration Date”) unless the issuer provides Tenant written notice at least sixty (60) days prior to the initial or future expiration date of non-renewal;

 

  (g) allow draws on the Letter of Credit (i) at the bank counter of the issuing bank, and/or (ii) by overnight courier; and

 

  (h) expressly provide that the amount thereof may not be reduced by amendment unless and until Landlord shall have provided its written consent to such amendment ((a) - (h) being referred to herein as the “LOC Criteria”).

 

6.3

Tenant agrees that it shall from time to time, as necessary, whether as a result of a draw on the Letter of Credit by Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof or as a result of the expiration of the Letter of Credit then in effect, renew or replace the original and any subsequent Letter of Credit so that a Letter of Credit, in the amount required hereunder, is continuously in effect until the Outside LOC Expiration Date. If (x) Tenant fails to furnish such renewal or replacement at least thirty (30) days prior to the stated expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, (y) the corporate credit rating of the issuing institution drops below the minimum set forth above, and/or (z) the issuer of the LOC delivers a notice of non-renewal, Landlord may draw upon such Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds thereof (and such proceeds need not be segregated) as a cash Security Deposit pursuant to the terms of this Section 6. The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant shall replace any cash Security Deposit held by Landlord with a Letter of Credit

 

- 5 -


  complying with the LOC Criteria within five (5) days of Landlord’s written demand. To the extent the Security Deposit is held as cash, the Security Deposit may be commingled with Landlord’s general accounts and shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest (unless required by Law). Any renewal, replacement or amendment of the original or any subsequent Letter of Credit shall meet the LOC Criteria. If Landlord draws on the Letter of Credit then, within five (5) days following written demand of Landlord, Tenant shall restore the amount available under the Letter of Credit to its original amount by providing Landlord with an amendment to the Letter of Credit evidencing that the amount available under the Letter of Credit has been restored to its original amount. Should Landlord elect to draw upon the Letter of Credit in accordance with this Lease, Tenant expressly waives any rights it might otherwise have to prevent Landlord from drawing on the Letter of Credit and agrees that an action for damages and not injunctive or other equitable relief shall be Tenant’s sole remedy in the event Tenant disputes Landlord’s claims to any such amounts.

 

6.4 Landlord shall return any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the later to occur of: (x) the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or (y) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises to Landlord in accordance with this Lease.

 

6.5 Landlord shall have the right to pledge or assign its interest in the Security Deposit (including the Letter of Credit and proceeds thereof) to any lender holding a security interest in the Premises. No mortgagee or purchaser of any or all of the Building or Property at any foreclosure proceeding brought under the provisions of any mortgage shall (regardless of whether the Lease is at the time in question subordinated to the lien of any mortgage) be liable to Tenant or any other person for any or all of such sums or the return of any Letter of Credit (or any other or additional Security Deposit or other payments made by Tenant under the provisions of this Lease), unless Landlord has actually delivered the Security Deposit (including the Letter of Credit and proceeds thereof), to such mortgagee or purchaser. If requested by any such mortgagee or purchaser, Tenant shall obtain an amendment to the Letter of Credit that names such mortgagee or purchaser as the beneficiary thereof in lieu of Landlord.

 

7. Building Services.

 

7.1 Landlord shall furnish Tenant with the following services: (a) hot and cold water for use in the base Building lavatories and cold water for use in the kitchenette facilities in the Premises; (b) customary heat and air conditioning during Building Service Hours; provided that Tenant may receive HVAC service during hours other than Building Service Hours by paying Landlord’s then standard charge for additional HVAC service so long as Tenant requests same by written notice to Landlord not later than 12:00 noon on the Business Day preceding the day of such overtime usage; (c) Elevator service; (d) Electricity pursuant to Section 7.2; and (e) such other services as Landlord reasonably determines are necessary or appropriate for the Property.

 

7.2 Electrical service to the Premises shall be delivered by Landlord and sub-metered off of the primary meter of the electric utility company selected by Landlord to provide electricity service for the Building; and Landlord shall permit Landlord’s wires and conduits, to the extent available, suitable and safely capable, to be used for such distribution. If and so long as Landlord is distributing electricity to the Premises, Tenant shall obtain all of its electricity from Landlord, as registered on sub-meters for such service to the Premises, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for Landlord’s actual cost incurred for such electrical service within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s delivery of an invoice therefor. If and to the extent electric service to the Premises is ever separately metered, Tenant shall promptly pay, as Additional Rent, all bills and charges for electricity furnished to the Premises directly to the rendering utility company.

 

- 6 -


     Landlord has advised Tenant that presently Eversource (the “Electric Service Provider”) is the electric utility company selected by Landlord to provide electricity service for the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right at any time and from time to time before or during the Term to either contract for electric service from a different company or companies providing electricity service (each such company shall hereinafter be referred to as an “Alternative Service Provider”) or continue to contract for electricity service from the Electric Service Provider. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord, the Electric Service Provider and any Alternative Service Provider at all times and, as reasonably necessary, shall allow Landlord, the Electric Service Provider and any Alternative Service Provider reasonable access to the Building’s electric lines, feeders, risers, wiring and other machinery within the Premises.

 

7.3 Without the consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, Tenant’s use of electrical service shall not exceed, either in voltage, rated capacity, or overall load, that which Landlord reasonably deems to be standard for the Premises, which standard shall be the voltage, rated capacity and overall load available to the Premises following completion of the Landlord Work (and which standard shall be further updated to include additional electrical service capacity provided to the Premises as and when subsequently installed in accordance with this section and Section 9 below). Landlord shall have the right to measure electrical usage by commonly accepted methods. If it is determined that Tenant is using electricity in excess of the voltage, rated capacity, or overall load to the Premises provided to the Premises in connection with the Landlord Work, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, for all additional costs incurred by Landlord to limit or accommodate (at Landlord’s sole discretion) such excess electrical usage. All electricity used during the performance of janitorial service, or the making of any alterations or repairs in or to the Premises, or the operation of any special air conditioning system serving the Premises, shall be paid by Tenant.

 

    

Part of the Landlord Work includes the refurbishment and installation of a back-up electrical generator previously used by former tenant Monster Worldwide, Inc. (such back-up generator being referred to herein as a “Generator”) to provide back-up electrical power to such portions of the Premises specified by Tenant as part of the Landlord Work (the “Initial Generator Connections”), and Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an exclusive license to use such Generator during the Term of the Lease solely for such use and no other purpose (the “Generator License”). If (i) the Premises is expanded to include any ROFO Space (as defined in Exhibit F) and Tenant desires to connect the Generator to portions of such ROFO Space and/or (ii) following Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work Tenant desires to connect the Generator to other portions of the Premises in addition to Initial Generator Connections, the Generator License shall be expanded to include such connections provided that (I) the installation of such additional connections shall be deemed Alterations subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, including without limitation Section 9.3 below and (II) any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with making such additional connections shall be reimbursed by Tenant, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days following receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor. During the Term, Landlord shall keep and maintain in good repair and working order the Generator and enter into a service contract for maintenance of the Generator (the “Generator Service Contract”), which Generator Service Contract shall include, at a minimum, the manufacturer-recommended service schedule (if any). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the maintenance, repair and/or replacement of the Generator within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s delivery of an invoice therefor, which

 

- 7 -


  costs shall include, without limitation, the cost of the Generator Service Contract, the cost of repair of the Generator not included in the Generator Service Contract and/or the cost of replacing the Generator; provided, however, that in the event the Generator requires replacement or in the event a single repair to the Generator is estimated to cost in excess of $50,000, Landlord shall provide Tenant advance written notice of the necessity of such replacement or such repair and Tenant may, within fifteen (15) days following such notice, provide Landlord written notice of Tenant’s termination of the Generator License, whereupon (x) Tenant shall no longer be responsible for costs associated with the Generator arising after the effective date of such termination of the Generator License, (y) Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to the Generator or any connection thereto and (z) Landlord shall have no obligations to Tenant with respect to the Generator.

 

7.4 Landlord’s failure to furnish, or any interruption, diminishment or termination of services due to the application of Laws, the failure of any equipment, the performance of repairs, improvements or alterations, utility interruptions or the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure (defined below) (collectively a “Service Failure”) shall not render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant, give rise to an abatement of Rent except as otherwise expressly provided herein, nor relieve Tenant from the obligation to fulfill any covenant or agreement. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to end any interruption caused by a Service Failure within Landlord’s commercially reasonable control.

 

     The foregoing notwithstanding, if:

 

  (i) a Service Failure of shall occur with respect to electrical service to the Premises (an “Electrical Service Failure”), except to the extent due to (A) any act of Tenant or Tenant Related Parties and their respective employees, agents, contractors or invitees or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant or (B) a Casualty or Taking covered under Sections 16 and 17 below, and

 

  (ii) the remedy of such Electrical Service Failure is within the commercially reasonable control of Landlord to cure (Tenant hereby acknowledging and agreeing that Landlord shall be deemed to have reasonable control of the electric lines and equipment serving the Building and Premises only between (x) the point where the electric utility’s power line connects to the main electrical panel of the Building and (y) the point where the Building’s common power lines connects to the main electrical sub-panel(s) serving the Premises, referred to herein as “Tenant’s Panel”), and

 

  (iii) such Electrical Service Failure continues for more than ten (10) consecutive days after Landlord shall have received written notice thereof from Tenant, and

 

  (iv) as a result of such Electrical Service Failure, the conduct of Tenant’s normal operations in the Premises are materially and adversely affected,

 

     then there shall be an abatement of one day’s Base Rent for each day during which such Electrical Service Failure continues after such ten (10) consecutive day period; provided, however, that if any part of the Premises is reasonably useable for Tenant’s normal business operations or if Tenant conducts all or any part of its operations in any portion of the Premises affected by such Electrical Service Failure notwithstanding such Electrical Service Failure, then the amount of each daily abatement of Base Rent shall only be proportionate to the nature and extent of the interruption of Tenant’s normal operations or ability to use the Premises. Any abatement of Base Rent under this paragraph shall apply only with respect to Base Rent allocable to the period after each and all of the conditions set forth in subsections (i) through (iv) hereof shall have been satisfied and only during such times as each and all of such conditions shall continue to exist. Under no circumstances shall any loss of electrical power in the Premises arising from any portion of the electrical systems serving the Premises from Tenant’s Panel forward be deemed an Electrical Service Failure.

 

- 8 -


7.5 Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for all janitorial services provided to the Premises. If and to the extent Tenant desires Landlord to provide janitorial services to the Premises, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the cost thereof within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s invoice for such services.

 

8. Leasehold Improvements. All improvements in and to the Premises, including any of those improvements included in Landlord Work and any Alterations (collectively, “Leasehold Improvements”) shall remain upon the Premises at the end of the Term without compensation to Tenant. Landlord, however, by written notice to Tenant at the time of approval of any Alterations that require consent (and at least thirty (30) days prior to the Termination Date for Alterations that do not require Landlord consent), may require Tenant, at its expense, to remove at the end of the Term such Alterations (defined below) that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, are of a nature that would require removal and repair costs that are materially in excess of the removal and repair costs associated with standard office improvements (collectively referred to as “Required Removables”); provided that all Cable (defined below) installed by or for the benefit of Tenant shall be deemed a Required Removable without the requirement of Landlord providing Tenant written notice of the need to remove such Cable. Required Removables shall include, without limitation, raised floors, personal restrooms and showers, vaults, rolling file systems and structural alterations and modifications, but shall not include internal stairways. The designated Required Removables shall be removed by Tenant before the Termination Date. Tenant shall repair damage caused by the installation or removal of Required Removables. If Tenant fails to perform its obligations in a timely manner, Landlord may perform such work at Tenant’s expense. Tenant, at the time it requests approval for a proposed Alteration, may request in writing that Landlord advise Tenant whether the Alteration or any portion of the Alteration is a Required Removable.

 

9. Repairs and Alterations.

 

9.1

Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, perform all maintenance and repairs to the Premises that are not Landlord’s express responsibility under this Lease, and keep the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted. Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations include, without limitation, repairs to: (a) floor covering; (b) interior partitions; (c) doors; (d) the interior side of demising walls; (e) electronic, phone and data cabling and related equipment that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant (collectively, “Cable”); (f) supplemental air conditioning units (including without limitation all computer room air conditioning units), kitchens, hot water heaters, plumbing, and similar facilities installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant; (g) plate glass and (h) Alterations. Upon request of Tenant, Landlord shall provide reasonable access during regular building hours to those areas of the Building outside of the Premises as may be needed for Tenant to perform its obligations with respect to maintenance and repairs. To the extent Landlord is not reimbursed by insurance proceeds, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of repairing damage to the Building or Property caused by the acts of Tenant, Tenant Related Parties and their respective contractors and vendors. If Tenant fails to make any repairs to the Premises for more than thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord (although notice shall not be required in an emergency), Landlord may make the repairs, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, out-of-pocket cost of the repairs, together with an administrative charge in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the cost of such repairs, provided that if the nature of a repair is such that it

 

- 9 -


  cannot reasonably be completed within thirty (30) days, Tenant shall commence such repair within such 30-day period and Landlord shall refrain from performing such repair as long as Tenant is diligently prosecuting such repair to completion. “Tenant Related Parties” shall mean Tenant’s officers, members, managers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents.

 

9.2 Landlord shall keep and maintain in good repair and working order and perform maintenance upon the Common Areas (including landscaping, Common Area janitorial service and snow plowing of the common parking lot and driveways), the structure, foundation and roof of the Building and all common base building systems (including HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems) and elevators.

 

9.3 Tenant shall not make alterations, repairs, additions or improvements or install any Cable (collectively referred to as “Alterations”) without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord in each instance. The foregoing notwithstanding, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Alteration that satisfies all of the following criteria (a “Cosmetic/Cabling Alteration”): (a) the work is of a cosmetic nature such as painting, wallpapering, hanging pictures and installing carpeting, or is limited to installing low-voltage telephone or data cabling within the Premises; (b) the work visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building is consistent with the aesthetics of the Building; (c) the work will not affect the base building systems; (d) other than low-voltage telephone or data cabling within the Premises, no work will be performed inside the walls, below the floor, or above the ceiling of the Premises; (e) the cost of such work does not exceed $50,000 in each instance; and (f) Tenant provides Landlord prior written notice of the performance of such Cosmetic/Cabling Alteration. Cosmetic/Cabling Alterations shall be subject to all the other provisions of this Section 9.3, other than the requirement to provide “as-built” plans, the requirement to reimburse Landlord for third party examinations and the requirement to pay the 10% fee for oversight. Prior to starting any Alteration work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with plans and specifications; names of contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord (provided that Landlord may designate specific contractors with respect to base building work); required permits and approvals; evidence of contractor’s and subcontractor’s insurance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord and naming Landlord as an additional insured; and any security for performance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord. Changes to the plans and specifications must also be submitted to Landlord for its approval (provided such approval shall not be required if such change shall satisfy all conditions for a Cosmetic/Cabling Alteration). Alterations shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner using new materials of good quality but in all instances at least equal to the then current quality of materials in the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any reasonable out-of-pocket sums paid by Landlord for third party examination of Tenant’s plans for Alterations (except for Cosmetic/Cabling Alterations). In addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, a fee for Landlord’s oversight and coordination of any Alterations (other than Cosmetic/Cabling Alterations) equal to 10% of the cost of the Alterations. Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish “as-built” plans for all Alterations (except for Cosmetic/Cabling Alterations), completion affidavits and full and final lien waivers. Landlord’s approval of an Alteration shall not be deemed a representation by Landlord that the Alteration complies with Law. If at any time construction by or on behalf of Tenant shall cause disharmony, interference or union disputes of any nature whatsoever, whether with contractors of the Landlord and/or other tenants or occupants of the Building or Property, Landlord reserves the right, without any liability to Landlord whatsoever, to immediately halt such construction and/or bar any offending contractors and/or subcontractors from the Building or Property until such disharmony, interference or union disputes may be resolved. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all such work or service is being performed for the sole benefit of Tenant and not for the benefit of Landlord.

 

- 10 -


9.4 As a condition precedent to commencing any Alterations to the Premises that are not to be performed by the Landlord (“Tenant Alterations”) and will cost in excess of $250,000, Tenant shall provide to Landlord upon request such reasonable security for the performance of such Tenant Alterations, including without limitation a lien prevention bond acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion.

 

10. Entry by Landlord. Landlord may enter the Premises upon reasonable prior notice and during normal business hours (except in the event of a bona fide emergency, in which case such prior notice shall be given and the timing of access shall occur as is reasonable under the circumstances) to (i) inspect or (if Landlord is performing janitorial work) clean the Premises, (ii) perform or facilitate the performance of repairs, updates, alterations or additions to the Premises or any portion of the Building (including for the purpose of checking, calibrating, adjusting and balancing controls and other parts of the Building’s systems) which are not reasonably accessible except from within the Premises, (iii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers or lenders or (iv) during the last nine (9) months of the Term, show the Premises to prospective tenants. The foregoing notwithstanding, in no event shall Landlord access the portion of the Premises located on the fifth (5th) floor of the Building without an escort provided by Tenant except in the event of a bona fide emergency. Landlord may also provide emergency egress though the Premises by occupants of the Building if and to the extent such emergency egress is required to make portions of the Building comply with applicable Law. To the extent reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close all or a portion of the Premises to perform repairs, alterations and additions. Entry pursuant to this Section 10 shall not constitute a constructive eviction or entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction of Rent. Tenant shall provide to Landlord keys and alarm and access codes to the Premises, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord and Landlord Related Parties harmless from any claims arising from damage to the Premises or property therein if Landlord must enter the Premises by force during a bona fide emergency due to Tenant’s failure to provide such keys and codes.

 

11. Assignment and Subletting.

 

11.1

Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer (defined below), Tenant shall not assign, sublease, transfer or encumber any interest in this Lease or allow any third party to use any portion of the Premises (collectively or individually, a “Transfer”) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed if Landlord does not exercise its recapture rights under Section 11.2. If the entity which controls the voting shares/rights of Tenant changes at any time, such change of ownership or control shall constitute a Transfer unless Tenant is an entity whose outstanding stock is listed on a recognized securities exchange or if at least 80% of its voting stock is owned by another entity, the voting stock of which is so listed. In no event shall any Transfer, including a Permitted Transfer, release or relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Default exists either at the time Tenant requests consent for such sublease or assignment or at the commencement of such sublease or assignment (including without limitation a Permitted Transfer), Landlord may, at its sole discretion, refuse consent to such assignment or sublease. Without limitation, it is agreed that Landlord’s consent shall not be considered unreasonably withheld if: (1) the proposed transferee’s financial condition does not meet the criteria Landlord uses to select Building tenants having similar leasehold obligations; (2) the proposed transferee’s business is not suitable for the Building considering the business of the other tenants and the Building’s prestige, or would result in a violation of another tenant’s rights; (3) the proposed transferee is a governmental agency or occupant of the Building or Property; (4) any portion of the Property, Building or Premises would likely become subject to additional or different laws not

 

- 11 -


  acceptable to Landlord as a consequence of the proposed Transfer; (5) at any time during the prior six (6) month period, the proposed transferee has inquired of or negotiated with the Landlord or the Landlord’s agents regarding leasing space in the Building or Property; (6) Tenant publicly advertises a sublease rent or other financial terms of a transfer below the then current market rent, determined in Landlord’s sole discretion, for other available space in the Building or Property; (7) the assignee or subtenant proposes to use the Premises (or part thereof) for a purpose other than the Permitted Use; or (8) the proposed subtenant or assignee is a licensee, tenant or subtenant of any portion of the Building or Property so long as comparable space is then available, or is reasonably expected to become available within the next six (6) months following the date of the proposed transfer. Tenant shall not be entitled to receive monetary damages based upon a claim that Landlord unreasonably withheld its consent to a proposed transfer and Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action to enforce any such provision through specific performance or declaratory judgment.

 

11.2 Tenant shall provide Landlord with financial statements for the proposed transferee, a fully executed copy of the proposed assignment, sublease or other Transfer documentation and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Within twenty- one (21) days after receipt of the required information and documentation, Landlord shall either: (a) consent to the Transfer by execution of a consent agreement in a form reasonably designated by Landlord; (b) reasonably refuse to consent to the Transfer in writing; or (c) recapture the portion of the Premises that Tenant is proposing to Transfer. If Landlord exercises its right to recapture, this Lease shall automatically be amended (or terminated if the entire Premises is being assigned or sublet) to delete the applicable portion of the Premises effective on the proposed effective date of the Transfer. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, a review fee of $2,500.00 for Landlord’s review of any Permitted Transfer or requested Transfer.

 

11.3 Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, 50% of all rent and other consideration which Tenant receives as a result of a Transfer that is in excess of the Rent payable to Landlord for the portion of the Premises and Term covered by the Transfer. Tenant shall pay Landlord for Landlord’s share of the excess within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the excess. If Tenant is in Default, Landlord may require that all sublease payments be made directly to Landlord, in which case Tenant shall receive a credit against Rent in the amount of Tenant’s share of payments received by Landlord.

 

11.4

Tenant may assign this Lease to a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization (an “Ownership Change”) or assign this Lease or sublet all or a portion of the Premises to an Affiliate without the consent of Landlord, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (a “Permitted Transfer”): (a) a Default, or event which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default, does not exist as of the effective date of such assignment or subletting; (b) in the event of an Ownership Change, Tenant’s successor shall own substantially all of the assets of Tenant and have a net worth which is at least equal to Tenant’s net worth as of the day prior to the date of the proposed Ownership Change or the date of execution of the Lease, whichever is greater; (c) the use is only for the Permitted Use; and (d) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the effective date of the Permitted Transfer. Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation evidencing the Permitted Transfer and showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement. “Affiliate” shall mean an entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant (for such period of time as such entity continues to be controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant, it being

 

- 12 -


  agreed that the subsequent sale or transfer of stock resulting in a change in voting control, or any other transaction(s) having the overall effect that such entity ceases to be controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant, shall be treated as if such sale or transfer or transaction(s) were, for all purposes, an assignment of this Lease governed by the provisions of this Section).

 

12. Liens. Tenant shall not permit mechanics’ or other liens to be placed upon the Property, Premises or Tenant’s leasehold interest in connection with any work or service done or purportedly done by or for the benefit of Tenant or its transferees. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises to afford Landlord the opportunity, where applicable, to post and record notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall within five (5) Business Days of notice thereof, immediately fully discharge any lien or like filing, including any notice of contract, by settlement, by bonding or by insuring over the lien in the manner prescribed by the applicable lien Law. If Tenant fails to do so, such failure shall be a default hereunder and Landlord may bond, insure over or otherwise discharge the lien. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any amount paid by Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

13. Indemnity and Waiver of Claims. Except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord Related Parties (defined below), Tenant hereby waives all claims against and releases Landlord and its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, Mortgagees (defined below) and agents (the “Landlord Related Parties”) from all claims for any injury to or death of persons, damage to property or business loss in any manner related to (a) Force Majeure, (b) acts of third parties, (c) the bursting or leaking of any tank, water closet, drain or other pipe, (d) the inadequacy or failure of any security services, personnel or equipment, or (e) any matter not within the reasonable control of Landlord. In addition to the foregoing Tenant agrees that Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability whatsoever for any loss or damage, however caused, to furnishings, fixtures, equipment, or other personal property of Tenant or of any persons claiming by, through, or under Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Section 15 to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to waive any claims against Landlord (other than for loss or damage to Tenant’s business) where such loss or damage is due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Related Parties. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord Related Parties, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord Related Parties harmless against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professional fees (if and to the extent permitted by Law) (collectively referred to as “Losses”), which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties by any third party and arising out of or in connection with any damage or injury occurring in the Premises or any acts or omissions (including violations of Law) of Tenant, the Tenant Related Parties or any of Tenant’s contractors or licensees.

 

     Except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant Related Parties, Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant and Tenant Related Parties harmless against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professional fees (if and to the extent permitted by Law) which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Tenant or any of the Tenant Related Parties by any third party and arising out of or in connection with any damage or injury occurring on the Property or any negligent acts or omissions (including violations of Law) of Landlord , the Landlord Related Parties or any of Landlord’s contractors or licensees.

 

- 13 -


14. Insurance. Tenant shall maintain the following insurance (“Tenant’s Insurance”): (a) Commercial General Liability Insurance applicable to the Premises and its appurtenances providing, on an occurrence basis, a minimum combined single limit of $5,000,000.00 (including coverage provided under Tenant’s umbrella liability insurance policy); (b) Property/Business Interruption Insurance written on an All Risk or Special Perils form, with coverage for broad form water damage including earthquake sprinkler leakage, at replacement cost value and with a replacement cost endorsement covering all of Tenant’s business and trade fixtures, equipment, movable partitions, furniture, merchandise and other personal property within the Premises (“Tenant’s Property”) and any Leasehold Improvements performed by or for the benefit of Tenant; (c) Workers’ Compensation Insurance in amounts required by Law; and (d) Employers Liability Coverage of at least $1,000,000.00 per occurrence. Any company writing Tenant’s Insurance shall have an A.M. Best rating of not less than A-VIII. All Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall name as additional insureds Landlord (or its successors and assignees), the holder(s) of any mortgage(s) encumbering the Premises, the managing agent for the Property (or any successor), and their respective members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and other designees of Landlord and its successors as the interest of such designees shall appear, provided that Landlord provides to Tenant the names and addresses of the specific parties to be listed as such additional insureds. Tenant shall give Landlord and its designees at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of any cancellation, termination, material change or lapse of insurance. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a certificate of insurance evidencing Tenant’s Insurance prior to the earlier to occur of the Commencement Date or the date Tenant is provided with possession of the Premises, and thereafter as necessary to assure that Landlord always has current certificates evidencing Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant’s Insurance requirements stipulated herein are based upon current industry standards. Landlord reserves the right to require additional coverage and/or to increase limits as industry standards change and/or as required by Landlord’s mortgagees from time to time. Landlord will obtain and keep in force during the Term a policy or policies of “all risk” property insurance coverage applicable to the Building (which coverage may be pursuant to a blanket policy or policies) insuring one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement value of the Building.

 

15. Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and shall cause their respective insurance carriers to waive any and all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of action against the other for any loss or damage with respect to Tenant’s Property, Leasehold Improvements, the Property, the Building, the Premises, or any contents thereof, including rights, claims, actions and causes of action based on negligence, which loss or damage is (or would have been, had the insurance required by this Lease been carried) covered by insurance.

 

16. Casualty Damage.

 

16.1 If all or any portion of the Premises becomes untenantable by fire or other casualty to the Premises (collectively a “Casualty”), Landlord shall provide Tenant with a written estimate of the amount of time required to Substantially Complete the repair and restoration of the Premises and any Common Areas necessary to provide access to the Premises (“Completion Estimate”). If the Completion Estimate indicates that the Premises or any Common Areas necessary to provide access to the Premises cannot be made tenantable within 180 days from the date the repair is started, then either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other within ten (10) days after receipt of the Completion Estimate. Tenant, however, shall not have the right to terminate this Lease if the Casualty was caused by the intentional misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties.

 

- 14 -


     Landlord, by written notice to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the date of the Casualty, shall have the right to terminate this Lease if: (1) the Premises have been materially damaged and there is less than two (2) years of the Term remaining on the date of the Casualty; (2) any Mortgagee requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to the payment of the mortgage debt; or (3) a material uninsured loss to the Building occurs.

 

     Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice if: (A) (1) Landlord fails to deliver the Completion Estimate within sixty (60) days following the date of the Casualty or (2) Landlord fails to Substantially Complete repair and restoration of the Premises within the time period set forth in the Completion Estimate; provided, however, that such termination shall be of no force or effect if Landlord delivers the Completion Estimate or Substantially Completes such repair and restoration before the expiration of such 15-day period, and (B) if the Premises have been materially damaged and there is less than one (1) year of the Term remaining as of the date of the casualty.

 

16.2 If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s control, restore the Premises and Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition that existed prior to the Casualty to the extent of insurance proceeds received by Landlord, except for modifications required by Law or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord. Upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all property insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s Insurance with respect to any Leasehold Improvements performed by or for the benefit of Tenant; provided if the estimated cost to repair such Leasehold Improvements exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s Insurance carrier, the excess cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repairs. Within fifteen (15) days of demand, Tenant shall also pay Landlord for any additional excess costs that are determined during the performance of the repairs and approved in advance by Tenant (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld); and to the extent Tenant does not approve of any such excess costs, Landlord shall be deemed to have fully completed restoration and repair of the Premises without having completed any work allocable to such costs not approved by Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience to Tenant, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from the Casualty or the repair thereof. Provided that Tenant is not in Default, during any period of time that all or a material portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable as a result of a Casualty, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expense Excess and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Tax Excess shall abate for the portion of the Premises that is untenantable and not used by Tenant.

 

17.

Condemnation. Either party may terminate this Lease if (i) any material part of the Premises is taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof or (ii) such portion of the Building and/or Property are taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof so as to render the Premises entirely inaccessible for the balance of the then-current term of the Lease (a “Taking”). For the purposes of this Section, a “material” part of the Premises shall be over 50% of the Premises. Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or Property which would have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building or

 

- 15 -


  Property. The terminating party shall provide written notice of termination to the other party within forty-five (45) days after it first receives notice of the Taking. The termination shall be effective on the date the physical taking occurs. If this Lease is not terminated, Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be appropriately adjusted to account for any reduction in the Square Footage of the Property or Premises. All compensation awarded for a Taking shall be the property of Landlord. The rights to receive compensation or proceeds are expressly waived by Tenant, however, Tenant may file a separate claim for Tenant’s Property and Tenant’s reasonable relocation expenses, provided the filing of the claim does not diminish the amount of Landlord’s award. If only a part of the Premises is subject to a Taking and this Lease is not terminated, Landlord, with reasonable diligence, will restore the remaining portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to the condition immediately prior to the Taking.

 

18. Events of Default. Each of the following occurrences shall be a “Default”: (a) Tenant’s failure to pay any portion of Rent when due, if the failure continues for five (5) days (a “Monetary Default”); (b) except for a Monetary Default and (c) - (h) below (for which there shall be no cure period) Tenant’s failure to comply with any term, provision, condition or covenant of this Lease, if the failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to Tenant; (c) Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease becomes insolvent, makes a transfer in fraud of creditors, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts when due or forfeits or loses its right to conduct business; (d) the leasehold estate is taken by process or operation of Law; (e) Tenant abandons the Premises and fails to pay Rent when due; (f) Tenant is in default beyond any notice and cure period under any other lease or agreement with Landlord at the Building or Property; (g) Tenant fails to carry any of Tenant’s Insurance and/or Tenant fails to deliver a certificate evidencing Tenant’s Insurance within five (5) Business Days of Landlord’s request therefor or (h) Tenant is in default under Sections 11.1 or 12 above beyond any applicable notice and cure periods. If there are two (2) Defaults during the Term due to Tenant’s failure to comply with any specific provision of this Lease on two (2) separate occasions in any 12-month period, Tenant’s subsequent violation of such provision shall, at Landlord’s option, be an incurable Default by Tenant, which shall not require notice and which shall not require a cure period. All notices sent under this Section shall be in satisfaction of, and not in addition to, notice required by Law.

 

     Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease unless and until Landlord shall have failed to perform such obligations within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant to Landlord specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform any such obligation, provided that if such cure may not be reasonably be completed within such 30-day period, Landlord shall have such additional time as may be reasonably required to cure such default so long as Landlord diligently continues to pursue such cure.

 

19. Remedies.

 

19.1

Upon Default, Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or more of the following remedies: (a) Terminate this Lease, in which case Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord; and (b) Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and, in compliance with Law, remove Tenant, Tenant’s Property and any parties occupying the Premises. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises, Landlord, in compliance with Law, may enter upon and take possession of the Premises and remove Tenant, Tenant’s Property and any party occupying the Premises. Tenant shall pay Landlord, on demand, all past due Rent and other losses and damages Landlord suffers as a result of Tenant’s Default, including, without limitation, all Costs of

 

- 16 -


  Reletting (defined below) and any deficiency that may arise from reletting or the failure to relet the Premises. “Costs of Reletting” shall include all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in reletting or attempting to relet the Premises, including, without limitation, legal fees, brokerage commissions, the cost of alterations and the value of other concessions or allowances granted to a new tenant. Landlord may (but, except as expressly provided below, shall not be obligated to) relet all or any part of the Premises, without notice to Tenant, for such period of time and on such terms and conditions (which may include concessions, free rent and work allowances) as Landlord in its absolute discretion shall determine. Landlord may collect and receive all rents and other income from the reletting. Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand all past due Rent, all Costs of Reletting and any deficiency arising from the reletting or failure to relet the Premises. The re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises shall not be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease. Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages in the event of a Default by Tenant, provided that the foregoing shall in no way constitute any waiver by Landlord of any rights or remedies under the Lease, at law or in equity.

 

19.2 In lieu of calculating damages under Section 19.1, Landlord may elect to receive as damages the sum of (a) all Rent accrued through the date of termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, and (b) an amount equal to the total Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to present value, minus the then present fair rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the Term, similarly discounted, after deducting all anticipated Costs of Reletting. If Tenant is in Default of any of its non-monetary obligations under the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to perform such obligations as provided in Section 9.1. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such performance upon demand together with an administrative charge equal to 10% of the cost of the work performed by Landlord. The repossession or re-entering of all or any part of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of its liabilities and obligations under this Lease. Additionally, at any time following termination of the Lease due to Tenant’s default, whether or not Landlord shall have collected any such current damages and/or liquidated damages, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent upon demand following such termination, (i) the unamortized portion of the costs of Landlord Work and the Free Rent Amount (amortized on a straight-line basis over the Term) and (ii) any unreimbursed Amortized Additional Allowance (defined in Exhibit F below). This provision shall survive the termination of the Lease. No right or remedy of Landlord shall be exclusive of any other right or remedy. Each right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right and remedy now or subsequently available to Landlord at Law or in equity.

 

20. Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the liability of Landlord (and of any successor landlord) shall be limited to the interest of Landlord in the Property. Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Property for the recovery of any judgment or award against Landlord or any Landlord Related Party. Neither Landlord nor any Landlord Related Party shall be personally liable for any judgment or deficiency, and in no event shall Landlord or any Landlord Related Party be liable to Tenant for any lost profit, damage to or loss of business or any form of special, indirect or consequential damage. Before filing suit for an alleged default by Landlord, Tenant shall give Landlord and the Mortgagee(s) whom Tenant has been notified hold Mortgages (defined in section 23 below), notice and shall give Landlord and such Mortgagee reasonable time to cure the alleged default. Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall Landlord or any Mortgagees or Landlord Related Parties ever be liable for any consequential or incidental damages or any lost profits of Tenant.

 

- 17 -


     In no event shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for any form of special, indirect or consequential damage other than those incurred under Sections 22 and 26.14 below.

 

21. Intentionally Omitted.

 

22. Holding Over. If Tenant fails to surrender all or any part of the Premises at the termination of this Lease, occupancy of the Premises after termination shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance. Tenant’s occupancy shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall be liable for all damages that Landlord suffers from the holdover, and Tenant shall pay an amount (on a per month basis without reduction for partial months during the holdover) equal to 150% of the greater of (i) the sum of the Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the period immediately preceding the holdover or (ii) the then-current fair market rent for the Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord based on then current rents charged by Landlord to other tenants leasing space within the Property. No holdover by Tenant or payment by Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall be construed to extend the Term or prevent Landlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall not be liable for special, incidental or consequential damages incurred by Landlord as a result of a holdover by Tenant unless (x) such holdover exceeds thirty (30) days and (y) Tenant has not surrendered the Premises in accordance with this Lease within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s demand to vacate the Premises.

 

23. Subordination to Mortgages; Estoppel Certificate.

 

23.1 Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, ground lease(s) or other similar lien(s) now or subsequently arising upon the Premises, the Building or the Property, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof (collectively referred to as a “Mortgage”). The party having the benefit of a Mortgage shall be referred to as a “Mortgagee”. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from its existing Mortgagee on such Mortgagee’s commercially reasonable standard form and in recordable form within thirty (30) days following the full execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant and Tenant’s delivery of the Security Deposit. This clause shall be self-operative, but upon request from a Mortgagee, Tenant shall execute a commercially reasonable subordination agreement in favor of the Mortgagee provided that such agreement contains commercially reasonable provisions for the recognition of Tenant as the tenant under this Lease and the non-disturbance of Tenant in its possession of the Premises under this Lease. As an alternative, a Mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease. Upon request, Tenant, without charge, shall attorn to any successor to Landlord’s interest in this Lease provided that such successor and Tenant have entered into an agreement for such attornment that also contains commercially reasonable provisions for the recognition of Tenant as the tenant under this Lease and the non-disturbance of Tenant in its possession of the Premises under this Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall each, within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request from the other, execute and deliver a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate to those parties as are reasonably requested by the other (including a Mortgagee or prospective purchaser). Without limitation, such estoppel certificate may include a certification as to the status of this Lease, the existence of any defaults to such party’s knowledge and the amount of Rent that is due and payable.

 

23.2

With reference to any assignment by Landlord of its interest in this Lease and/or the Rent payable hereunder, conditional in nature or otherwise, which assignment is made to or held by a Mortgagee, Landlord and Tenant agree: (a) that the execution thereof by Landlord and

 

- 18 -


  acceptance thereof by such Mortgagee shall never be deemed an assumption by such Mortgagee of any of the obligations of Landlord hereunder, unless such Mortgagee shall, by written notice sent to Tenant or by written agreement with Tenant, specifically otherwise elect; and (b) that, except as aforesaid, such Mortgagee shall be treated as having assumed Landlord’s obligations hereunder only upon foreclosure of such Mortgagee’s Mortgage and the taking possession of the Premises after having given notice of its intention to succeed to the interest of Landlord under this Lease.

 

24. Notice. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, all notices and other communications given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall be sent by (1) first class, United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified, with return receipt requested, (2) hand delivery to the intended address, or (3) nationally recognized overnight delivery service. All such notices and other communications shall be effective (i) in three (3) Business Days after deposit in United States Mail in case of (1) above, (ii) actual delivery in case of (2) above, and (iii) the next Business Day in case of (3) above. Such notices and other communications shall be addressed to the parties as specified in the party’s respective Notice Address(es) set forth in Section 1, which addresses may be changed (other than to a post office box address) by the giving of notice as provided in this section.

 

25. Surrender of Premises. At the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises, and quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom clean, and in good order, condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty or taking excepted. If Tenant fails to remove any of Tenant’s Property upon termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be entitled (but not obligated) to remove and store Tenant’s Property. Landlord shall not be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping of Tenant’s Property. Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the expenses and storage charges incurred. If Tenant fails to remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises or storage, within five (5) days after notice, Landlord may deem all or any part of Tenant’s Property to be abandoned and title to Tenant’s Property shall vest in Landlord.

 

26. Miscellaneous.

 

26.1 This Lease shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the state or commonwealth in which the Building is located and Landlord and Tenant hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction and proper venue of such state or commonwealth. If any term or provision of this Lease shall to any extent be void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected. If there is more than one Tenant or if Tenant is comprised of more than one party or entity, the obligations imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several obligations of all the parties and entities, and requests or demands from any one person or entity comprising Tenant shall be deemed to have been made by all such persons or entities. Notices to any one person or entity shall be deemed to have been given to all persons and entities. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so on behalf of Tenant and that Tenant is not, and the entities or individuals constituting Tenant or which may own or control Tenant or which may be owned or controlled by Tenant are not, (i) in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, or (ii) among the individuals or entities identified on any list compiled pursuant to Executive Order 13224 for the purpose of identifying suspected terrorists or on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list.

 

- 19 -


26.2 If either party institutes a suit against the other for violation of or to enforce any covenant, term or condition of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to all of its costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any proceeding based upon a breach of this Lease. Either party’s failure to declare a default immediately upon its occurrence, or delay in taking action for a default, shall not constitute a waiver of the default, nor shall it constitute an estoppel.

 

26.3 Whenever a period of time is prescribed for the taking of an action by Landlord or Tenant (other than the payment of the Security Deposit or Rent), the period of time for the performance of such action shall be extended by the number of days that the performance is actually delayed due to strikes, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, terrorist acts, civil disturbances and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the performing party (“Force Majeure”).

 

26.4 Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all of its rights and obligations under this Lease and in the Building and Property. Upon transfer, Landlord shall be released from any further obligations hereunder and Tenant agrees to attorn to such successor in interest of Landlord and look solely to the successor in interest of Landlord for the performance of such obligations. Tenant shall, within five (5) days after request, execute such further instruments or assurances as such transferee may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm such attornment, provided that no such assurance amends or modifies Tenant’s rights and obligations under this Lease.

 

26.5 Landlord has delivered a copy of this Lease to Tenant for Tenant’s review only and the delivery of it does not constitute an offer to Tenant or an option. Tenant represents that it has dealt with no brokers in connection with this Lease, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord and the Landlord Related Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord represents that it has dealt with no brokers in connection with this Lease, and Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant and the Tenant Related Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease.

 

26.6 Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The expiration of the Term, whether by lapse of time, termination or otherwise, shall not relieve either party of any obligations which accrued prior to or which may continue to accrue after the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

26.7 Landlord shall not disturb Tenant’s use of the Premises, subject to the terms of this Lease, provided Tenant pays the Rent and fully performs all of its covenants and agreements. This covenant shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors (which term shall include Mortgagee only to the extent set forth in a so-called subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement) only during its or their respective periods of ownership of the Building.

 

26.8 Landlord excepts and reserves exclusively to itself any and all rights not specifically granted to Tenant under this Lease. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings related to the Premises, including all lease proposals, letters of intent and other documents. Neither party is relying upon any warranty, statement or representation not contained in this Lease. This Lease may be modified only by a written agreement signed by an authorized representative of Landlord and Tenant.

 

- 20 -


26.9 Provided that Tenant shall have executed and delivered to Landlord in recordable form the form of Notice of Termination of Lease attached hereto as Exhibit G-2 (the “Notice of Termination”), Landlord shall execute, in recordable form and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G-1, a Notice of Lease (the “Notice of Lease”). In the event Tenant records the Notice of Lease with the applicable registry of deeds, Landlord shall be entitled upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease to record the Notice of Termination. Tenant shall not otherwise record this Lease or any memorandum or notice without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be withheld at Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord and Tenant each agree to provide such evidence of legal existence and corporate or limited liability company authority as may be required by the applicable registry of deeds in order to record such Notice of Lease and Notice of Termination.

 

26.10 Unless another amount is specified in this Lease, whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action or give any consent required or permitted under this Lease, Tenant will reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for Landlord’s reasonable costs incurred in reviewing the proposed action or consent, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, engineers’ or architects’ fees, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement of such costs. Tenant will be obligated to make such reimbursement without regard to whether Landlord consents to any such proposed action.

 

26.11 Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements (including any notes thereto), or, if no such audited statements have been prepared, such other financial statements (including any notes thereto) as may have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or, if no such statements have been independently prepared, Tenant’s internally prepared financial statements certified as true and correct by an officer of Tenant. Any such financial statements delivered by Tenant shall be held in confidence by Landlord (using protection measures no less stringent than those used to protect its own confidential information). If the stock of Tenant is publicly traded, Tenant’s public filings of its financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other applicable securities regulator shall be deemed to satisfy Tenant’s obligations under this Section.

 

26.12 Tenant and its telecommunications companies, including but not limited to local exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies shall have no right of access to and within the Building or Property, for the installation and operation of telecommunications systems. Landlord agrees to provide such entities with reasonable access to and within the Building solely for the installation of telecommunications systems during Business Service Hours, provided that any such access shall in no event create any rights in the Property by such entities.

 

26.13

Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Lease are to remain confidential for Landlord’s benefit, and may not be disclosed by Tenant to anyone, by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, without Landlord’s prior written consent, except for such disclosures as may be required by applicable law, by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction, or in connection with the enforcement of this Lease before a court of competent jurisdiction. The foregoing shall not prohibit disclosure on a need-to-know basis to Tenant’s employees, officers, directors, accountants, auditors, lenders and legal and business advisors, which parties shall be

 

- 21 -


  deemed subject to this Section 26.13 and acting on behalf of Tenant. The consent by Landlord to any disclosures shall not be deemed to be a waiver on the part of Landlord of any prohibition against any future disclosure.

 

26.14 The term “Hazardous Materials” means any substance, material, or waste which is now or hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous, toxic, or dangerous under any Law relating to pollution or the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment, or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or in the Building or Property. Tenant shall not use, generate, store, or dispose of, or permit the use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises or the Building or Property except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance of Tenant’s business, and then in compliance with all applicable Laws. If Tenant breaches its obligations under this Section, Landlord may immediately take any and all action reasonably appropriate to remedy the same, including taking all appropriate action to clean up or remediate any contamination resulting from Tenant’s use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord and its representatives and agents from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and cost of cleanup and remediation) arising from Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section. This indemnity provision shall survive termination or expiration of the Lease. Landlord represents to the best of its actual knowledge as of the date first set forth above that there are no Hazardous Materials in the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall only have obligations and liabilities, if any, for Hazardous Materials brought, used, generated, stored or disposed of on the Property and/or Premises by Tenant or Tenant Related Parties and their respective employees, agents, contractors or invitees or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant (including without limitation any subtenant or licensee).

 

26.15 Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord, Landlord Related Parties, or their respective affiliates may, from time to time, seek to obtain various approvals, variances, permits, authorizations and/or special permits with respect to the Property and other real property owned by such parties. Without limiting Tenant’s rights under this Lease, Tenant hereby agrees to cooperate with Landlord, at no cost to Tenant, in all such efforts and further covenants not to oppose or interfere with Landlord, Landlord Related Parties, or their respective affiliates, agents, designees, appointees or assigns, in any attempts to obtain any such approvals, variances, permits, authorizations and/or special permits. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall be binding on Tenant’s officers, directors, shareholders and employees and shall survive the termination of the Lease. Any such interference shall be material default under this Lease not subject to cure and following such default Landlord, at its sole discretion, may terminate this Lease. Landlord reserves the right at any time to convert the Property into a condominium in accordance with M.G.L. c. 183A, and Tenant agrees to execute all commercially reasonable consents, agreements and other documents reasonably required by Landlord to complete any such conversion provided that the same do not materially derogate from Tenant’s rights under this Lease or materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

[signatures on following page]

 

- 22 -


Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease Agreement as a document under seal as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

 

/s/ Cary Tarpinian

   

LANDLORD:

 

AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC, a Delaware

limited liability company

Name (print):   Cary Tarpinian     By:   /s/ Kurt W. Saracere
      Name:   Kurt W. Saracere
      Title:   Manager

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

 

/s/ Janene Asgeirsson

   

TENANT:

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation

Name (print):   Janene Asgeirsson     By:   /s/ Murugesan Shanmugaraj
      Name:   Murugesan Shanmugaraj
      Title:   President & CEO

 

/s/ Janene Asgeirsson     By:   /s/ John Gavin
Name (print):   Janene Asgeirsson     Name:   John Gavin
      Title:   Chief Financial officer
     

              27-0291921

      Tenant’s Tax ID Number (SSN or FEIN)

 

- 23 -


EXHIBIT A

 

LOGO

 

24


EXHIBIT B

EXPENSES AND TAXES

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) for space in Building Three of Mill & Main, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754.

 

1. Payments.

 

1.1 Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the amount, if any, by which Expenses (defined below) for each calendar year during the Term exceed Expenses for the Base Year (the “Expense Excess”) and also the amount, if any, by which Taxes (defined below) for each Fiscal Year during the Term exceed Taxes for the Base Year (the “Tax Excess”). If Expenses or Taxes in any calendar year or Fiscal Year decrease below the amount of Expenses or Taxes for the Base Year, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses or Taxes, as the case may be, for that calendar year or Fiscal Year shall be $0. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a good faith estimate of the Expense Excess and of the Tax Excess for each calendar year or Fiscal Year during the Term. On or before the first day of each month, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a monthly installment equal to one-twelfth of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Landlord’s estimate of both the Expense Excess and Tax Excess. After its receipt of an estimate revised in good faith by Landlord, Tenant’s monthly payments shall be based upon the revised estimate. If Landlord does not provide Tenant with an estimate of the Expense Excess or the Tax Excess by January 1 of a calendar year, Tenant shall continue to pay monthly installments based on the previous year’s estimate(s) until Landlord provides Tenant with the new estimate.

 

1.2 As soon as is practical following the end of each calendar year or Fiscal Year, as the case may be, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement of the actual Expenses and Expense Excess and the actual Taxes and Tax Excess for the prior calendar year or Fiscal Year, as the case may be (and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such statement within ninety (90) days following the end of such calendar year or Fiscal Year, as the case may be). If the estimated Expense Excess or estimated Tax Excess for the prior calendar year or Fiscal Year, as the case may be, is more than the actual Expense Excess or actual Tax Excess for the prior calendar year or Fiscal Year, as the case may be, Landlord shall either provide Tenant with a refund or apply any overpayment by Tenant against Additional Rent due or next becoming due, provided if the Term expires before the determination of the overpayment, Landlord shall refund any overpayment to Tenant after first deducting the amount of Rent due. If the estimated Expense Excess or estimated Tax Excess for the prior calendar year or Fiscal Year, as the case may be, is less than the actual Expense Excess or actual Tax Excess, for such prior calendar year or Fiscal year, as the case may be, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the statement of Expenses or Taxes, any underpayment for the prior calendar year. This provision shall survive the termination or earlier expiration of the Lease.

 

25


2. Expenses.

 

2.1 Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred in each calendar year in connection with operating, maintaining, repairing, improving and managing the Building and the Property. Expenses include, without limitation:

 

  (i) all salaries, wages, fringe benefits, payroll taxes and workmen’s compensation insurance premiums related thereto, of and for Landlord’s employees at the level of building manager and below engaged in the operation of the Building and Property or attributable to the operation of the Building and Property, it being understood that salaries, wages, fringe benefits, payroll taxes and workmen’s compensation insurance premiums for any officers, directors or employees above the level of building manager shall not be included in Expenses;

 

  (ii) all costs, including moneys paid to utility companies and municipalities, related to providing electricity, heat, air conditioning, steam and water (including sewer taxes or rentals) to the Building and Property;

 

  (iii) all costs of any insurance carried by Landlord related to the Building and Property;

 

  (iv) all costs, including material and equipment cost, for cleaning and janitorial services (including window cleaning);

 

  (v) all costs of operating, maintaining, repairing, improving and managing the Building and Property, including operation, repair and replacement of heating and air conditioning equipment, elevators, and any other common Building and Property equipment;

 

  (vi) accounting costs;

 

  (vii) rental and purchase cost of parts, supplies, tools and equipment;

 

  (viii) the Annual Charge-off of capital improvements and capital expenditures (as determined under generally accepted accounting principles and practices) incurred (i) to reduce the anticipated amount of Expenses or to prevent an anticipated increase in Expenses, (ii) to maintain the Building in good working order and condition, or (iii) in order to comply with requirements of Law promulgated and enacted after the Commencement Date, where “Annual charge-off” shall be determined by dividing (I) the cost of the original capital improvement or expenditure plus an interest factor, reasonably determined by Landlord as being the interest rate then being charged for long-term mortgages by institutional lenders on like properties within the locality in which the Building is located, by (II) the number of years of useful life reasonably contemplated by Landlord for such capital expenditure in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices in effect at the time of making such improvement or expenditure;

 

  (ix) costs of all service contracts relating to services referred to in subparagraphs (i) - (v) above and to any part of the operation of the Building and Property by Landlord; and

 

  (x) an administrative fee equal to five percent (5%) of all the aforesaid annual operating costs.

 

     Landlord, by itself or through an affiliate, shall have the right to directly perform, provide and be compensated for any services under this Lease. If Landlord incurs Expenses for the Building or Property together with one or more other buildings or properties, whether pursuant to a reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or otherwise, the shared costs and expenses shall be equitably prorated and apportioned between the Building and Property and the other buildings or properties.

 

2.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Expenses shall not include:

 

  (i) costs of renovation of leased premises in the Building or Property incurred in connection with preparing space for a new tenant;

 

  (ii) interest and depreciation charges (except as set forth in 2.1(viii) above);

 

  (iii) any expense for which Landlord is otherwise compensated through the actual receipt of insurance proceeds or is otherwise compensated by any tenant (including Tenant) of the Building or Property or any other party, excluding all deductibles;

 

  (iv) capital expenditures, except to the extent provided in 2.1(viii) above;

 

26


  (v) legal fees incurred in connection with leasing disputes and/or in connection with financings, refinancing, sales or syndications of any of Landlord’s interest in the Building or Property;

 

  (vi) any ground or underlying lease rental, and any bad debt expenses and interest, principal, points and fees on debts or amortization on any mortgage or other debt instrument encumbering the Building or Property;

 

  (vii) advertising and promotional expenditures, and marketing costs, including leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees (in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments), space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building or Property;

 

  (viii) expenses in connection with services or other benefits (I) for which Tenant is charged for directly, (II) for management fees paid or charged by or for the benefit of Landlord in excess of three percent (3%) of gross rents for the Property or (III) which are provided to tenants on an extra cost basis after regular business hours;

 

  (ix) rent for any office space occupied by Property management personnel to the extent the rental rate for of such office space exceeds the fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of comparable properties;

 

  (x) amounts paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in the Building or Property to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

 

  (xi) costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions and costs for fine art sculpture, fine art paintings or other fine art objects; and

 

  (xii) costs for or arising from the removal, remediation, management or containment of any Hazardous Materials in the Building or Property (except with respect to those costs for which Tenant is otherwise responsible pursuant to the express terms of this Lease).

 

2.3 If at any time during a calendar year the Property is not at least 95% occupied or Landlord is not supplying services to at least 95% of the total Rentable Square Footage of the Property, Expenses shall, at Landlord’s option, be determined as if the Property had been 95% occupied and Landlord had been supplying services to 95% of the Rentable Square Footage of the Property. If Expenses for a calendar year are determined as provided in the prior sentence, Expenses for the Base Year shall also be determined in such manner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may calculate the extrapolation of Expenses under this Section based on 100% occupancy and service so long as such percentage is used consistently for each year of the Term.

 

3. “Taxes”shall mean: all taxes and assessments levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority upon or against the Property and/or Building. Any tax upon the Property and/or Building or other tax levied or imposed by any taxing authority in lieu of the present method of real estate taxing shall be deemed to be the Taxes referred to in this provision. Taxes shall include any and all expenses incurred in good faith by the Landlord in contesting the validity of, in seeking a reduction in, and/or in seeking to prevent an increase in any such tax or assessment. Said expenses shall be added to the Taxes to coincide with the period in which said expenses are incurred. Taxes shall not include income taxes of Landlord or its affiliates or any interest or penalties incurred by the Landlord due to any nonpayment or late payment. If a change in Taxes is obtained for any year of the Term during which Tenant paid Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any Tax Excess, then Taxes for that year will be retroactively adjusted and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit, if any, based on the adjustment. Likewise, if a change is obtained for Taxes for the Base Year, Taxes for the Base Year shall be restated and the Tax Excess for all subsequent years shall be recomputed. Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any such increase in the Tax Excess within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of a statement from Landlord.

 

27


4. Tenant, within forty-five (45) days after receiving Landlord’s statement of Expenses, may give Landlord written notice (a “Review Notice”) that Tenant intends to review Landlord’s records of the Expenses for the calendar year to which the statement applies. Within a reasonable time after receipt of the Review Notice, Landlord shall make all pertinent records available for inspection that are reasonably necessary for Tenant to conduct its review at a location in Middlesex or Suffolk counties in Massachusetts. If any records are maintained at a location other than the management office for the Property, Tenant may either inspect the records at such other location or pay for Landlord’s reasonable cost of copying and shipping the records. If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlord’s records, the agent must be with a CPA firm licensed to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the inspection shall not be on a “contingency fee” basis. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs, expenses and fees incurred for the audit. Within forty-five (45) days after the records are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord written notice (an “Objection Notice”) if Tenant’s audit indicates a potential overcharge by more than 1%, which Objection notice shall state in reasonable detail any objection to Landlord’s statement of Expenses for that year. If (i) such an audit reveals an undercharge by Landlord or an overcharge by Landlord of 1% or less for that year, (ii) Tenant fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice within the 45-day period or (iii) Tenant fails to provide Landlord with a Review Notice within the 45-day period described above, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved Landlord’s statement of Expenses and shall be barred from raising any claims regarding the Expenses for that year. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any documents or information provided to Tenant in connection with an audit are of a highly confidential nature and, except as may be required by law and in any litigation between Landlord and Tenant, under no circumstances shall Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents or contractors disclose or make public any information obtained by Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents or contractors regarding information generated from such audit. Any such disclosure shall be deemed a breach of this Lease with no notice or cure period. Tenant covenants that in the event Tenant requests an audit, Tenant shall inform all of Tenant’s employees, agents and contractors of the confidentiality requirements set forth herein. The confidentiality provisions set forth in this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Lease. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to examine Landlord’s records or to dispute any statement of Expenses unless Tenant (i) has paid and continues to pay all Rent when due and (ii) is not in Default hereunder at the time the Review Notice and/or Objection Notice is delivered. In the event Tenant timely delivers an Objection Notice to Landlord, Landlord and Tenant will use reasonable efforts to resolve the dispute and make an appropriate adjustment, failing which, they will submit any such dispute to arbitration pursuant to the rules and jurisdiction of the American Arbitration Association division located in Boston, Massachusetts. The decision rendered in such arbitration will be final, binding and non-appealable. The expenses of arbitration, other than individual legal and accounting expenses, which will be the respective parties’ responsibility, will be paid by the party against whom the decision is rendered. If, by agreement or as a result of an arbitration decision, it is determined that Expenses claimed by the Landlord exceed the actual Expenses by more than three percent (3%), the actual, commercially reasonable hourly costs to Tenant of Tenant’s audit will be reimbursed by Landlord.

 

28


EXHIBIT C

[Intentionally Omitted]

 

29


EXHIBIT D

COMMENCEMENT LETTER

(EXAMPLE)

Date    
Tenant    
Address    
   
   

 

Re: Commencement Letter with respect to that certain Lease dated as of the              day of                     , 2016, by and between AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) for 114,229 rentable square feet located on the first (1st), third (3rd), fourth (4th) and fifth (5th) floors of Building Three of Mill & Main, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754.

 

Dear                                 :

 

     In accordance with the terms and conditions of the above referenced Lease, Tenant accepts possession of the Premises and agrees:

 

1. The Commencement Date of the Lease is                                     ;

 

2. The Termination Date of the Lease is                                     ; and

 

3. The total Amortized Additional Allowance disbursed by the Landlord is $                         and the monthly reimbursement amount thereof due from Tenant is $            .

 

     Please acknowledge your acceptance of possession and agreement to the terms set forth above by signing all 3 counterparts of this Commencement Letter in the space provided and returning 2 fully executed counterparts to my attention.

Sincerely,

 

 

Authorized Signatory

Agreed and Accepted:

 

Tenant: ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    
  Date:    

 

30


EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. The sidewalks, entrances, driveways, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by any tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in a prompt and efficient manner using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Landlord. All hand trucks used by tenants for deliveries in the Building shall be equipped with rubber tires and sideguards and the tenants shall be solely responsible for any damage caused by them or their agents during any deliveries to the Premises.

 

2. The water and wash closets and plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were designed or constructed and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be deposited therein, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose clerks, agents, employees or visitors, shall have caused it.

 

3. No carpet, rug or other such item shall be hung or shaken out of any window of the building; and no tenant shall sweep or throw or permit to be swept or thrown from the Premises any dirt or other substances into any of the corridors or halls, elevators, or out of the doors or windows or stairways of the Building; and Tenant shall not use or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors, and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind be kept in or about the Building. Smoking in any portion of the Building is strictly prohibited.

 

4. No curtains, blinds, shades, or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Such window treatments shall be of a quality, type, design and color, and attached in a manner approved by Landlord.

 

5. No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by any tenant on any part of the outside of the Premises or the Building or on the inside of the Premises if the same is visible from the outside of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, except that the name of the Tenant may appear on the entrance door of the Premises. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by any tenant, Landlord may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense of removal to any tenants violating this rule. Interior signs on doors and directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for each tenant by Landlord at the expense of such tenant, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to Landlord.

 

6. Except as expressly permitted under the Lease in connection with Cosmetic/Cabling Alterations, no tenant shall mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building of which they form a part. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, and as Landlord may direct. No tenant shall secure any floor covering with cement or other similar adhesive material.

 

31


7. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or mechanism thereof. Each tenant must, upon the termination of his tenancy, restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant, and in the event of the loss by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees of any keys, so furnished, such tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof.

 

8. Freight, furniture, business equipment, merchandise and bulky matter of any description shall be delivered to and removed from the Premises only on the elevators and through the service entrances and corridors, and only during hours and in a manner approved by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all freight which violates any of these rules and regulations or the Lease of which these rules and regulations are a part. Tenant’s use of such freight elevators and service entrances shall be without charge to Tenant.

 

9. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

10. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building outside of Building Service Hours all persons who do not present a pass to the Building issued by Landlord. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom any tenant requires same in writing. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom s/he requests such pass and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.

 

11. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a Building for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord, such tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

 

12. Tenants shall not cause or permit any odors of cooking or other processes, or any unusual or other objectionable odors to permeate in or emanate from the Premises.

 

13. If the Building contains central air conditioning and ventilation Tenant agrees to keep all windows closed at all times and to abide by all rules and regulations issued by the Landlord with respect to such services.

 

14. If the Premises demised to any tenant become infested with vermin, such tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall cause such vermin in its Premises to be exterminated from time to time, to the satisfaction of Landlord, and shall employ an exterminator approved by Landlord.

 

15. Tenant and the employees, agents and contractors of Tenant, shall not violate any law regulating tobacco smoking in the Building, including the Premises and the common areas of the Building. In the event Tenant or its employees, agents and contractors violate any such law, Tenant shall be responsible for payment of all fines and penalties assessed against Landlord.

 

32


EXHIBIT F

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) for space in Building Three of Mill & Main, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754.

1. Landlord Work.

Following the full execution and delivery of this Lease and payment and delivery of all items and amounts due upon execution, Landlord shall commence preparation of construction drawings and specifications consistent with the space plan of the Premises shown and detailed in Exhibit F-1 below (such construction drawings, together with the space plan in Exhibit F-1 being referred to herein as the “Landlord Work Plans”). Landlord will submit the Landlord Work Plans to Tenant for its review and agrees to respond in good faith to Tenant’s comments. Tenant agrees to give any proposed revisions to Landlord in writing within ten (10) Business Days of Tenant’s receipt of the Landlord Work Plans, and if no such written comments are received within such 10 Business Day period then the Landlord Work Plans shall be deemed approved by Tenant. If the parties cannot agree within ten (10) Business Days upon any revisions proposed by Tenant, Landlord shall make the final decision regarding any requested revisions that affect the base Building, structural components of the Building, any Building systems and/or any non-compliance matters with respect to building codes and/or other Laws (the “Base Design Criteria”), and Tenant shall make the final decision regarding any requested revisions to interior layout of the Premises not impacting Base Design Criteria and any interior finishes not impacting Base Design Criteria, provided that (i) such lay-out or finish specifications incorporate Building-standard materials and specifications as provided below, and (ii) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such proposed revisions. Any changes to the Landlord Work Plans following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as a Change Order as provided below. Following receipt of the Tenant’s Contribution (defined below), Landlord shall promptly commence to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s initial occupancy based upon the Landlord Work Plans approved by Landlord and Tenant as set forth above (the “Landlord Work”), which Landlord Work shall use Building-standard materials and specifications (except to the extent another specification is otherwise expressly set forth in Exhibit F-1 below) and shall be performed in a diligent and good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with applicable Laws. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Landlord Work shall not include any work for any low voltage wiring (e.g. telecommunications, data or security wiring), furniture installation and/or signage, and such work, if any, shall be performed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense and in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Lease.

The Landlord Work shall be deemed to be “Substantially Complete” on the later of the date that (i) Landlord has received a certificate of occupancy (or its functional equivalent from the governing municipality) sufficient for uninterrupted occupancy of the Premises by the Tenant and (ii) all Landlord Work has substantially been performed, other than any details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other similar matter, the non-completion of which does not materially interfere with the Permitted Use of the Premises (the “Punch-List Items”); provided that Landlord shall diligently complete all Punch-List Items. If Landlord is delayed in the performance of the Landlord Work as a result of the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or vendors, including, without limitation, Landlord’s administration of any Change Orders (defined below) requested by Tenant, a Change Order Delay (defined below) and/or Tenant’s failure to comply with any of its obligations under this Lease, including without limitation timely payment of any installment of the Tenant’s Contribution (each, a “Tenant Delay”), the Landlord Work shall be deemed to be Substantially Complete on the date that Landlord could reasonably

 

33


have been expected to Substantially Complete the Landlord Work absent any Tenant Delay. In the event Tenant fails to respond to a Landlord request for a specification (e.g. paint color) within five (5) Business Days of Landlord’s request, such specification shall be as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion using Building-standard materials and palettes.

Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Premises following the Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty provided by the general contractor performing the Landlord Work with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of Landlord’s Work with applicable Law on the date of Substantial Completion, or (iii) any claim that Landlord’s Work was not completed substantially in accordance with the Landlord Work Plans (subject to minor variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder). Tenant shall have one year after the date of Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord in writing of any portion of Landlord’s Work (I) not complying with applicable Law existing on the date of Substantial Completion and/or (II) not in substantial compliance with the Landlord Work Plans (collectively, a “Construction Defect”) discovered by Tenant, and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice (or if such remedy cannot reasonably be completed within 30 days, Landlord shall commence within 30 days and diligently prosecute same to completion as soon as reasonably practicable). Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties from the general contractor or other contractors providing such warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Premises, to the extent permitted by such warranties. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be at Tenant’s cost.

In no event shall Landlord be obligated to expend more than $35.00/rsf of the Premises ($3,998,015 based upon 114,229 rsf of the Premises) for the performance of the Landlord Work (the “Cost Cap”), which Cost Cap shall include (without limitation) the cost of preparation of any necessary plans for the Landlord Work, any required permitting, and the cost of labor and materials (including demolition of the existing improvements in the Premises); Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly acknowledge that all costs of the Landlord Work in excess of the Cost Cap shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

The Landlord Work shall be performed on a value engineering basis, and prior to commencing the Landlord Work Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a detailed statement (the “Construction Budget”) of the Cost of Improvements (defined below) based upon the Landlord Work Plans. In the event the Construction Budget shall exceed the Cost Cap, Tenant shall (i) deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) Business Days following Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the Construction Budget, twenty-five percent (25%) of the difference between the Cost of Improvements and the Cost Cap and (ii) pay the remaining difference between the Cost of Improvements and the Cost Cap in equal monthly installments over the number of months in the schedule for completion of the Landlord Work (i.e., if the schedule for the Landlord Work is 6 months, Tenant shall pay such excess in 6 equal monthly installments) (collectively, such payments shall be referred to as “Tenant’s Contribution”). As used herein, the “Cost of Improvements” shall mean all design, architectural and engineering costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the Landlord Work, costs of all labor and materials (including without limitation costs for acquisition, refurbishment and installation of any Generator and all enhancements and upgrades to the Building’s existing electrical capacity) and costs for removal of all construction debris for the Landlord Work, a construction management fee equal to three percent (3%) of the hard and soft costs of Landlord’s Work, general contractors fees for the Landlord Work, and any permit or license fees necessary for completion of construction of the Landlord Work.

 

34


To the extent Tenant requests any Change Orders (defined below), (i) such Change Orders shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Lease, (ii) such Change Orders shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and (iii) to the extent such Change Orders would result in any cost to Landlord in excess of the Cost Cap plus Tenant’s Contribution set forth above, the estimated cost of such additions or changes (“Tenant’s Additional Contribution”) shall be paid in full by Tenant to Landlord within five (5) Business Days of Landlord’s invoice therefor before such additions or changes are performed by Landlord. Failure by Tenant to timely pay for any such excess costs shall be deemed, at Landlord’s sole discretion, a withdrawal of such Change Order.

In the event Tenant desires changes to the Landlord Work as detailed in the Landlord Work Plans (each, a “Change Order”), Tenant shall submit a detailed request for such Change Order to Landlord in writing. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to respond in writing (the “Change Order Statement”) to such Change Order request within five (5) Business Days of Tenant’s submission with a statement detailing (i) the period of delay in Substantial Completion, if any, estimated by Landlord which would arise from such Change Order (the “Change Order Delay”) and (ii) Landlord’s good faith estimate of the Tenant’s Additional Contribution, if any, arising from such Change Order. Landlord shall have no obligation to perform such Change Order unless Tenant shall have (a) approved Landlord’s Change Order Statement in writing within five (5) Business Days following Tenant’s receipt of a Change Order Statement and (b) paid any Tenant’s Additional Contribution arising in connection with such Change Order.

Upon the written request of Tenant made prior Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall provide up to $10.00/rsf (i.e. $1,142,290 based upon 114,229 Rentable Square Feet of the Premises) (the “Amortized Additional Allowance”) to fund any unpaid Tenant’s Contribution and/or any unpaid Tenant’s Additional Contribution. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, in equal monthly installments amortized over the Term of the Lease at an annual interest rate of 7%, all Amortized Additional Allowance disbursed by Landlord. Such monthly payments shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be made together with Tenant’s payment of Base Rent.

2. Signage.

Initial signage on the primary suite entry to the Premises and in the Building lobby directory shall be installed in a Building-standard format at no cost to Tenant. Any changes to the same shall be (i) at the sole cost and expense of the party requesting such change, (ii) in compliance with the Building-standard signage program and (iii) subject to Landlord prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord installs exterior monument signage or directional signage with the names of tenants in the Property, then so long as Tenant leases and occupies at least 114,229 Rentable Square Feet at the Property such exterior monument signage shall, at no cost to Tenant, include a single entry for Tenant’s name and, if applicable, logo, provided that the inclusion of Tenant’s logo on such monument sign shall (I) only be permitted if the logos of other tenants are included in such signage, (II) be subject to all applicable Laws and, (III) conform at all times to Landlord’s Building-standard signage program. If Tenant leases or occupies less than 114,229 Rentable Square Feet at the Property, any such inclusion of Tenant’s name and/or logo on such exterior monument signage shall be at Landlord’s sole discretion.

3. Right of First Offer.

Subject to (x) the initial leasing of such space to a third party and (y) the rights of third parties existing as of the date this Lease is fully executed and delivered by both parties without contingency and the rights of tenants under the initial leasing of such space, Tenant shall have a one-time right of first offer (the “Right of First Offer”) on (I) certain portions of the third (3rd) floor of the Building and (II) certain portions of the fourth (4th) floor of the building on the Property known as “Building 5” (each, as more particularly labeled in Exhibit H attached hereto as “Future Acacia Expansion Right of First Offer”, a “ROFO Space”) upon the following terms and conditions. Landlord will notify Tenant of its plans to market a ROFO Space for lease to any unrelated third party (the “ROFO Notice”), which ROFO Notice shall

 

35


specify Landlord’s estimate of the fair market rent for such ROFO Space, the date of availability of such ROFO Space and all other material terms and conditions which will apply to such ROFO Space. Within five (5) Business Days following its receipt of any ROFO Notice, Tenant shall have the right to accept the same by written notice to Landlord. If Tenant notifies Landlord within such five (5) Business Day period that it wishes to lease the ROFO Space, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease incorporating the ROFO Space into the Premises upon the terms contained in the ROFO Notice within ten (10) Business Days following Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a form therefor. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord within said five (5) Business Day period that Tenant intends to lease the ROFO Space or fails to execute Landlord’s form of amendment for such ROFO Space within ten (10) Business Days of receipt from Landlord, (i) Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights with respect to such ROFO Space and Landlord shall be entitled, but not required, to lease all or any portion of such ROFO Space to any third party or parties on such terms and conditions, including, without limitation, options to extend the term of such lease and/or expand the premises under such lease, and for such rent as Landlord determines, all in its sole discretion, and (ii) the Right of First Offer with respect to such ROFO Space shall be of no further force or effect, except that in the event that Landlord offers the ROFO Space at less than 90% of the fair market rent specified in the ROFO Notice, or if twelve (12) months have passed since the date of the ROFO Notice and Landlord has not leased the ROFO Space, then the Right of First Offer shall be deemed not waived by Tenant, shall be reinstated and Landlord will again offer the ROFO Space to Tenant in accordance with the procedure set forth above.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Lease, the Right of First Offer, and any exercise by Tenant of the Right of First Offer shall be void and of no effect unless on the date Tenant notifies Landlord that it is exercising such right and on the commencement date of the amendment for a ROFO Space: (i) no Default exists at the time of the ROFO Notice or at the commencement of the term for such ROFO Space and (ii) the original Tenant named herein or an Affiliate pursuant to a Permitted Transfer is itself occupying the entire Premises at the time of the ROFO Notice and at the commencement of the term for such ROFO Space.

4. Parking.

During the Term, Tenant shall have the right to use parking in the common parking lot of the Property. Except for Tenant’s Reserved Parking (defined below), all parking spaces shall be on a non-reserved, first-come-first serve basis. Tenant’s rights to use such parking are non-assignable and intended solely for the use of Tenant’s employees working from and business invitees to the Premises and of any permitted assignee of this Lease or subtenant under this Lease; and as such Tenant shall not offer them for “use” or “license” to any other entity, the general public, or any other tenants of the Building. Four (4) parking spots in the parking garage serving the Property shall be reserved for the exclusive use of Tenant (“Tenant’s Reserved Parking”) in a location reasonably designated by Landlord on the first level of such parking garage, or if not on the first level then near access to stairs or elevators. Landlord shall not be responsible for money, jewelry, automobiles or other personal property lost in or stolen from the parking lot. Landlord shall not be liable for any loss, injury or damage to persons using the parking lot or automobiles or other property thereon, it being agreed that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the use of the parking lot and the parking spaces shall be at the sole risk of Tenant and its employees and business invitees. Except for emergency repairs, Tenant and its employees and business invitees shall not perform any work on any automobiles while located in the parking lot.

Tenant’s use of the common parking lot shall be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations therefor as may be set and changed with reasonable prior notice by the Landlord from time to time for all tenants and uniformly enforced by Landlord during the Term. All such appurtenant rights for parking as set forth in this Section 4 shall expire upon termination of this Lease and shall have no separate independent validity or legal standing. Tenant shall have access to and use of the parking areas on a 24-hour per day, 7 days per

 

36


week basis, provided that Landlord reserves the right to relocate and/or temporarily close any or all of the parking facilities to the extent necessary in the event of a casualty or governmental taking or for maintenance and repairs of the parking facility, and Landlord shall reopen the same or provide replacement parking facilities as soon as practicable thereafter.

5. Termination of Existing Lease.

Reference is hereby made to that certain Commercial Lease dated October 27, 2009 by and between Landlord and Tenant regarding Tenant’s lease of certain space in the Property (as amended to date, the “Prior Lease”). Effective as of the date that is sixty (60) days following the Commencement Date under this Lease (the “Prior Lease Termination Date”):

 

  (a) the Prior Lease shall be superseded by this Lease, shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect except with respect to (i) any rent due and owing as of the Commencement Date under the Prior Lease (the obligation of payment for which shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder) and (ii) any provisions of the Prior Lease which shall expressly survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Prior Lease; and

 

  (b) Tenant shall surrender to Landlord all portions of the Property leased by Tenant under the Prior Lease (to the extent not a portion of the Premises under this Lease) in the condition required under the Prior Lease.

In addition to the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant agree that any portion of the $68,000 security deposit held by Landlord under the Prior Lease not used as permitted under the Prior Lease shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the termination of the Prior Lease. In no event shall the Security Deposit under this Lease be applied to Tenant obligations under the Prior Lease.

 

37


EXHIBIT F-1

SPACE PLAN

[see attached]

 

38


LOGO

 

39


EXHIBIT G-1

FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE

[see attached]

 

40


NOTICE OF LEASE

Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 183, Section 4 of the Massachusetts General Laws, of a lease upon the following terms:

 

Landlord:

AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

Tenant:

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

Date of Lease Execution:

April 13, 2016.

 

Premises:

114,229 square feet, consisting of 430 square feet on the first (1st) floor, 23,805 square feet on the third (3rd) floor and the entire fourth (4th) and fifth (5th) floors of the building commonly known as Building 3 of Mill & Main (a/k/a 3 Clock Tower Place), Maynard, Massachusetts, which building is located in the property more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

Right of First Offer:

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, Tenant has a one-time right of first offer with respect to (I) certain portions of the third (3rd) floor of Building 3 referenced above and (II) certain portions of the fourth (4th) floor of the building commonly known as Building 5 of Mill & Main (a/k/a 5 Clock Tower Place), Maynard, Massachusetts.

 

Commencement Date:

Subject to adjustment as provided in the Lease, November 1, 2016.

 

Term:

The initial term of the Lease shall expire on the last day of the ninety-sixth (96th) full calendar month following the Commencement Date.

 

Option to Extend:

None.

To the extent there is an inconsistency between the Lease and this Notice of Lease, the terms of the Lease shall govern.

[signatures on following page]

 

41


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Notice of Lease as of this      day of                     , 2016.

 

LANDLORD:

 

AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

TENANT:

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

42


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

                        , ss.

On this      day of                     , 2016, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared                                 , proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which were                                 , to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as                      of AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC.

                                                 (official signature and seal of notary)

My commission expires                                                  

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

                        , ss.

On this      day of                     , 2016, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared                                 , proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which were                                 , to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as                      of ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                                                 (official signature and seal of notary)

My commission expires                                                  

 

43


Exhibit A to Notice of Lease

 

44


EXHIBIT G-2

FORM OF TERMINATION OF NOTICE OF LEASE

[see attached]

 

45


TERMINATION OF NOTICE OF LEASE

Reference is made to the following Lease Agreement pertaining to certain premises more particularly described therein located at Building 3 of Mill & Main, Maynard, Massachusetts, as to which a Notice of Lease was previously recorded in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 183, Section 4 of the Massachusetts General Laws as noted below:

 

Landlord:

AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

Tenant:

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

Date of Lease Execution:

April 13, 2016.

 

Premises:

114,229 square feet, consisting of 430 square feet on the first (1st) floor, 23,805 square feet on the third (3rd) floor and the entire fourth (4th) and fifth (5th) floors of the building commonly known as Building 3 of Mill & Main (a/k/a 3 Clock Tower Place), Maynard, Massachusetts, which building is located in the property more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

Notice Recording Information:

Notice of Lease recorded with the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds in Book     , Page     .

Notice is hereby given that the lease described above has been terminated.

[signatures on following page]

 

46


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Termination of Notice of Lease as of this      day of                     , 2016.

 

LANDLORD:

 

AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

TENANT:

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

47


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

                        , ss.

On this      day of                     , 2016, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared                                 , proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which were                                 , to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as                      of AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC.

                                                 (official signature and seal of notary)

My commission expires                                                  

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

                        , ss.

On this      day of                     , 2016, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared                                 , proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which were                                 , to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as                      of ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                                                 (official signature and seal of notary)

My commission expires                                                  

 

48


Exhibit A to Termination of Notice of Lease

 

49


EXHIBIT H

ROFO SPACE

 

LOGO

 

50


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[see attached]

 

51


L/C DRAFT LANGUAGE

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER                     

ISSUE DATE:                     

ISSUING BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

2ND FLOOR, MAIL SORT HF210

SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054

BENEFICIARY:

AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC

41 SEYON STREET, SUITE #200

WALTHAM, MA 02453

APPLICANT:

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

6 CLOCK TOWER PLACE

MAYNARD, MASSACHUSETTS 01754

AMOUNT: US $492,612.56 (FOUR HUNDRED NINETY-TWO THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED TWELVE AND XX/56 U.S. DOLLARS)

EXPIRATION DATE: APRIL     , 2017

LOCATION: SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

DEAR SIR/MADAM:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              IN YOUR FAVOR AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFTS DRAWN ON US AT SIGHT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “A” ATTACHED AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

2. BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED STATEMENT STATING AS FOLLOWS:

“THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC, AS LANDLORD UNDER THAT CERTAIN LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., AS TENANT, IS AUTHORIZED TO DRAW DOWN ON THE LETTER OF CREDIT UNDER THE TERMS OF SAID LEASE AND THAT LANDLORD WILL HOLD THE FUNDS DRAWN UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AS SECURITY DEPOSIT FOR TENANT OR APPLY SAID FUNDS TO TENANT’S OBLIGATION UNDER THE LEASE.”

 

52


PARTIAL DRAWS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS ARE ALLOWED.

THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU A NOTICE BY REGISTERED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS (OR ANY OTHER ADDRESS INDICATED BY YOU, IN A WRITTEN NOTICE TO US THE RECEIPT OF WHICH WE HAVE ACKNOWLEDGED, AS THE ADDRESS TO WHICH WE SHOULD SEND SUCH NOTICE) THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND FEBRUARY 1, 2025. IN THE EVENT OF SUCH NOTICE OF NON-EXTENSION, YOU MAY DRAW HEREUNDER WITH A DRAFT STATED ABOVE AND ACCOMPANIED BY THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, ALONG WITH YOUR SIGNED STATEMENT STATING THAT YOU HAVE RECEIVED A NON-EXTENSION NOTICE FROM SILICON VALLEY BANK AND YOU HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT ACCEPTABLE TO YOU.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE ONE OR MORE TIMES, BUT IN EACH INSTANCE ONLY TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AS TRANSFEREE AND ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT, ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U. S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US AT OUR ADDRESS INDICATED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT “B” DULY EXECUTED. THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK. BENEFICIARY SHALL PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE OF  14 OF 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM US$250.00) UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE BY PRESENTATION OF THE ORIGINAL APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS ON A BUSINESS DAY AT OUR OFFICE (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”) AT: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, SANTA CLARA, CA 95054, ATTENTION: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION.

 

53


FACSIMILE PRESENTATIONS ARE PERMITTED. SHOULD BENEFICIARY WISH TO MAKE PRESENTATIONS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT ENTIRELY BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION IT NEED NOT TRANSMIT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY. EACH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE MADE AT: (408) 496-2418 OR (408) 969-6510 ; AND SIMULTANEOUSLY UNDER TELEPHONE ADVICE TO: (408) 654-6274 OR (408) 654-7716, ATTENTION: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION WITH ORIGINALS TO FOLLOW BY OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THE BANK WILL DETERMINE HONOR OR DISHONOR ON THE BASIS OF PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE ALONE, AND WILL NOT EXAMINE THE ORIGINALS. IN ADDITION, ABSENCE OF THE AFORESAID TELEPHONE ADVICE SHALL NOT AFFECT OUR OBLIGATION TO HONOR ANY DRAW REQUEST.

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH THE BENEFICIARY THAT (I) DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO US ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT OR ANY AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED EXPIRATION DATE AND (II) THE AMOUNT OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT BE REDUCED BY AMENDMENT UNLESS AND UNTIL BENEFICIARY SHALL HAVE PROVIDED ITS WRITTEN CONSENT TO SUCH AMENDMENT.

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES (ISP98), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 590.

 

 

 

     

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE     AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER                         

 

54


EXHIBIT A

 

DATE:                            REF. NO.                         

AT SIGHT OF THIS DRAFT

PAY TO THE ORDER OF                                                                                                                            US$                            

US DOLLARS                                                                                                                                                                             

DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, STANDBY

LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO.                                      DATED                                     

 

TO:   SILICON VALLEY BANK      
  3003 TASMAN DRIVE        
  SANTA CLARA, CA 95054       (BENEFICIARY’S NAME)
         
        Authorized Signature

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE DRAFT

 

1. DATE: ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT.
2. REF. NO.: BENEFICIARY’S REFERENCE NUMBER, IF ANY.
3. PAY TO THE ORDER OF: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C (MAKE SURE BENEFICIARY ENDORSES IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE).
4. US$: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN FIGURES.
5. USDOLLARS: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.
6. LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER: SILICON VALLEY BANK’S STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.
7. DATED: ISSUANCE DATE OF THE STANDBY L/C.
8. BENEFICIARY’S NAME: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C.
9. AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER OF BENEFICIARY.

IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS RELATED TO THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT PLEASE CONTACT US AT                         .

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER                         

 

55


EXHIBIT B

TRANSFER FORM

DATE:                                     

 

TO:   SILICON VALLEY BANK      
 

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

ATTN:INTERNATIONAL DIVISION.

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

     

RE: IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

NO.                          ISSUED BY

SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA

L/C AMOUNT:                             

GENTLEMEN:

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

 

 

(NAME OF TRANSFEREE)

 

 

(ADDRESS)

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE. TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.

 

SINCERELY,     SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATED
      The name(s), title(s), and signature(s) conform to that/those
(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)     on file with us for the company and the signature(s) is/are authorized to execute this instrument.
 

 

   

 

(SIGNATURE OF BENEFICIARY)    
       
(NAME AND TITLE)     (Name of Bank)
     
    (Address of Bank)
     
    (City, State, ZIP Code)
     
    (Authorized Name and Title)
     
    (Authorized Signature)
     
    (Telephone number)

 

56


EX-10.21

Exhibit 10.21

LEASE AGREEMENT

LANDLORD:

Somerset Holmdel Development I Urban Renewal, L.P.

101 Crawfords Corner Road

Holmdel, NJ 07733

TENANT:

Acacia Communications, Inc.

Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100

Maynard, MA 01754

PREMISES:

Building 1, Floor 4, Suite 1-406

Bell Works

101 Crawfords Corner Road

Holmdel Township, Monmouth County, NJ


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1. LEASE OF PREMISES

     1   

ARTICLE 2. TERM

     2   

ARTICLE 3. FIXED RENT

     3   

ARTICLE 4. ADDITIONAL RENT

     4   

ARTICLE 5. LANDLORD’S GENERAL SERVICES

     9   

ARTICLE 6. USE OF PREMISES

     14   

ARTICLE 7. MAINTENANCE

     15   

ARTICLE 8. ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

     16   

ARTICLE 9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     17   

ARTICLE 10. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     20   

ARTICLE 11. SURRENDER OF PREMISES

     24   

ARTICLE 12. HOLDING OVER

     24   

ARTICLE 13. DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

     25   

ARTICLE 14. EMINENT DOMAIN

     26   

ARTICLE 15. INSURANCE

     27   

ARTICLE 16. WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY

     28   

ARTICLE 17. RULES AND REGULATIONS

     29   

ARTICLE 18. LANDLORD’S RESERVED RIGHTS

     29   

ARTICLE 19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

     31   

ARTICLE 20. INITIAL PREPARATION OF THE PREMISES

     31   

ARTICLE 21. REAL ESTATE BROKERS

     34   

ARTICLE 22. MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

     34   

ARTICLE 23. NOTICES

     35   

ARTICLE 24. SIGNAGE

     36   

ARTICLE 25. ENVIRONMENTAL

     36   

ARTICLE 26. PARKING

     38   

ARTICLE 27. OFAC COMPLIANCE

     38   

ARTICLE 28. RENEWAL OPTION

     38   

ARTICLE 29. CONDOMINIUM ASSOCIATION

     40   

ARTICLE 30. SABBATH PROVISIONS

     41   

ARTICLE 31. ROOF RIGHTS

     42   

ARTICLE 32. SECURITY DEPOSIT

     43   

 

i


ARTICLE 33. MISCELLANEOUS

     45   

ARTICLE 34. SUPPLEMENTAL COOLING SYSTEM

     47   

ARTICLE 35. EXPANSION OPTION

     48   

ARTICLE 36. GENERATOR

     52   

ARTICLE 37. STORAGE SPACE

     53   

EXHIBIT LIST

 

EXHIBIT “A”:

  Floor Plan of Premises and Reservation Space

EXHIBIT “B”:

  Landlord’s Base Building and Core Improvements Work

EXHIBIT “B-1”

  Building Standard Work Letter

EXHIBIT “C”:

  Confirmation Agreement

EXHIBIT “D”:

  Tax Projections

EXHIBIT “E”:

  Office Cleaning Specifications and Frequencies

EXHIBIT “F”:

  Rules and Regulations

EXHIBIT “G”:

  Building Security

EXHIBIT “H”

  Storage Space

 

ii


LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT OF LEASE (“Lease”) made this      day of March, 2016, by Somerset Holmdel Development I Urban Renewal, L.P., a New Jersey Limited Partnership with an address of 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733 (“Landlord”) and Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation with an address of Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100, Maynard, MA 01754 (“Tenant” and collectively with Landlord, the “Parties”).

ARTICLE 1. LEASE OF PREMISES

1.1. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the space depicted on Exhibit “A” (“Premises”) that is located in the Building (as hereinafter defined in Section 1.2 below) for the Term (as hereinafter defined in Section 2.1 below) upon the conditions provided in this Lease.

1.2. The Premises is located on the 4th floor in “building 1” of that certain mixed use building known as “Bell Works” (“Building”) having an address of 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel Township, Monmouth County, New Jersey and containing approximately 1,182,729 rentable square feet of office space, as same may be adjusted by Landlord from time to time. The Building, the parcel(s) of real estate upon which the Building is located (“Land”), and any other improvements located on the Land, are collectively referred to in this Lease as the “Project.”

1.3. As used in this Lease, “Rentable Area of the Premises” means the sum of (i) the total number of square feet contained in the areas on the 4th floor of “building 1” (“Fourth Floor Space”) as shown on Exhibit “A”, computed in accordance with “Office Buildings: Standard Methods of Measurement (ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-2010)” by measuring from the prominent inside face of the exterior Building wall to the inside face of the opposite atrium facing wall to the inside face of all vertical penetrations excluding all existing and new electrical closets and mechanical except those along the perimeter of the Premises that separates the Premises from the perimeter corridors, plus (ii) an appropriate adjustment of a 20% loss factor for the share of the Building that is used for public corridors including without limitation, the concourse areas, public toilets, air-conditioning rooms, fan rooms, janitor’s closets, electrical closets, telephone closets, storage closets, mechanical rooms, elevator shafts, loading areas, flues, stacks, pipe shafts and vertical ducts with their enclosing walls (“Loss Factor”) allocable to the Fourth Floor Space. In computing the Rentable Area of the Premises and the Rentable Area of the Building, no deduction will be made for columns and projections necessary for the structural integrity of the Building and the measurements provided to Landlord by Landlord’s will be conclusive and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Subject to measurements by Landlord’s architect, the Rentable Area of the Premises is 26,193 square feet.

1.4. Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, and invitees will have the right, in common with Landlord and other tenants of the Project, and their employees, agents, contractors, and invitees, to use the Common Areas (as hereinafter defined). As used in this Lease, “Common Areas” means those Project areas, structures, parking areas, access driveways, roadways, sidewalks, plazas, landscaped areas, traffic lights, storm drainage facilities, sanitary sewer, domestic and fire water systems, fire protection installations, electric power and telephone cables and lines and other utility connections, facilities and other improvements (above and below ground) which now exist or hereafter are constructed on the Land for use in common by


Landlord, Tenant, and other tenants located in other buildings which are part of the Project, and those Building areas, structures, entrances, exits, lobbies, elevators, stairwells, hallways, chases and conduits, risers, utility closets and facilities and other improvements which now exist or hereafter are constructed in the Building for use in common by Landlord and tenants of the Building.

1.5. Landlord represents to Tenant that as of the Commencement Date (a) the Building and the Premises are in material compliance with all applicable zoning, land use and environmental laws and agreements and the requirements of all easement and encumbrance documents, if any; (b) the uses of the Premises as expressly set forth in Section 6.1 of this Lease are permitted as of right pursuant to applicable municipal zoning laws at the Project; (c) Landlord holds fee simple title to the Land and Building, subject to no mortgage or ground lease; (d) Landlord has full power and authority to enter into this Lease and has obtained all consents and taken all actions necessary in connection therewith; and (e) no other party has any possessory right to the Premises.

ARTICLE 2. TERM

2.1. The term (“Term”) of this Lease will commence on the Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined in Section 2.2 below) and expire on the Expiration Date (as hereinafter defined in Section 2.3 below), unless sooner terminated as provided in this Lease.

2.2. The “Commencement Date” of this Lease will be the date upon which Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant (“Delivery of Possession”). Delivery of Possession will be the earlier of (i) the day upon which Tenant commences business in the Premises, or (ii) the later of (a) September 1, 2016 or (b) the day upon which Landlord issues a letter or certification that work to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Exhibit “B” and Exhibit “B-1” attached to this Lease and Tenant’s Work, as defined in Section 20.1(F) of this Lease (collectively, “Landlord’s Work”) has been completed except for minor insubstantial details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustments which remain to be done which would not materially interfere with Tenant’s permitted use of the Premises and receipt of a certificate of occupancy (or local equivalent) issued for Landlord’s Work permitting full use of the Premises. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to so complete such Landlord’s Work and issue such certification on or before September 1, 2016, subject to delay attributable to damage by fire or other casualty, Force Majeure (as defined in Section 5.6(a) of this Lease), and/or Tenant Delays (as defined in Section 20.1(D) of this Lease); provided, however, that if Landlord does not so complete Landlord’s Work, issue such certification and deliver the Premises to Tenant by October 1, 2016, subject to delay attributable to damage by fire or other casualty, Force Majeure and/or Tenant Delays then (a) for each day thereafter until such time as the Premises are delivered to Tenant with such Landlord’s Work completed as required hereunder and such certification issued, Tenant will receive a rent credit equal to 1 day’s Fixed Rent, and (b) if Landlord for any reason does not so complete such Landlord’s Work, issue such certification and deliver the Premises to Tenant by January 1, 2017, subject to delay attributable to damage by fire or other casualty, Force Majeure and/or Tenant Delays, then Tenant may, at any time thereafter but prior to the date on which such Land lord’s Work is so completed, such certification issued and the Premises delivered to Tenant, cancel this Lease by giving written notice of such cancellation to Landlord.

 

2


2.3. The “Expiration Date” of this Lease will be at 11:59 p.m. on the last day of the 60th full calendar month following the Commencement Date or such earlier date as this Lease terminates or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises terminates.

2.4. Once established the Commencement Date, Expiration Date and other pertinent matters will be confirmed by Landlord and Tenant by execution of the Confirmation Agreement attached hereto at Exhibit “C”, and by this reference is hereby made a part hereof, which Confirmation Agreement will be executed by Landlord and Tenant within 30 days of the occurrence of the Commencement Date; however, the enforceability of this Lease will not be affected should either party fail or refuse to execute the Confirmation Agreement.

2.5. Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.2 of this Lease to the contrary, if a fitness center, shared conferencing facility, and food service are not operating in the Building on the Commencement Date, commencing on the Commencement Date, Fixed Rent (as defined in Section 3.1 of this Lease) will abate on a day for day basis until the date the aforementioned services are operating in the Building. The rent abatement provided for in this Section 2.5 will be in addition to the Rent Credit (as defined in Section 3.6 of this Lease) and any credit for late delivery as provided in Section 2.2 of this Lease. If the fitness center offers a membership discount to tenants of the Building which is less than 10% off of the regularly priced membership, Landlord will make available to Tenant, for minimal charge, a fitness facility consisting of not less than 4,000 square feet in the Building.

ARTICLE 3. FIXED RENT

Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord or Landlord’s assignee or designee promptly when due, without notice or demand and without counterclaim, deduction or setoff of any kind or amount for any reason whatsoever, and continuing to and including the last day of the Term annual fixed rent (“Fixed Rent”) payable in equal monthly installments, in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month of the Term of this Lease in lawful money of the United States of America as more particularly set forth below:

 

INITIAL TERM

LEASE YEARS

  

ANNUAL FIXED RENT

  

MONTHLY

INSTALLMENTS

  

FIXED RENT

(per rentable

square foot

(“RSF”))

1

   $615,535.50    $51,294.63    $23.50

2

   $628,632.00    $52,386.00    $24.00

3

   $641,728.50    $53,477.38    $24.50

4

   $654,825.00    $54,568.75    $25.00

5

   $667,921.50    $55,660.13    $25.50

If the Rentable Area of the Premises is other than 26,193 square feet, the above chart will be revised accordingly and the Parties will sign an amendment to this Lease memorializing the amount of Fixed Rent.

3.1. Tenant will pay Landlord the first installment of Fixed Rent and Storage Space Rent (as defined in Section 37.3 of this Lease) simultaneously with the delivery of an executed Lease to Landlord.

 

3


3.2. Unpaid Rent (as hereinafter defined in Section 4.1(G) below) will bear interest at 2% above the prime rate then most recently announced by Citibank, N.A. as its corporate base lending rate, from time to time announced, but in no event higher than the maximum rate permitted by law (“Default Rate”) from the date due until paid.

3.3. If the option set forth in Article 28 of this Lease is exercised by Tenant, all Fixed Rent and Additional Rent (as hereinafter defined in Section 4.1(A) below) payable pursuant to this Lease will continue to be paid by Tenant as set forth in this Lease.

3.4. Tenant will mail Rent payments to Landlord at the following address: Somerset Holmdel Development I Urban Renewal, L.P., 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733 or to such other place or to such other party as Landlord may from time to time designate in a written notice to Tenant.

3.5. Provided that (i) Tenant is then in actual physical possession of the entire Premises and (ii) Tenant is not then in Default (as hereinafter defined in Section 10.1 below), Tenant will be granted a credit in the amount of 100% of Fixed Rent otherwise payable by Tenant for months 2 - 4, 13, and 14 during the Term (individually and collectively, the “Rent Credit”) as follows:

 

Month(s)

  

Monthly Amount of Rent Credit

  

Total Amount of Rent Credit

2 - 4

   $51,294.63    $153,883.89

13 - 14

   $52,386.00    $104,772.00
      $258,655.89

In addition, during the period that the Rent Credit applies Tenant will be responsible for Tenant’s electric charges under Section 5.3 of this Lease, Tenant’s Share (as defined in Section 4.1(I) of this Lease) of any the costs set forth in Article 4 of this Lease above the applicable Base Period (as defined in Section 4.1(B) of this Lease) and the Tax Charge (as defined in Section 4.1(C) of this Lease.

ARTICLE 4. ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1. As used in this Lease, the following terms have the following meanings:

(A) “Additional Rent” means all charges, costs, and expenses set forth in this Lease other than Fixed Rent and Storage Space Rent.

(B) “Base Periods” means:

 

  1. Base Operating Expenses: Those Operating Expenses incurred during Calendar Year 2016.

 

  2. Base Taxes: As defined in Section 4.2(C) below.

 

  3. Base Insurance Cost: Those insurance costs incurred during Calendar Year 2016.

 

4


  4. Base Utility and Energy Costs: Those utility and energy costs incurred during Calendar Year 2016.

(C) “Insurance Costs” means all fire and all other insurance costs incurred by Landlord in connection with its operation and maintenance of the Project for any calendar year or partial calendar year, during the Term.

(D) “Lease Year” means with respect to the first Lease Year, the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the first month following the Commencement Date (unless the Commencement Date is the first day of a calendar month in which case beginning on the Commencement Date), and thereafter, each subsequent 12 month, or shorter, period until the Expiration Date.

(E) “Operating Expenses” means all of Landlord’s direct costs and expenses of operating, managing, maintaining, repairing, replacing and insuring the common areas of the Project, including but not limited to parking areas, sidewalks, landscaping, and lighting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or other recognized accounting practices, consistently applied, but which may be altered from time to time; provided, however, that (i) management fees will not exceed 2% of the total annual gross rent received by Landlord, (ii) [notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, other than as provided below in Section 4.1(E)(b) of this Lease with respect to capital expenditures required for compliance with laws first in effect after the Commencement Date, no capital expenditures will be included in Operating Expenses, and (iii) Operating Expenses will not include:

 

  (a) any ground or underlying lease rental, and any bad debt expenses and interest, principal, points and fees on debts or amortization on any mortgage or other debt instrument encumbering the Building or the Project;

 

  (b) other than as expressly permitted above with respect to capital expenditures required for compliance with laws first in effect after the Commencement Date, costs which may be considered capital improvements, capital repairs, capital changes or any other capital costs as determined under generally accepted accounting principles except for capital expenditures expressly permitted above with respect to capital expenditures required for compliance with laws first in effect after the Commencement Date, , in which case such costs will be capitalized and amortized over their useful life determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) rentals for items which if purchased, rather than rented, would constitute a capital cost;

 

  (d) costs incurred by Landlord to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds or is otherwise reimbursed;

 

  (e) reserves for future expenses;

 

5


  (f) advertising and promotional expenditures, and marketing costs, including leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees (in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments), space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building or Project;

 

  (g) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of other tenants’ or other occupants’ improvements or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Building or Project;

 

  (h) expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly;

 

  (i) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building or Project;

 

  (j) management fees paid or charged by Landlord in connection with the management of the Building or Project other than the 2% set forth in this Section 4.1(E) above;

 

  (k) salaries and other benefits paid to the employees of Landlord to the extent customarily included in or covered by a management fee, provided that in no event will Operating Expenses include salaries and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of property manager;

 

  (l) rent for any office space occupied by Building or Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate for of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Project;

 

  (m) amounts paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in the Building or Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

 

  (n) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord or its affiliates;

 

  (o) services provided, taxes, attributable to, and costs incurred in connection with the operation of any retail, restaurant, fitness center and garage operations for the Building or Project, and any replacement garages and any shuttle services;

 

  (p) costs incurred in connection with upgrading the Building or Project to comply with laws, rules, regulations and codes in effect prior to the Commencement Date and costs to repair any latent defects;

 

6


  (q) costs arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Building or Project or their respective agents, employees, licensees, vendors, contractors or providers of materials or services;

 

  (r) costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions and costs for sculpture, paintings or other art objects;

 

  (s) costs for or arising from the removal, remediation, management or containment of any hazardous materials or substances or mold in the Building or Project existing prior to the Commencement Date or any hazardous materials or substances placed in, on, or under the Building or Project by Landlord or any other tenant; and

 

  (t) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses and any costs associated with the operation of the business of the entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project, including but not limited to accounting and legal matters not pertaining to the operation of the Project, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building or Project, costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Building or Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants.

(F) “Real Property” means the Building, the Land, any other improvements located on the Land, exclusive of personal property.

(G) “Rent” means Fixed Rent, Storage Space Rent, and Additional Rent.

(H) “Taxes” means all taxes, assessments, general and special, ordinary as well as extraordinary, charges, levies and impositions or payments required to be made in lieu thereof, presently or hereinafter in effect, which are or may be made liens upon or against the Building, the Land, or both and which are allocable to the Term.

(I) “Tenant’s Share” means 2.22%, which represents the ratio of the Rentable Area of the Premises to the Rentable Area of the Building, as may be adjusted from time to time during the Term.

4.2. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant will pay to Landlord, in addition to the Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Share, of the increased cost to Landlord, for each of the categories enumerated in this Section 4.2, over the cost thereof in the applicable Base Period:

(A) Operating Expense Escalation – If the Operating Expenses incurred for the Building and the Property for any calendar year or partial Lease Year during the Lease Term are greater than the Operating Expenses during the Base Period for Operating Expenses (adjusted proportionately for periods less than a calendar year), grossed up to

 

7


reflect a 95% occupied Building provided that such adjustment will only be made with respect to those items that are in fact affected by variations in occupancy levels, Tenant will pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of all such excess Operating Expenses.

(B) Fuel, Utilities and Electric Cost Escalation – If the utility and energy costs, for the Building and the Property for any calendar year or partial calendar year, during the Term, are greater than the Base Utility and Energy Costs (adjusted proportionately for periods less than a calendar year), incurred during the Base Period, Tenant will pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of all such excess Utility and Energy Costs.

(C) Tax Escalation – A portion of the Fixed Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease includes an allocation for Taxes. The Township of Holmdel (“Township”) has approved a long term tax exemption pursuant to the Long Term Tax Exemption Law, N.J.S.A. 40A:20-1 et seq., for the Building, whereby in accordance with that certain June 17, 2014 Financial Agreement (“Agreement”) by and between Township and Landlord, Township will accept an annual service charge, which charge includes an administrative fee, in lieu of real property taxes paid by Landlord to Township. For such period of time during the Term in which the Agreement is in effect, Tenant will pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount (“Tax Charge”) equal to difference between Tenant’s annual service charge (“Tenant’s ASC”) (as hereinafter defined) and the Base Tax (as hereinafter defined). In no event will the Tax Charge be less than the Base Tax. The Tax Charge will be billed quarterly by Landlord. For reference only, a copy of Tenant’s tax projections is attached as Exhibit “D”.

 

  1. Base Tax” means the amount equal to the product of the annual Fixed Rent and Storage Space Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease for calendar year 2016 (adjusted proportionately for periods less than a calendar year and excluding any “free-rent” or “rent credit” provided by Landlord) multiplied by initial PILOT Rate under the Agreement, i.e., 10.25%. By way of example and not of limitation, if the Rentable Area of the Premises is 26,193 square feet and the Storage Space (as defined in Section 37.1 of this Lease) consists of 400 RSF, the Base Taxes would be $63,707.39 [$615,535.50 (26,193 RSF x $23.50 per RSF) + $6,000.00 (400 RSF x $15.00 per RSF) = $621,535.50; $621,535.50 x 10.25% = $63,707.39].

 

  2. Tenant’s ASC” means the amount equal to the product of the annual Fixed Rent and Storage Space Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease for each calendar year during the Term subsequent to calendar year 2016 multiplied by the PILOT Rate pursuant to the Agreement for the year in question. By way of example and not of limitation, if the PILOT Rate is 10.25% and Tenant pays to Landlord $654,825.00 [26,193 RSF x $25.00 per RSF] in Fixed Rent and $6,000.00 [400 RSF x $15.00 per RSF] in Storage Space Rent for calendar year 2020, Tenant’s ASC would be $67,734.56 [$660,825.00 (654,825.00 + $6,000.00) x 10.25%] and Tenant’s portion of Taxes due and payable to Landlord, as Additional Rent, for calendar year 2020 would be $4,027.17 [$67,734.56 - $63,707.39].

 

8


For such period of time during the Term in which the Agreement is not in effect, if the Taxes for the Real Property for any calendar year or partial calendar year, during the Term are greater than the calendar year 2016 Taxes (adjusted proportionately for periods less than a calendar year), then Tenant will pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of all such excess Taxes.

(D) Insurance Cost Escalation – If the Insurance Costs for any calendar year or partial calendar year during the Term are greater than the Insurance Costs for the applicable Base Period, (adjusted proportionately for periods less than a calendar year), Tenant will pay to Landlord as Additional Rent for each calendar year or partial calendar year commencing from and after the said Base Period, Tenant’s Share of such excess Insurance Costs.

4.3. Landlord will maintain books of account which will be open to Tenant and its representatives at all reasonable times so that Tenant can determine that such Operating, Fuel, Utilities and Electric, Insurance and Tax Costs have, in fact, been paid or incurred. Tenant’s representatives will mean only (i) Tenant’s employees or (ii) a Certified Public Accounting firm, and neither Tenant’s employees nor any Certified Public Accounting firm will be permitted to perform such inspection and/or audit on a contingency basis or for any other tenant in the Project. At Landlord’s request, Tenant and/or Tenant’s Certified Public Accounting firm will execute a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to Landlord and the other party thereto prior to any examination of Landlord’s books and records. If Tenant disputes any one or more of such charges, Tenant will attempt to resolve such dispute with Landlord, provided that if such dispute is not satisfactorily settled between Landlord and Tenant within 30 days, then upon request of either party, the dispute will be referred to an independent certified public accountant to be mutually agreed upon to arbitrate the dispute, and if such an accountant cannot be agreed upon, the American Arbitration Association may be asked by either party to select an arbitrator, whose decision on the dispute will be final and binding upon both parties, which will jointly share any cost of such arbitration. Pending resolution of the dispute, Tenant will pay to Landlord the sum so billed by Landlord, subject to its ultimate resolution as set forth above. The arbitration mechanism set forth above will be the sole process available to resolve such disputes.

4.4. Tenant may dispute any such charge under this Article 4 for a period of 9 months after such charge is billed to Tenant, and Tenant specifically waives any right to dispute any such charge any time after the expiration of the aforementioned 9-month period.

ARTICLE 5. LANDLORD’S GENERAL SERVICES

5.1. So long as this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant has paid all Rent then due, Landlord will furnish the following services:

(A) heat and air-conditioning in the Premises, Monday through Friday from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M., Saturday, from 8:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M., excluding National Holidays (as hereinafter defined in Section 5.1(C) below, as necessary in Landlord’s

 

9


reasonable judgment for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises under normal business operations, subject to compliance with all applicable mandatory laws and provided that Tenant’s use of heat generating machines or equipment does not exceed the limits established by Landlord and provided that the Tenant’s occupancy or electrical load does not exceed the Building standards thereby affecting the temperature otherwise maintained by the air-cooling system;

(B) tempered and cold water for use in lavatories in common with other tenants from the regular supply of the Building. Tenant will pay Landlord at rates fixed by Landlord (not to exceed Landlord’s cost), charges for all water furnished to the Premises for other purposes if, based on a survey conducted by Landlord and/or Landlord’s consultant Landlord determines that Tenant’s use of water is disproportionate to the water use of other tenants in the Building;

(C) customary cleaning and janitorial services in the Premises Monday through Friday, excluding New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day and other holidays designated by the Federal Government from time to time (“National Holidays”), in accordance with the specifications attached to this Lease as Exhibit “E”; provided, however, that Landlord will not furnish cleaning and janitorial services for the laboratory portion of the Premises (consisting of approximately 9,000 square feet) and Tenant will furnish, at its sole cost and expense, such services for the laboratory portion of the Premises.

(D) access to the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year; and

(E) a minimum of 5.5 watts per usable square foot will be available in the Premises.

5.2. Landlord will provide access control services consistent with such services in comparable buildings. Such services will include a monitored card or key access system (with Tenant to receive, at Tenant’s expense, the number of cards and/or keys required by Tenant for its personnel) and the hiring of 24-hour a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year on-site access control personnel. During the Term, Landlord will provide security for the Building substantially as depicted on Exhibit “G”. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord will not be liable for, and Landlord is hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property (specifically including any damage or injury resulting from a criminal or terrorist attack) sustained by Tenant incurred in connection with or arising from any acts or omissions of such access control personnel or services. Subject to Article 8 and Article 11 of this Lease, Tenant may, at its own expense, install its own security system (“Tenant’s Security System”) in the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant will coordinate the installation and operation of Tenant’s Security System with Landlord to assure that Tenant’s Security System is compatible with Landlord’s access control services and the Building systems and to the extent that Tenant’s Security System is not compatible with Landlord’s access control services and the Building systems, as Landlord determines in its sole discretion, Tenant will not be entitled to install or operate Tenant’s Security System. Tenant will be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the monitoring, maintenance, operation, and removal of Tenant’s Security System.

 

10


5.3. Tenant agrees to pay, as Additional Rent, but without mark-up to charges by third parties to Landlord, for electricity service usage by Tenant in the Storage Space and the Premises including, but not limited to, lighting, electric appliances, adding machines, computers or other office equipment, and the Supplemental Cooling System (as hereinafter defined in Section 34.1(A) of this Lease). Landlord, at its cost, will install, meter(s) or submeter(s), as applicable, to measure consumption of electricity at the Premises. Bills will be rendered from time to time in accordance with this provision (but no less frequently than every 3 months, and Tenant will not be obligated to pay any charges for a period for which the bill was not delivered to Tenant within 9 months of the end of such period) and the amount will be due and payable at the same time as the next following monthly installment of Fixed Rent. The cost of such electricity will be calculated by Landlord and billed to Tenant based on the readings of the applicable meters or submeters. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current will never exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation. Any riser or risers to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements, upon written request of Tenant, will be installed by Landlord, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, if, in Landlord’s sole judgment, the same are necessary and will not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or Premises, or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants. Tenant also agrees to purchase from Landlord or its agents at competitive prices fixed by Landlord for all tenants in the Building all lamps, bulbs, ballasts and starters used in the Premises. Tenant will make no alterations or additions to the electric equipment or systems without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance.

5.4. At Tenant’s request, Landlord will furnish additional quantities of any of the services or utilities specified in Section 5.1, if Landlord can reasonably do so, on the terms set forth herein. Tenant will deliver to Landlord a written request for such additional services or utilities prior to 2:00 P.M. on Monday through Friday (except National Holidays) for service on those days, and prior to 2:00 P.M. on the last business day prior to Saturday, Sunday or a National Holiday. For additional services or utilities requested by Tenant and furnished by Landlord, Tenant will pay to Landlord as a charge therefor Landlord’s prevailing published rates for such services and utilities (notwithstanding the provisions of this sentence the charge for additional HVAC service will be $100.00 per hour (or any portion thereof) per unit, subject, however, to adjustment for any increases in utility rates that may occur from time to time. If Tenant fails to make any such payment, Landlord may, upon notice to Tenant and in addition to Landlord’s other remedies under this Lease, discontinue any or all of the additional services.

5.5. Except as to Landlord’s Work as related to Tenant’s initial occupancy of the Premises, all telephone and electric connections which Tenant desires must first be approved, by Landlord in writing, before the same are installed, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, and the location of all wires and the work in connection therewith will be performed by contractors reasonably approved by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to restrict and control access to telephone cabinets. Tenant will be responsible for and will pay all costs incurred in connection with the installation of Tenant’s telephone cables and related wiring in the Premises, including, without limitation, any hook-up, access and maintenance fees related to the installation of such wires and cables in the Premises and the commencement of service therein, and the maintenance thereafter of such wire and cables; and there will be included in Operating Expenses for the

 

11


Building all installation, hookup or maintenance costs incurred by Landlord in connection with telephone cables and related wiring in the Building which are not allocable to any individual users of such service but are allocable to the Building generally. If Tenant fails to maintain all telephone cables and related wiring in the Premises and such failure affects or interferes with the operation or maintenance of any other telephone cables or related wiring in the Building, Landlord or any vendor hired by Landlord may enter into and upon the Premises, after reasonable prior notice (except in the case of an emergency when no notice will be required) and perform such repairs, restorations or alterations as Landlord deems necessary in order to eliminate any such interference (and Landlord may recover from Tenant all of Landlord’s costs in connection therewith). Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any of its agents or employees will be liable to Tenant, or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, customers or invitees or anyone claiming through, by or under Tenant, for any damages, injuries, losses, expenses, claims or causes of action because of any interruption, diminution, delay or discontinuance at any time for any reason in the furnishing of any telephone service to the Premises and the Building.

5.6. Tenant agrees that Landlord will not be liable to Tenant for damages or otherwise, for any failure to furnish, or a delay in furnishing, any service when such failure or delay is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, improvements or mechanical breakdowns, by the act or default of Tenant or by an event of Force Majeure (as hereinafter defined) provided; however, that if any essential service to the Premises or Building renders the Premises unusable for Tenant to conduct its business for more than 3 consecutive business days and such interruption is due to the acts or omissions of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, commencing on the third consecutive business day, Tenant will receive an abatement of Fixed Rent otherwise due and payable under this Lease until the date that such essential service is restored. No such failure or delay will be deemed to be an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or from performing any other obligations of Tenant under this Lease. In no event will Landlord be liable to Tenant for any consequential damages. Landlord will use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business from the Premises.

(A) As used in this Lease, “Force Majeure” means any accident, casualty, act of God, war or civil commotion, strike or labor troubles, or any cause whatsoever beyond the reasonable control of a party hereto, including, but not limited to, energy shortages or governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency, or by reason of government laws or any rule, order or regulation of any department or subdivision thereof or any governmental agency, or by reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are affected by war or other emergency; however, Force Majeure will not operate to excuse Tenant from the prompt payment of Rent when and as due under any provision of this Lease.

5.7. If (i) Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease (other than by reason of Tenant’s acts or omissions or Force Majeure), which failure (A) interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the conduct of its business and (B) Landlord fails to commence to remedy within 30 days from the date Tenant notifies Landlord of such failure; and (ii) in the case of any such failure (a) Tenant again notifies Landlord after the expiration of such 30 day period of such failure and of Tenant’s intention to cure same, which notice will specify that such notice is being given in accordance with this Section 5.7, and will contain the following statement in

 

12


capitalized bold type: “IF LANDLORD FAILS TO PERFORM THE OBLIGATION REFERENCED IN THIS NOTICE WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD SPECIFIED IN SECTION 5.7 OF THE LEASE, TENANT WILL EXERCISE IT’S SELF-HELP REMEDIES UNDER SECTION 5.7 OF THE LEASE” and (b) such failure continues for not less than 5 consecutive days from the date of such second notice to Landlord, provided that, in the case of a failure which for causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control cannot with due diligence be cured within such 5-day period, such 5 day period will be extended for such period as may be necessary to cure such failure provided that Landlord is diligently prosecuting such cure; then at Tenant’s election, Tenant may take such actions as may be reasonably necessary to cure such failure, provided the performance of such obligation by Tenant does not adversely affect the structure, electrical, HVAC, plumbing or mechanical systems of the Building. Landlord will reimburse Tenant for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant in performing same within 30 days after receipt by Landlord of a written statement from Tenant as to the amount of such costs. If Tenant exercises its self-help remedy in accordance with this Section 5.7 and Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant within such 30 day period, then Tenant may set-off or deduct against Fixed Rent the amounts reasonably and actually expended by Tenant pursuant to the preceding sentence; provided that Tenant’s right to set off or deduct from any given monthly installment of Fixed Rent pursuant to this Section 5.7 will be limited to the lesser of (i) the difference between such monthly installment of Fixed Rent and the then monthly debt service under any mortgage loan encumbering the Premises or any portion thereof and (ii) 25% of such monthly installment of Fixed Rent. For purposes of this Section 5.7, Landlord will be deemed to have commenced to cure a failure if Landlord has begun to take such action as is reasonably practicable under the circumstances, e.g., inspecting the situation, calling necessary contractors, etc., even though actual repairs may not have commenced, provided that Landlord diligently prosecutes the same to completion. In the exercise of Tenant’s rights under this Section 5.7, if such repairs involve the structure, electrical, HVAC, plumbing or mechanical systems of the Building, then Tenant agrees that Tenant will use only those contractors then on the approved list of contractors for the Building as such list may be furnished from time to time during the Term by Landlord to Tenant, provided that such contractors respond to Tenant’s request within a commercially reasonable time. In the event Tenant exercises the self-help remedies in accordance with this Section 5.7, Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, pay on behalf of and hold harmless Landlord and the Indemnitees (as defined in Section 15.2 of this Lease) from and against any loss, damage, liability, cost, claim or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) suffered by any third party arising from or in connection with Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct in the exercise of such self-help remedies under this Section 5.7. In addition, Tenant will be liable to Landlord for any willful misconduct arising from Tenant’s exercise of its self-help remedies under this Section 5.7. In no event will Tenant have any rights under this Section 5.7 if the failure of Landlord to perform was caused by Force Majeure or any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its contractors, agents, employees, servants, licensees or invitees or if Tenant is in Default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord’s failure to perform its obligations renders the Premises untenantable, then the time period within which Landlord must commence to remedy the situation will be reduced from 30 days to 10 days after Tenant’s initial notice to Landlord of Landlord’s failure to perform.

 

13


ARTICLE 6. USE OF PREMISES

6.1. Tenant will occupy and use the Premises only for research and development laboratories and offices for the design and development of electronic communication devices and general office use and no other purposes. Tenant will not occupy or use the Premises (or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises) for any purpose or in any manner which:

(A) is unlawful or in violation of any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and other requirements currently existing and/or adopted by any governmental body, or agency or department having jurisdiction over the Project, the Premises or Landlord’s or Tenant’s activities at the Premises and/or the Project and any covenants, conditions or restrictions of record which affect the Project (individually, a “Law” and collectively the “Laws”);

(B) may be dangerous to persons or property or which may increase the cost of, or invalidate, any policy of insurance carried on the Building or covering its operations;

(C) is contrary to or prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Lease or the rules of the Building as may be promulgated by Landlord from time to time during the Term; or

(D) would tend to create or continue a nuisance.

6.2. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.) and regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder, as all of the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time (collectively the “ADA”) establish requirements for business operations, accessibility and barrier removal, and that such requirements may or may not apply to the Premises and the Building depending on, among other things: (1) whether Tenant’s business is deemed a “public accommodation” or “commercial facility”, (2) whether such requirements are “readily achievable”, and (3) whether a given alteration affects a “primary function area” or triggers “path of travel” requirements. The Parties hereby agree that: (a) Landlord will be responsible for ADA Title III compliance as of the date of this Lease, and also throughout this Lease as to the Common Areas (and the costs of work required to comply with amendments to the ADA after the Commencement Date will be amortized over its useful life and included in Operating Expenses as provided in Section 4.1(E)), except as provided below, and in connection with the completion of Landlord’s Work, (b) Tenant will be responsible for ADA Title III compliance in the Premises for all work other than Landlord’s Work to be performed in the Premises under or in connection with this Lease, (c) Landlord may perform, or require that Tenant perform, and Tenant will be responsible for the cost of, ADA Title III “path of travel” requirements to the extent triggered by alterations in the Premises following Delivery of Possession, and (d) Landlord may perform, or require Tenant to perform, and Tenant will be responsible for the cost of ADA Title III compliance in the Common Areas to the extent necessitated by the Building being deemed to be a “public accommodation” instead of a “commercial facility” as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant will be solely responsible for requirements under Title I of the ADA relating to Tenant’s employees. As of the Commencement Date, the Premises will be in compliance with ADA Title III and all other applicable laws relating thereto.

 

14


6.3. Tenant will permit Landlord to erect, use and maintain pipes, ducts, wiring and conduits in and through the Premises, so long as Tenant’s use, layout or design of the Premises is not materially affected or altered. Landlord or Landlord’s agents will have the right to enter upon the Premises in the event of an emergency, or to inspect the Premises, to perform janitorial and other services, to conduct safety and other testing in the Premises and to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or the Building as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable upon not less than 24 hours prior notice to Tenant (unless an emergency exists in which event no prior notice will be required). Any entry or work by Landlord may be during normal business hours upon 24 hours’ prior notice to Tenant (except in the event of an emergency with respect to which any entry or work may be done at any time) and Landlord will use reasonable efforts to see that any entry or work will not materially interfere with Tenant’s occupancy and use of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business operations.

6.4. So long as Tenant is in compliance with the covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease, Tenant will have the right to quiet enjoyment of the Premises without hindrance or interference from Landlord or those claiming through Landlord and subject to the rights of any mortgagee or ground lessor.

6.5. Tenant will comply with and execute at its own expense during and throughout the term of this Lease, all Laws, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, concerning the Premises, its occupancy or use thereof, or its physical condition.

6.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant will be responsible, at Tenant’s expense, for obtaining any and all licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals which may be required by any Law to be obtained for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises, exclusive of a certificate of occupancy (or local equivalent) required for Tenant’s initial occupancy of the Premises.

ARTICLE 7. MAINTENANCE

7.1. Subject to the provisions of Article 13 of this Lease, Landlord will maintain and make necessary repairs to the foundations, roofs, exterior walls and windows, and the structural elements of the Building, the electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems of the Building located inside and outside of the Premises and the public corridors, washrooms and lobby of the Building, except that:

(A) Landlord will not be responsible for the maintenance or repair of any floor or wall coverings in the Premises or any of such systems, set forth above, which are located within the Premises; and

(B) the cost of performing any of said maintenance or repairs whether to the Premises or to the Building caused by the negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents, servants, licensees, subtenants, contractors or invitees, will be paid by Tenant.

7.2. Tenant, at its expense, will keep and maintain the Premises in good order, condition and repair (reasonable wear and tear and damage caused by fire or other casualty and not the fault of Tenant or its agents, invitees, licensees, employees or representatives excepted)

 

15


and in accordance with all Laws. Any repairs or maintenance will be completed with materials of similar quality to the original materials, all such work to be completed under the supervision of Landlord. Any such repairs or maintenance will be performed only by contractors or mechanics reasonably approved by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and whose work will not cause or threaten to cause disharmony or interference with Landlord or other tenants in the Building and their respective agents and contractors performing work in or about the Building. If Tenant fails to perform any of its obligations set forth in this Section 7.2, Landlord may, in its sole discretion and upon 30 days’ prior written notice to Tenant (except in the case of emergencies in which event no notice is required), perform the same, and Tenant will pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord within 30 days after demand.

ARTICLE 8. ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

8.1. Tenant will not, except as provided herein, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, make or cause to be made any alterations (“Alterations”) in or to the Premises or any Building systems serving the Premises except that Tenant may without the requirement of Landlord’s prior approval (however with notice in advance to Landlord and subject to all other requirements of this Article 8) make such minor non-structural Alterations (“Decorations”) to the Premises which do not require a building permit. Prior to making any Alterations, Tenant will give Landlord 10 days’ prior written notice (or such earlier notice as would be necessary pursuant to applicable Law) to permit Landlord sufficient time to post appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant will furnish Landlord with the names and addresses of all contractors and subcontractors and copies of all contracts. All Alterations will be completed at such time and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate, and only by contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord (except no such approval need be obtained with respect to Decorations), which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, and whose work will not cause or threaten to cause disharmony or interference with Landlord or other tenants in the Building and their respective agents and contractors performing work in or about the Building. Landlord may further condition its consent upon Tenant furnishing to Landlord and Landlord approving prior to the commencement of any work or delivery of materials to the Premises related to the Alterations such of the following as specified by Landlord: architectural plans and specifications, opinions from engineers reasonably acceptable to Landlord stating that the Alterations will not in any way adversely affect the Building’s systems, including, without limitation, the mechanical, heating, plumbing, security, ventilating, air-conditioning, electrical, and the fire and life safety systems in the Building, necessary permits and licenses, certificates of insurance, and such other documents in such form reasonably requested by Landlord. For Alterations in excess of $300,000, Landlord may, in the exercise of reasonable judgment, request that Tenant provide Landlord with appropriate evidence of Tenant’s ability to complete and pay for the completion of the Alterations such as a performance bond or letter of credit. Upon completion of the Alterations, Tenant will deliver to Landlord a digitized set of plans and specifications for the Alterations.

8.2. Tenant will pay the cost of all Alterations and the cost of decorating the Premises and any work to the Building occasioned thereby. In connection with completion of any

 

16


Alterations, other than Decorations, Tenant will pay Landlord for its actual and reasonably out-of-pocket costs for plan review and inspections related to the Alterations. Upon completion of Alterations, Tenant will furnish Landlord with contractors’ affidavits and full and final waivers of lien and receipted bills covering all labor and materials expended and used in connection therewith and such other documentation reasonably requested by Landlord or its mortgagee.

8.3. Tenant agrees to complete all Alterations (i) in accordance with all Laws, all requirements of applicable insurance companies, and in accordance with Landlord’s then current standard construction rules and regulations, a copy of which will be provided to Tenant upon Tenant’s request therefor, and (ii) in a good and workmanlike manner with the use of good grades of materials. Tenant will notify Landlord immediately if Tenant receives any notice of violation of any Law in connection with completion of any Alterations and will immediately take such steps as are necessary to remedy such violation. In no event will such supervision or right to supervise by Landlord nor will any approvals given by Landlord under this Lease constitute any warranty by Landlord to Tenant of the adequacy of the design, workmanship or quality of such work or materials for Tenant’s intended use, or of compliance with the requirements of this Section 8.3 (i) and (ii) above, or impose any liability upon Landlord in connection with the performance of such work.

8.4. Landlord, at the time it gives its consent to the installation of an Alteration will have the right to elect that Tenant remove from the Premises at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term of this Lease any Alteration made to, or installed by Tenant in, the Premises or the Building, as determined by Landlord it its sole discretion. In the event Landlord does not require the removal of such Alteration at the time it gives its initial consent to such Alteration, Tenant will not be required to thereafter remove such Alteration at the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing at the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant will remove its personal property, equipment and trade fixtures from the Premises.

8.5. Tenant will not permit any lien or claim for lien of any mechanic, laborer or supplier or any other lien to be filed against the Building, the Land, the Premises, or any part thereof arising out of work performed, or alleged to have been performed by, or at the direction of, or on behalf of Tenant. If any such lien or claim for lien is filed, Tenant will within 30 days (or 10 days, if necessary, to avoid interference in Landlord’s consummating a transaction involving the Building) of receiving notice of such lien or claim (i) have such lien or claim for lien released of record or (ii) deliver to Landlord a bond in form, content, amount, and issued by surety, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, indemnifying, protecting, defending and holding harmless the Indemnitees against all costs and liabilities resulting from such lien or claim for lien and the foreclosure or attempted foreclosure thereof. If Tenant fails to take any of the above actions, Landlord, without investigating the validity of such lien or claim for lien, may pay or discharge the same and Tenant will, as Additional Rent, reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount so paid by Landlord, including Landlord’s reasonable expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

ARTICLE 9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

9.1. Tenant may not sublease, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer or permit the transfer of this Lease or the encumbering of Tenant’s interest therein in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises, or any

 

17


part thereof, by anyone other than Tenant, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. If Tenant desires to enter into any sublease of the Premises or assignment of this Lease, Tenant will deliver written notice thereof to Landlord (“Tenant’s Notice”), together with the identity of the proposed subtenant or assignee and the proposed principal terms thereof and financial and other information reasonably sufficient for Landlord to make an informed judgment with respect to such proposed subtenant or assignee at least 30 days prior to the commencement date of the term of the proposed sublease or assignment. If Tenant proposes to sublease less than all of the Premises, the space proposed to be sublet and the space retained by Tenant must each have appropriate ingress and egress, as reasonably determined by Landlord and otherwise in compliance with all Laws. Landlord will notify Tenant in writing of its approval or disapproval of the proposed sublease or assignment or its decision to exercise its rights under Section 9.5 within 15 days after receipt of Tenant’s Notice (and all required information). In no event may Tenant sublease any portion of the Premises or assign this Lease to any other tenant of the Building and/or to any person or entity that Landlord has submitted a formal proposal to lease space in the Building during the 6-month period immediately prior to Tenant’s Notice. Landlord will approve (and the provisions of Sections 9.5 and 9.6 will not apply) with respect to any assignment of this Lease to any successor to Tenant by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or ownership interests in Tenant (but only provided that at the time of such assignment Tenant’s sublessor or purchaser has a net worth at least equal to the greater of Tenant’s net worth at the date of this Lease or Tenant’s net worth just prior to such merger, consolidation or purchase, and is engaged in the regular conduct of business operations), or to any of Tenant’s wholly owned subsidiaries or to an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of Tenant, or to any entity of which Tenant is a wholly owned subsidiary in all cases subject to the net worth test set forth in this sentence (in each case, a “Permitted Assignment”). Tenant will submit for Landlord’s approval (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld) any advertising which Tenant or its agents intend to use with respect to the space proposed to be sublet or assigned other than in connection with a Permitted Assignment.

(A) “Affiliate” means, with respect to any individual or entity (i) that either directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, entities or individuals, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, (ii) any individual or entity directly or indirectly owning or controlling 10% or more of the outstanding voting securities or interests of such entity, (iii) any officer, member, employee, shareholder, director, fiduciary or trustee of such entity, (iv) if such entity is an officer, member, employee, shareholder, director, fiduciary or trustee, any entity for which such entity acts in any such capacity, and (v) as to any individual or entity, or any officer, member, employee, shareholder, director, fiduciary or trustee mentioned above who is an individual, the members of the immediate family of such individual. For purposes of this definition, “control” means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

9.2. In making its determination of whether to consent to any proposed sublease or assignment (which consent, subject to the provisions of this Section 9.2 will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned), Landlord may take into consideration the business reputation and credit-worthiness of the proposed subtenant or assignee; the nature of the business

 

18


conducted by such subtenant or assignee, which must be in conformance with the use herein permitted and whether such business would be deleterious to the reputation of the Building or Landlord, consistent with a first class mixed use building, or would violate the provisions of this Lease and/or any other leases of tenants of the Building; the estimated pedestrian and vehicular traffic in the Premises and to the Building which would be generated by the proposed subtenant or assignee; whether the proposed assignee or subtenant is a department, representative or agency of any governmental body, foreign or domestic; whether the occupancy of the proposed subtenant and/or assignee would increase the cost of insurance to be maintained in the Building; and any other reasonable factors which Landlord will deem relevant. In no event will Landlord be obligated to consider a consent to any proposed (i) sublease of the Premises or assignment of this Lease if a Default then exists under this Lease, or (ii) assignment of this Lease which would assign less than all of Tenant’s obligation under this Lease and/or the entire Premises.

9.3. Any approved sublease or assignment will be expressly subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. Any such subtenant or assignee will execute such documents as Landlord may reasonably require to evidence such subtenant or assignee’s assumption of such obligations and liabilities. Tenant will deliver to Landlord a copy of all agreements executed by Tenant and the proposed subtenant and assignee with respect to the Premises. Landlord’s approval of a sublease or assignment will not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right under this Article 9 with regard to further assignments or subleases.

9.4. For purposes of this Article 9, an assignment will be deemed to include a change in the majority control of Tenant, resulting from any transfer, sale or assignment of shares of stock of Tenant occurring by operation of law or otherwise if Tenant is a corporation whose shares of stock are not traded publicly. If Tenant is a partnership, any change in the partners of Tenant will be deemed to be an assignment. The provisions of this Section 9.4 will not be applicable to Tenant if it is a corporation whose stock is publicly traded. In no event will Tenant be permitted to assign (or otherwise transfer) this Lease or Sublease all or any portion of the Premises for the purpose of avoiding Tenant’s obligations under and pursuant to this Lease and any such action and/or attempt at such action will be null and void.

9.5. Except in connection with a Permitted Assignment, prior to giving or withholding its consent under Section 9.1 Landlord will have the option to exclude from the Premises covered by this Lease (“recapture”), the space proposed to be sublet or subject to the assignment, effective as of the proposed commencement date of such sublease or assignment. If Landlord elects to recapture, Tenant will surrender possession of the space proposed to be subleased or subject to the assignment to Landlord on the effective date of recapture of such space from the Premises such date being the Termination Date for such space. Effective as of the date of recapture of any portion of the Premises pursuant to this section, the Fixed Rent, Rentable Area of the Premises and Tenant’s Share will be adjusted accordingly.

9.6. Tenant will pay Landlord on the first day of each month during the term of the sublease, 50% of the amount by which the sum of all rent and other consideration (direct or indirect) due from the subtenant for such month less the following costs and expenses for the subletting of such space: any brokerage fees, advertising costs, costs of demising the sublease space, allowances required to be paid to subtenant for tenant improvements and tenant incentives required to be paid for such sublease, exceeds that portion of the monthly Fixed Rent and due under this Lease for said month which is allocable to the space sublet. All such costs will be amortized

 

19


over the term of the sublease pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles. Tenant will pay Landlord on the effective date of the assignment 50% of the amount of all consideration (direct or indirect) due by the assignee to Tenant.

9.7. In the event of any sublease or assignment, Tenant will not be released or discharged from and will remain jointly and severally primarily liable for any liability, whether past, present or future, under this Lease, including any liability arising from the exercise of any renewal or expansion option. If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a sublease or assignment, Tenant will pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to such each request for any assignment or sublease; however, neither Tenant’s payment of this fee nor Landlord’s acceptance of the fee will be construed to impose any obligation whatsoever upon Landlord to consent to Tenant’s request.

9.8. If Tenant assigns this Lease as permitted herein, the assignee will expressly assume all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder from and after the date of the Assignment in a written instrument satisfactory to Landlord and furnished to Landlord not later than 15 days prior to the effective date of the assignment. If Tenant subleases the Premises as permitted herein, Tenant will, at Landlord’s option, within 15 days following any request by Landlord, obtain and furnish to Landlord the written agreement of such subtenant to the effect that the subtenant will attorn to Landlord.

9.9. Nothing in this Lease will be construed as relieving Tenant (or in the event of a merger, the surviving entity), in the event of an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of all or a portion of the Premises, of the primary liability to Landlord for the full and faithful performance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Lease.

ARTICLE 10. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

10.1. The occurrence or existence of any one or more of the following will constitute a “Default” by Tenant under this Lease:

(A) Tenant fails to pay any installment or other payment of Rent within 5 business days of written notice that the same was not paid when due; however, Landlord will not be obligated to provide more than 2 written notices within any rolling 12 calendar month period;

(B) Tenant fails to observe or perform any of the other covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, including any Rules and Regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time during the Term, and fails to cure such default within 30 days after written notice thereof to Tenant, provided that if such failure to observe or perform cannot, with the exercise of reasonable effort be cured within such 30 day period, the same will not constitute a default if Tenant commences to cure during such 30 day period and thereafter diligently and continuously prosecutes such cure to completion;

(C) the interest of Tenant in this Lease is levied upon under execution or other legal process;

(D) a petition is filed by or against Tenant to declare Tenant bankrupt or seeking a plan of reorganization or arrangement the Bankruptcy Act or any similar law, or any amendment, replacement or substitution therefor, or to delay payment of, reduce or modify Tenant’s debts, which in the case of an involuntary action is not discharged within 60 days;

 

20


(E) Tenant is declared insolvent by law or any assignment of Tenant’s property is made for the benefit of creditors;

(F) a receiver is appointed for Tenant or Tenant’s property, which appointment is not discharged within 60 days;

(G) Tenant having abandoned the Premises; provided, however, Tenant will not be deemed to have abandoned the Premises if (i) Tenant otherwise performs or causes to be performed its obligations under this Lease, and (ii) Tenant permits Landlord to install, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, timers in the reception area of the Premises to enable the lighting in the reception area to turn on at dusk and off at dawn.

(H) upon the dissolution of Tenant; or

(I) Tenant fails to maintain the insurance required pursuant to Article 15 of this Lease; or

(J) upon the fourth occurrence within any Lease Year that Tenant fails to pay Fixed Rent, Storage Space Rent, or Additional Rent when due or has breached a particular covenant of this Lease (whether or not such failure or breach is thereafter cured within any stated cure or grace period or statutory period), provided notice has been delivered as herein required.

10.2. If a Default occurs, Landlord will have the rights and remedies hereinafter set forth, which will be distinct and cumulative: (i) Landlord may terminate this Lease in accordance with applicable law by giving Tenant notice of Landlord’s election to do so, in which event, the term of this Lease will end and all of Tenant’s rights and interests will expire on the date stated in such notice; (ii) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises in accordance with applicable law without terminating this Lease by giving notice to Tenant that Tenant’s right of possession will end on the date specified in such notice but Tenant will nevertheless remain liable for the payment of Rent, which obligations will expressly survive the termination of this Lease;; or (iii) Landlord may enforce the provisions of this Lease and may enforce and protect the rights of Landlord hereunder by a suit or suits in equity or at law for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained herein, or for the enforcement of any other appropriate legal or equitable remedy, including recovery of all monies due or to become due for the balance of the Term from Tenant under any of the provisions of this Lease.

10.3. In the event that Landlord terminates this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord will be entitled to recover as damages for loss of the bargain and not as a penalty, Rent for the balance of the Term, discounted to its net present value as provided below, plus all Landlord’s expenses of reletting, including without limitation, repairs, alterations, improvements, additions, decorations, legal fees and brokerage commissions (collectively, the “Reletting Expenses”).

 

21


10.4. In the event of any such termination of this Lease, if the Premises has not been relet, Tenant will pay to Landlord each month the Fixed Rent, Storage Space Rent, Additional Rent and other payments required to be paid by Tenant up to the time of such termination:

(A) The amount of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent if this Lease were still in effect together with any and all costs, of any kind or nature whatsoever, paid or incurred by Landlord as a result of such termination, which costs will be payable by Tenant forthwith, less

(B) The net proceeds, if any, of any reletting, after deducting all of Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with such reletting, including all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, alternation costs, repairs and other expenses of preparation for such reletting.

Tenant will pay such current damages (“deficiency”) to Landlord monthly on the days on which the Fixed Rent would have been payable under this Lease if this Lease were still in effect, and Landlord will be entitled to recover from Tenant each monthly deficiency as the same will arise. However, if Landlord in its sole discretion so elects, at any time after any such termination, Tenant will pay to Landlord, within 30 days of Landlord’s demand thereof, as and for liquidated and agreed final damages for Tenant’s Default, an amount equal to the difference between the Rent for the unexpired portion of the Term and the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Premises for the same period discounted to the net present value at a rate equal to the Prime Rate charged by Bank of America plus three basis points. If the whole or any part of the Premises is relet by Landlord for the unexpired Term or any portion thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting will be deemed the fair and reasonable rental value for the whole or part of the Premises so relet during the term of the reletting. Nothing herein contained will limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time, whether or not such amount is greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the differences referred to above.

10.5. Landlord will utilize commercially reasonable measures to mitigate its damages as a result of a Default. For purposes of a reletting, Landlord is authorized to decorate, repair, alter and improve the Premises to the extent reasonably necessary or desirable. If the Premises are relet and the consideration realized therefrom after payment of all Landlord’s Reletting Expenses, is insufficient to satisfy the payment when due of Rent reserved under this Lease for any monthly period, then Tenant will pay Landlord upon demand any such deficiency monthly. Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit to recover any sums due to Landlord hereunder from time to time and that such suit or recovery of any amount due Landlord hereunder will not be any defense to any subsequent action brought for any amount not theretofore reduced to judgment in favor of Landlord.

10.6. If a Default occurs, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, enter into the Premises, remove Tenant’s property, fixtures, furnishings, signs and other evidences of tenancy, and take and hold such property; provided, however, that such entry and possession will not terminate this Lease or release Tenant, in whole or in part, from Tenant’s obligation to pay the Rent reserved hereunder for the full Term or from any other obligation of Tenant under this Lease. Any and all

 

22


property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the authority of law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed or stored by Landlord at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord will in no event, be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant will pay Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges against such property so long as the same will be in Landlord’s possession or under Landlord’s control. Any such property of Tenant not retaken from storage by Tenant within 45 days after the Termination Date, will be conclusively presumed to have been conveyed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease as a bill of sale without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.

10.7. Tenant will pay upon demand, all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in enforcing Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease, or resulting from Tenant’s Default, or incurred by Landlord in any litigation, negotiation or transaction in which Tenant causes Landlord, without Landlord’s fault, to become involved or concerned.

10.8. The following provisions will apply in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant:

(A) In connection with any proceeding under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code where the trustee of Tenant elects to assume this Lease for the purposes of assigning it, such election or assignment, may only be made upon compliance with the provisions of Section 10.8 (B) and (C) below, which conditions Landlord and Tenant acknowledge to be commercially reasonable. In the event the trustee elects to reject this Lease then Landlord will immediately be entitled to possession of the Premises without further obligation to Tenant or the trustee.

(B) Any election to assume this Lease under Chapter 11 or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code by Tenant as debtor-in-possession or by Tenant’s trustee (the “Electing Party”) must provide for the Electing Party to cure or provide to Landlord adequate assurance that it will cure all monetary defaults under this Lease within 15 days from the date of assumption and it will cure all nonmonetary defaults under this Lease within 30 days from the date of assumption. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge such condition to be commercially reasonable.

(C) If the Electing Party has assumed this Lease or elects to assign Tenant’s interest under this Lease to any other person, such interest may be assigned only if the intended assignee has provided adequate assurance of future performance (as herein defined), of all of the obligations imposed on Tenant under this Lease. For the purposes hereof, “adequate assurance of future performance” means that Landlord has ascertained that each of the following conditions has been satisfied:

 

  1. The assignee has submitted a current financial statement, certified by its chief financial officer, which shows a net worth and working capital in amounts sufficient to assure the future performance by the assignee of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; and

 

23


  2. Landlord has obtained consents or waivers from any third parties which may be required under a lease, mortgage, financing arrangement, or other agreement by which Landlord is bound, to enable Landlord to permit such assignment.

(D) Landlord’s acceptance of Rent or any other payment from any trustee, receiver, assignee, person, or other entity will not be deemed to have waived, or waive, the requirement of Landlord’s consent, Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease for any transfer of Tenant’s interest under this Lease without such consent, or Landlord’s claim for any amount of Rent due from Tenant.

ARTICLE 11. SURRENDER OF PREMISES

11.1. Upon the Expiration Date, Tenant will surrender and vacate the Premises and the Storage Space immediately and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in a clean, and good and tenantable condition, ordinary wear and tear, obsolescence, condemnation, and damage from the elements, fire and other casualty excepted. Tenant will deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises and the Storage Space. Tenant will remove from the Premises and the Storage Space all movable personal property of Tenant, Tenant’s trade fixtures and such Alterations which Landlord has elected pursuant to Section 8.4 to have Tenant remove from the Premises, provided that Tenant will not be obligated to remove any of the initial fit-up work to the Premises performed by Landlord pursuant to Article 20 of this Lease. Tenant will remove cabling, hardware, and equipment installed by or on behalf of Tenant from the ceiling plenum spaces, and/or concealed in wall cavities, including cabling related to Tenant’s movable wall systems or partition office furniture, if any, and IT and telecommunications systems, without damaging existing infrastructure and pathways that may support fire alarm systems, lighting systems, electrical systems, fire protection systems, and/or HVAC systems. Tenant immediately will repair all damage resulting from removal of any of Tenant’s property, furnishings or Tenant Additions. If possession of the Premises and the Storage Space is not delivered to Landlord when required hereunder, or if Tenant fails to remove those items described above, Landlord may, at Tenant’s expense, and upon not less than 10 business days’ written notice to Tenant, remove any of such property therefrom without any liability to Landlord and undertake, at Tenant’s expense, such restoration work as Landlord deems necessary or advisable.

11.2. All property which may be removed from the Premises and/or the Storage Space by Landlord will be conclusively presumed to have been abandoned by Tenant and Landlord may deal with such property as provided in Section 10.6. Tenant will also reimburse Landlord for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in removing any of Alterations, and in restoring the Premises and/or the Storage Space to the condition required by this Lease at the Expiration Date.

ARTICLE 12. HOLDING OVER

Tenant will pay Landlord 150% of the monthly Rent (except that for the first 60 days of the holdover Tenant will pay 125% of the monthly Rent payable for the month immediately preceding the holding over). The provisions of this Article will not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any re-entry rights of Landlord and Tenant’s continued occupancy of the Premises

 

24


will be as a tenancy in sufferance, absent a written agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the Expiration Date or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant will indemnify Landlord against loss, cost, liability or expense resulting from such failure including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded on such failure, provided that Tenant will not be obligated to pay consequential or special damages unless Tenant holds over for more than 60 days and Landlord has notified Tenant that Landlord has re-let the Premises and Tenant’s holdover continues after the date that Landlord is required to deliver the Premises to the new tenant. Tenant’s obligations under this Article 12 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 13. DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

13.1. If any fire or other casualty (whether insured or uninsured) renders all or a substantial portion of the Premises or the Building untenantable, Landlord will, with reasonable promptness, after the occurrence of such damage, estimate the length of time that will be required to substantially complete the repair and restoration and will by notice advise Tenant of such estimate (“Landlord’s Notice”). If Landlord estimates that the amount of time required to substantially complete such repair and restoration will exceed 180 days from the date such damage occurred, then Landlord, or Tenant (but with respect to Tenant only if all or a substantial portion of the Premises, or the Common Areas used to access the Premises, is rendered untenantable and the time period of in excess of 180 days relates to the repair of the Premises), will have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of such damage upon giving written notice to the other at any time within 20 days after delivery of Landlord’s Notice, provided that if Landlord so chooses, Landlord’s Notice may also constitute such notice of termination.

13.2. Unless this Lease is terminated as provided in the preceding subparagraph, Landlord will proceed with reasonable promptness, to repair and restore the Premises to its condition as existed prior to such casualty except to the extent of insurance proceeds available to Landlord for the restoration of same under Section 13.3 and 13.4, exclusive of any Alterations, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustments and Force Majeure delays, and also subject to zoning laws and building codes then in effect;. Landlord will have no liability to Tenant, and Tenant will not be entitled to terminate this Lease if such repairs and restoration are not in fact completed within the time period estimated by Landlord so long as Landlord proceeds with reasonable diligence to complete such repairs and restoration. During the Term, if the whole or any part of the Premises is damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty and this Lease is not terminated pursuant to the terms of Section 13.1 of this Lease, during such period, a proportionate reduction of Fixed Rent will be allowed Tenant for such portion of the Premises that is rendered inaccessible or unusable to Tenant during the period of time that such portion is unusable or inaccessible; provided, however that such rent reduction does not reduce insurance proceeds which would otherwise be available to Landlord under any business interruption or rental loss insurance policies which Landlord maintains.

13.3. Intentionally omitted.

13.4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, (i) Landlord will have no duty to repair or restore any Tenant Additions or to expend for any repair or restoration of the Premises or Building amounts in excess of insurance proceeds paid to Landlord and available for the repair or restoration of the Premises or Building amounts in excess of insurance proceeds paid to Landlord and available for repair or restoration; and (ii) Tenant may not to terminate this Lease if any damage or destruction was caused by the act or neglect of Tenant, its agent or employees.

 

25


(A) “Tenant Additions” means any, and collectively, all improvements and betterments to the Premises completed by Tenant or on behalf of Tenant for Tenant’s original occupancy thereof and Alterations.

13.5. Any repair or restoration of the Premises performed by Tenant will be in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Lease.

13.6. If the Premises or the Building is damaged by a casualty but neither is rendered substantially untenantable, then Landlord will proceed to repair and restore the Building or the Premises other than Tenant Additions, with reasonable promptness, unless such damage is to the Premises and occurs during the last 12 months of the Term, in which event either Tenant or Landlord will have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty by giving written notice thereof to the other within 20 days after the date of such casualty.

13.7. Tenant will give Landlord notice in case of a fire or accident in the Premises promptly after Tenant is aware of such event

ARTICLE 14. EMINENT DOMAIN

14.1. In the event the whole or any substantial part of the Building or of the Premises is taken or condemned by any competent authority for any public use or purpose (including a deed given in lieu of condemnation), this Lease will terminate as of the date title vests in such authority, and Rent will be apportioned as of the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein set forth, in the event the taking is temporary (for less than the remaining term of this Lease), Landlord may elect either (i) to terminate this Lease or (ii) permit Tenant to receive the entire award in which case Tenant will continue to pay Rent and this Lease will not terminate.

14.2. If a part of the Building or the Premises is taken or condemned by any competent authority (or a deed is delivered in lieu of condemnation) and this Lease is not terminated, this Lease will be amended to reduce the Fixed Rent and Tenant’s Share to reflect the Rentable Area of the Premises or Building, as the case may be, remaining after any such taking or condemnation. Landlord, upon receipt and to the extent of the award in condemnation (or proceeds of sale) will make necessary repairs and restorations to the Premises (exclusive of Tenant Additions) and to the Building to the extent necessary to constitute the portion of the Building not so taken or condemned as a complete architectural and economically efficient unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as a result of any taking, or a governmental order that the grade of any street or alley adjacent to the Building is to be changed and such taking or change of grade makes it necessary or desirable to substantially remodel or restore the Building or prevents the economical operation of the Building, Landlord will have the right to terminate this Lease upon 90 days’ prior written notice to Tenant and Rent will be adjusted as of such date of termination.

14.3. Landlord will be entitled to receive the entire award (or sale proceeds) from any such taking, condemnation or sale without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award; provided, however, Tenant will have the right

 

26


separately to pursue against the condemning authority a separate award in respect of the loss, if any, for moving expenses and Alterations paid for by Tenant without any credit or allowance from Landlord so long as there is no diminution of Landlord’s award as a result.

ARTICLE 15. INSURANCE

15.1. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, agrees to maintain in force, with a company or companies acceptable to Landlord, during the Term: (a) Commercial General Liability Insurance on a primary basis and without any right of contribution from any insurance carried by Landlord covering the Premises and the Storage Space on an occurrence basis against all claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death and property damage, including contractual liability covering the indemnification provisions in this Lease, subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions on the general liability policy. Such insurance will be for such limits that are not less than a combined single limit of $3,000,000.00 combined single limit, per occurrence, and $4,000,000.00 general, aggregate per location (including coverage provided under Tenant’s umbrella liability insurance policy); (b) Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance for an amount in accordance with the laws of The State of New Jersey; (c) Special Form (“All Risks”) property insurance in an amount adequate to cover the full replacement cost of all equipment, installations, fixtures and contents of the Premises in the event of loss and any such policy will contain a provision requiring the insurance carriers to waive their rights of subrogation against Landlord; and (d) if a motor vehicle is to be used by Tenant in connection with its business operation from the Premises, Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance coverage with limits of not less than $2,000,000.00 combined single limit coverage against bodily injury liability and property damage liability arising out of the use by or on behalf of Tenant, its agents and employees in connection with this Lease, of any owned, non-owned or hired motor vehicles; (e) business interruption or rental loss insurance sufficient to cover for a minimum of 12 full calendar months all Rent and other payment obligations of Tenant under this Lease which would be borne by or due from Tenant under this Lease if the Premises and Tenant’s business were fully open and operating; and (f) such other insurance or coverages as Landlord reasonably requires or a Mortgagee requires consistent with the coverages and limits required of new tenants at buildings comparable to the Building, provided that Landlord will not require such other insurance or coverages more than once in any 24-month period. The insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Section 15.1 may be carried under blanket insurance policies covering the Premises and other properties owned or leased by the Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates, so long as such policies comply with this Lease and the coverage provided by such policies will at all times meet the requirements of this Lease, without co-insurance.

15.2. Each policy referred to in Section 15.1 will satisfy the following requirements. Each policy will (i) name Landlord, and provided that Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of the names of the following parties, any mortgagee or ground lessor of the Land, the property manager and the leasing manager for the Property and their respective directors, officers, agents, shareholders, partners and employees (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) as additional insured; provided, however that this requirement (i) will only apply to Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance policy, (ii) be issued by one or more responsible insurance companies licensed to do business in the State of New Jersey reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and satisfactory to Landlord’s mortgagee, if applicable, (iii) where applicable, provide for deductible amounts satisfactory to Landlord and not permit co-insurance, (iv) provide that such insurance

 

27


may not be canceled or amended without 30 days’ prior written notice to Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee, if applicable, (v) provide that the policy will not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss, any or all rights of recovery against any other party for losses covered by such policies, and (vi) be on an occurrence basis, not a claims-made basis. Tenant will deliver to Landlord, certificates of insurance summarizing the terms and conditions of all policies and renewals thereof to be maintained by Tenant hereunder, not less than 10 business days prior to the Commencement Date and thereafter during the Term, prior to the expiration date of each policy. Tenant will give Landlord 30 days’ prior notice of any cancellation, failure to renew or change in coverage of any insurance required by Section 15.1.

15.3. Landlord agrees to purchase and keep in full force and effect during the Term hereof, including any extensions or renewals thereof, (i) insurance under policies issued by insurers of recognized responsibility, qualified to do business in the State of New Jersey in amounts not less than the agreed insurance replacement cost against fire and such other risks as may be included in standard forms of all risk coverage insurance reasonably available from time to time and (ii) business interruption or rental loss insurance with limits adequate to cover a reduction of Fixed Rent in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.2 of this Lease. Neither Landlord’s obligation to carry such insurance nor the carrying of such insurance will be deemed to be an indemnity by Landlord with respect to any claim, liability, loss, cost or expense due, in whole or in part, to Tenant’s negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct and Tenant will have no right to any proceeds obtained or received by Landlord with respect to any such insurance.

15.4. Landlord will include in its Special Form (“All Risks”) policies appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance companies waive all right of subrogation against Tenant with respect to losses payable under such policies.

15.5. Tenant will include in its Special Form (“All Risks”) policies or policies for Tenant Additions appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance companies waive all right of subrogation against Landlord with respect to losses payable under such policies.

ARTICLE 16. WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY

16.1. To the extent permitted by law, Tenant releases the Indemnitees from, and waives all claims for, damage to person or property sustained by Tenant or any occupant of the Building or Premises resulting directly or indirectly from any existing or future condition, defect, matter or thing in and about the Project, the Storage Space, the Premises or any part of thereof or any equipment or appurtenance therein, or resulting from any accident in or about the Property, or resulting directly or indirectly from any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of the Building or of any other person, including Landlord’s agents, except where resulting from the willful and wrongful act of any of the Indemnitees or their negligence. Tenant hereby waives any consequential damages, compensation or claims for inconvenience or loss of business, rents, or profits as a result of such injury or damage unless caused by Landlord’s or its employee’s, agent’s or contractor’s willful negligent acts. If any such damage, whether to the Storage Space, the Premises, or to any part of the Property or any part thereof, or whether to Landlord or to other tenants in the Building, results from any act or neglect of Tenant, its employees, servants, agents, contractors, invitees and customers, Tenant will be liable therefor and Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, repair such damage and Tenant will, upon demand by Landlord, as payment of

 

28


Additional Rent hereunder, reimburse Landlord within 30 days of demand for the total cost of such repairs, in excess of amounts, if any, paid to Landlord under insurance covering such damages. Tenant will not be liable for any damage caused by its acts or neglect if Landlord or a tenant has recovered the full amount of the damage from proceeds of insurance policies and the insurance company has waived its right of subrogation against Tenant.

16.2. To the extent permitted by Law, Tenant agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the Indemnitees harmless against any and all actions, claims, demands, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses for the defense thereof, from the undertaking of any Tenant Additions or repairs to the Premises and/or the Storage Space, arising from the conduct of Tenant’s business on and/or Tenants occupancy of the Premises or the Storage Space, or from any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Tenant to be performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or from any negligent act of Tenant, its agents, contractors, servants, or employees, in or about the Premises or the Storage Space. In case of any action or proceeding brought against the Indemnitees by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

16.3. To the extent permitted by Law, Landlord agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold Tenant and its employees, officers, directors and shareholders harmless against any and all actions, claims, demands, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses for the defense thereof, from any negligent act of Landlord, its agents, contractors, servants, or employees, in the Project, exclusive of the Premises and the Storage Space. In case of any action or proceeding brought against Tenant, its employees, officers, directors or shareholders by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Tenant, Landlord covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant.

ARTICLE 17. RULES AND REGULATIONS

17.1. Tenant agrees for itself and for its subtenants, employees, agents, and invitees to comply with the Rules and Regulations listed on Exhibit “F” attached hereto and with all modifications and additions thereto which Landlord may make from time to time and of which Landlord provides notice thereof to Tenant. In the case of any conflicts between the provisions of this Lease and any rule and/or regulation the provisions of this Lease will control.

17.2. Landlord will use reasonable efforts to enforce the rules and regulations of the Building in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner. Tenant will pay to Landlord all damages caused by Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article 17 and will also pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to any increase in insurance premiums caused by such failure to comply.

ARTICLE 18. LANDLORD’S RESERVED RIGHTS

18.1. Landlord will have the following rights exercisable without notice to Tenant and without being deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or giving rise to any claim for setoff or abatement of Rent: (i) to change the Building’s name or street address upon 30 days’ prior written notice to Tenant; (ii) to install, affix and maintain all signs on the exterior and/or interior of the Building; (iii) to designate and/or approve prior to

 

29


installation, all types of signs, window shades, blinds, drapes, awnings or other similar items, and all internal lighting that maybe visible from the exterior of the Premises; (iv) upon reasonable notice to Tenant, to display the Premises to prospective tenants at reasonable hours during the last 12 months of the Term, and at all reasonable times during the Term to prospective lenders, partners, joint venturers, purchasers or other interested parties; (v) to grant to any party the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in or to the Building, provided such exclusive right will not operate to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the purposes permitted hereunder; (vi) to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, washrooms or public portions of the Building and any and all components of the Common Areas, and to close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities of the Common Areas, provided that such action will not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s access to the Premises or the Building; (vii) to have access for Landlord and other tenants of the Building to any mail chutes and boxes located in or on the Premises as required by any applicable rules of the United States Post Office; (viii) to close the Building after normal business hours, except that Tenant and its employees and invitees will be entitled to admission at all times, under such regulations as Landlord prescribes for security purposes; and (ix) to expand, reduce or otherwise change the size or configuration of the Building.

18.2. The Land is being re-developed as a “town center” consisting of a mixed use community that is anticipated to consist of a variety of uses including, without limitation, retail, office, health care, wellness, hotel, conference facilities, a museum of Bell Laboratories, the scientific research area of the former Bell Telephone Company, a working lab for children, the Holmdel Town Library, and a sport complex. Accordingly, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord reserves the right to utilize portions of the Common Area, from time-to-time, for shows, rides, entertainments, displays, advertising, educational purposes, demonstrations, civic and charitable functions, promotions, exhibits, or events, the leasing of kiosks and food facilities, landscaping, decorative items, and other uses which, in Landlord’s judgment, tends to attract customers to, or benefit the invitees and customers of the Project or which may attract the public to the Project or create goodwill, community interest or other beneficial interest with respect to the Project. Landlord may convert Common Area to leaseable space and convert leaseable space to Common Area, from time-to-time. Landlord may (i) close, if necessary, all or any portion of the Common Area to such extent as may be reasonably necessary to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of any rights of any person or of the public therein, (ii) close temporarily all or any portion of the Common Area to discourage non-customer use, (iii) use portions of the Common Area while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Building and/or Property, (iv) transfer, in whole or in part, any of Landlord’s rights and/or obligations under Article 5 to any party as Landlord may from time-to-time determine, (v) temporarily close and/or restrict access to portions of the Common Area from time-to-time, for shows, rides, entertainments, displays, advertising, educational purposes, demonstrations, civic and charitable functions, promotions, exhibits, or events, the leasing of kiosks and food facilities, landscaping, decorative items, and other uses which, in Landlord’s judgment, tends to attract customers to, or benefit the invitees and customers of the Project or which may attract the public to Project or create goodwill, community interest or other beneficial interest with respect to the Project provided that such action will not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s access to the Premises or the Building, and (vi) do and perform such other acts in, to and with respect to, the Common Area as Landlord will determine,

 

30


in its business judgment, to be appropriate for the Project. No actions taken by Landlord pursuant to this Section 18.2, including without limitation, any development, redevelopment or expansion activities of Landlord, will (a) impair access to the Premises; or (b) materially affect the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises.

ARTICLE 19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Within 10 business days after request therefor by Landlord, Landlord’s mortgagee or any prospective mortgagee or owner, Tenant agrees as directed in such request to execute an Estoppel Certificate in recordable form, binding upon Tenant, certifying that (i) this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, a description of such modifications and that this Lease as modified is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which Rent has been paid; (iii) that Tenant is in the possession of the Premises if that is the case; (iv) to Tenant’s knowledge, that Landlord is not in default under this Lease, or, if Tenant believes Landlord is in default, the nature thereof in detail; (v) to Tenant’s knowledge, Tenant has no off-sets or defenses to the performance of its obligations under this Lease (or if Tenant believes there are any off-sets or defenses, a full and complete explanation thereof) and that all sums, if any, required to be paid by Landlord to Tenant on account of Tenant’s work have been paid in full; (vi) the Premises have been completed in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease; (vii) Tenant has accepted the Premises and the Storage Space and the condition thereof and of all improvements thereto and has no claims against Landlord or any other party with respect thereto (or if that not be the case, stating such claims); (viii) if an assignment of rents or leases has been served upon the Tenant by a mortgagee, Tenant will agree to be bound by the provisions thereof; (ix) Tenant will give to the mortgagee copies of all notices required or permitted to be given by Tenant to Landlord; (x) the Commencement Date and Expiration Date of this Lease; and (xi) certifying to any other information reasonably requested.

ARTICLE 20. INITIAL PREPARATION OF THE PREMISES

20.1. As used in this Lease, the following terms have the following meanings:

(A) Landlord’s Work” means the items listed on Exhibit “B” and completed in accordance the applicable provisions set forth on Exhibit “B-1.

(B) “Substantial Completion” means Tenant’s Work (as hereinafter defined in Section 20.1(F) of this Lease) has been substantially completed in accordance with the Tenant Plan (as hereinafter defined in Section 20.1(E) of this Lease), except for minor insubstantial details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustments which remain to be done which would not materially interfere with Tenant’s permitted use of the Premises and receipt of a certificate of occupancy (or local equivalent) issued for Landlord’s Work permitting full use of the Premises.

(C) “Substantial Completion Date” means the date that Substantial Completion of Tenant’s Work has been achieved, adjusted to an earlier date to compensate Landlord for the cumulative number of days of delay attributable to Tenant Delay.

(D) “Tenant Delay” means any period of actual delay encountered by Landlord or its general contractor selected to perform Tenant’s Work in achieving Substantial Completion of

 

31


Tenant’s Work or the issuance of building permits that is solely attributable to Tenant or its design professionals, engineers, direct contractors, employees or other agents and Landlord has promptly given Tenant written notice upon the occurrence of such delay. Tenant Delay will include, without limitation, the inability of Landlord to commence Tenant’s Work by the date that is 60 days from the date of this Lease except to the extent that such inability to commence Tenant’s Work was not caused by Landlord, or its architects, engineers, contractors, employees, or agents. In the event of a Tenant Delay, the parties will cooperate with each other to resolve the Tenant Delay in an expeditious manner. Landlord or Landlord’s architect will advise Tenant or its construction manager in writing of any potential long lead time items in Tenant’s Work which may delay the Substantial Completion Date prior to the commencement of the construction of Tenant’s Work and if Tenant elects to retain such items in Tenant’s Work, any actual delay resulting from the long lead times will constitute a Tenant Delay.

(E) “Tenant Plan” means construction drawings and related construction specifications regarding the build-out of the Premises, including without limitation specifying whether Landlord or Tenant will be responsible for the distribution of HVAC and electric within the Premises (with any construction drawings in a reproducible mylar form), signed and sealed by a New Jersey-licensed architect, and also furnished on AutoCAD, complying in all respects with all applicable building and fire codes and insurance underwriting standards in effect and, to the extent they are not inconsistent with this Lease, with Landlord’s tenant construction specifications in effect and in sufficient detail to permit the municipality to issue any required building permits and to permit skilled contractors to supply and perform the work called for therein.

(F) “Tenant’s Work” means improvements to the Premises for Tenant’s original occupancy thereof as described on the Tenant Plan approved by Landlord as provided below and the Generator Work (as defined in Section 36.1 of this Lease).

20.2. The timely preparation of the Tenant Plan through architects and engineers, licensed in New Jersey, selected by the Tenant will be Tenant’s obligation and expense. The Tenant Plan will be prepared consistently with the Building plans and specifications and Landlord’s tenant construction specifications in effect, copies of which have been provided to Tenant prior to Lease execution. Tenant will deliver the complete Tenant Plan to Landlord not later than 2 business days after Tenant from the date on which Tenant provides an executed Lease to Landlord (“Tenant Plan Due Date”). During the 3 business days immediately succeeding the submission of the complete Tenant Plan to Landlord, the Tenant Plan will be subject to Landlord’s and its engineers’ reasonable review, comment, consultation and objection with respect to any lack of consistency with the Building plans and specifications or Landlord’s tenant construction specifications then in effect, any structural changes to, or any changes in the exterior of, the Building or any portion thereof required thereby, any changes to Building systems required thereby, any interface or connection with Building systems or any adverse effect upon the functional utility or rental value of the Premises. If Landlord timely and otherwise properly objects to the Tenant Plan by notice to Tenant setting forth therein any of the specified reasons in reasonable detail, Tenant will have its architects and engineers revise the Tenant Plan and deliver the revised complete Tenant Plan to Landlord within 3 business days of Landlord’s giving timely notice of its objection to Tenant.

 

32


20.3. If Tenant desires to name a qualified general contractor or construction manager, (either being hereinafter referred to in this Article 20 as a “general contractor”) for the purpose of including it among those invited to bid on the work called for by the Tenant Plan, Tenant will, prior to 14 days before the Tenant Plan Due Date, submit in writing to Landlord the name, address, telephone number and facsimile number of 1 qualified general contractor active in the Holmdel, New Jersey area. As soon as practicable after the receipt by Landlord of the final Tenant Plan, Landlord will solicit bids on a guaranteed maximum price basis for the construction of the work called for by the Tenant Plan from at least 3 general contractors, including the general contractor, if any, timely nominated by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant will promptly review the bids after receipt. Following bid review and qualification for Tenant’s Work, Landlord and Tenant will promptly select in a writing the best qualified and quantified general contractor; but if Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the selection of the best qualified and quantified general contractor by the end of the bid review and qualification period for the Tenant’s Work, the selection of the best qualified and quantified general contractor to be awarded the contract for Tenant’s Work will be made by Landlord acting in good faith in its sole, reasonable discretion.

20.4. Landlord will give notice to Tenant of the Landlord’s price to Tenant to perform Tenant’s Work utilizing Landlord’s general contractor selected in accordance with Section 20.3 above. Landlord’s price will include 2.5% of Landlord’s general contractor’s aggregate price (which will include additional costs of any change orders) for Tenant’s Work as Landlord’s design review fee and 2.5% of Landlord’s general contractor’s aggregate price (which will include additional costs of any change orders) for Tenant’s Work as Landlord’s construction supervision fee and all permitting fees. Tenant will pay such price to Landlord in proportion to the progress of such work, as and when billed by Landlord at intervals, corresponding to the invoicing by Landlord’s general contractor, with payment of any remaining final balance due from Tenant upon substantial completion of such work.

20.5. Landlord will cause the general contractor selected in accordance with Section 20.3 above to construct Tenant’s Work in accordance with the Tenant Plan in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable building codes. Tenant will pay for the costs of the construction of any changes to the Tenant Plan made or requested by Tenant.

20.6. Tenant, using its own contractors, desires to install telecommunications and data wiring and cabling and furniture, fixtures and equipment in the Premises prior to the Substantial Completion Date. Landlord will give to Tenant at least 30 days’ advance notice of Landlord’s projected date of such Substantial Completion granting access to the Premises to Tenant and its contractors to perform such installations. Tenant and its contractors may have access to the Premises prior to the Commencement Date to perform such installations provided that (i) Tenant complies with its obligations under Article 8 and Article 15 of this Lease, and (ii) Tenant hereby acknowledges that such access and installation may cause Tenant Delay.

20.7. Provided that (i) no Default has occurred or (ii) if a Default has occurred, Tenant has previously cured it in full or Landlord has have waived such Default, Landlord will (a) credit against any amount otherwise due to Landlord from Tenant as contemplated by this Article 20, including, but not limited to, Landlord’s price to perform Tenant’s Work, up to an amount equal to the balance of $785,790.00 [$30.00 x 26,193 RSF] net of Landlord’s fee contemplated by Section 20.4 above, which amount is referred to as “Landlord’s Contribution”. If the total amount of Landlord’s price to perform Tenant’s Work is less than or equal to Landlord’s

 

33


Contribution, Landlord will pay 100% of each of Landlord’s general contractor’s invoices for the construction of Tenant’s Work. If the total amount of Landlord’s price to perform Tenant’s Work is more than Landlord’s Contribution, Landlord will promptly deliver a complete copy of each invoice of Landlord’s general contractor to Tenant, and Landlord will credit and fund payment of that amount of each such invoice which bears the same ratio to the total amount of the respective invoice as Landlord’s Contribution payable to Landlord’s general contractor bears to the total amount of Landlord’s price to perform Tenant’s Work; and at the same time, Tenant will fund payment of the balance of the respective invoice by paying such balance to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within 30 days after the delivery of the copy of the respective invoice to Tenant.

20.8. Landlord will provide an architectural allowance up to an amount of $2,095.40 [$0.10 x 20,954 usable square feet], which will be paid to Tenant within 30 days after submission to Landlord of a copy of an invoice from Tenant’s architect.

ARTICLE 21. REAL ESTATE BROKERS

Tenant and Landlord each represents that, except for The Garibaldi Group, LLC (“Landlord’s Broker”) and Lee & Associates (“Tenant’s Broker”), neither party has dealt with any real estate broker, sales person, or finder in connection with this Lease, and no such person initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Lease, or showed the Premises to Tenant. Tenant and Landlord each hereby agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold each other, harmless from and against any and all liabilities and claims for commissions and fees arising out of a breach of the foregoing representation. Landlord will be responsible to Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker but only in accordance with and to the extent as provided in separate agreement(s) entered into between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker and Landlord and Tenant’s Broker.

ARTICLE 22. MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

22.1. This Lease will, at Landlord’s option, or at the option of any holder of any underlying lease or holder of any mortgages or trust deed, be subject and subordinate to any such underlying leases and to any such mortgages or trust deed which may now or hereafter affect the real property of which the Premises form a part, and also to all renewals, modifications, consolidations and replacements of the underlying leases and the mortgages or trust deed, provided that an SNDA (as defined below) is executed by the holder of any such underlying lease or mortgage or trust deed as provided below.

22.2. Landlord will obtain from all future ground lessors and mortgagees, a non-disturbance agreement executed and delivered by such ground lessors and mortgagees, which provides that so long as Tenant is not in default in the payment of Rent and the performance and observance of all covenants, conditions, provisions, terms, and agreements to be performed or observed by Tenant under this Lease, the holder of such ground leases and mortgages will not interfere with, hinder, or molest Tenant’s right to quiet enjoyment under this Lease, nor the right of Tenant to continue to occupy the Premises and all portions thereof, and to conduct its business therein in accordance with the covenants, conditions, provisions, terms and agreements of this Lease. The lien of any such ground lease or mortgage will not cover any of Tenant’s trade fixtures or personal property located in or on the Premises.

 

34


ARTICLE 23. NOTICES

23.1. All notices, demands or requests provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Lease must be in writing sent by Federal Express or other overnight courier service, or mailed by first class, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.

23.2. All notices, demands or requests to be sent pursuant to this Lease will be deemed to have been properly given or served by delivering or sending the same in accordance with this Section, addressed to the parties hereto at their respective addresses listed below:

 

  (A) Notices to Landlord will be addressed:

 

     Somerset Holmdel Development I Urban Renewal, L.P.
     101 Crawfords Corner Road
     Holmdel, NJ 07733
     Attn.: Ralph Zucker

 

     with a copy to the following:

 

     Giordano, Halleran & Ciesla, P.C.
     125 Half Mile Road, Suite 300
     Red Bank, NJ 07701-6777
     Attn.: Laurence I. Rothstein, Esq.

 

  (B) Notices to Tenant will be addressed:

 

     Acacia Communications, Inc.
     Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100
     Maynard, MA 01754
     Attn.: Janene I. Asgeirsson, Vice President, General Counsel

 

     with a copy to the following:

 

     Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
     60 State Street
     Boston, MA 02109
     Attn: Douglas Burton, Esq.

23.3. If notices, demands or requests are sent by registered or certified mail, said notices, demands or requests will be effective upon being deposited in the United States mail. However, the time period in which a response to any such notice, demand or request must be given will commence to run from the date of receipt on the return receipt of the notice, demand or request by the addressee thereof. Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given will be deemed to be receipt of notice, demand or request sent.

23.4. Notices may also be served by personal service upon any officer, director or partner of Tenant or in the case of delivery by Federal Express or other overnight courier service, notices will be effective upon acceptance of delivery by an employee, officer, director or partner of Landlord or Tenant or upon refusal of such delivery. A notice given by counsel for Landlord or Tenant will be deemed a valid notice if addressed and sent in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

 

35


23.5. By giving to the other party at least 30 days’ written notice thereof, either party will have the right from time to time during the term of this Lease to change their respective addresses for notices, statements, demands and requests, provided such new address will be within the United States of America.

ARTICLE 24. SIGNAGE

24.1. Tenant’s name and the names of any subtenant of Tenant, at Landlord’s cost and expense, will be included for identification purposes on a suitable number of listing on any Landlord controlled Building directory.

24.2. Tenant, at Tenant’s cost and expense, will be provided suite signage subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

ARTICLE 25. ENVIRONMENTAL

25.1. Tenant will, at Tenant’s own expense, promptly comply with each and every federal, state, county and municipal environmental law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, directive and requirement, now or hereafter existing (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), applicable to the Premises and the Storage Space, Tenant, Tenant’s operations at the Premises and the Storage Space, or all of them, provided however that in no event will Tenant have any obligations for compliance with respect to any condition not caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Representative (as defined below) or not relating to Tenant’s or Tenant Representative’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or any substances or materials not brought to the Premises by Tenant or a Tenant’s Representative, except to the extent Tenant or Tenant Representatives exacerbates such condition, substances or materials, in which case Tenant will be responsible, at Tenant’s own expense, for compliance with Environmental Laws to the scope and extent of such exacerbation.

25.2. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that its North American Industry Classification System (“NAICS”) No. is 334210 and that Tenant will not generate, manufacture, refine, transport, treat, store, handle or dispose of “hazardous substances” as the same are defined under Environmental Laws, including but not limited to the Industrial Site Recovery Act (“ISRA”) (N.J.S.A. 13:1K-6, et seq.) and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, except in accordance with all applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant hereby agrees that it will not make any changes in the nature of the business to be conducted at the Premises that would result in a change from a non-ISRA to an ISRA-subject NAICS without the written consent of Landlord.

25.3. At no expense to Landlord or Tenant as the case may be, Tenant and Landlord will promptly provide each other with all information and sign all documents reasonably requested by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, with respect to compliance with Environmental Laws and the Premises, the Storage Space, and Project.

25.4. Tenant will permit Landlord and its representatives reasonable access to the Premises and the Storage Space from time to time to conduct an environmental assessment,

 

36


investigation and sampling at Landlord’s own expense, upon giving reasonable advance notice to Tenant and at such times so as to minimize so far as may be reasonably under the circumstances any disturbance to Tenant’s operations.

25.5. Should any assessment, investigation or sampling reveal the existence of any spill, discharge or placement of hazardous substances in, on, under, or about, or migrating from or onto the Premises, the Storage Space, the Building or the Project, as a result of the action or omission of Tenant or any shareholder, officer, director, member, partner, employee, agent, licensee, assignee, subtenant or invitee of Tenant or any third party for whom Tenant is legally responsible (individually a “Tenant Representative”) then, without limitation to and not in place of any rights Landlord may have under Article 10 of this Lease, Tenant will, at Tenant’s own expense, in accordance with Environmental Laws, promptly undertake all action required under applicable Environmental Laws, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, obtaining and delivering to Landlord an unrestricted use Response Action Outcome determination from a Licensed Site Remediation Professional (“LSRP”) with respect to the hazardous substances present as a result of the act or omission of Tenant or a Tenant’s Representative. In no event will any of Tenant’s remedial action involve engineering or institutional controls, a groundwater classification exception area or well restriction area, and Tenant’s remedial action will meet all governmental requirements in connection therewith. Promptly upon completion of all required investigatory and remedial activities, Tenant will, at Tenant’s own expense, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, restore the affected areas of the Premises, the Storage Space, or the Land, as the case may be, to their condition prior to the investigatory or remedial work.

25.6. Upon Landlord’s request, if at all, Tenant will complete, execute and deliver to Landlord an environmental questionnaire in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

25.7. During the Term, promptly upon receipt by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives, Tenant will deliver to Landlord all material environmental documentation concerning the Premises the Storage Space, and/or the Land, in the possession or under the control of Tenant, including, without limitation, plans, reports, correspondence and submissions concerning or generated by or on behalf of Tenant, whether currently or hereafter existing. In addition, Tenant will promptly notify Landlord of any release, discharge of Hazardous Materials, or violation of Environmental Laws of which Tenant has knowledge, which exist in, on, under, or about, or migrating from or onto the Building, the Premises, the Storage Space, or the Land.

25.8. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, if Tenant is required by applicable law to undertake any sampling, assessment, investigation or remediation with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Storage Space, or the Land, as the case may be, and Tenant fails to diligently perform same, then, Landlord will have the right, following 15 days’ prior written notice to Tenant, to perform such activities at Tenant’s expense, and all reasonable sums incurred by Landlord will be paid by Tenant, as Additional Rent, upon demand.

25.9. Tenant will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, Landlord’s officers, directors, shareholders, employees and legal representatives from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, penalties and costs, foreseen or unforeseen, including, without limitation, counsel, engineering and other professional or expert fees, which an indemnified party may incur resulting directly or indirectly, wholly or partly from Tenant’s actions or omissions with regard to Tenant’s obligations under this Article 25.

 

37


25.10. This Article 25 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant’s failure to abide by the terms of this Article will be restrainable or enforceable, as the case may be, by injunction.

ARTICLE 26. PARKING

Without additional charges of any kind therefor, Tenant, its employees, agents, and invitees will be entitled during the Term to use 84 undesignated and unreserved parking spaces (4 spaces per 1,000 usable square feet) in the parking area designated as the “North Parking Field”. All parking privileges will be subject to Landlord’s Rules and Regulations, during the Term.

ARTICLE 27. OFAC COMPLIANCE

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord (i) that neither Tenant nor any person or entity that directly owns a 10% percent or greater equity interest in Tenant nor any of its officers, directors or managing members is a person or entity (collectively, “Tenant and Others in Interest”) with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including Executive Order 13224 signed on September 24, 2001 (the “Executive Order”) and titled, “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism”), or other governmental action, (ii) that Tenant and Others in Interest’s activities do not violate the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 of the regulations or orders promulgated thereunder (as amended from time to time, the “Money Laundering Act”), and (iii) that throughout the Term, Tenant will comply with the Executive Order and with the Money Laundering Act.

ARTICLE 28. RENEWAL OPTION

28.1. If the Term of this Lease is then in full force and effect and Tenant is not in Default, Tenant will have will have the option to extend the term of this Lease for 2 successive, 5 year periods commencing on the first day following the Expiration Date and ending on the date which is 5 years thereafter (each hereinafter called a “Renewal Term”), provided however that Tenant will give Landlord notice of Tenant’s election to extend the term no later than 12 months prior to the Expiration Date, time being of the essence.

28.2. Such extension of the Term will be upon the same covenants and conditions, as set forth in this Lease except for the Fixed Rent (which will be determined in the manner set forth below), and except that Tenant will have no further right to extend the Term after the exercise of the option(s) described in Section 28.1 above. If Tenant timely gives notice of its election to extend the Term, the Renewal Term will be added to and become a part of the Term and any reference in this Lease to the “Term of this Lease” or any similar expression will be deemed to include such Renewal Term, and, in addition, the Expiration Date will thereafter mean the last day of such Renewal Term. Landlord will have no obligation to perform any alteration or preparatory or other work in and to the Premises or provide a tenant improvement allowance and Tenant will continue possession of the Premises in its “as is” condition.

 

38


28.3. If Tenant exercises its option for the Renewal Term, the Fixed Rent during the Renewal Term will be the fair market rent for the Premises, as hereinafter defined.

28.4. Landlord and Tenant will use commercially reasonable efforts, within 30 days after Landlord receives Tenant’s notice of its election to extend the Term for the Renewal Term (“Negotiation Period”), to agree upon the Fixed Rent to be paid by Tenant during the Renewal Term. If Landlord and Tenant agree upon the Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term, the parties will promptly execute an amendment to this Lease stating the Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term.

28.5. If the parties are unable to agree on the Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term during the Negotiation Period, within 15 days after notice from the other party, given after expiration of the Negotiation Period, each party, at its cost and upon notice to the other party, will appoint a person to act as an appraiser hereunder, to determine the fair market rent for the Premises for the Renewal Term. Each such person will be a real estate broker or appraiser with at least 10 years’ active commercial real estate appraisal or brokerage experience (involving the leasing of office space as agent for both landlords and Tenants) in Monmouth County, New Jersey. Each notice containing the name of a person to act as appraiser will contain also the person’s address. If a party does not appoint a person to act as an appraiser within the 15-day period, the person appointed by the other party will be the sole appraiser and will determine the fair market rent. Before proceeding to establish the fair market rent, the appraisers will subscribe and swear to an oath fairly and impartially to determine the fair market rent. If the 2 appraisers are appointed by the parties, they will meet promptly and attempt to determine the fair market rent. If they are unable to agree within 45 days after the appointment of the second appraiser, they will attempt to select a third person meeting the qualifications stated above in this Section 28.5 within 15 days after the last day the 2 appraisers are given to determine the fair market rent. If they are unable to agree on the 3rd person to act as appraiser within the 15-day period, the 3rd person will be appointed by the American Arbitration Association (“Association”), upon the application of Landlord or Tenant to the office of the Association nearest the Building. The person appointed to act as appraiser by the Association will be required to meet the qualifications stated above in this Section 28.5. Each of the parties will bear 50% of the cost of appointing the 3rd appraiser and of paying the 3rd appraiser. The 3rd appraiser, however selected, will be required to take an oath similar to that described above in this Section 28.5. The 3 appraisers will meet and determine the fair market rent. A decision in which 2 of the 3 appraisers concur will be binding and conclusive upon the parties. In deciding the dispute, the appraisers will act in accordance with the rules then in force of the Association, subject however, to such limitations as may be placed on them by the provisions of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Fixed Rent during the Renewal Term be less than the Fixed Rent during the last year of the Term immediately preceding the Renewal Term.

28.6. After the fair market rent for the Renewal Term has been determined by the appraiser or appraisers and the appraiser or appraisers have notified the Parties, at the request of either party, both Parties will execute and deliver to each other an amendment of this Lease stating the Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term.

28.7. If the Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term has not been agreed to or established prior to the commencement of the Renewal Term, Tenant will pay to Landlord, in monthly installments, an

 

39


annual rent (“Temporary Rent”) which Temporary Rent will be equal to the monthly Fixed Rent payable by Tenant for the last year of the Term immediately preceding the Renewal Term. Thereafter, if the Parties agree upon a Fixed Rent, or the Fixed Rent is established upon the determination of the fair market rent by the appraiser or appraisers, at a rate at variance with the Temporary Rent, (i) if such Fixed Rent is greater than the Temporary Rent, Tenant will promptly pay to Landlord the difference between the Fixed Basic Rent determined by agreement or the appraisal process and the Temporary Rent, or (ii) if such Fixed Basic Rent is less than the Temporary Rent, Landlord will credit to Tenant’s subsequent monthly installments of Fixed Rent the difference between the Temporary Rent and the Fixed Basic Rent determined by agreement or the appraisal process.

28.8. In describing the fair market rent during the Renewal Term, the appraiser or appraisers will be required to take into account the rentals at which lease renewals are then being concluded (as of the last day of the Term) (for 5 year leases without renewal options with the landlord and tenant each acting prudently, with knowledge and for self-interest, and assuming that neither is under undue duress) for comparable Class A Office buildings, 100,000 sf or greater in Monmouth County, New Jersey and/or other multi-use properties located within a 10 mile radius of Bell Works, such as 1 & 2 Tower Center in East Brunswick, Middlesex County, New Jersey.

28.9. The option granted to Tenant under this Article 28 may be exercised only by Tenant, its permitted successors and assigns, and not by any subtenant or any successor to the interest of Tenant by reason of any action under the Bankruptcy Code, or by any public officer, custodian, receiver, United States Trustee, trustee or liquidator of Tenant or substantially all of Tenant’s property. Tenant will have no right to exercise this option granted to Tenant under this Article 28 unless Tenant cures any default within the applicable grace period.

ARTICLE 29. CONDOMINIUM ASSOCIATION

29.1. Tenant acknowledges that the Premises may be a single or partial condominium unit within the condominium development known as the Bell Works Condominium (“Condominium”). As such, Tenant acknowledges and agrees as follows:

(A) This Lease, and Tenant’s rights hereunder, will be subject and subordinate to any and all documents governing the maintenance, operation, and use of the Condominium, including without limitation that certain “Master Deed for Bell Works Condominium” to be recorded in the Monmouth County Clerk’s Office; the By-Laws and Articles of Incorporation for the Bell Works Condominium Association, Inc. (“Association”); and any rules or regulations promulgated by or on behalf of the Association, whether recorded or unrecorded (collectively, and as all may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Condominium Documents”).

(B) As part of the Condominium, the Premises will be subject to periodic assessments, both regular and special, and all assessments will be deemed operating costs for purposes of this Lease and subject to the provisions Article 4 of this Lease. To the extent that any special assessment is payable in installments, Tenant will be liable solely for those installments that are due and payable during the Term.

 

40


(C) Pursuant to the Condominium Documents, all maintenance, repair, and replacement of the structural and common portions of the Condominium, including without limitation the parking areas, common hallways, and elevators, will be under the sole control of the Association. Therefore, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord’s sole responsibility with respect to maintenance, repair, and replacement of Common Areas and the structural portions of the Building will be to use reasonable efforts to enforce the obligations of the Association to maintain such portions of the Condominium. Landlord will not be liable for the failure by the Association to maintain any portion of the Condominium, other than a failure of Landlord to use reasonable efforts to enforce the Association’s obligations.

(D) Any violation of the Condominium Documents by Tenant will be deemed an immediate default hereunder, subject only to a cure period equal to the shorter of (i) 10 days after written notice or (ii) the period set forth in the applicable Condominium Document. Tenant will indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, or penalties asserted suffered by or claimed against Landlord arising out of any violation or claimed violation of the Condominium Documents by Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, officers, agents, licensees, invitees, or contractors.

ARTICLE 30. SABBATH PROVISIONS

30.1. Tenant is willing to assist Landlord in fulfilling the prohibition against a person of the Jewish faith engaging in prohibited work activities on the Jewish Sabbath and certain Jewish holidays by agreeing that the property manager (and other support staff) employed by Landlord in connection with the operation and maintenance of the Common Areas and/or providing services, repairs, maintenance, etc., to the Premises in accordance with the provisions of this Lease will for purposes of this Article and for no other purpose also be considered employees of Tenant and a portion of the Rent paid by Tenant to Landlord will serve as Tenant’s remuneration for such employees, provided, however that nothing in this Article will create an employer-employee relationship under common law or any other law and neither the property manager or other support staff will have any rights under this Lease or be a third-party beneficiary with respect to anything contained in this Lease. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Article 30 are not intended to create a legal obligation on Landlord or Tenant, nor will any indemnification obligations concerning Tenant’s employees otherwise provided for in this Lease apply to the foregoing property manager (and other support staff) employed by Landlord; accordingly, the covenants made by Tenant and contained in this Article 30 will not be enforceable in a court of law or equity. At any time during the Term, the provisions of this Article 30 may be terminated by Landlord on not less than 30 days’ written notice to Tenant. Compliance with this Article 30 will not result in any increased cost to Tenant.

30.2. Landlord will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, shareholders, employees and legal representatives from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, penalties and costs, foreseen or unforeseen, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from or related to Article 30 of this Lease and the provisions thereof.

 

41


ARTICLE 31. ROOF RIGHTS

31.1. Except as set forth in this Article 31, Tenant will have no right to utilize the roof of the Building for any purpose without Landlord’s consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

31.2. In connection with Tenant’s request to utilize the roof for the purpose of installing transmission and/or reception equipment, the following will apply:

(A) Without limiting any other provision of this Lease, Tenant will have the non-exclusive right to install antennas, satellite dishes, or other telecommunications equipment (individually and collectively, the “Antenna”) on the roof of the Building (including necessary connection to the Premises) for use by Tenant, provided any such installations will be subject to Landlord’s prior consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any Antenna will be installed in accordance with all applicable Laws. Tenant will remove such Antenna at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and Tenant will repair any damage to the roof caused by such removal. Prior to making any installations on the roof of the Building, Tenant will use a roofing contractor for all work to be performed by Tenant on the roof of the Building approved by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

(B) Tenant will furnish detailed plans and specifications for the Antenna (or any modifications thereof) to Landlord for its approval. The parties agree that Tenant’s use of the rooftop of the Building is a non-exclusive use and Landlord may permit the use of any other portion of the roof to any other person for any use including installation of other antennas and support equipment. Landlord will use its commercially reasonable efforts to insure that such other persons do not interfere with Tenant’s Antenna. Likewise, Tenant will use its commercially reasonable efforts to insure that its use of the rooftop does not impair any other person’s data transmission and reception via its respective antennas and support equipment. If Tenant’s construction, installation, maintenance, repair, operation or use of the Antenna interferes with the rights of Landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord’s right to reasonable use the remainder of the roof), Tenant will cooperate with Landlord or such other tenants in eliminating such interference; provided, however, the cost of remedying such interference will be borne by whichever party last installed its equipment on the roof causing such interference.

(C) In connection with the installation, maintenance and operation of the Antenna, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, will comply with all applicable Laws and will procure, maintain and pay for all permits required therefor, and Landlord makes no warranties whatsoever as to the permissibility of an Antenna under applicable Laws or the suitability of the roof of the Building for the installation thereof. If Landlord’s structural engineer deems it reasonably necessary that there be structural reinforcement of the roof in connection with the installation of the Antenna, Landlord will perform same at Tenant’s cost and expense and Tenant will not perform any such installation prior to the completion of any such structural reinforcement. The installation of the Antenna will be subject to the provisions of Article 9 applicable to alterations and installations, except that Landlord need not notify Tenant whether Tenant must remove the Antenna at the end of the Term, it being the intent of the parties that Tenant will remove the Antenna at the end of the Term and

 

42


repair any damage to the Building resulting from such installation and removal. For the purpose of installing, servicing or repairing the Antenna, Tenant will have access to the rooftop of the Building using contractors reasonably approved by Landlord at all times during the Term. Tenant will pay for all electrical service required for Tenant’s use of the Antenna.

(D) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, will promptly repair any and all damage to the rooftop or to any other part of the Building caused by the installation, maintenance and repair, operation or removal of the Antenna. Tenant will be responsible for all costs and expense for repairs of the roof which result from Tenant’s use of the roof for the construction, installation, maintenance, repair, operation and use of the Antenna. All installations made by Tenant on the rooftop or in any other part of the Building pursuant to the provisions of this Article 31 will be at the sole risk of Tenant, and neither Landlord, nor any agent or employee of Landlord, will be responsible or liable for any injury or damage to, or arising out of, the Antenna. Tenant’s indemnity under Section 16.2 of this Lease will apply with respect to the installation, maintenance, operations, presence or removal of the Antenna by Tenant. In addition, any costs incurred by Landlord to repair the roof as required herein after the expiration of the Term will be borne solely by Tenant.

(E) Upon the expiration of the Term, the Antenna will be removed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense, and Tenant will repair any damage to the rooftop or any other portions of the Building to substantially their condition immediately prior to Tenant’s installation of the Antenna (ordinary wear and tear, and damage by fire or other casualty (which is subject to Article 13) excepted).

(F) If the installation of the Antenna or act or omission relating thereto should revoke, negate or in any manner impair or limit any roof warranty or guaranty obtained by Landlord, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for any loss or damage sustained or costs or expenses incurred.

31.3. The rights granted in this Article 31 are given in connection with, and as part of the rights created under this Lease and are not separately transferable or assignable.

ARTICLE 32. SECURITY DEPOSIT

32.1. Tenant, on or before the Commencement Date, will deliver to Landlord the sum of $307,767.78 (“Security Deposit”) as security for Tenant’s full and faithful performance of all obligations under this Lease and any renewals or extensions of this Lease in the form of an irrevocable stand-by letter or credit (“Letter of Credit) as set forth in Section 32.3 of this Lease. Landlord, in its sole discretion, may draw upon the Security Deposit to cure any Default under this Lease. If any such application is made, upon notice by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant, within 10 days of Landlord’s demand, will promptly replace the amount so applied in the form of an additional letter of credit with the same terms. The Security Deposit will not be deemed an advance payment of Rent, nor a measure of damages for any default by Tenant under this Lease, nor will it be a bar or defense of any action which Landlord may at any time commence against Tenant. In the absence of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of an assignment of the right to receive the Security Deposit or the remaining balance thereof, Landlord may return the Security Deposit to the original Tenant, regardless of one or more assignments of this Lease.

 

43


Upon the transfer of Landlord’s interest under this Lease (and a copy of the written assumption by the transferee of Landlord’s obligations hereunder with respect to the Security Deposit sent by Landlord to Tenant), Landlord’s obligation to Tenant with respect to the Security Deposit will terminate upon assumption of such obligation by the transferee.

32.2. If Tenant is not in Default, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, will be returned to Tenant (or the Letter of Credit cancelled) within 30 days after the following:

(A) the expiration of the term of this Lease;

(B) the removal of Tenant and its property from the Premises;

(C) the surrender of the Premises by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with this Lease; and

(D) the payment by Tenant of any outstanding Rent due pursuant to the Lease as computed by Landlord.

32.3. The Security Deposit contemplated by Section 32.1 of this Lease will be in the form of an irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of the Security Deposit for the benefit of the Landlord, draws upon which are conditioned only on Landlord’s certification of the occurrence of a Default that, at the time of the draw, has not been cured in full by the Tenant. The Letter of Credit will be issued by a reputable commercial bank operating in the State of New Jersey reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Landlord agrees that Silicon Valley Bank is satisfactory to Landlord for purposes of issuing the Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit will be for a term equal to the Term or, if the issuer of the Letter of Credit regularly and customarily only issues letters of credit for shorter terms, for the longest of such shorter regular and customary terms, but in no event for a term shorter than 1 year. If the Letter of Credit is issued for a term shorter than the Term, Tenant will obtain and deliver to Landlord a renewal Letter of Credit for a term equal to the shorter of (i) the balance of the Term or (ii) the longest of the issuer’s regular and customary terms, no later than 30 days prior to expiration of the term of the then current Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit may in the alternative contain a so-called “evergreen” provision for automatic extension under the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit. If Tenant fails to obtain and deliver to Landlord on a timely basis any such conforming renewal Letter of Credit, Landlord may, upon the applicable notice and cure period set forth herein, draw 100% of the then current Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds as a cash Security Deposit. If the Letter of Credit has expired by its terms and has not been renewed or replaced by a Letter of Credit that complies with the requirements of this Section 32.3 or with a cash Security Deposit, then such will constitute a Default. Provided that there has been no Default at any time during the Term, on the 2nd anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant will have the right to replace the Letter of Credit with a new Letter of Credit (in accordance with requirements of this Article 32) or amend the existing Letter of Credit (and Landlord will cooperate reasonably, at no cost to Landlord, in connection with such a replacement or reduction) with a Letter of Credit in an amount equal to $160,664.88 [i.e., the original amount reduced by the sum of $147,549.36].

 

44


ARTICLE 33. MISCELLANEOUS

33.1. As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant hereby waives its right to a trial by jury of any issues relating to or arising out of its obligations under this Lease or its occupancy of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that it has read and understood the foregoing provision.

33.2. This Lease will not become effective as a lease or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant. The submission of this Lease to Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Premises, except that it will constitute an irrevocable offer on the part of Tenant in effect for 15 days to lease the Premises on the terms and conditions herein contained.

33.3. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has full authority and power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Lease, that the person executing this Lease is fully empowered to do so, and that no consent or authorization is necessary from any third party. Landlord may request that Tenant provide Landlord reasonable evidence of Tenant’s authority.

33.4. All Exhibits attached to this Lease will be deemed to be a part of this Lease and hereby incorporated herein.

33.5. This Lease will not be interpreted or construed more strictly against one party or the other merely by virtue of the fact that it was drafted by counsel to Landlord or Tenant; it being acknowledged and agreed that Landlord and Tenant have both contributed materially and substantially to the negotiation and drafting of this Lease.

33.6. This Lease, and the Exhibits attached to this Lease contain the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and there are no other agreements, either oral or written. This Lease will not be modified except by a writing executed by Landlord and Tenant.

33.7. If a mortgagee of Landlord requires a modification of this Lease which in Tenant’s determination will not result in any increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other adverse change in the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then Tenant agrees that upon prior written notice to Tenant, this Lease may be so modified.

33.8. Tenant agrees, on its behalf and on behalf of its successors and assigns, that any liability or obligation under this Lease will only be enforced against Landlord’s equity interest in the Building and in no event against any other assets of the Landlord, or Landlord’s officers or directors.

33.9. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than any installment or payment of Rent due will be deemed to be other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of Rent will be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s-right to recover the balance of such installment or payment of Rent or pursue any other remedies available to Landlord. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises will reinstate, continue or extend the Term.

 

45


33.10. This Lease will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

33.11. The Article and Section captions in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of such Articles and Sections.

33.12. This Lease will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey. If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance will, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, will not be affected thereby and each item, covenant or condition of this Lease will be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

33.13. In the event of any sale or other transfer of the Building, Landlord will be entirely freed and relieved of all agreements and obligations of Landlord hereunder accruing or to be performed after the date of such sale or transfer, provided that all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder thereafter accruing are specifically assumed by the buyer or transferee.

33.14. If Tenant fails timely to perform any of its duties under this Lease or comply with the Rules or Regulations promulgated by landlord from time to time and of which Tenant has notice, Landlord will have the right (but not the obligation), to perform such duty on behalf and at the expense of Tenant upon prior written notice to Tenant, and all reasonable sums expended or reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in performing such duty will be deemed to be Additional Rent under this Lease and will be due and payable on demand by Landlord.

33.15. Upon request from time to time (but no more than twice in any calendar year), Tenant will furnish current financial statements to Landlord with respect to Tenant, except that if Tenant is publicly traded, Tenant’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other applicable securities regulator will be deemed to satisfy Tenant’s obligations under this Section.

33.16. Except as expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant will not use all or any portion of the roof or exterior walls of the Premises or the Building for any purpose.

33.17. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in no event will Landlord or Tenant be liable to the other for the payment of consequential, punitive or speculative damages, except as provided in Article 12 hereof with respect to Tenant’s holding over. If any action is brought by any party against any other party, relating to or arising out of this Lease, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover from the other party reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the prosecution or defense of such action.

33.18. This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, and all so executed will constitute one agreement, binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. A facsimile or electronically transmitted copy of this Lease and any signatures hereon will be considered for all purposes as originals

 

46


ARTICLE 34. SUPPLEMENTAL COOLING SYSTEM

34.1. If, (i) no Default has occurred or (ii) if any Default has occurred, Tenant has previously cured it in full or Landlord has waived it, Landlord hereby grants to the Tenant a non-exclusive license (the “Supplemental Cooling System License”) subject to the following:

(A) During the Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Tenant may install, maintain and replace a single supplemental heating and cooling system and associated equipment (“Supplemental Cooling System”) utilizing the roof of the Building, utility rooms and areas above the ceiling of the Premises, at such locations to be approved by Landlord in its sole discretion (“Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Areas”) in accordance with plans to be submitted by Tenant to Landlord regarding the installation (or, when applicable, the replacement) of the Supplemental Cooling System, which will include Supplemental Cooling System specifications, the location of the Supplemental Cooling System equipment, a coolant and condensate piping diagram, an electrical/cabling routing diagram, a diagram of the means of support for the condensing unit to be placed on the roof of the Building, and the location of the devices the Supplemental Cooling System is intended to serve (collectively, the “Supplemental Cooling System Plan”);

(B) During the Term, Tenant will use and operate the Supplemental Cooling System exclusively to provide cooling to equipment rooms (not cooling of people) in the Premises (the “Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Use”); and

(C) Tenant will be permitted access to the Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Areas as may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

34.2. Landlord is making the Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Areas available to Tenant under the Supplemental Cooling System License granted under this Article 34 in the Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Areas’ present “AS IS” condition. Landlord makes no warranty or representation that the Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Areas are suitable for the Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Use. Tenant will make whatever examination and study Tenant deems necessary or appropriate to ascertain whether the Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Areas are suitable for the Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Use. The Supplemental Cooling System License granted under this Article 34 is not exclusive; and Landlord reserves the right to grant, renew or extend similar or dissimilar licenses to any and all other tenants. Tenant’s availing itself of any rights or incurring any obligations under or in connection with the Supplemental Cooling System License granted under this Article 34 will be exclusively at Tenant’s expense and risk. During the Supplemental Cooling System License, Tenant will: (i) maintain and repair both the Supplemental Cooling System and the Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Areas; (ii) not damage the electrical or other systems or the structure of the Building in the course of installation, maintenance, operation, replacement, or removal of the Supplemental Cooling System; and (iii) comply with all applicable Laws regarding the Supplemental Cooling System or its installation, replacement, maintenance, removal or use. Prior to installation, Tenant will provide Landlord with 1 complete copy of each of the Supplemental Cooling System’s full specifications, installation manual, operational manual and any other manual provided by the manufacturer or installer and intended for the end user.

 

47


34.3. If the Supplemental Cooling System Plan requires penetration of the Building’s roof for the installation of any component of the Supplemental Cooling System and related piping and wiring, Tenant will, at its sole cost and expense, utilize a roofing contractor selected by Landlord to perform any roof penetration and restoration work (including any restoration required by Section 11 of this Lease in connection with the removal of same). Tenant will cause the Supplemental Cooling System Plan to show the installation of rooftop walkways between the Building’s nearest roof access and the equipment installed for the purpose of obviating wear and tear on the roof by contractors and technicians servicing the equipment from time to time and will cause them to be installed; and, again utilizing a roofing contractor selected by Landlord, Tenant will, at its sole cost and expense, restore the roof in a good and workmanlike manner to the condition it was in prior to the penetration, achieving full weatherproofing in the area of the penetration.

34.4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 34, Tenant will:

(A) be limited to a maximum of 1 roof penetration for ducts, piping and wiring;

(B) not install any component of the Supplemental Cooling System of such a size and weight that, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s engineer or architect, would require any structural reinforcement of the Building or any of its components;

(C) not remove, except to repair or replace, any component of the Supplemental Cooling System without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld for any reason in the sole discretion of Landlord; and

(D) upon termination of the Term, at the sole option of Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove the Supplemental Cooling System from the Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Areas and restore: (i) any portions of the Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Areas, the Building and the Real Property damaged in the process, and (ii) the Supplemental Cooling System Licensed Areas substantially to their condition immediately prior to the commencement of the installation of the Supplemental Cooling System, reasonable wear and use excepted, including, but not limited to, utilizing a roofing contractor selected by Landlord, restoring the roof in a good and workmanlike manner to the condition it was in prior to the penetration, achieving full weatherproofing in the area of the penetration.

ARTICLE 35. EXPANSION OPTION

35.1. If no event of Default has occurred and is continuing, during the period of 18 months from the Commencement Date (“Reservation Period”), by written notice (“Election Notice”) from Tenant to Landlord provided on or before the expiration of the Reservation Period, time being of the essence, Tenant will have the option to lease all or a portion of the space consisting of approximately 45,968 rentable square feet on the 4th floor of Building 1 (“Reservation Space”), which Reservation Space is depicted on Exhibit “A”, under the rental rate terms, rental abatement terms, and tenant improvement terms as set forth in this Lease with respect to the Premises originally leased hereunder (with the Term pro-rated to reflect the amount of the remaining Term, excluding any Renewal Term from such proration). If Tenant elects to lease the Reservation Space from Landlord during the Reservation Period, all the obligations,

 

48


terms, and conditions under this Lease will also apply to the Reservation Space, e.g., amount of Fixed Rent per RSF then-current as of the commencement date for the Reservation Space, except that as of the commencement date for the Reservation Space, (i) the Reservation Space will be deemed part of the Premises (ii) Tenant’s Share as provided in Section 4.1(I) of this Lease will be adjusted (iii) the Expiration Date will be extended to the date that is 60 full calendar month following the commencement date for the Reservation Space (exclusive of Tenant’s 2 Renewal Term options set forth in Section 28.1 so that Tenant will have such 2 Renewal Term options as set forth in Section 28 with respect to the Premises as it then includes the Reservation Space), and (iv) during the Term, on each anniversary of the commencement date for the Reservation Space, Fixed Rent will increase by $0.50 per RSF. Landlord and Tenant will enter into a written amendment to this Lease incorporating such revisions, within 10 days after Landlord’s receipt of the Election Notice.

35.2. If prior to the expiration of the Reservation Period, (i) Tenant has not provided an Election Notice or (ii) Tenant has provided an Election Notice for a portion of the Reservation Space, then in either event, provided that no event of Default has occurred and is continuing, commencing on the date following the expiration of the Reservation Period, Tenant is granted a right of first offer (“Right of First Offer”) to lease such portion(s) of Reservation Space (“Offer Space”), if and as same becomes available for lease, subject to the following terms and conditions:

35.3. At the time Tenant exercises the Right of First Offer:

(A) this Lease will be in full force and effect;

(B) no event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(C) the Term has at least 5 years remaining thereafter, or, if not, Tenant has exercised its option to renew in accordance with Article 28, if such an option then exists; and

(D) Tenant’s then current financial condition, as revealed by its most recent financial statements (which will include quarterly and annual financial statements, including income statements, balance sheets, and cash flow statements), must demonstrate that either:

 

  1. Tenant’s net worth is at least equal to its net worth at the time this Lease was signed; or

 

  2. Tenant meets the financial criteria reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

35.4. Subject to the other terms of this Article 35, after any part of the Offer Space has or will “become available” for leasing by the Landlord in increments of not less than 1,000 rentable square feet, Landlord will not lease to another tenant that available portion of the Offer Space (“Available Offer Space”) without first offering Tenant the right to lease such Available Offer Space; provided, however, if the Available Offer Space contains more than 1,000 rentable square feet, in in no event will Landlord be obligated to reduce the square footage of the Available Offer Space. By way of example, if the Available Offer Space consists of 7,000 rentable square feet, but Tenant requests that the rentable square footage of the Available Offer Space be reduced so that it contains less than 7,000 rentable square feet, Landlord will not be obligated to reduce the

 

49


rentable square footage of the Available Offer Space and Tenant will either accept or reject the First Offer Leasing Notice (as hereinafter defined in Section 35.5 of this Lease) with respect the Available Offer Space consisting of 7,000 rentable square feet.

(A) Offer Space will be deemed to “become available” when such space is vacant or the lease for any tenant of all or a portion of the Offer Space expires or is otherwise terminated.

(B) Notwithstanding Section 35.4(A), Offer Space will not be deemed to “become available” if the Offer Space is:

 

  1. assigned or subleased by the current tenant of the space; or

 

  2. re-let by the then current tenant of the space by renewal, extension, or renegotiation.

35.5. Landlord will not lease any such Available Offer Space to another tenant unless and until Landlord has first offered the Available Offer Space to Tenant in writing (“First Offer Leasing Notice”) and Tenant either rejects such offer or a period of 15 days has elapsed from the date that Tenant has received the First Offer Leasing Notice without Tenant having notified Landlord in writing of its acceptance of such First Offer Leasing Notice and supplied Landlord with its most recent quarterly or annual financial statements pursuant to Section 35.3(D) of this Lease, whichever event occurs first. The First Offer Leasing Notice will contain the following information:

(A) a description of the Available Offer Space (which description will include the rentable square footage amount and location of such Available Offer Space) and an attached floor plan that will depict the Available Offer Space;

(B) the date on which the Landlord expects the Available Offer Space to become available;

(C) the amount of fixed rent (per RSF) for the Available Offer Space proposed by Landlord, which will be Landlord’s reasonable determination of the fair market rental for such Available Offer Space; provided, however that the amount of fixed rent (per RSF) for the Offer Space will be as agreed to by Landlord and Tenant but Landlord will not be obligated to provide any free rent (or rent credit) or a contribution towards Tenant’s improvements to the Available Offer Space; however, if the parties are unable to agree upon the fair market rental value for the Available Offer Space within 30 days from the date that Tenant has received the First Offer Leasing Notice, the fair market rental value for the Available Offer Space will be determined in accordance with Section 35.10 of this Lease; and

(D) The increase in Tenant’s Share.

35.6. If Tenant timely delivers to Landlord, in accordance with the conditions of this Article 35, written notice of Tenant’s exercise of the Right of First Offer for all of the Available Offer Space (along with Tenant’s financial statements pursuant to Section 35.3(D) of this Lease,

 

50


and Landlord determines that Tenant meets all of the conditions provided in this Article 35, the Available Offer Space will be deemed added to the Premises and subject to the terms and conditions in this Lease, with the exceptions of those Lease modifications set forth in Section 35.8 of this Lease and the provisions set forth in Article 36 of this Lease.

35.7. If Tenant declines or fails to duly and timely exercise its Right of First Offer or fails to meet all of the conditions provided in this Article 35, Landlord will thereafter be free to lease the Available Offer Space in portions or in its entirety to any third-party tenant at any time without regard to the restrictions in this Article 35 and on whatever terms and conditions Landlord may decide in its sole discretion.

35.8. If Tenant leases the Available Offer Space pursuant to the terms of this Article 35, all the obligations, terms, and conditions under this Lease will also apply to the Available Offer Space except that:

(A) the commencement date for the lease for the Available Offer Space (“Commencement Date for the Available Offer Space”) will be the day the Available Offer Space is delivered to Tenant broom clean, free of tenants or other occupants, and in its then “as is” condition;

(B) as of the Commencement Date for the Available Offer Space, the Available Offer Space will be deemed part of the Premises;

(C) as of the Commencement Date for the Available Offer Space, Tenant’s Share will be adjusted in accordance with Section 4.1(I) of this Lease;

(D) As of the Commencement Date for the Available Offer Space, the Fixed Rent will be increased to an amount by multiplying the rentable square footage dollar amount (determined in accordance with Section 35.5(C) of this Lease) for such Available Offer Space by the number of rentable square feet deemed by Landlord to be contained in the Available Offer Space taken by Tenant; and

(E) Article 20 of this Lease will not apply to the Available Offer Space.

35.9. Within 30 days after the Commencement Date for the Available Offer Space, Landlord and Tenant will confirm the following in a written amendment to this Lease:

(A) the Commencement Date for the Available Offer Space;

(B) the location and size of the Available Offer Space that was leased by Tenant with an exhibit attached depicting the Available Offer Space;

(C) the Fixed Rent to be paid by Tenant; and

(D) Tenant’s Share, as adjusted.

35.10. If, pursuant to Section 35.5 of this Lease, the parties are unable to agree upon the fair market rental value for the Available Offer Space within 30 days from the date that Tenant has received the First Offer Leasing Notice (the “Fair Market Discussion Period”), the fair market

 

51


rental value for the Available Offer Space will be determined by the appraisal process as set forth in Section 28.5 of this Lease and each party will appoint its appraiser within 15 days of the last day of the Fair Market Discussion Period.

35.11. The provisions of this Article 35 are personal to Tenant and any assignee as part of a Permitted Assignment, and will become null and void upon the occurrence of an assignment of this Lease except in a Permitted Assignment, or with respect to the subtenant the provisions of this Article 35 will become null and void upon the occurrence of a sublet of all or a part of the Premises. The provisions of this Article 35 may not be exercised by any successor to the interest of Tenant by reason of any action under the Bankruptcy Code, or by any public officer, custodian, receiver, United States Trustee, trustee or liquidator of Tenant or substantially all of Tenant’s property.

ARTICLE 36. GENERATOR

36.1. During the Term, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a non-exclusive license (the “Generator License”) subject to the provisions set forth in this Article 36.

36.2. Landlord will connect the laboratory and information technology storage portions of the Premises (currently consisting of approximately 9,000 square feet) to the existing back-up generator(s) (individually and collectively, the “Generator”) serving the Building (the “Generator Work”) for the sole and exclusive purpose of providing up to 60 kw of emergency electrical power to the laboratory and information technology portions of the Premises during periods of electrical power outages affecting the laboratory and information technology portions of the Premises (“Generator Licensed Use”). Landlord will perform the Generator Work at Tenant’s cost, which cost will be included in the cost of Tenant’s Work. If the Premises is expanded to include the Reservation Space, the Available Offer Space, or both, the Generator License will include such additional laboratory space and information technology storage space contained in the Reservation Space, the Available Offer Space or both; provided, however, that in no event will Landlord be obligated to provide Tenant with more than 60 kw of emergency electrical power.

36.3. During the Term, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it will use the Generator solely and exclusively for the Generator Licensed Use.

36.4. The Generator License granted by Landlord pursuant to Section 36.1 of this Lease is not exclusive; and Landlord hereby reserves the right to grant, renew, or extend similar or dissimilar licenses to any and all other persons; provided, however, that the Generator Licensed Use is unaffected.

36.5. Landlord is making the non-exclusive use of the Generator under the Generator License granted by this Article 36 in the generator’s present “AS IS” condition. Landlord makes no warranty or representation that the Generator is or will be suitable for the Generator Licensed Use. Tenant will make whatever examination and study Tenant deems necessary or appropriate to ascertain whether the Generator is or will be suitable for the Generator Licensed Use. Except as expressly set forth in the following sentence, Tenant’s availing itself of any rights or incurring any obligations under or in connection the provisions of this Article 36 will be exclusively at Tenant’s expense and risk. Tenant waives and releases all claims against Landlord with respect

 

52


to all matters pertaining to this Article 36, including without limitation, the Generator and the Generator Licensed Use, except if such matters were caused solely by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and in no event will Landlord be liable for Tenant or anyone claiming by or through Tenant under any theory of tort, contract, strict liability or other legal or equitable theory for any lost profits, exemplary, punitive, special incidental, indirect or consequential damages.

36.6. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (i) Landlord, pursuant to the provisions of this Article 36, is dedicating a portion, i.e., 60 kw, of the total Generator capacity, i.e., 1800 kw, for Tenant’s exclusive use and as a result thereof, during the Term, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as Additional Rent within 30 days of Landlord’s demand therefor, Tenant’s proportionate share of Landlord’s costs and expenses pertaining to the Generator (“Tenant’s Generator Share”); (ii) Tenant’s Generator Share will be calculated by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of kilowatts dedicated for Tenant’s exclusive use and the numerator of which is the total amount of kilowatts that the Generator is rated to produce, subject to adjustment from time to time; (iii) as of the date of this Lease, Tenant’s Generator Share is 3.33% (60 kw / 1800 kw); and (iv) the cost and expenses pertaining to the Generator (which will provide electrical power to certain Common Areas of the Project during periods of electrical power outages affecting the Project) will be included in Operating Expenses and in addition to Tenant’s Generator Share, Tenant will pay Tenant’s Share of such Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 of this Lease.

36.7. For so long as the Generator License is in effect, Landlord will procure and keep in force a maintenance contract with respect to the Generator from a reputable and qualified third party contractor and Tenant, in addition to paying Tenant’s Share of such cost, Tenant will pay Landlord as Additional Rent within 30 days of Landlord’s demand therefor, Tenant’s Generator Share of the maintenance contract cost; provided, however that in no event will Tenant’s Generator Share of the maintenance contract cost and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses attributable to the Generator exceed $10,000.00 in any Lease Year.

ARTICLE 37. STORAGE SPACE

37.1. Subject to the provisions of this Article 37 and the provisions of Articles 11, 15, 16, and 25 of this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant approximately 400 RSF of storage space (“Storage Space”) on the Concourse Level of the Building in the approximate location as depicted on Exhibit “H”.

37.2. Tenant’s right to use the Storage Space will commence on the Commencement Date and terminate on the earlier of (i) 30 days’ prior written notice terminating Tenant’s lease of the Storage Space from either Landlord or Tenant to the other, or (ii) the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease.

37.3. During the Term, monthly rent for the Storage Space will be $500.00 ($15.00 per RSF) (“Storage Space Rent”), which will be payable in advance, without notice, on the first day of each month during the Term, at same place and in the same manner as the payment of Fixed Rent.

 

53


37.4. Tenant agrees to pay monthly, as Additional Rent, for electricity service usage by Tenant in the Storage Space, the cost of which is initially estimated to be $1.75 per RSF (per annum).

37.5. Tenant will use the Storage Space only for the storage and use of Tenant’s compressor unit and vacuum system subject to compliance by Tenant with the following conditions: (i) no noise in the Storage Space which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, might disturb other tenants or occupants of the Building will be made or permitted by Tenant, (ii) nothing will be done or permitted in the Storage Space by Tenant which would impair or interfere with the use or enjoyment of other portions of the Building by any tenant or occupant thereof, and (iii) the use of Tenant’s compressor in the Storage Space will be permitted by, and will be in compliance with, all applicable Laws. Tenant will use the Storage Space in a careful, safe and proper manner and install, at its sole cost and expense, any sound attenuation measures required to ensure that no noise will emanate from the Storage Space which might disturb other tenants or occupants of the Building. Tenant will not overload the floor of the Storage Space and agrees to be fully liable for any damages or losses sustained by Landlord as a result of any overloading by Tenant. Tenant will pay Landlord on demand for any damage to the Storage Space caused by misuse or abuse by Tenant, its agent or employees, or any other person entering the Storage Space under express or implied invitation of Tenant. Tenant will not utilize or permit the Storage Space to be used for any purposes prohibited by any applicable Laws. Tenant will not commit waste nor permit waste to be committed nor permit any nuisance in the Storage Space.

37.6. Landlord will provide a lock and key for the Storage Space; however, Tenant agrees that all property of Tenant kept, stored, or used in the Storage Space will be at the sole risk of Tenant and that Landlord will not be liable for any injury or damage to such property. Tenant will carry and maintain, at Tenant’s expense, insurance covering all property and equipment stored, used, or both in the Storage Space. On the Commencement Date Tenant will accept the Storage Space in its then “as-is” condition, without any further improvement by Landlord. Landlord makes no warranty or representation that the Storage Space will be suitable for any particular purpose.

37.7. Tenant will not sublease all or a portion of the Storage Space or assign its right to Lease the Storage Space.

37.8. Landlord reserves the right to relocate the Storage Space to substantially comparable space in the Building in close proximity to the Premises provided that the ability of the central utility delivery systems can deliver “product”, e.g., nitrogen gas, compressed air, to Tenant’s laboratory is unaffected by any relocation. Landlord will give Tenant a written notice of its intention to relocate the Storage Space and in such event Tenant will complete a relocation within 30 days after receipt of written notice. Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant for its actual reasonable moving costs to such other storage space within the Building.

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

 

54


IN WITNESS WHEREOF Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:     TENANT:
    ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
/s/ Janene Asgeirsson     By:   /s/ John Gavin
      Name: John Gavin
      Title: CFO
WITNESS:     TENANT:
    ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
/s/ Janene Asgeirsson     By:   /s/ Raj Shanmugaraj
      Name: Raj Shanmugaraj
      Title: CEO
WITNESS:     LANDLORD:
   

SOMERSET HOLMDEL DEVELOPMENT I

URBAN RENEWAL, L.P., a New Jersey limited

partnership

    By: Somerset Holmdel, LLC, its general partner
/s/ JKS     By:   /s/ Raphael Zucker
      Name: Raphael Zucker
      Title: Managing Member

 

55


EXHIBIT “A”

FLOOR PLAN OF PREMISES AND RESERVATION SPACE

 

LOGO

 

56


EXHIBIT “B”

LANDLORD’S BASE BUILDING AND CORE IMPROVEMENTS WORK

 

    Premises will be delivered demolished (partitions, reflective ceiling and HVAC)
    Full height perimeter glass glazing (glass wall) provided around Premises
    Core bathrooms on floor to be upgraded to meet code requirements
    New VAV HVAC will be installed in Premises as needed
    New building standard reflective ceiling will be installed at 9’ nominal height to include grid, lighting and sprinkler
    Any costs associated with repairing or replacing window treatments, sills or glass
    Any work necessary to bring the Building including the Premises into compliance with ADA and any other government regulations
    Separate utilities or other services that would be separately metered to tenant
    Core / Glass elevators to be modernized and upgraded
    New floor covering to be installed in perimeter circulation corridor

 

57


EXHIBIT “B-1”

BUILDING STANDARD WORK LETTER

 

LOGO

 

58


LOGO

 

59


LOGO

 

60


LOGO

 

61


LOGO

 

62


LOGO

 

63


LOGO

 

64


LOGO

 

65


EXHIBIT “C”

CONFIRMATION AGREEMENT

THIS CONFIRMATION AGREEMENT, made as of this      day of                     , 20    , between SOMERSET HOLMDEL DEVELOPMENT I URBAN RENEWAL, L.P. (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (hereinafter called “Tenant”).

W  I  T  N  E  S  E  T  H:

WHEREAS, by a certain lease (hereinafter called the “Lease”), dated                          , 20    , Landlord leased to Tenant the Premises (as defined in the Lease”) consisting of a portion of the Building described in Exhibit “A” annexed to the Lease and located at 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, Holmdel, New Jersey 07733; and

WHEREAS, Tenant is now in possession of the premises demised under the Lease; and

WHEREAS, under the Lease, Landlord and Tenant agreed to execute, acknowledge and deliver to each other an agreement setting forth the Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease), the Expiration Date of the initial term of the Lease and the Cancellation Period (as defined in the Lease);

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

  1. The Commencement Date of the Lease is                          , 20    .

 

  2. The Expiration Date of the initial Term of Lease is                          , 20    .

 

  3. This Agreement will bind and insure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

  4. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties and cannot be changed, modified, waived or canceled except by an agreement, in writing, executed by the party against whom enforcement of such modification, change, waiver or cancellation is sought.

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

 

66


IN WITNESS WHEREOF Landlord and Tenant have caused this Confirmation Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:     TENANT:
    ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
      By:    
      Name:
      Title:
WITNESS:     LANDLORD:
   

SOMERSET HOLMDEL DEVELOPMENT I

URBAN RENEWAL, L.P., a New Jersey limited

partnership

    By: Somerset Holmdel, LLC, its general partner
      By:    
      Name: Raphael Zucker
      Title: Managing Member

 

67


EXHIBIT “D”

TENANT’S TAX PROJECTIONS

 

LOGO

 

68


EXHIBIT “E”

OFFICE CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS AND FREQUENCIES

 

LOGO

 

69


LOGO

 

70


LOGO

 

71


LOGO

 

72


LOGO

 

73


EXHIBIT “F”

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant will faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations:

 

1. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, no additional locks or bolts of any kind will be placed on any door in the Property or the Premises and no lock on any door therein will be changed or altered in any respect without the prior written consent of Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld. Tenant will provide Landlord with 2 sets of keys or access cards for an additional locks or bolts placed installed by or on behalf of Tenant. Landlord will furnish 2 keys for each lock on exterior doors to the Premises and will, on Tenant’s request and at Tenant’s expense, provide additional duplicate keys. All keys will be returned to Landlord upon the termination of this Lease and Tenant will give to Landlord the explanations of the combinations of all safes, vaults and combination locks remaining with the Premises. Landlord may at all times keep a pass key to the Premises. All entrance doors to the Premises will be left closed at all times and left locked when the Premises are not in use.

 

2. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all Building entrance and exit doors during hours when the Building is closed. Tenant, its employees and agents, must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other person entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register when so doing. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has previously arranged a pass for access to the Building. Landlord and its agents will in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of same by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property. If Tenant desires telephones, burglar alarms, access systems or other electronic mechanical devises, the Landlord will, upon request direct where and how connections and all wiring for such services will be installed and no boring, cutting or installing of wires or cables is permitted without Landlord’s approval.

 

3. Tenants may be required to show/use Landlord issued photo ID badges when accessing the upper floors of the Building.

 

4. Landlord will have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building. Safes and other heavy objects will, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. All damage done to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property will be the sole responsibility of Tenant and any expense of said damage or injury will be borne by Tenant.

 

5.

All deliveries or shipments of any kind to and from the Premises, including loading and unloading of goods, will be made only by way of the rear of the Premises or at any such

 

74


  reasonable location designated by Landlord, and only at such reasonable times designated for such purpose by Landlord. All furniture, freight, packages, supplies, equipment and merchandise will be transported using the freight elevators in each elevator tower. Use of such freight elevators will be at no charge to Tenant. At no time will any deliveries or shipments be made using the passenger elevators. Tenant will provide the Management Office with no less than 24 hours’ prior notice of the need to utilize the freight elevator for loading and unloading of large shipments goods from the Premises. Notice need not be given for supplies, mail, overnight packages and other deliveries needed for normal business operations. Use of the freight elevators will not be exclusive and times for certain delivers may be restricted. Trailers and/or trucks servicing the Premises will remain parked in the Property only during those periods reasonably necessary to service Tenant’s operations, and then only in locations designated by Landlord.

 

6. Landlord will have the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building, the public facilities, the heating and air conditioning, and any other facilities furnished for the common use of tenants, in such manner as is customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building.

 

7. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord will not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instruction from Landlord.

 

8. Tenant will not disturb, solicit, or canvass any other Tenant of the Building and will cooperate with Landlord or Landlord’s agents to prevent same.

 

9. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus will not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever will be thrown therein. Any cost due to misuse will be borne by Tenant.

 

10. Tenant will not overload the floor of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails or screws or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster (with the exception of for the purposes of installing, photographs, artwork and wall hung monitors, etc.) or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

11. Tenant will not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that which is supplied by Landlord, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

12. Tenant will not use, keep, or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas, flammable, combustible, corrosive, caustic, poisonous, explosive or hazardous substance (except for those substances used in connection with Tenant’s business operations and cleaning solutions customarily used in Tenant’s business, and provided that Tenant only maintains on the Premises quantities necessary for such use and Tenant complies with all applicable laws governing the use, storage and disposal thereof) or cause or permit any odors to permeate in or emanate from the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Property by reason of light, radiation, magnetism, noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business in the Property.

 

13. Tenant will not bring into or keep within the Building or the Premises any animals, birds or reptiles with the exception of guide dogs accompanying visually handicapped persons.

 

75


14. Cooking will not be done or permitted by any tenant on the Premises, nor will the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, UL approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used on the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, provided that such use is in accordance with applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations, and does not cause odors which are objectionable to Landlord and other tenants. Where cooking is a primary permitted use, venting will be required in accordance with applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations, and does not cause odors within the building which are objectionable to Landlord and other tenants.

 

15. Landlord will approve where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced to the Premises. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the consent of Landlord, which will not be unreasonably withheld. The location of telephone, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises will be subject to the approval of Landlord.

 

16. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who will in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

 

17. Tenant, its employees and agents will not loiter in the entrances or corridors, nor in any way obstruct the sidewalks, lobby, halls, stairways or elevators, and will use the same only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

 

18. Tenant will not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and will refrain from attempting to adjust any controls

 

19. Tenant will store all trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises for pick up as part of the routine janitorial services. No material will be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the city in which the Building is located without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal will be made only through entryways/exits and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord will designate. Tenant will comply with all recycling and reasonable green polices put into effect by the Landlord. Tenant will be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the pickup and disposal of any hazardous substances and Tenant will not dispose of any such hazardous substances in any trash or garbage receptacles located within the Project.

 

20. Tenant will comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

 

21. Tenant will assume any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed when the Premises are not occupied.

 

22.

No awnings or other projections will be attached to the inside or outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens will be

 

76


  attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises without prior written consent of Landlord. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent/LED and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord, which will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

23. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways and other public places in the Building will not be covered or obstructed by Tenant.

 

24. The washing and/or detailing of or the installation of windshields, radios, telephones in or general work on automobiles will not be allowed on the Premises without prior consent of the Landlord.

 

25. Outside food vendors will be allowed in the Building to service specific tenants, however under no circumstance will the food vendor display their products, leave advertising flyers and/or business cards in the common areas or parking lots or solicit other tenants. Any failure to comply with this rule will result in immediate permanent withdrawal of the vendor from the Property.

 

26. It is the Tenant’s responsibility to inform its employees of items of importance/notices from the Landlord.

 

27. Bell Works is a non-smoking facility. Tenant will comply with any non-smoking ordinance adopted by any applicable governmental authority. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to designate, in Landlord’s sole discretion, the only outside areas of the Premises or Project where smoking will be permitted.

 

28. No sign, lettering, picture, notice or advertisement will be placed on any outside window or in a position to be visible from outside the Premises and if visible from the outside or public corridors within the Building will be installed in such manner and be of such character and style as Landlord approves in writing, subject to the terms of this Lease.

 

29. Tenant will not use the name of the Building for a purpose other than Tenant’s business address; Tenant will not use the name of the Building for Tenant’s business address after Tenant vacates the Premises; nor will Tenant use any picture or likeness of the Building in any circulars, notices, advertisements or correspondence without prior written consent of Landlord.

 

30. Sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, corridors, halls elevators and stairways in and about the Premises will not be obstructed.

 

31. Except with the prior approval of Landlord, all cleaning, repairing, janitorial, decorating, painting or other services of work in and about the Premises will be done only by authorized Building personnel. All work done by outside vendors or contractors must be approved by Landlord in writing and said vendors or contractors must comply with Landlord’s insurance requirements that must be on file before the work commences.

 

32. Tenant will not overload the safe capacity of the electricity wiring of the Building and the Premises or exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Building or risers.

 

77


33. Tenant will not permit the use of any apparatus for sound production or transmission in such manner that the sound so transmitted or produced will be audible or vibrations therefrom will be detectable beyond the Premises.

 

34. Tenant will at all times maintain the window blinds in the lowered position at their discretion, though Tenant may keep the louvers open.

 

35. Landlord may require that all guests, visitors and vendors who enter or leave the Building identify themselves to security guards by registration or otherwise. Landlord, however will have no responsibility or liability for any theft, robbery or other crime in the Building. Tenant will assume full responsibility for protecting the Premises, including keeping all doors to the Premises locked after the close of business.

 

36. Tenant will comply with all safety, fire, protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency and will cooperate and participate in all reasonable security and safety programs affecting the Building.

 

37. No portion of the Premises will at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.

 

38. No live or fresh cut Christmas Trees are permitted on or about the Premises.

 

39. The sidewalks, walks, entries, corridors, malls, concourses, ramps, and other Common Areas of the Property will not be obstructed or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises. Some uses that do not constitute an obstruction may be allowed with the prior consent of the Landlord.

 

40. Initial move-in refuse from inventory, including but not limited to packing crates, will be removed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Any wet trash, including but not limited to food debris, is to be placed in plastic bags and tied before being placed in trash containers. All boxes are to be broken down before being placed inside the containers. Sidewalk containers are not for personal use. Tenant, or the employees of Tenant will not at any time place, leave or discard any rubbish, paper, articles or objects of any kind whatsoever outside the doors of the Premises or in the corridors or walks of the Property. In the event any item is left at the rear of the Premises or at the base of a refuse container and it can be determined to which tenant it belongs, Landlord has the right to charge that tenant the cost to have it removed. Unless a container is marked by a tenant paying individually and separately for trash collection, containers are for all tenants and do not belong to any one tenant. The exterior areas immediately adjoining the Premises will be kept clean and free from dirt and rubbish by Tenant and its employees, and Tenant will not place or permit any obstructions or merchandise in such areas. No debris will be swept or removed from the Premises onto sidewalks or other Common Areas.

 

41. All services requests are to be reported promptly and directly to Landlord’s designated agent during normal office hours, excepting emergencies which will be reported as soon as practicable.

 

42. Tenant will at all times keep the Premises neat and orderly.

 

43. Landlord will have the right to designate and restrict the areas available within the Property for the parking of vehicles by Tenant, its employees, agents, visitors and invitees.

 

78


44. Except as provided in the Lease, no tenant will perform construction, remodeling and/or renovation projects to its premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

45. Tenant will not use or permit any portion of the Premises to be used for any use other than those specifically granted in the Lease.

 

46. Tenant will be responsible for the compliance with these Rules and Regulations by the employees, agents, customers and invitees of Tenant.

 

47. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants. This will not prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all tenants of the Buildings.

 

48. In the event of any conflict between the terms of these rules and regulations and the express provisions of Tenant’s Lease, the express, applicable provisions of the Lease will control.

 

49. Landlord reserves the right, without the approval of Tenant, to add new rules and regulations, and to waive, rescind, add to and amend any rules or regulations with respect to any tenant or tenants, as Landlord in its sole judgment will from time to time find necessary or appropriate in order to provide for the safety, protection, care and cleanliness of the Property, the operation thereof, the preservation of good order therein, and the protection and comfort of tenants and their employees, agents, customers and invitees, which rules and regulations, when made and written notice thereof is given to Tenant, will be binding upon it in like manner as if originally herein prescribed, except to the extent such additional rules or regulations conflict with the express provisions of this Lease. The amendment or waiver by Landlord of any rules or regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant of the Property will not be construed as a waiver of such rules and regulations in favor of Tenant or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such rules and regulations against any or all of the tenants in the Property.

 

79


EXHIBIT “G”

BUILDING SECURITY

 

LOGO

 

80


EXHIBIT “H”

STORAGE SPACE

 

LOGO

 

81


EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name of Subsidiary

   Jurisdiction of Organization

Acacia Communications Europe ApS

   Denmark

Acacia Communications Holdings, Ltd.

   Bermuda

Acacia Communications (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Acacia Communications (Germany) GmbH

   Germany

Acacia Communications (Shenzhen) Limited

   China

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-208680 of our report dated February 19, 2016 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Acacia Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

April 29, 2016